CONTENTdm
University Publications
application/pdf
H= =H PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Hfyt ©ntersttp OF prtttrf) Columbia CALENDAR THIRTY-FOURTH SESSION 1948-1949 VANCOUVER. BRITISH COLUMBIA 1948 Vol. 34 General Series No. 1 @= =® NOTICE OF IMPORTANT CHANGES REGISTRATION AND PAYMENT OF FEES attention is drawn to the increase in fees. TIME TABLES Schedules showing hours and rooms for lectures and laboratories will be available during the registration period beginning September 13th. NEW COURSES Numerous additional courses are provided in various departments. SCHOLARSHIPS AND BURSARIES Numerous additional scholarships and bursaries will be found in the introductory pages of the Calendar. THE DOMINION-PROVINCIAL YOUTH TRAINING BURSARIES AND PROVINCIAL LOAN FUND It is the desire of the Dominion and Provincial Governments that no student of ability shall through lack of funds be denied the opportunity to continue his or her education beyond the level of the secondary school. A sum of money has been set aside to aid University students who can offer proof of scholastic ability and financial need. This assistance is available to regular students in any year and any faculty. Students will receive 60 per cent, of the total assistance as a bursary and 40 per cent, as a loan. The loan is repayable commencing one year after the applicant enters gainful employment, and will not bear interest until that time. Application forms may be obtained from the Department of Education, Technical Education Branch, Victoria, B. C, and must be returned by August 15th, 1948. Wi}t ®mtoersftp OF prttfef) Columbia CALENDAR THIRTY-FOURTH SESSION 1948-1949 VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA 1948 The University 5f British Columbia CONTENTS Academic Year Visitor Chancellor President The Board of Governors The Senate Convocation .._ Officers and Staff Historical Sketch The Constitution of the University Location and Buildings 26 General Information 30 Admission to the University 35 Registration and Attendance ; 37 Pees ■ 41 Medals, Scholarships, Bursaries, and Loans 45 FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE Regulations in Reference to Courses: Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A. 107 Course Leading to the Degree of B.Com 129 Course Leading to the Degree of B.H.E 133 Physical Education 135 Course Leading to the Degree of B.P.E 138 Course Leading to the Degree of B.S.P 141 Course Leading to the Degree of B.Ed. '.. 142 Courses Leading to the Degree of B.S.W. and M.S.W. 142 Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 146 Teacher Training Course 151 Pre-Medical Courses ., 153 Examinations and Advancement 164 Courses of Instruction: Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine, Biology and Botany, Chemistry, Classics, Commerce, Economics, Political Science, and Sociology, Education, English, French, Geology and Geography, German, History, Home Economics, International Studies, Mathematics, Music, Pharmacy, Philosophy and Psychology, Physical Education, Physics, Slavonic Studies, Social Work, Spanish, Zoology .156-272 FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE Foreword 275 Admission 276 First and Second Years « 279 Courses in Agricultural Engineering 282 Chemical Engineering '. 283 Civil Engineering 284 Electrical Engineering 285 Forest Engineering and Forestry 286 Geological Engineering ., „ 289 Mechanical Engineering i 290 Metallurgical ■ Engineering „ 291 Mining Engineering 292 Engineering Physics 293 Page 5 7 7 ..7 9 ■■■■A •• 9 -""-i .. 23 :V| .25 "4 1 s The University of British Columbia Page Nursing and Health 294 Architecture 801 Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A.Sc 304 Examinations and Advancement _ _ 306 Courses of Instruction: Agricultural Engineering, Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Architecture, Biology and Botany, Chemistry, Civil Engineering, Commerce, English, Forestry, Geology and Geography, Mathematics, Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, Mining and Metallurgy, Nursing and Health, Physics, Zoology 309-352 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE General Information _ 855 Regulations in Reference to Courses: The Occupational Course, Course for Professional Gardeners, Short Courses 357 For the B.S.A. Degree 358 Courses Leading to the Degree of M.S.A 371 Teacher Training Course 373 Examinations and Advancement _ 373 Courses of Instruction: Agriculture, Commerce, Agricultural Mechanics, Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Food Technology, Horticulture, Plant Nutrition, Poulty Husbandry, English 375-395 FACULTY OF LAW General Information „ ~ 399 Courses of Instruction 401 Double Courses 407 University Summer Session ~ ~ 409 Department of University Extension 412 University Service Training Corps 415 Veterans' Bureau 417 Student Organization 418 Alumni Association 422 Summer Session Students' Association 423 Inter-University Exchange of Undergraduates 424 Affiliated Colleges: Victoria College - 425 Union College of British Columbia 426 The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia 427 Summary of Students in Attendance, Session 1947-48 428 Degrees Conferred, 1947 429 Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes-Awarded, 1947 452 Endowments and Donations _ 463 August ; 2nd Monday 13th Friday \ 14th Saturday I 16th Monday 16th Monday 27th Friday ) September v 8rd Friday ) 1st Wednesday 6th Monday 18th Monday to I 18th Saturday j" 18th Saturday 20th Monday 29th Wednesday October 1st Friday 1st Friday 6th Wednesday 8th Friday 12th Tuesday 15th Friday 15th Friday 20th Wednesday 27th Wednesday December 1st Wednesday 3rd Friday 6th Monday 15th Wednesday 18th Saturday 25th Saturday ACADEMIC YEAR 194 8 Last day for submission of applications for supplemental examination. Supplemental examinations—First Year Nursing. Last day for submission of applications for admission to First Year Nursing. Last day for submission of applications for burs- Supplemental examinations. ACADEMIC YEAR begins. Labour Day. University closed September 4th to 6th inclusive. Registration in person for Winter Session as follows: Arts and Science, and Agriculture: First Year, 13th to 18th, inclusive. Other Years, 14th to 18th, inclusive. Applied Science and Law: All years, 15th to 18th, inclusive. Hours: Monday to Friday, 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. Saturday, 9 a.m. to 12 noon. (See August 16th, above.) Last day for resgistration and payment of First Term fees of all students, both undergraduate and graduate, except those in Extra-Sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses. Lectures begin at 8:30 a.m. Last day for change in students' courses. Last day for handing in graduation essays and theses (Autumn Congregation). Meeting of the Faculty Council. (Subsequent meetings to be held at the call of the President.) Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. Meeting of the Faculty of Law. Thanksgiving Day.. University closed. Last day for registration and payment of fees of students in Extra-Sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses. Last day for handing in applications for course leading to Master's degree. Meeting of the Senate. Congregation. Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. Meeting of the Faculty of Law. Meeting of the Senate. First Term ends. Christmas Day. University closed December 24th to 27th inclusive. . /^ 1949 January 1st Saturday 3rd 12th Monday Wednesday February 2nd 4th 7th 16th Wednesday Friday Monday Wednesday April 14th 14th Thursday Thursday 15th Friday 16th " 30th Saturday Saturday 30th Saturday May ' 2nd Monday 7th , 9th ! 9th ! 10th 12th 12th 24th Saturday Monday Monday Tuesday Thursday Thursday Tuesday ■ June July 1st 4th Friday Monday August 1st Monday 19th 26th 26th 31st Friday Friday Friday Wednesday New Year's Day. University closed December % 31st and January 1st. Second Term begins. Last day for payment of Second Term fees. Payment of second instalment of scholarship money. Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. Meeting of the Faculty of Law. Meeting of the Senate. Last day of lectures. Last day for handing in graduation essays and theses. Good Friday. University closed. Sessional examinations. Last day for handing in applications for scholarships. Field work in Applied Science begins immediately at the close of the examinations. Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture. ^Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. ■Meeting of the Faculty of Law. "Meeting of the Senate. Congregation. Meeting of Convocation. Victoria Day. University closed. King's Birthday. University closed. • Dominion Day. University closed. Summer Session begins. Last day for submission of applications for supplemental examinations. Summer Session ends. Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science. Meeting of the Senate. ACADEMIC YEAR ends. ^L THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA VISITOR The Hon. C. A. Banks, C.M.G., Lieutenant-Governor of British Columbia. CHANCELLOR The Hon. EeIc W. Hamber, C.M.G., B.A., LL.D. PRESIDENT Norman A. M. Mackenzie, C.M.G., M.M. and Bar, K.C., B.A., LL.B., LL.M., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.C. BOARD OF GOVERNORS (a) Ex-officio: The Hon. Ebic W. Hamber, C.M.G., B.A., LL.D. (Chairman). Nobman A. M. Mackenzie, C.M.G., M.M. and Bar, K.C., B.A., LL.B., LL.M., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.C. ' (b) Elected by Senate: Arthur E. Loud, B.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1950. f Kenneth P. Caple, M.S.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1950. v Austin B. Schinbein, O.B.E., M.B., F.A.C.S., Vancouver. Term expires 1949. fej Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council: William George Murrin, Vancouver. Term expires 1949. Edward H. Barton, Chilljwack. Term expires 1949. The Hon. Mr. Justice James M. Coadt, K.C., B.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1948. Joseph Badenoch Cleabihue, M.C., K.C., M.A., B.C.L., Victoria. Term expires 1948. R. H. Neelands, Vancouver. Term expires 1950. George T. Cunningham, Vancouver. Term expires 1950. SENATE (m) The Chancellor, The Hon. Eric W. Hambeb, C.M.G., B.A., LL.D. The President (Chairman), Nobman A. M. MacKenzie, C.M.G., M.M. and Bar, K.C., B.A, LL.B, LL.M., LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S.C. (b) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, B.S.A., M.A. Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc., LL.D., M.E.I.C., M.Am.Soc.C.E. Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, Daniel Buchanan, M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.C. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) S. N. F. Chant, O.B.E., M.A. (From July 1st, 1948.) Dean of the Faculty of Law: s George Frederick Curtis, LL.B., B.A., B.C.L. f 8 The University of British Columbia Representatives of the Faculty of Agriculture: J. C Berry, M.S.A., Ph.D.; G. H. Harris, B.S.A., M.S., Ph.D. Terms expire 1948. Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science: F. A. Forward, B.A.Sc, M.C.I.M., Mem.A.I.M.E., M.Aust.I.M.M.; H. J. MacLeod, O.B.E., B.Sc, M.Sc, A.M., Ph.D., Mem.A.I.E.E, M.E.I.C, Mem.I.R.E. Terms expire 1948. Representatives of the Faculty of Arts and Science: Walter H. Gage, M.A.; 0. J. Todd, A.B., Ph.D., F.R.S.C. Terms expire 1948. Representatives of the Faculty of Law: Frederick Read, LL.B.; Gilbert D. Kennedy, M.A., LL.B. Terms expire 1948. (e) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council: • H. N. MacCorkindale, B.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1949. Francis J. Burd, C.B.E., Vancouver. Term expires 1949. H. C. Holmes, B.A., Victoria. Term expires 1949. . (d) The Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Vancouver, A. R. Lord, B.A. ' The Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Victoria, H. O. English, B.A., B.S.A. (e) Representative of the High School Principals and Assistants, W. R. McDougall, B.A., North Vancouver. Term expires 1950. (f) Representatives of Affiliated Colleges: Victoria College, Victoria, John M. Ewing, B.A., D.Paed. Term expires 1948. Union College of British Columbia, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A., D.D. Term expires 1948. The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia, Vancouver, Rev. K. E. Taylor, O.B.E., M.A., B.D. Term expires 1948. (g) Elected by Convocation: Sherwood Lett, C.B.E., D.S.O., M.C., E.D., B.A, LL.D., Vancouver. H. T. Logan, M.C., M.A., London, Eng. G. G. Sedgewick, B.A., Ph.D., Vancouver. Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Vancouver. A. E. D. GaAmjR, B.A., Ph.D., Vancouver. A. E. Lord, B.A., Vancouver. Mrs. Sally Murphy Creighton, B.A., M.A., Vancouver. Walter N. Sage, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.Hist.S, F.R.S.C, Vancouver. Frank A. Turnbull, B.A., M.D, Vancouver. H. V. Warren, B.A, B.A.Sc, B.Sc, D.Phil, Assoc.Inst.M.M, F.G.SA., F.R.S.C, Vancouver. Kenneth P. Caple, M.S.A, Vancouver. ~J. F. Walker, B.A.Sc, Ph.D, F.R.S.C, F.G.S.A, Victoria. Austin B. Schinbein, O.B.E, M.B, F.A.C.S, Vancouver. , C. A. H. Wright, M.Sc, Ph.D, Trail. Mrs. Kenneth M. Beckett, B.A, B.L.Sc, Vancouver. Terms expire 1948. (h) Representative of the British Columbia Teachers' Federation: Miss Florence S. Mulloy, B.A, Vancouver. Term expires 1949. Officers and Staff 9 CONVOCATION The Hon. Eric W. Hambeb, C.M.G, B.A, LL.D, Chancellor of the University of British Columbia, Chairman. F. D. Bolton, B.A, B.A.Sc, Secretary. OFFICERS AND STAFF Norman A. M. Mackenzie, C.M.G, M.M. and Bar, K.C, B.A, LL.B. (Dal- housie), LL.M. (Harvard), LL.D. (Mount Allison, New Brunswick, Toronto), D.C.L. (Whitman), F.R.S.C, President. Daniel Buchanan, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LL.D. (McMasterl, F.R.S.C, Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) S. N. F. Chant, O.B.E, M.A, Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science. (From July 1st, 1948.) John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc. (McGill), LL.D. (Manitoba), M.E.I.C, M.Am.Soc.C.E, Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture. George Frederick Curtis, LL.B. (Sask.), B.A, B.C.L. (Ox%n.), Dean of the Faculty of Law. Walter* H. Gage, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Dean of Administrative and Inter- Faculty Affairs. Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (CbJ- v cago), Dean of Women. Geoffrey C. Andrew, B.A. (Dalhousie), M.A. (Oxon.), Assistant to the President. Maxwell A. Cameron, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Director of the Summer Session. Frederick T. Tyler, B.Sc, M.A, M.Ed. (Alberta), Ph.D. (California), Assistant Director of the Summer Session. Charles B. Wood, B.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Registrar. Miss Myrtle L. Kievell, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Registrar. Angus MacLucas, Bursar. (Retiring July 31st, 1948.) William Kaye Lamb, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (London), Lihrarian. Mrs. Helen Harmer, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Secretary to the President. John D. Lee, Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds. FACULTY COUNCIL The President (Chairman): Norman A. M. MacKenzie, C.M.G, M.M. and Bar, K.C, B.A, LL.B, LL.M, LL.D, D.CL, F.R.S.C. Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, Daniel Buchanan, M.A, Ph.D., LL.D, F.R.S.C. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) S. N. F. Chant, O.B.E, M.A. (From July 1st, 1948.) Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc, LL.D, M.E.I.C, M.Am.Soc.CE. Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, B.S.A, M.A. Dean of the Faculty of Law, George Frederick Curtis, LL.B, B.A, B.C.L. Representatives of the Faculties: Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A, M.A, Ph.D; F. Read, LL.B.; G. G. Sedge wick, B.A, Ph.D, F.R.S.C; L. G. R. Crouch, B.Sc, M.Sc; C. V. Philips, V-S, D.V.M. President Emeritus L. S. Klinck, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S.A, D.Sc. (Iowa State College and Brit. Col.), LL.D. (Western Ontario), Officier de l'Instruction Publique, F.R.S.G. / 10 The University of British Columbia Professors Emeriti James Henderson, M.A. (Glasgow), Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. Lemuel Robertson, M.A. (McGill), LL.D. (Brit. Col.), Professor Emeritus of Classics. H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Psychology. J. M. Turnbull, B.A.Sc. (McGill), M.C.I.M, Professor Emeritus of Mining. George A. Gillies, M.Sc. (McGill), M.C.LM, M.A.I.M.E, Professor Emeritus of Mineral Dressing. A. Lighthall, B.Sc. (McGill), Professor Emeritus of Civil Engineering. Department of Agricultural Economics F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Professor and Head of the Department. Walton J. Anderson, M.S.A. (Sask.), Associate Professor. Department of Agricultural Engineering J. R. W. Young, B.S.A, M.Sc. (Sask.), Associate Professor and Acting Head of .the Department. T. E. Coulthard, B.E. (Sask.), Assistant Professor. Department of Agricultural Mechanics J. R. W. Young, B.S.A, M.Sc. (Sask.), Associate Professor and Acting Head of the Department. T. E. Coulthard, B.E. (Sask.), Assistant Professor. Department of Agronomy G. G. Moe, B.S.A, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor and Head of •the Department. D. G. Laird, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professor of Soils. Vernon C. Brink, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Associate Professor. C. A. RoWles, M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Minnesota), Associate Professor of Soils. ^ Department of Animal Husbandry H. M. King, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Oregon Agricultural College), Professor and Head of the Department. Stanley N. Wood, B.S.A. (Sask.), D.V.M. (Iowa State College), Professor. J. C. Berry, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Iowa State College), Associate Professor. A. J. Wood, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Cornell), Associate Professor. C. E. Phillips, V.S, D.V.M. (Ont. Veterinary College), Associate Professor. Department of Architecture Frederic Lasserre, B.Arch. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department. John E. H. Porter, B.Arch. (McGill), Assistant Professor. David Shapiro, Assistant Professor of Art and Design. B. Paul Wisnicki, Dip.Eng. (Lwow, Poland), Instructor. Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine C. E. Dolman, M.R.C.S. (England), L.R.C.P, M.B, B.S, M.R.C.P, D.P.H, Ph.D. (London), F.A.P.H.A, F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. Officers and Staff 11 D. C. B. Duff, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor. Lawrence E. Ranta, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Associate Professor. Harold E. Taylor, M.D. (Dalhousie), M.R.C.P. (Edinburgh), Lecturer. Miss Helen Chang, M.A. (Brit. Col), Instructor. Department of Biology and Botany Andrew H. Hutchinson, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. Frank Dickson, B.A- (Queen's), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor. John Allardyce, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill), Professor. T. M. C. Taylor, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill), Professor. D. J. Wort, M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor. John Davidson, F.L.S, F.B.S.E., Associate Professor. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) Edgar Black, M.B.E, B.A. (McMaster), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Swarth- more), Associate Professor. , Mrs. Ruth Fields Brink, B.A. (Brit. Col.), A.M. (California), Assistant Professor. R. W. Pillsbury, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor. W. Grierson-Jackson, D.F.C, A.F.C, M.S.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Miss Maude Allen, B.S.A, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Department of Chemistry Robert H. Clark, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipzig), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) M. J. Marshall, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), F.R.S.C, Professor and Chairman of the Department.' (From July 1st, 1948.) W. F. Seyer, B.A, M.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), M.A.l.Ch.E, Professor. J. Allen Harris, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Illinois), Professor. J. Gilbert Hooley, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), Associate Professor. H. L. Holmes, M.Sc. (Queen's), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor. Michael Stusiak, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor. L. M. Shemilt,, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), M.Sc. (Manitoba), Assistant Professor. Francis James Toole, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McGill), Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, University of New Brunswick, Special Lecturer. (Session 1947-48.) George Constabaris, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. (Session 1947-48.) J. Kelvin Hamilton, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. (Session 1947-48.) Robert F. Robertson, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. (Session 1947-48.) Ross Stewart, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Mrs. J. G. Hooley, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Department of Civil Engineering John Norison Finlayson, M.Sc. (McGill), LL.D. (Manitoba), M.E.I.C, M.Am.Soc.C.E, Professor and Head of the Department. J. Fred Muir, B.Sc. (Manitoba), Professor. Allan H. Finlay, M.C, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.S. in1 Q.E. (Illinois), Assoc.M.Am.Soc.CE., Professor. Alexander Hrennikoff, Grad, Inst, of Communication Engineering, Moscow, Russia, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Sc.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), Assoc. MAm.Soc.C.E, Professor. y "18 The University of British Columbia Edward S. Pretious, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Iowa), Assoc. M.Am.Soc.C.E, Associate Professor. Archie Peebles, B.A.Sc, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Iowa State College), M.E.I.C, Assoc.M.Am.Soc.C.E, Associate Professor. S. H. deJong, M.Sc. (Manitoba), D.L.S, Associate Professor. W. G. Heslop, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), Associate Professor. Samuel L. Lipson, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Cal. Inst. Tech.)^ Associate Professor. J. B. Alexander, M.Sc. (New Brunswick), Part-time Lecturer. Paul Cook, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Part-time Lecturer. Joseph E. A. Kania, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), Part-time Lecturer. H. R, Bell, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. J. M. Campbell, B.Sc. (Manitoba), Instructor. Robert H. Currie, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Robert N. McLellan, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Alexander H. Rome, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Richard G. Scarisbrick, B.A.Sc. (Brit Col.), Instructor. J. Patrick Beley, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. George H. Broughton, Instructor. Leonard Cox, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. John R. Evans, B.Sc. (Queen's), Instructor. Sydney T. Mathews, Instructor. Wallace B. Miller, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Fred Shumas, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. ' W. G. Yoder, B.S. (Purdue), Instructor. Department of Classics O. J. Todd, A.B, Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. Louis A. MacKay, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon.), Professor. Geoffrey B. Riddehough, M.A. (Brit. Col.), A.M. (California), Associate Professor. Patrick C. F. Guthrie, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Department of Commerce Ellis H. Morrow, B.A. (Queen's), M.B.A. (Harvard), Professor and Head of the Department. James C. Taylor, B.A. (Western Ontario), C.A., Associate Professor. Donald K. Bell, B.Com, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Associate Professor. Richard A. Mahoney, B.A. (Manitoba), M.B.A. (Harvard), Associate Professor. Leslie Wong, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), M.B.A. (California), Assistant Professor. James M. Moynes, B.A, B.Acc. (Sask.), C.A, M.B.A. (Chicago), Assistant Professor. C. William Van Houten, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Brian E. Burke, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Mrs. Olga Swallow, B.A, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Part-time Lecturers: Frederick Field, C.A, Accountancy. John Farris, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.B.A, LL.B. (Harvard), Commercial Law. John E. Stark, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), M.B.A. (Harvard), Marketing and Advertising. Officers and Staff y IS Department of Dairying Blythe Eagles, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department. J. J. R. Campbell, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Cornell), Associate Professor. Miss Nora Neilson, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. W. H. Hill, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Special Lecturer. Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology Henry F. Angus, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L, M.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. G. F. Drummond, M.A. (St. Andrew's), M.Sc. (Econ.) (London), Professor. C. W. Topping, B.A. (Queen's), S.T.D. (Wesleyan Theol. College), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor of Sociology. Joseph A. Crumb, B.B.A. (Washington), M.S., Ph.D. (California), Professor. Harry B. Hawthorn, M.Sc, B.A. (New Zealand), Ph.D. (Yale), Professor of Anthropology. Stuart Jamieson, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (McGill), Ph.D. (California), A-SSocifltc Professor * Norman A. M. Mackenzie, C.M.G, M.M. and Bar, K.C, B.A, LL.B. (Dalhousie), LL.M. (Harvard), LLD. (Mount Allison, New Brunswick, Toronto), D.C.L. (Whitman), F.R.S.C, Honorary Lecturer in Government. Robert M. Clark, B.A, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Harvard),'Lecturer. W. H. Merritt, M.A. (Toronto), Lecturer. R. B. Dodwell, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto), Lecturer. Vernon Grigg, B.Com, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Miss Rita Luyten, Instructor. Department of Education Maxwell A. Cameron, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department. Frederick T. Tyler, B.Sc, M.A, M.Ed. (Alberta), Ph.D. (California), Professor of Education and Psychology. K. F. Argue, B.A. (Alberta), M.A. (Oxon.), D.Ed. (Columbia), Professor. ~PoLYfi—tvttii& YjSctuirs'irs * Miss M. Agnew, B.A, Miss C. Black, B.Sc. (H.Ec), A.M., Miss S. M. Boyles, M.A, E. B. Broome, M.A, B.Ed, H. H. Grantham, M.A, Miss M. Henderson, B.A, A.M, Miss M. McManus, Mus. Bac, M.A, E. G. Ozard, B.A, Miss D. Somerset, A.B, O. J. Thomas, B.A, B. E. Wales, B.A, B.Ed, H. D. Whittle, B.P.H.E. Department of English G. G. Sedgewick, B.A. (Dalhousie), Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) J. Roy Daniells, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department. (From July 1st, 1948.) W. L. MacDonald, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) Frederick G. C. Wood, B.A. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Professor. Thorleif Larsen, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Professor. Miss M. Dorothy Mawdsley, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor. A. Earle Birney, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor. Edmund Morrison, B.A. (Brit. Col.), A.M, Ph.D. (California), Professor. William Robbins, M.A. (JJrit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor. Geoffrey C. Andrew, B.A. (Dalhousie), M.A. (Oxon.), Professor. r 14 The University of British Columbia Hunter Campbell Lewis, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Associate Professor. Mrs. Dorothy Blakey Smith, M.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (London), Associate Professor. John H. Creighton, M.A. (Toronto), Associate Professor. Stanley E. Read, M.A. (McGill), Associate Professor. R. E. Waiters, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Associate Professor. J. G. Spaulding, A.B. (Pomona), Ph.D. (California), Associate Professor. G. Phillip V. Akrigg, M.A. (Brit.' Col.), Ph.D. (California), Associate Professor. Mrs." Edith MacRae Cragg, M.A. (New Brunswick), Assistant Professor. Miss Ruth Humphrey, B.A. (Mount Allison), M.A. (Oxon.), Assistant Professor. R. C. Crago, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. M. W. Steinberg, M.A. (Queen's), Assistant Professor. John D. Grant, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Miss Edna Baxter, B.A. (Brit. Col.), A.M. (Washington), Assistant Professor. A. J. Fyfe, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Chris. Sanford, M.A. (Oxon.), A.R.I.C, Assistant Professor. Miss Dorothy Somerset, A.B. (Radcliffe), Assistant Professor. Byron Ferguson, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor. H. Hughes, M.A. (Glasgow), Assistant Professor. Mhs. Kathleen Creighton, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto), Lecturer. A. R. Haines, D.F.C., B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Burton Kurth, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Mrs. Stella Lewis, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Eric P. Nicol, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Howard Rioney, B.A. (Western Ontario), Lecturer. Miss M. Creelman, B.A. (Dalhousie), Lecturer. Miss Catherine McNiven, B.A. (Dalhousie), Lecturer. Mrs. A. G. Graham, Part-time Lecturer. Mrs. Laura Mackenzie, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Miss Gwladys Downes, M.A. (Brit. Col.) Lecturer. Craig Miller, M.A., B.Ed, (Sask.), Lecturer. Miss Edith Mackenzie, B.A. (Sask.), Lecturer. F. W. Robinson, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Mrs. Muriel B. Smith, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania), Lecturer. Department of Forestry Lowell Besley, B.S. (Cornell), M.F. (Yale), Professor and Head of the Department. (From July 1st, 1948.) A. B. Recknagel, B.A, M.F. (Yale), Professor and Acting Head of the Department. (Session 1947-48.) F. Malcolm Knapp, B.S.F. (Syracuse), M.S.F. (Washington), Professor and Director of University Forests. George S. Allen, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (California), Professor. Braham G. Griffith, M.A. (Brit. Col.), M.F. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Washington), Associate Professor. Robebt W. Wellwood, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Duke), Associate Professor. Harry C. Haines, B.Sc. (Purdue), M.F. (Duke), Assistant Professor. J. B. Alexander, B.Sc.F, M.Sc. (New Brunswick), Part-time Lecturer. R. M. Brown, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Honorary Lecturer in Forest Products. L. B. Dixon, Part-time Lecturer. Wm. Hall, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Special Lecturer. Officers and Staff 15 Department of French David Owen Evans, M.A, D.Phil. (Oxon.), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), Professor and Head of the Department. A. F. B. Clark, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Harvard), Officier d'Academie, F.R.S.C, Professor. Miss Dorothy Dallas, M.A. (Brit. Col.), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), Associate Professor. Mas. Deborah A. K. Aish Metford, M.A. (Brit. Col.), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), Assistant Professor. . Madame Y. Darlington, Assistant Professor. Miss Ethel Harris, A.B. (Columbia), M.A. (Toronto), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), Officier de Plnstruction Publique, Instructor. Mrs. W. Kaye Lamb, M.A. (Brit. Col.), D.Lett, (Univ. of Paris), Lecturer H. Ashton, M.A, Litt.D. (Cantab.), D.Lett. (Birmingham), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), F.R.S.C, Officier de Hnstruction Publique, Chevalier de la Legion d'Honneur, Special Lecturer. (Session 1947-48.) Miss Gwladys Downes, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer, i Lester J. Pronger, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. 1 J^ J. A. Hood, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. . Miss Sadie Makinen, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Department of Geology and Geography M. Y. Williams, B.Sc. (Queen's), PkD. (Yale), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. Henry Cecil Gunning, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.S., Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor of Economic Geology (Part- time). H. V. Warren, B.A, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), B.Sc, D.Phil. (Oxon.), Assoc. Inst. M.M, F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography. Vladimir J. Okulitch, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill), F.G.S.A, F.R.S.C, Associate Professor. Kenneth DeP. Watson, BA.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Princeton), F.M.S.A, Associate Professor. J. Lewis Robinson, B.A. (Western Ont.), M.A. (Syracuse), Ph.D. (Clark), Mem. A.A.G, Associate Professor. Wm. Harrison White, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. R. M. Thompson, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. J. D. Chapman, B.A. (Oxon.), Lecturer. F. K. Nobth, M.A. (Oxon.), Instructor. Department of German M»3s Isabel MacInnes, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (California), Professor and Head of the Department. (Retiring June 80th, 1948.) Miss Joyce Hallamobe, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Munich), Associate Professor and Chairman of the Department. (From July 1st, 1948.) Charles Ernest Borden, M.A, Ph.D. (California), Associate Professor. Murray A. Cowie, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D; (Chicago), Assistant Professor. Miss Margaret Miller, B.A. (Queen's), A.M. (Radcliffe), Lecturer. Mrs. Marian L. Cowie, A.B. (U.C.L.A.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Lecturer. D. Ogilvie, M.A. (Glasgow), Lecturer. (Session 1947-48.) Mrs. P. Taylor, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Mrs. M. Lourie, D. Juris (Vienna), Instructor. Mrs. J. Harris, A.B. (Smith), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. /^ 16 The University of British Columbia Department of History W. N. Sage, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.HistS, F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. F. H. Sowabd, B.A. (Toronto), BLitt. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Professor and Director of International Studies. A. C Cooke, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Oxon.), Professor. George F. G. Stanley, B.A. (Alberta), M.A, B.Litt, D.Phil. (Oxon.), F.R.Hist.S, Professor of Canadian History. Miss Margaret A. Ormsby, MA. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Bryn Mawr), Assistant Professor. Ping-ti Ho, BA. (National Tsing Hua Univ, Peiping, China), Lecturer. Geoffrey Davies, M.A. (Cantab.), Instructor. Department of Home Economics Miss Charlotte S. Black, B.Sc. (H.Ec.) (Manitoba), A.M. (Columbia). Professor and Head of the Department. * Miss Nina H. Morley, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Miss Mary Holder, B.Sc. in H.Ec. (Mt. Allison), Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.) Miss Carlene Rose, B.Sc. (Minnesota), M.Sc. (Oregon State College), Assistant Professor. Miss Margaret MacFarlane, B.Sc. (Alberta), Assistant Professor. Miss Nancy-Ruth Rutherford, M.Sc. (Manitoba), Lecturer. Miss Doris Hurren, B.Sc. (McGill), Lecturer. Miss Orene J. Ross, B.A. (Alberta), Lecturer. Part-time Lecturers: Stewart Murray, M.D, D.P.H, R. E. Willits, M.D, Mrs. Evangeline Winn, A.M. Department of Horticulture A. F. Barss, A.B. (Rochester), B.S. in Agr. (Cornell), M.S. (Oregon Agricultural College), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor and Head of the Department. G. H. Harris, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), M.S. (Oregon State College), Ph.D. (Cali fornia), Professor. Frank E. Buck, B.S.A. (McGill), Honorary Professor. Miss M. J. McMullan, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. J. B. Teih, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Part-time Instructor. Department of Mathematics Daniel Buchanan, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LL.D. (McMaster), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) R. D. James, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. (From July 1st, 1948.) F. S. Nowlan, B.A. (Acadia), A.M. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor. Walter H. Gage, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Professor. S. A. Jennings, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. D. C Murdoch, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. Douglas Derry, B.A. (Toronto), Dr.Phil. (Gottingen), Associate Professor. Miss May L. Barclay, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor. J. R. F. Kent, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Illinois), Assistant Professor. D. G. Chapman, B.A. (Sask.), M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (California), Assistant Professor. Mrs. Elizabeth Dodwell, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. V, Officers and Staff 17 Byron W. Straight, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. W. H. Simons, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Nobman S. Fbee, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. William C. Campbell, B.A. (Manitoba), Lecturer. Benjamin "N. Moyls, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Harvard), Lecturer. Gordon E.' Latta, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Eugene H. Lehman, A.B. (Yale), A.M. (Columbia), Lecturer. Thos. G. Macfarlane, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Gordon M. Petersen, A.B, M.S. (Stanford), Lecturer. Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering H. J. MacLeod, O.B.E, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (Alberta), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), Mem.A.I.E.E, M.E.I.C, Mem.I.R.E, Fellow A.I.E.E, Professor and Head of the Department. F. W. Vernon, B.Sc. Eng. (London), Wh.Sch, A.M.I.Mech.E, A.F.R.A.S, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Lecturer in Aeronautical Engineering. S. C. Morgan, B.Sc. (Queen's), M.Sc. (Alberta), M.S. (Calif. Inst, of Technology), Mem.A.I.E.E, M.I.E.S, Professor of Electrical Engineering. W. O. Richmond, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.S. (Pittsburg), Mem.A.S.M.E, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. H. M. McIlboy, M.Sc. (Queen's), Professor of Mechanical Engineering. W. B. Coulthard, B.Sc. (London), Mem.A.I.E.E, A.M.I.E.E, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. Frank Noakes, B.Sc. (Alberta), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Iowa State College), Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. William Wolfe, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Case School of Ap.Sc.), Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. D. W. Thomson, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Illinois), Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. Lorne R, Kersey, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. ■ Luke Long, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. William J. Johnson, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Peter Vajda, Grad. Polytechnik, Zurich, Instructor. Mrs. Mary Savery, Instructor. William W. Pullinger, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Edward S. Barton, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Nobman C. Bruce, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. J. Clifton McAdam, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Bruce D. Clement, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. John M. Bird, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. William E. J. Steel, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Department of Mining and Metallurgy Frank A.Forward,B.A.Sc. (Toronto),M.C.I.M, Mem.A.I.M.E, M.Aust.I.M.M, Professor and Head of the Department. Leslie G. R. Crouch, B.Sc. (Victoria, Australia), M.Sc. (Utah), Professor of Mining Engineering. Henry M. Howard, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), Professor of Mineral Dressing. William M. Armstrong, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), Associate Professor of Metallurgy. C. S. Samis, M.Sc. (Manitoba), Ph.D. (London), Associate Professor of Metallurgy. Gordon M. Bell, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor. Donald A. Scott, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. /" 18 The University of British Columbia Department of Music Harry Adaskin, Professor of Music. Mrs. Jean" Coulthard Adams, L.R.S.M, A.T.C.M, Lecturer. Department of Nursing and Health C. E. Dolman, M.R.C.S. (England), L.R.C.P, M.B, B.S, M.R.C.P, D.P.H, Ph.D. (London), F.A.P.H.A, F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. Miss H. Evelyn Mallory, B.Sc. (Columbia), R.N, Associate Professor. Miss Ruth Morrison, B.S. (Minnesota), R.N, Assistant Professor. Miss Pauline Capelle, B.A, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), R.N, Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence.) Lawrence E. Ranta, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. Miss Elizabeth K. McCann, B.A, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), R.N, Instructor. Part-time Lecturers: C. H. Gundry, M.D, Miss Josephine Kilburn, R.N, Gordon Hutton, M.D, D.P.H, D.Psych, T. R. Hall, B.A, Miss Donna Kerr, M.A, Donald H. Williams, B.Sc, M.Sc, M.D, F. C. Boyes, M.A. Department of Pharmacy Esli Longworth Woods, B.S.P. (Sask.), M.Sc. (Wisconsin), Professor and Head of the Department. Mrs. Phyllis Brewster Brewer, B.Sc. (Alberta), M.S. (Minnesota), Associate Professor. Finlay A. Morrison, B.S.P. (Sask.), Lecturer. A. Edgar Kidd, Lecturer. Department of Philosophy and Psychology S. N. F. Chant, O.B.E, M.A. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department. Joseph E. Morsh, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins), Professor. Frederick T. Tyler, B.Sc, M.A, M.Ed. (Alberta), Ph.D. (California), Professor of Psychology and Education. Alexander P. Maslow, A.B, A.M. (Michigan), Ph.D. (California), Associate Professor. M Barnet Savery, A.B. (Washington), Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor. E. S. W. Belyea, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor. D. C. G. MacKay, B.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Stanford), Assistant Professor. W. G. Black, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A, Ph.D. (Chicago), Part-time Lecturer. J. W. A. Fleury, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Part-time Lecturer. Edmund Macdonald, B.A. (Queens), Part-time Lecturer. Department of Physics Gordon Merritt Shrum, O.B.E, M.M, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. A. E. Hennings, M.A. (Lake Forest College), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor. (Retiring June 30th, 1948.) A. M. Crooker, B.A. (McMaster), M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor. Kenneth C. Mann, O.B.E, B.A. (Sask.), M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor. George Michael Volkoff, M.B.E, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (California), D.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Professor. Kenneth R. More, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (California), Professor. J. B. Warren, B.Sc, D.T.C, Ph.D. (London), F.Inst.P, Associate Professor. Frederik J. Belinfante, B.Sc, M.S.C, Ph.D. (Leiden), Associate Professor. George L. Pickard, M.B.E, M.A, D.Phil. (Oxon.), Associate Professor. Officers and Staff 19 Aldert van der Ziel, M.A, Ph.D. (Groningen), Associate Professor. Arthur Roy Clark, M.Sc. (Sask.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor. A. J. Dekker, M.A, Ph.D. (Amsterdam), Associate Professor. Otto Bltih, Dr. Rer. Nat, D.Phys. (Prague), F.Inst.P, Assistant Professor. G. G. Eiciiholz, B.Sc, Ph.D. (Leeds), Assistant Professor. R. Keith Brown, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. R. J; Clark, B.A. (McGill), Ph.D. (Cantab.), Lecturer. Harry H. A. Davidson, B.A, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. A. Edgar Kidd, Lecturer. Harold Babington, B.Sc. (Manitoba), Instructor. Bruce Bewell, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Norman Campbell, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. T. M. Dauphinee, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Thomas A. Hanbuey, B.Sc. (Manitoba), Instructor. Gilbert E. McMurtrie, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Miss Eleanor G. Mayo, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor. Department of Poultry Husbandry E. A. Lloyd, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Washington State College), Professor and Head of the Department. Jacob Bdsly, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), M.S. (Kansas State College), Associate Professor. Department of Social Work Miss Marjorie J. Smith, A.B. (Minnesota), A.M. (Chicago), Professor and Head of the Department. Leonard C. Marsh, B.Sc. (Econ.) (London), M.A, Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor. Miss Margaret C. Johnson, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.S.W. (Washington University), Assistant Professor. Miss Elizabeth V. Thomas, A.B. (Wesleyan College), M.S. (New York School of Social Work), Assistant Professor. Miss Roberta E. Lytle, B.A. (Northwestern), 'M.S.S. (Smith), Field Work Instructor. s Miss Ailsa Brahiwood, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.S. (Columbia), Field Work Instructor. J Mrs. Ruth E. Read, B.A. (Vassar), MA. (Chicago), Lecturer and Field Work Supervisor. Miss Vivian Scott, Field Work Instructor. Miss Zella Collins, Dip^Soc.Ser.Dept. (Toronto), Field Work ^Instructor. Miss Roxanna Jackson, B.A. (Colorado College), M.A. (Columbia), Part-time Field Work Instructor. Miss Sara Alice Brown, M.A. (Cornell), Lecturer. Eduard C. Lindeman, B.S, M.H, LL.D, Special Lecturer. Part-time Lecturers: A. J. Cowan, B.A, G. H. Hutton, M.D, D.P.H, Elda Lindenfeld, M.D, A. deB. McPhillips, J. S. McGuire, B.A, J. H. Creighton, M.A, Miss Ruby McKay, Thomas Lanz, Miss Lilian Johnson, C. E. Gould, B.A, M.D, E. Stevens, M.A. Part-time Field Work Instructors: Miss Barbara Finlayson, B.A. (Toronto), Diploma in Social Work (Toronto). Miss Anne DuMoulin, B.A., M.S.W. (Brit. Col.). Mrs. Kathleen McKenzie, B.A, M.S.W. (Brit. Col.). Miss Mary McLorg, B.A, Dip. in Soc. Wk. (Brit. Col.). John Saunders, B.A, B.S.W. (Brit. Col.). Mas. June Wanben, B.A, B.S.W. (Brit. Col.). George A. Whiten. , , 20 The University of British Columbia Department of Spanish Charles Vyneh Brooke, B.A. (Queen's), A.M, Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor and Chairman of the Department. G. E. McSpadden, M.A. (Univ. of New Mexico), Ph.D. (Stanford), Associate Professor. J. A. McDonald, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor. Mrs. Emilia Davison, Lecturer. Department of Zoology W. A. Clemens, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Cornell), F.R.S.C, Professor and Head of the Department. G. J. Spencer, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Illinois), Professor. Ian McTaggart Cowan, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (California), F.R.S.C, Professor. W. S. Hoar, B.A. (New Brunswick), M.A. (Western Ontario), Ph.D. (Boston), Professor of Zoology and Fisheries. James R. Adams, B.Sc, M.Sc, Ph.D. (McGill) Associate Professor. George R. Hopping, B.S.F. (Oregon State Coll.), M.Sc. (Iowa State Coll.), Associate Professor. J. A. C. Nicol, B.Sc. (McGill), M.A. (Western Ontario), D.Phil. (Oxon.), Assistant Professor. M. Neal Carter, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill), Honorary Lecturer. International Studies F. H. Soward, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt. (Oxon.), F.R.S.C, Director. Ping-ti Ho, B.A. (National Tsing Hua Univ., Peiping, China), Lecturer. Slavonic Studies James O. St. Clair-Sobell, M.A. (Melbourne), Ph.D. (Graz, Austria), Professor. Joseph J. Raymond, A.B. (Yale), Ph.D. (Princeton), Assistant Professor. Alexander W. Wainman, M.A. (Oxon.), Assistant Professor. Faculty of Law George F. Curtis, LL.B. (Sask.), B.A, B.C.L. (Oxon,), Professor of Law and Dean of the Faculty. Frederick Read, LL.B. (Manitoba), Associate Professor of Law. George A. McAllister, M.A, B.C.L. (New Brunswick), LL.M. (Columbia), Associate Professor of Law. Gilbert D. Kennedy, M.A, LL.B. (Toronto), Associate Professor of Law. John I. Bird, B.Com. (Brjt. Col.), Lecturer on Shipping. The Honourable Mr. Justice Coady, B.A. (St. F.X.), Lecturer on Evidence. Leon J. Ladner, K.C, B.A, LL.B. (Toronto), Lecturer on Taxation. M. M. McFarlane, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer on Procedure III. N. A. M. Mackenzie, C.M.G, M.M. and Bar, K.C, B.A, LL.B. (Dalhousie), LL.M, (Harvard), LL.D. (Mt. Allison, New Brunswick, and Toronto), D.C.L. (Whitman), F.R.S.C, Lecturer on Public International Law. S. J. Remnant, Lecturer on Criminal Law. F. A. Sheppard, K.C, B.A. (Toronto), LL.B. (Sask.), Lecturer on Insurance Law and Equity. W. A. Schultz, B.A, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer on Procedure TI. The Honourable Mr. Justice Wilson, Lecturer on Procedure II. A. Watts, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Honorary Liaison Secretary. Officers and Staff 21 Department of University Extension Gordon Mehritt Shrum, O.B.E, M.M, M.A, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.S.C, Director. Robert J. Boboughs, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Director. Kelvin D. M. Large, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Director. Miss Dorothy Somerset, A.B. (Radcliffe), Assistant Professor of Dramatics. Norman Barton, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Visual Education. Miss Marjorie V. Smith, B.A. (Sask.), Assistant. Arthur Renney, B.S.A. (Brit Col.), M.S. (California), Assistant in Agriculture. / F. Selby Perry, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant to the President and to the n Director of University Extension. (Session 1947-48.) Miss Eileen Cross, B.Sc. in H.Ec. (Manitoba), Assistant in Home Economics. Miss Jean Travis, Assistant in Handicrafts. Mrs. Evangeline Winn, A.M. (Columbia), Assistant. (Session 1947-48.) Miss Margaret MacKay, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Agriculture. University Health Service Stewart Murray, M.D, D.P.H- (Toronto), Medical Health Officer, Metropolitan Health Committee, University Health Officer. C. H. Gundry, M.D, Director of Mental Hygiene, Metropolitan Health Committee. W. H. Cockcroft, M.D, D.P.H. (Toronto), Medical Officer. George T. Cunningham, University Representative on the Metropolitan Health Committee. Miss Muriel Upshall, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), R.N, Public Health Nurse. Mrs. Jeanne E. Worrall, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), R.N, Public Health Nurse. Miss Ruth Ross, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), R.N, Public Health Nurse. Mrs. E. M. Taylor, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), R.N, Public Health Nurse. Physical Education Robert F. Osborne, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Associate Professor and Director of Physical Education, Men. Miss Marion Henderson, B.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Texas State College for Women), Asso«iate Professor and Director of Physical Education, Women. H. Douglas Whittle, B.P.H.E. (Toronto), Assistant Professor and Associate Director of Physical Education, Men. Ivor Wynne, B.A.\(McMaster), Assistant Professor. Miss Marjorie Leeming, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Lecturer. Jack Pomfret, B.A. (Health and P.E.) (Washington), Instructor. Miss Jean Carmichael, B.A. (Queen's), Instructor. Miss Isobel Clay, Diploma in Physical Education (McGill), Instructor. (On leave of absence.) Miss May Adams, B.Sc. (Phys.Ed.) (McGill), Instructor. A. B. Laithwaite, Dip. in Phys. Ed. (Carnegie Phys. Tr. Coll.), Instructor. Veterans' Bureau and Employment and Placement Bureau Major John F. McLean, D.S.O, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Director of Student Services. Capt. W. G. Black, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A, Ph.D. (Chicago), Counsellor. Major Stanley E. Read, M.A. (McGill), Part-time Counsellor. Fl.-Lt. H. Orville Hayes, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant. \, THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA HISTORICAL SKETCH The creation of a university in British Columbia was first advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, but it was not until 1890 that the Provincial Legislature passed an act establishing a body politic and corporate named "The University of British Columbia." In 1891 this act was amended to require that a meeting of the Senate be held within one month after the election of the Senators by Convocation. The Senators were elected, but a quorum did not assemble on the date fixed by the Chancellor, Dr. I. W. Powell, of Victoria. Thus the first attempt to establish a university in British Columbia failed. However, some of the work normally done in a university was begun in 1894, when an act was passed which permitted the affiliation of high schools in the Province with recognized Canadian universities. In 1899 Vancouver" High School was affiliated with McGill University in order to provide First Year work in Arts, and took the name of Vancouver College. First Year work in Arts was offered by Victoria High School when it became Victoria College by affiliation with McGill University in 1902. In the same year Vancouver College undertook the Second Year in Arts. In 1906 an act was passed incorporating the Royal Institution for the Advancement of Learning of British Columbia, which, in the same year, established at Vancouver the McGill University College of British Columbia. The scope of the work undertaken by this college was gradually increased until at the time it was taken over by the University of British Columbia it was giving three years in Arts and Science and two years in Applied Science. When the University of British Columbia opened in the autumn of 1915, both the. McGill University College of Vancouver and Victoria College, which since 1907 had been a part of it, ceased to exist. " • Definite steps to establish the University were taken by- Dr. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, in 1907, when he introduced a "University Endowment Act." This act was followed in 1908 by an act establishing and incorporating the University of British Columbia and repealing the old act of 1890-1. This act, with its subsequent amendments, determines the present constitution of the University. As authorized by an act passed by the Provincial Legislature in 1910, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a Site Commission to decide upon a site for the proposed University. The Commission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910, in Victoria, and after a thorough examination of the Province recommended the vicinity of Vancouver. In the autumn the Executive Council 24 The University of British Columbia decided to place the University at Point Grey—the site which the Commission had named as its first choice. In 1911 the Legislature passed an act authorizing the Lieutenant-Governor in Council to grant this site to the University. The grant was increased in 1915, so that it now consists of 548 acres at the extremity of Point Grey. The waters of the Gulf of Georgia form more than half the boundary of the University campus. A tract of some 3,000 acres of Government land immediately adjoining the site, and lying between it and the City of Vancouver, has been set aside by the Government in order that University revenue may be provided by its sale or lease. In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, called for competitive plans which should include plans in detail for four buildings to be erected immediately, and a block plan showing all the proposed buildings on the campus. Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, of Vancouver, B. C, were the successful competitors, and were appointed University Architects. The first Convocation, held on August 21st, 1912, chose Mr. F. L. Carter-Cotton as first Chancellor of the University. When he retired at the end of two terms in 1918, Dr. B. E. McKechnie was elected Chancellor, and served continuously until his death, May 24th, 1944. On September 18th of that year the Hon. Eric W. Hamber was elected by acclamation to fill out Dr. McKeehnie's unexpired term, and in 1945 and 1948, again by acclamation, for the ensuing regular terms. In March, 1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed as first President of the University F. F. Wesbrook, M.A., M.D, CM., LL.D. On his death, October 20th, 1918, L. S. Klinck, Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, was appointed by the Board of Governors as Acting President, and on June 1st, 1919, as President. When he retired, June 30th, 1944, he was succeeded by Dr. Norman A. M. MacKenzie. From its opening in 1915 till the Summer of 1925, the University carried on its work in temporary quarters on part of the site of the General Hospital in Fairview. Construction work was commenced on the Science Building at the permanent site in Point Grey in 1914, but was interrupted because of war conditions. Work on this building was resumed in 1923, and in the autumn of the same year the contract was let for the Library. These two buildings, which are of stone and are fireproof, conform closely to the original plans as prepared by the architects in 1914. The initial units of these structures, as well as nine other buildings which are of a less permanent character, were completed in 1925, and at the beginning of Session 1925-26 the University commenced work in its new quarters. Historical Sketch 25 The inauguration of the new buildings was held on October 15th and 16th, 1925, on which occasion honorary degrees were granted by the University for the first time. THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSITY The Constitution of the University is governed by the British Columbia University Act, B.C.R.S. 1936, c. 299, and Amending Acts, which provide That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation, Board of Governors, Senate, Faculty Council, and the Faculties; that the Convocation shall be composed of the Chancellor, the Senate, all persons who became members of the Convocation prior to the first day of January, 1919, all persons holding academic appointments within the University and whose names are added to the roll of Convocation by the Registrar of the University from time to time upon instructions from the President, and all persons who have become graduates of the University; that the Chancellor shall be elected by the members of the Convocation; that the Board of Governors shall consist of eleven members—the Chancellor, who shall be the Chairman thereof, the President, three persons elected by the Senate from among its members, and six members appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; that the Senate shall consist of: (a) The Chancellor, and the President of the University, who shall be chairman thereof; (i) the deans • and two professors of each of the Faculties elected by members of the Faculty; (c) three members to be appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; (d) the principals of the normal schools; (e) one member elected by the high school principals and assistants who are actually engaged in teaching; (f) one member to be elected by the governing body of every affiliated college or school in this Province; (g) fifteen members to be elected by Convocation from the members thereof; (h) one member elected by the British Columbia Teachers' Federation. It is further provided that the University shall be non-sectarian. The University Act gives the University full powers to grant such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches of knowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine. It reserves for the University the sole right in this Province to confer degrees, except in Theology, and it expressly enacts that "No other university having corporate powers capable of being exercised within the Province shall be known by the same name, nor shall any such university have power to grant degrees." s LOCATION AND BUILDINGS Location The University is situated west of the city of Vancouver, on a site comprising 548 acres, of which about one half is campus. To the west and about 300 feet below, lies the Strait of Georgia, beyond which, in clear weather, one can see the mountains of Vancouver Island. To the south, forest extends almost unbroken to the mouth of the Fraser River. On the east, between the University and the city of Vancouver, are situated the University Endowment Lands, a part of which is occupied by a residential area. To the north lies Burrard Inlet, with the Howe Sound fjord and its islands and fhe impressive Coast Range Mountains. Buildings The buildings are of two classes, permanent and semi-permanent. The former were designed by the University architects, Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, the latter by architects of the Department of Public Works of the Provincial Government. The permanent buildings have been erected in the location originally assigned for them; the others in the quadrangle designated as "unassigned" in the original plan. By utilizing the "unassigned" area for the semi-permanent buildings, all the locations intended for future expansion have been left available. The Physics Building, the first unit of the new construction programme of permanent buildings, was formally opened by the Honourable John Hart, Premier of British Columbia, on Oetober 27th, 1947. Two additional permanent units—a new wing to the Library and a new Applied Science Building—are under construction. Library The University Library consists of more than 175,000 volumes It includes representative works in all the courses offered by the University, and a growing collection of books in other subjects. It is notable for its high percentage of the transactions and proceedings of learned societies, and its long runs of scholarly periodicals—the materials essential to research. The Library possesses a College Art Teaching Set, presented some years ago by the Carnegie Corporation of New York. This consists of nearly 200 specially selected works covering the fine and applied arts, and of more than 2,000 reproductions, photographed or coloured, illustrating these. Recently it has been possible to expand the art collection somewhat, and the Library has sponsored an Art Loan Collection, from which students may borrow ^■H^ Location and Buildings %1 i prints and original paintings. The prints are the property of the Library, but most of the paintings have been made available on loan through the kind interest and generosity of local artists. Another notable gift to the University, made by the Carnegie Corporation of New York, is the College Music Set. The collection of recordings, originally numbering 950, has been greatly expanded, and now consists of over 2,000 records. The Music Set also includes a fine electric gramophone, a collection of books on musical theory and history, and a large number of scores. The recordings are used regularly for student recitals and to illustrate lectures on $ie appreciation of music. In addition, thousands of records are loaned annually to individual students for home use. The Library receives regularly over 900 serial publications. The book collection is classified throughout on the Congressional system. While the Library is primarily for the staff and students of the University, its resources are available to those of the general public engaged in research or special study, and who make personal application to the Librarian for the privilege of its use. Such persons are known as "extra-mural readers." By order of the Board of Governors a fee of $1.00 per calendar year is charged such readers. In addition, they pay necessary mailing costs, a deposit being required from those unable to call personally for books loaned. The Library also administers the book collection of the University Extension Department. This consists of about 1,600 volumes, and is increasing as the Department's work develops. The Extension Department's collection also includes more than 4,000 plays, for the service of dramatic groups and theatre students throughout the Province. The Extension Department's book and play collections are available to those who have registered with the Department. The University is deeply indebted to' all who have made gifts to the Library. These have been both valuable and numerous. Their number prevents detailed acknowledgment, but recognition should be made of a number of sets of transactions, and complete or partial sets of scientific periodicals, given by societies and friends of the University. The most interesting and valuable of these gifts are listed in the annual report of the Library to the Senate. Museums These consist of (1) the Burnett Collection of South Seas and other ethnological specimens, housed on the main floor of the Library; (2) the Geological and Geographical Museum, in Room s The University of British Columbia 116, Applied Science Building; (3) the Zoological Museum, housed in various rooms of the Applied Science Building. The Burnet Collection was made by the late Frank Burnet, who donated it and arranged it in its present home. It contains groups of artifacts representative of the ethnology and archaeology of various parts of the Pacific Basin. The largest unit, 1170 catalogued items, is from the islands of the South Pacific, but Malaysia and North and South America are also strongly represented. The Geological and Geographical Museum has been developed as a medium for the visual instruction of students and visitors. It is closely coordinated with the Department of Geology and Geography, but is used freely by students of sociology and history, as well as by art students from city studios. The exhibits include the Dr. H. M. Ami collection of pre-historical artifacts from Les Eyzies, France; the Buttimer collection of Indian baskets; the Michell Pierce collection of Eskimo clothing and utensils; the Peach and Home geological model of the Assynt Mountains, Scotland; suites of fossils,/ minerals, birds, and mammals, relief map-models, and many other things of interest. The Zoological Museum, containing material representative of both the vertebrate and the invertebrate fields, is housed mainly m the northern wing of the Applied Science Building. Owing to lack of room in the museum, the collection is distributed in hallways and rooms wherever space can be found. The collection of marine invertebrates of the northeastern Pacific Ocean is one of the largest extant. The collection of vertebrates exclusive of fish numbers 4399 specimens. A collection of 12 beautifully mounted heads of B. C. game, donated by Messrs. G. L. and R. J. Pop, hangs on the walls of Room 100, Applied Science Building, and a fine suite of African game horns, donated by Mr. W. F. Byers, hangs in Room 120 of the same building. The collections are freely available to students and research institutions. Gymnasium This building was completed in 1929 and presented to the University by the Alma Mater Society. The playing floor has an area of 6,000 square feet, and is surrounded on all sides by tiers of seats which will accommodate 1,400 persons. In this building are located the dressing rooms, locker rooms, showers, a training and first-aid room, an equipment room, an apparatus room, a kitchen, and the offices of the Physical Education staff and graduate manager of athletics. Equipment for all recreational sports activities is available to the student body free of charge upon presentation of a Physical Education card. u Location and Buildings 29 Stadium and Playing Fields In accordance with the original landscape plan prepared by Mawson in 1913, the main playing field area, consisting of about 16 acres, is situated east of the East Mall and north of the University Boulevard. Development work was started early in January 1931, as an aid in alleviating the acute unemployment situation, and was made possible by funds provided chiefly by subscriptions from the Faculty, students, and friends of the University. Much of the labour was obtained through the courtesy of the Relief Department of the City of Vancouver. Twenty thousand cubic yards of soil and gravel were used to bring the track and field to grade. In addition to the main playing field of the stadium, there are four other full-size fields and a number of smaller areas-set aside for outdoor games. The first section of the grandstand for the stadium was erected in the summer of 1937 on the west side of the main playing field. It is a covered, reinforced concrete structure, 126 feet long, and provides seating accommodation for 1,600 spectators. On either side are two wooden bleacher sections of 500 seats each. In 1946 a wooden grandstand section providing 1,000 covered seats was added. The plan provides for the ultimate continuance of the main section around the field, and for this reason the present bleachers are so constructed as to be movable. Underneath the present main stand there are locker rooms, dressing rooms, showers, ticket booths, drying rooms, and a room for special activities such as boxing, handball, weight lifting, basketball, and fencing. This special activities room in the stadium was completed and equipped early in 1946. Funds for the construction of the grandstand were provided through a $40,000 bond issue sponsored by the Alma Mater Society. The Provincial Government has undertaken to assume the annual charges for interest on the bonds. There is also some additional temporary accommodation used by the Department of Physical Education. An army hut, located north of the Brock Memorial Building, was supplied in 1946 to relieve the congestion in the gymnasium. This hut is used primarily for dance classes and recreational activities. An airforce hangar brought to the campus in the fall of 1946 is expected to be ready for use by September. This building, which will be called the Field House, is 160 feet long and 11.0 feet wide. It will be used for archery, tennis, golf, and various team practices. The Brock Memorial Building In connection with the celebration of the twenty-first anniversary of the opening of the University in 1936, it was decided / 30 The University of British Columbia that a memorial be established by general appeal to students, graduates, and friends of the University throughout Canada. A committee representing all branches of the University decided that the memorial should take the form of a student union building, dedicated to the memory of the late Dean of Applied Science, Reginald W. Brock, and Mrs. Brock, by whose tragic deaths as a result of an aeroplane accident the University suffered a great loss. The original fund for the construction of the building was subscribed by relatives of* Dean and Mrs. Brock, friends of the University throughout Canada and the United States, alumni and students of the University, and former colleagues of Dean Brock. The balance of the amount required to complete construction was provided by the students and the Board of Governors in cash and through a bond issue of the Alma Mater Society. Furnishings for the building were provided from a fund raised over a period of years by the Women's Union Building Committee of the University. The building is situated adjacent to the playing fields and gymnasium. In it are located the offices of the Alma Mater Society, the Alumni Association, and various clubs and student activities. The building also contains common rooms, lunch and tea rooms, and accommodation for social groups. The Brock Memorial Building was dedicated in January, 1940. Forest Products Laboratories The Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, Vancouver Laboratories, which are maintained by the Forest Service of the Department of Mines and Resources, Canada, occupy five buildings, three of which are provided and kept up through a cooperative agreement between the University and the Dominion Government. Plan of Campus The plan at the back of the Calendar shows the buildings which have been erected and indicates the nature of their construction. GENERAL INFORMATION The Session The academic year begins on the first of September and ends on the last day of August. The Winter Session is divided into two terms—the first, September to December; the second, January to May. The Summer Session consists of seven weeks' instruction in July and August. For Admission to the University, see page 35, and for Registration and Attendance, see page 37. L. General Information 81 Courses of Study The University offers instruction in each of the four faculties, Arts and Science, Applied Science (including Nursing), Agriculture, and Law, leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of Education, Bachelor of Home Economics, Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy, Bachelor of Physical Education, Bachelor of Social Work, Bachelor of Applied Science, Bachelor of Science in Forestry, Bachelor of Architecture, Bachelor of Science in Agriculture, and Bachelor of Laws. In the Faculty of Arts and Science a course is offered leading to a Teaching Training Diploma. Advanced courses of instruction and facilities leading to a Master's degree are offered in each faculty except Law. Admission to these advanced courses, or to the privileges of research, does not in itself imply admission to candidacy for a higher degree. Academic Dress The undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves and the yoke edged with khaki cord. The graduate's gown is the same, without cord. The Bachelor's hood is of the Cambridge pattern, black bordered with the colour of the degree obtained; the Master's hood is the same, lined with the distinctive colour. The Bachelor of Arts hood has a border of University blue; the Bachelor of Commerce hood differs from that of Bachelor of Arts by the addition of a white cord; the Bachelor of Education hood has a border of white edged with a cord of University blue. The hood for the degree of Bachelor of Home Economics has a border of turquoise, that for the degree of Bachelor of Social Service has a border of magenta, and that for the degree of Bachelor of Laws has a border of amethyst violet. The colour for the degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is scarlet red; for the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture it is maize. The hood for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry differs from that of the Bachelor of Applied Science by the addition of a green cord. The University Student Health Service The University Student Health Service is under the direction of the Metropolitan Health Committee, which' provides health services for the Greater Vancouver Area including the University Endowment Area. The Health Service is at present housed in Hut No. 2A directly south of the Armouries. X 32 The University of British Columbia Requirements of The University Student Health Service Medical Examinations 1. On admission to the University each new student must report to the Health Service office for a medical examination. He is advised to make his appointment a\ the time of registration. 2. Students registered in the Second Year (ex-service excepted) must report for a re-check medical examination to determine their capacity for physical exercise. They are advised to make their appointment at the time of registration. 3. Students registering for the Physical Education degree course must have a yearly medical examination completed within the first two weeks of the session. They are advised to make their appointment at the time of registration. 4. Students who are members of athletic teams must have a yearly medical examination preceding active participation. 5. Students who have been away from the University for a year or more are also required to report. At the time of the examination the student is informed of any physical defect, given advice, and urged to have the remediable conditions corrected. Evidence, satisfactory to the Medical Officer, of successful immunization against smallpox is required. The Medical Officer is available at specified hours for consultation with students on health problems. Control of Communicable Diseases Preventive tests and inoculations are given by the Health Service. Much valuable time can be saved by prompt and immediate application of preventive measures in checking the spread of communicable disease. 1. Tuberculosis. Tuberculosis is a major cause of death in people of University age. Therefore a Chest X-ray examination is provided by the University Student Health Service, in cooperation with the Provincial Board of Health, Tuberculosis Division, and the B. C. Tuberculosis Society through its Christmas Seal fund. The Chest X-ray is part of the medical examination and all other students are urged to have a yearly X-ray while the Unit is on the campus. There is no charge for this service. This project is of a very great value; for when early tuberculosis is diagnosed and treatment instituted before physical breakdown occurs, the patient is saved from years of invalidism and perhaps death, and student contacts are protected from infection. v. General Information 83 2. Other Communicable Diseases. The development of any communicable disease in a University student or any person living in the same house must be reported by the student to the University Student Health Service without delay. Students exposed to communicable disease may be permitted, by special order of the Medical Health Officer, to attend the University for a prescribed period, despite the exposure. Such students shall report daily (or oftener, at the discretion of the Medical Health Officer) to the University Student Health Service for such prescribed period. Failure to report will result in immediate exclusion from the University. Reporting of Other Illnesses or Absence Students developing any illness or suffering from any injury while on the campus should apply for first aid to the University. Student Health Service. Students developing any illness or suffering any injury while at home, boarding house, fraternity house, etc., are required to report this to the University Student Health Service. Students absent on account of illness must notify the Health Service Office by telephone and report before attending lectures. If a doctor has been in attendance the student is to bring a medical certificate from him. If the student is absent from an examination he must present a medical certificate, which is to be in the Health Service. Office within one day after the termination of the examination period. A medical certificate must show the nature and period of disability. Medical report forms may be obtained from the Health Service Office. The dean of the faculty is notified of absence from classes or examinations because of illness. Summer Session The University Student Health Service provides a health service for students attending the Summer Sessions. Details of this service may be found in the Announcement of the Summer Session. Ex-service students attending the University for the first time must report and fill in the University medical history card. Dean of Women During the session the Dean of Women may be consulted by parents and students on matters pertaining to living conditions, vocational guidance, and other questions that directly affect the social and intellectual life of the women students. y The University of British Columbia Board and Residence Women The Office of the Dean of Women undertakes the inspection of all accommodation offered for women students. Any vacancies of which information is obtained will be listed and made available to students on demand. Since under present housing conditions very few listings are received until just before the opening of First Term, students planning to attend the University should also attempt to secure accommodation either through their own efforts or with the aid of friends. Men and women students are not permitted to lodge in the same house, unless they are members of the same family or receive special permission from the Senate. Women students under twenty- five years of age are permitted to occupy suites in apartment houses only when accompanied by some older person. Any residence accommodation arranged by women students for themselves must also meet with the approval of the Dean of Women. The cost of board and lodging is about $45 a month. Room and breakfast can be secured for $20 to $25 a month. Other meals may be obtained at several places on the campus. For the Session 1948-49 there will be limited accommodation for women at Acadia Camp near the University. The dining room at the Camp is under the supervision of a trained dietitian. Accommodation is in single, double, or triple rooms, and the rates vary from $40 to $50 a month. Request for reservations should be made to the Dean of Women's office. Preference will be given to returned women. Men Information concerning accommodation available for men may be obtained by applying to the office of the Housing Administrator, Administration Building. Charges for board and room vary from $40 to $50 a month, for room and breakfast from $25 to $30 a month, and for room alone from $20 to $25 a month. Meals may be obtained in the Cafeteria and the Brock Memorial Building; light refreshments are available at different points on the campus. Students wishing accommodation in either Acadia or the Fort Camp should apply to the Housing Administrator at the University. During 1947-48 the charge for room and board was $120 for the First Term and $160 for the Second Term. About 700 students can be accommodated. Preference will be given to returned service men. u General Information 35 Counselling and Placement Bureau In conjunction with the University Veterans' Bureau, the Counselling and Placement Bureau gives information and suggestions to all students concerning admission, courses, and vocational opportunities. A file on professional and vocational opportunities is maintained and is available on request. Tests of general ability, interest, and personality are administered on the following dates: June 26th, 1948—1:30 p.m. Sept. 4th, 1948—1:30 p.m. Sept. 11th, 1948—1:30 p.m.. (Out of town students.) The Placement Bureau also endeavors, in cooperation with the various faculties concerned, to take care of part time, vacation, and permanent employment for graduates and undergraduates. Close liason with the executive and 'professional branch of the National Employment Service is maintained. Registration for part time employment should be made early in September; registration for vacation or full time employment will normally take place in January or February at the Bureau office situated in Hut M7. In cooperation with the Alumni Association, the Bureau also registers and seeks positions for former graduates of this University who may wish an advantageous change of position. General Conduct The University authorities do not assume responsibilities which naturally rest with parents. This being so, it is the policy of the University to rely on the good sense and on the home training of students for the preservation of good moral standards. ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY All enquiries relating to admission to the University should be addressed to the Registrar. The accommodation for students in the University is limited. The University, therefore, reserves the right to limit the attendance. The Faculty of Applied Science reserves the right, of selection and admission of students entering the First Year of the Combined Course in Nursing and the Second Year of the Double Course in Arts and Science and Nursing. The University reserves the right to limit the registration in, or to cancel, any of the courses listed. Limitation may be imposed if the numbers desiring any course are found to be too large for the X 36 The University of British Columbia lecture rooms and laboratories available for that course, or for the number of instructors in the department concerned, or for the equipment and supplies which can be obtained. Certain courses may be cancelled if the numbers of instructors in the departments concerned prove to be inadequate to offer all the courses listed. 1. Except under special circumstances, no student under the age of sixteen is admitted to the University. For admission to the First Year of the course in Nursing (or the Second Year of the Double Course in Arts and Nursing) a student must be eighteen years of age, and for admission to the course in Social Work, twenty-one years of age. 2. Candidates for admission to the courses in the First Year of • the Faculty of Arts and Science or the Faculty of Agriculture and to the course in Nursing in Applied Science are required to pass the University Entrance (Junior Matriculation) examination of the Province of British Columbia or to submit certificates showing that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere. Special regulations are prescribed for admission to courses in Applied Science, and are given under the heading of Admission in the Applied Science section of the Calendar. 3. Students who have passed the Senior Matriculation examination are admitted to the courses of the Second Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science. Students who have partial Senior Matriculation standing will be granted credit in the First Year in each subject in which they have made 50 per cent, or over. 4. A student who has a failure in a subject of the University Entrance examination standing agaipst him will not be admitted to the University. 5. The University Entrance and Senior Matriculation examinations of the Province of British Columbia are conducted by the High School and University Matriculation Board of the Province. This Board consists of members appointed by the Department of Education and by the Uniyersity. The requirements for these examinations are stated in the publication, Requirements for University Entrance and Senior Matriculation, issued by the University. The courses of study for the various grades in the high schools are given in the Programme of Studies for the High Schools, issued by the Provincial Department of Education. 6. Certificates or diplomas showing that a candidate has passed the matriculation examination of another university will be accepted in lieu of the University Entrance or Senior Matriculation examinations if the faculty concerned considers that the examin- General Information 87 ation has covered the same subjects and required the same standards. If, however, the examinations cover some but not all of the necessary subjects, the candidate will be required to pass the examinations in the subjects not covered. 7. A candidate who wishes to enter by certificates other than a Matriculation or University Entrance certificate issued in British Columbia should submit to the Registrar the original certificates. If he wishes thesfi returned to him, he must present also a copy of each certificate for record at the University. He'should under no circumstances come to the University without having first obtained from the Registrar a statement of the value of the certificates he holds, as these may lack one or more essential subjects, or the work done in a subject may not be adequate, or, again, the percentage gained may not be sufficiently high. Moreover, it must be remembered that a certificate may admit to one faculty and not to another. When an applicant's diploma or certificate does not show the marks obtained in the several subjects of the examination, he must arrange to have a statement of his marks sent to the Registrar by the Education Department or university issuing such diploma or certificate. 8. A student of another university applying for exemption from any subject or subjects which he has already studied is required to submit with his application a calendar of the university in which he has previously studied, together with a complete statement of the course he has followed and a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects.* The faculty concerned will determine the standing of such a student in this University. REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE A student applying for registration for the first time in the University of British Columbia must make use of the Application for Admission form obtainable from the Registrar's office. Those wishing to register for the regular Winter Session should file this application, together with the necessary certificates, before September 1st. Each applicant will then be given notification concerning his admission and standing and instructions as to registration procedure. In order to facilitate registration, students who have previously attended the University are asked to notify the Registrar's *For the conditions under which exemption is granted in the Faculty of Arts and Science, see Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A. r The University of British Columbia office of their intention to register again and to indicate the faculty and course in which they wish to enrol. A special form is provided for this purpose, a copy of which will be sent to each student with his statement of marks on the final examination. Additional copies may be had at the Registrar's office. Students should note that the registration fee of $5.00 is now payable during registration at the same time as the First Term fees. It is therefore no longer necessary to send the registration fee with application for either first or subsequent registration. Attention is called to the calendar on page 5, giving the days during which registration must be completed in person, and to the section on Fees for information concerning late fees. Registration is not complete until the applicant has turned in his registration booklet at the Registrar's office and has paid his First Term fees. Those who have not completed registration by the last day prescribed will be subject to payment of the late registration fee of $2.00. Students who have been awarded scholarships or bursaries, the first instalment of which is less than the First Term fees, will be required to pay the difference upon registration. No student with unsatisfactory standing will be permitted to register in September without the permission of Faculty. The Faculty of Applied Science reserves the right of selection and admission of students entering the First Year of the Combined Course in Nursing and the Second Year of the Double Course in Arts and Science and Nursing. Application for admission to First Year Nursing must be made to the Registrar on or before August 15th. A selection of candidates will be made immediately thereafter on the basis of qualifications. Forms of application for admission to these courses may be obtained from the Registrar's office. 1. There are four classes of students: (a) Graduate students—students who are pursuing courses of study in a faculty in which they hold a degree, whether they are proceeding to a Master's degree or not. Students, however, who are proceeding to a Bachelor's degree in another course in the same faculty in which they hold a degree, or in another faculty, will register as undergraduates. (b) Full undergraduates—students proceeding to a degree in any faculty who have passed all the examinations precedent to the year in which they are registered. Registration and Attendance 39 (c) Conditioned undergraduates—students proceeding to a degree with defects in their standing which do not prevent their entering a higher year under the regulations governing Examinations and Advancement of the faculty in which they are registered. (d) Partial students—students not belonging to one of the three preceding classes. (See 7, below.) 2. All students are required to furnish the information necessary for the University records, to enrol for the particular classes which they wish to attend, and to sign the following declaration: '' I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules, regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and of the faculty or faculties in which I am registered, and to any amendments thereto which may be made while I am a student of the University, and I promise to observe the same." In the information furnished for the University records, students are requested to state what church they propose to make their place of worship. This information is available for any of the city churches desiring it. 3. No registration for undergraduate students of the regular Winter Session will be accepted after Monday, September 27th, without the special permission of the faculty concerned, and a candidate so accepted for registration may be required to take fewer courses than the regular year's work. 4. The Registrar is empowered to register all duly qualified students. Doubtful cases will be dealt with by the faculty concerned. 5. Students doing work in two academic years will register in the lower year and fill out their course cards in such a way as to make clear which courses are required to complete the lower year. 6. Students desiring to make a change in the course for which they have registered must apply to the Registrar on the' proper form for a "change of course." Except in special circumstances, no change will be allowed after the second week of the session. If the application is approved by the faculty concerned, the Registrar will give the necessary notifications. 7. Partial students, who are not proceeding to a degree, are not normally required to pass an examination for admission, but before registering they must produce a certificate showing that they have satisfied the Dean and the heads of the departments concerned that they are qualified to pursue with advantage the course of study which they propose to undertake. s 40 The University of British Columbia 8. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths of the lectures in each course that they take. Admission to a lecture or laboratory and credit for attendance may be refused by the instructor for lateness, misconduct, inattention, or neglect of duty. Absence consequent on illness or domestic affliction may be excused only by the dean of the faculty concerned, and medical certificates or other evidence must be presented. If the absence occurs during the session, the student must appear in person, with the certificate, at the University Health Service immediately on return to the University, and before attendance upon class work. The University Health Service will examine the person concerned and will immediately forward the certificate, with report thereon, to the dean of the faculty. If the absence occurs during the examinations, the certificate must be sent to the Health Service within one day after the termination of the examination period. A medicaf certificate must show the nature and the period of the disability. Medical report forms may be obtained from the Health Service office. In cases of deficient attendance students may (with the sanction of the dean and the head of the department concerned) be excluded from the Christmas or the final examinations in a course; but, in the case of a final examination, unless the unexcused absences exceed one-fourth of the total number of lectures in a course, such student may be permitted to sit for supplemental examination. (See regulation in each faculty in reference to Examinations and Advancement.) 9. All candidates for a degree must make formal application for graduation at least one month previous to the Congregation at which they expect to obtain the degree. Special forms for this purpose may be obtained from the Registrar's office. 10. All students new to this University (First and other years) and all students registered in the Second Year must report to the Student Health Service for a medical examination. Students registering for the Physical Education degree course must have a yearly medical examination; also students who are members of athletic teams must have a yearly medical examination preceding active participation. LECTURESHIPS The Hewitt Bostock Lectureship Through the generosity of the Misses Bostock a lectureship has been established in honour of their father, the late Senator Hewitt Bostock, providing for a public lecture at least once in three years by a speaker of national Or international reputation on a subject of educational or social importance. Fees 41 FEES All cheques must be certified and made payable to "The University of British Columbia." , The registration fee is not returnable. If fees are not paid when due an additional fee of $2.00 will be charged. Registration is not complete until the First Term fees have been paid, and no student is entitled to admission to classes until after such payment. Fee for late registration $10.00 Fee for change of course after September 29th 2.00 Holders of scholarships or bursaries the first instalment of which is less than the First Term fees must pay the difference before registration is complete. Increasedcosts of materials and equipment may make it necessary to collect a laboratory fee from students taking laboratory courses. The University administration hopes this can be avoided. Fees are not transferable from one session to another. A request for a REFUND OF FEES must be made by the student to the BURSAR within FOUR WEEKS after the student has discontinued his work; and fees for which a refund has not been so requested WILL NOT BE RETURNED. The Sessional Fees are as follows. For Full and Conditioned Undergraduates in arts and science : Registration—Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—•Payable on registration: Sessional Fee , $ 90.00 Alma Mater Fee 15.00 Campus and Building Fee 5.00 110.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 90.00 $205700 IN SOCIAL WORK COURSE: ===== Registration—Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on registration: Sessional Fee - $ 90.00 Campus and Building Fee • 5.00 95.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 90.00 i . v ■ $190.00 s 42 The University of British Columbia IN TEACHER TRAINING COURSE: Registration—-Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on registration: Sessional Fee $ 87.00 Alma Mater Fee 15.00 Campus and Building Fee .-. 5.00 107.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 90.00 $202.00 IN APPLIED SCIENCE : ■ Registration—Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable oh registration: Sessional Fee $115.00 Alma Mater Fee 15.00 Campus and Building Fee 5.00 f 135.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 115.00 r $255.00 IN NURSING AND PUBLIC HEALTH* : ====== Registration—Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on registration: Sessional Fee $ 90.00 Alma Mater Fee 15.00 Campus and Building Fee 5.00 110.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 90.00 $205.00 IN AGRICULTURE: ===== Registration—Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on registration: Sessional Fee , $ 90.00 Alma Mater Fee 15.00 Campus and Building Fee 5.00 110.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 90.00 $205.00 • — *For Second, Third, and Fourth Year students in Nursing (i.e., students In the affiliated hospital) the Sessional fee is $1.00, payable with an Alma Mater fee of $4.00, on registration. No Campus and Building Fee is payable. Students admitted to a one-year course for graduate nurses and proceeding to the Certificate on a basis of part-time attendance over two or more years will pay $12.00 per unit. V- Fees 43 IN LAW: Registration—Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—-Payable on registration: Sessional Fee $115.00 Alma Mater Fee 15.00 Campus and Building Fee 5.00 135.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 115.00 $255.00 OCCUPATIONAL COURSE:* ' Registration—Payable on registration $ 5.00 First Term—Payable on registration: Sessional Fee ..-." ...'.$ 42.00 Alma Mater Fee 15.00 Campus and Building Fee 5.00 62.00 Second Term—Payable on or before January 15th 45.00 $112.00 For Partial Students ==== Fees per "Unit" $12.00 Registration—Payable on registration For 6 units or less. 3.00 For over 6 units : 5.00 First Half—Payable on registration, along with Alma Mater Fee : 15.00 Campus and Building Fee 5.00 Second Half payable on or before January 15th. For Students in Extra-sessional Classes and Directed Reading Courses Registration—Payable on registration... $ 3.00 Fees per 3-Unit Course 36.00 First Half Unit Fees payable on or before October 15th. Second Half Unit Fees payable on or before January 15th. For Graduates Registration—Payable on registration For 6 units or less $ 3.00 For over 6 units.- — 5.00 Course Fees (payable at $12.00 per unit for courses taken) 150.00 Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on registration and on January 15th. i -= « / *Note. Students transferring credit from the Occupational to the Degree Course In Agriculture must pay the difference in fees. s 44 The University of British Columbia For Bachelor op Education Registration—Payable on registration For 6 units or less $ 3.00 For over 6 units. '. 5.00 Course Fees (payable at $12.00 per unit for courses taken) 175.00 Course fees due in any session may be paid in two equal instalments, on registration and on January 15th. The Alma Mater Fee, authorized by the Board of Governors at the request of the students, is a fee exacted from all students for the support of the Alma Mater Society. Immediately after the last day for the payment of fees, students whose fees have not been paid will have their registrations cancelled, and will be excluded from classes. Such students will not be permitted to register again during the term until they obtain the consent of the Dean, pay all fees, and present to the Registrar a statement from the Bursar certifying that fees have been paid. Students borrowing books from the University Library for preparatory reading courses will be required to make the usual deposit of $2.00 with the Librarian to cover mailing cost. For Summer Session Students (Effective in Summer Session, 1949) Fees are payable on registration, otherwise an additional fee of $2.00 will be exacted. Registration—Payable on registration $ 3.00 Minimum Class Fee 18.00 Per '' Unit" . 12.00 Summer Session Association 2.00 Special Fees Regular supplemental examination, per paper $ 5.00 Supplemental examination at other centres, per paper 7.50 Special examination (Applied Science and Agriculture), per paper : 7.50 Re-reading, per paper 2.00 Supplemental examination fees must be paid by August 1st when application for examination is made. Special examination fees and fees for re-reading are payable with application. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 45 MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, BURSARIES, AND LOANS FOR 1948-49 GENERAL REGULATIONS • 1. AH awards of medals, scholarships, fellowships, prizes, and bursaries are made by Senate, on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries and the faculties concerned, unless otherwise provided for by special resolution of Senate. The award of a medal, prize, scholarship, fellowship, or bursary is final when announced by the University. 2. Medals, scholarships, prizes, bursaries, and loans are open to Winter Session students only, unless otherwise stated, and marks obtained in Summer Session courses are not taken into account in awarding them. 3. If the award of a medal, scholarship, or prize is based on an examination, no award will be made to a candidate who obtains less than 75 per cent, of the possible marks. 4. To be eligible for a General Proficiency Scholarship a student must take the full year's course, which must include the required courses for the year in which he is registered, except that in the Faculty of Arts and Science and in Agriculture other subjects may be substituted for the required courses if credit for these has already been obtained. The standing of students taking more than the required number of units will be determined on the basis of the required number of units to be chosen in a manner most advantageous to the students. 5. Unless otherwise specified in the Calendar notice, no student may enjoy the proceeds of more than one scholarship in the same academic year, and the scholarships thus relinquished will be awarded to the candidates next in order of merit. Winners of more than one scholarship will be given recognition in the published lists. 6. Winners of scholarships, prizes and fellowships who desire to do so may resign the monetary value. Nevertheless, their names will appear as winners in the University lists. ■ Any funds thus made available will be used for additional scholarships, bursaries, or student loans. 7. Scholarships, fellowships, and bursaries under the jurisdiction of the University are payable in two instalments, one at the beginning of each term. Undergraduate winners must continue their courses to the satisfaction of the faculty concerned during the r 46 The University of British Columbia session following the award. The payment for the Second Term may be withheld in the case of an undergraduate scholarship holder whose work in the First Term has been unsatisfactory. A faculty is authorized to permit' a scholarship to be reserved for one year, provided the student shows satisfactory reasons for postponing attendance. Except in the case of a Pharmacy student from Senior Matriculation who has enrolled for the required year of practical training, and for whom a scholarship will be held over for one year, postponement of University Entrance and Senior Matriculation Scholarships will be granted on medical grounds only. Application for reservation should be made to the Registrar. 8. In awarding bursaries consideration will be given to the financial need of applicants. 9. Endowed scholarships, fellowships, prizes and bursaries will be paid provided the invested funds produce the necessary revenue. If the invested funds do not produce the revenue required for the amount of scholarships, fellowships, prizes and bursaries as named in the Calendar, these scholarships, fellowships, prizes and bursaries will be correspondingly reduced. 10. The University does not guarantee the payment of any prizes, bursaries, scholarships, or fellowships other than those from the funds of the University. With respect to prizes, bursaries, scholarships, or fellowships based upon the gifts of individuals or associations other than the University, no award will be made unless the funds required for the same have been actually received from the private donor or donors. 11. The Senate of the University of British Columbia reserves the right so to change the terms under which any exhibition, scholarship, fellowship, bursary, or prize may be established at the University of British Columbia that the terms may better meet new conditions as they arise and may more fully carry out the intentions of the donor and maintain the usefulness of the benefaction. The right so reserved shall be exercised by a resolution of the Senate duly confirmed by the Board of Governors, provided always that a year's notice shall be given in Senate of any proposed change and that the donor or his representatives, if living, shall be consulted about the proposed change. 12. Limited funds are provided from which loans may be made to undergraduate students. Unless otherwise stated loans will not exceed $100 and are limited to students who have completed satisfactorily two years' University work and who can show that they are in need of pecuniary assistance. Interest at the rate of 5 per V. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 47 cent, per annum is charged on these loans. They must be secured by approved joint promissory note given for a definite term and signed by the applicant and his parent or guardian. Loans are not granted to graduate students, except in the Teacher Training Course, nor to students in diploma courses. Applications for loans should be addressed to the Bursar of the University. 13. The University is in possession of a great deal of information regarding graduate scholarships, fellowships, and assistantships which other universities and various research bodies make available. This information may be obtained from the Registrar. MEDALS The Governor-General's Gold Medal A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-General of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class for the B.A. degree. Honours and General Course students are eligible for this medal. The Wilfrid Sadler Memorial Gold Medal A gold medal, given by Sigma Tau Upsilon Honorary Agricultural Fraternity in memory of Professor Wilfrid Sadler, Professor and Head of the Department of Dairying, 1918-33, will be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class for the B.S.A. degree. The Kiwanis Club Gold Medal and Prize A gold medal and a cash prize of $50, given by the Kiwanis Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class for the B.Com. degree. The University Medal for Arts and Science This medal will be awarded to a student in the graduating class for the B.A. degree. For the purposes of this award, students will be divided into two groups as follows: (A) those who have so chosen their majors or Honours courses that at least half the required number of units for Third and Fourth Years are in Bacteriology, Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, and Zoology; (B) all others. The University Medal will be awarded to the student obtaining highest standing in the group which does not include the winner of the Governor-General's Medal. s 48 The University of British Columbia The Law Society Gold Medal and Prize A gold medal, presented by the Law Society of British Columbia, will be awarded to the student obtaining the highest aggregate marks in the final year in the Faculty of Law. This award will be accompanied by a cash grant equivalent to the individual's Call and Admission fee. The Horner Gold Medal A gold medal to be known as the "Horner Gold Medal", given by Frank W. Horner Limited of Montreal, will be awarded annually to the student standing at the head of the graduating class in Pharmacy. The United Empire Loyalists' Association Medal The Vancouver Branch of the United Empire Loyalists' Association of Canada is offering a silver medal, and a cash prize of $25, for the best essay- received during the session 1948-49 on any topic dealing with the history of the United Empire Loyalists and their influence on the development of Canada. The competition is open to all undergraduates of the University, but preference is given to students enrolled in a Canadian History course. ■ The Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship Out of funds provided by the late Mrs. Lefevre in memory of her husband, Dr. J. M. Lefevre, a gold medal and scholarship will be awarded annually to the student standing highest in general proficiency and research ability in one of the following courses: (a) Honours in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science; (b) Chemical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. The award will be based upon the work of the last two years in these courses. The value of the scholarship is approximately $150. The winning of this scholarship will not preclude the holder from enjoying the proceeds of a further award. The Architectural Institute of British Columbia Medals and Prizes Prizes to the total of $200, given annually by the Architectural Institute of British Columbia, are available for the leading students in the three senior years of Architecture. These prizes, each consisting of a medal and books, will be awarded to the student in each year showing outstanding ability in architectural design and obtaining a high academic ■ record. If, in any year, no student obtains a sufficiently high standing, the awards may be withheld. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 49 SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GRADUATES University Graduate Scholarship A scholarship of $200 may be awarded to a student of the graduating class who shows special aptitude for graduate studies and who is proceeding in the following year to graduate study in this or any other approved university. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office* must be received .by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Anne "Wesbrook Scholarship This scholarship of $125, given by the Faculty Women's Club of the University, is open to a student of the graduating class of this University who is proceeding in the following year to graduate study in this or any other approved university. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarships Out of the proceeds of a fund donated by Dr. Francis John Nicholson, the following scholarships will be awarded annually for the purpose of enabling students to do graduate study in the University of British Columbia or in any other approved university: (1) One scholarship of the value of $500 for graduate work in Chemistry. Applicants must be Honours graduates in Chemistry of the Faculty of Arts and Science, with the degree of B.A. or M.A., or graduates in Chemical Engineering of the Faculty of Applied Science, with the degree of B.A.Sc. or M.A.Sc. (2) One scholarship of the value of $500 for graduate work in Geology. Applicants must be graduates of the Faculty of Applied Science in Geological or Mining Engineering, with the degree of B.A.Sc. or M.A.Sc. Normally the scholarships will be payable in two instalments of $250 each to provide for two years of graduate work. The payment of the second instalment will be subject to approval by the University of British Columbia of the first year's graduate work. In exceptional circumstances the full sum of $500 may be. made available for work to be completed in a single year. Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and research work in respect of scholarship, ability, character, and health. These scholarships will be granted with due consideration for the financial status of the candidate. The spirit of the endowment is to aid those to whom financial help is necessary or of material assistance in furthering their studies. s 50 The University of British Columbia Applicants must be graduates of the University of British Columbia, have British citizenship, and be not more than 30 years of age on the last day of the final examinations. Preference will be given in making awards to native-born British Columbians. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The John and Annie Southcott Memorial Scholarship A scholarship of the value of $100, given annually by Mrs. Thomas H. Kirk, will be awarded to that student who, possessing exceptional aptitude for research, either intends to pursue, or is already pursuing some approved investigation in the field of British Columbia history. The scholarship will normally be awarded to a Fourth Year student or to a graduate proceeding to a higher degree, but may be awarded to a student of the Third Year. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the ' Registrar not later than March 15th. The Native Daughters of British Columbia Scholarship A scholarship of $50, is given by the Native Daughters of British Columbia to a Canadian-born graduate student for research work in the early history of British Columbia, such work to be carried on in the Provincial Archives in Victoria, B. C. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The B'nai B'rith District No. 4 Hillel Foundation Scholarships From the sum of $250 made available by District Grand Lodge No. 4, B 'nai B 'rith, through Vancouver Lodge, Vancouver, B. C, two scholarships of the value of $125 each were available in the session 1947-48. The terms of award were as follows: These scholarships will be awarded to outstanding graduate students in any of the three faculties—Arts and Science, Agriculture, and Applied Science. The winners shall indicate satisfactory plans for graduate study at the University of British Columbia or at any other university approved by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Only one scholarship shall be available in any one faculty in one year. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 51 The Standard Oil Company of British Columbia Limited Fellowship For research in petroleum engineering the Standard Oil Company of British Columbia Limited offers a fellowship of $950 open to Honours graduates in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science or graduates in Chemical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. An additional amount, not to exceed $150, may be granted for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department of Chemistry of the University and Standard of B. C. Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and research work in respect of scholarship, research ability, personality, and health. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited Scholarship For research in mineralography the Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited offers a scholarship of $250, open to graduates in Geological, Mining, or Metallurgical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. A portion of the scholarship not to exceed $50 may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department of Geology and Geography of the University of British Columbia and the Britannia Mining and Smelting Company. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than December 10th. Recipients must be qualified to undertake the research work in respect not only of scholarship and research ability but also of personality and health. The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited Scholarship A scholarship of $100, given by the Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited, for research in mineralography, was available in the session 1947-48. The terms of award were as follows: This scholarship will be awarded to a graduate in .Geological, Mining; or Metallurgical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. A portion of the scholarship not to exceed $20 may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department of Geology and Geography of the University of British Columbia and the Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited. Applications, 52 The University of British Columbia on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than December 10th. Recipients must be qualified to undertake the research work in respect not only of scholarship and research ability but also of personality and health. The Powell River Company Limited Scholarship For research in wood chemistry, the Powell River Company Limited offers annually a'scholarship of $700, open to Honours graduates in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science, or graduates in Chemical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. A portion of the scholarship, not to exceed $100, may be used for special equipment for the research problem. The topic of research shall be chosen after consultation with the Department of Chemistry of the University and the Powell River Company. Recipients must be qualified in respect of scholarship, research ability, personality, and health to undertake graduate and research work. .Furthermore, if special aptitude is shown in carrying out this work, an equal amount may be offered for further graduate study and research in wood chemistry, in this or any other approved university. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Research Scholarship The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited offers a scholarship of $500 for research related to electrical and mechanical engineering problems. An additional amount not to exceed $100 will be available for special equipment, for other expenses, or for extension of the research beyond the close of the Second Term. The scholarship is open to graduates in the Electrical and Mechanical Engineering courses in the Faculty of Applied Science. The topic of research will be chosen after consultation with the Dean of the Faculty, the Head of the Department, and the donors. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Cominco Fellowship The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited offers annually a fellowship of $750 for research related to the general field of metals, chemicals, and fertilizers. An additional sum of $450 will be available to the University for special equipment, supplies, and other expenses incidental to the investi- Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 53 gation to be carried out under the fellowship. The fellowship is open to graduates in the Faculty of Arts and Science, Applied Science, or Agriculture of this or any approved university, provided that in the Faculty of Arts and Science their undergraduate work has been in the field of the sciences. The topic of research will be chosen after consultation with the deans of the faculties and the donors. Copies of the full terms of award, which must be read by all applicants, may be obtained at the Registrar's office. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than April 15th. The Edith Ashton Memorial Scholarship A scholarship of $250, given by Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Arm- stead in memory of Edith Ashton, will be offered in the Department of Biology and Botany. This scholarship will be awarded to an outstanding graduate student whose topic of research is in the field of marine and freshwater botany or some field approved by the Head of the Department. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Lions Club Fellowship The Central Lions Service Club offers a fellowship of $1200 for training and research in some problem connected with cancer or virus diseases. An additional amount of approximately $300 will be available for special equipment. The fellowship is open to a recent graduate who has taken Honours or majored with high standing in the Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine. The topic of research will be chosen by the Head of the Department. The Canadian Pulp and Paper Association, Western Branch, Fellowship The Canadian Pulp and Paper Association, Western Branch, Vancouver, offers a fellowship of $1000 renewable annually, and, until such time as graduate work-in Forestry is offered at this University, tenable at any approved forest school, to students who are graduates in Forestry of the University of British Columbia. Winners of this award must have high scholastic standing a,vA ability to do research. During tenure of the fellowship they are expected to undertake graduate study and pursue investigation of some problem approved by the Department of Forestry of the University of s 54 The University of British Columbia British Columbia. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Shell Oil Fellowship for Research The Shell Oil Company Limited presents an annual fellowship, tenable at the University of British Columbia, to a graduate of any approved university, for study and research leading to a graduate degree in Chemistry, Chemical Engineering, Geology, Geophysics, Mechanical Engineering, or Physics. Through this fellowship, the student will receive $750 for living expenses, and his University fees for that year will be paid by the Shell Oil Company. Full details of the award should be obtained from the Registrar's office. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Dorothy and William Dorbils Scholarship A scholarship of total value of $2000, the gift of Dorothy and William Dorbils, will be available for award in 1950, and subsequently, to enable a student to undertake an approved programme of graduate studies in the field of the humanities or the pure sciences. To be eligible for the scholarship, an applicant must have completed four years at the University of British Columbia, including at least one year of graduate study. The award will be made to an outstanding student on the basis of scholastic achievement and promise in research. The winner will receive one third of the total value of the scholarship during each of the first three years of his graduate work outlined in the approved programme. In the event that he complete his course in less than three years, the balance of the award will be used to provide a scholarship for another graduate student. Further details may be obtained from the Chairman of the Committee. The Shanahan's Limited Scholarship For research in colloidal chemistry Shanahan's Limited offers a scholarship of $500, open to Honours graduates in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science, or graduates in Chemical Engineering in the Faculty of Applied Science. The topic of research will be chosen after consultation with the Department of Chemistry of the University and the donors. Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and research work in respect of scholarship, research ability, personality, and health. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. Medals, Scholarships, "and Prizes 55 The General Construction Company Limited Scholarship (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $300, the gift of the General Construction Company Limited, will be available for graduates in Civil Engineering of the University of British Columbia to undertake graduate study in engineering at this or any approved university. Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate work in respect of scholarship, ability, character, and health. If, in the opinion of the Department of Civil Engineering, no applicant is sufficiently qualified, the sum will be used to provide scholarships or bursaries for students completing the Third Year of Civil Engineering, and proceeding to the Fourth Year. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Canadian Industries Limited Fellowship A fellowship of $750, the gift of Canadian Industries Limited, is available for students to undertake graduate study and research at the University in Agriculture, Chemistry, Chemical Engineering, Forestry, Forest Engineering, Metallurgy, or Mining. The recipient, who will be selected on the basis of scholarship and research ability, will be expected to pursue investigation in one of the fields mentioned above. The topic of research will be chosen by the department concerned. Full details of the award are available at the Registrar's office. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The British Columbia Sugar Refining Company Limited Scholarships Scholarships to the total of $2500, the gift of the British Columbia Sugar Refining Company Limited, are available annually for students in Agriculture, Bacteriology, Botany and Biology, Chemistry, Fisheries, Home Economics, and Zoology. Awards are open to graduate students, or undergraduates entering the final year of their course. Winners of these awards will be selected by- the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries from recommendations submitted by the departments concerned. Selection will be made on the basis of scholastic standing and promise of ability in research. /" 56 The University of British Columbia The Swift Canadian Company Limited Fellowship For research work on food products and nutrition the Swift Canadian Company Limited offers a fellowship of $1000. Of this sum $750 will be available for the recipient and $250 for equipment and supplies. This award is open to graduates in Arts and Science, Applied Science, and Agriculture. The recipient will be recommended to Senate by the Scholarship Committee, after consultation with the deans of the faculties. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The British Columbia Telephone Company Scholarships , Scholarships to the total of $2500, the gift of the British Columbia Telephone Company, were made available in May, 1948, for Honours graduates in Physics (including Mathematics and Physics) in the Faculty of Arts and Science, and for graduates in Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and Engineering Physics in the Faculty of Applied Science. Awards were made on the basis of scholastic standing and promise of ability in research to students undertaking an approved programme of graduate study and research at the University of British Columbia. Recipients of these scholarships were recommended to Senate by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, after consultation with the heads of the departments concerned. The Nabob Scholarship in Food Technology A scholarship of $300, given annually by the Kelly-Douglas Co. Ltd., Vancouver, will be awarded to a student completing the Fourth Year of the course in Food Technology with high stand- ■ ing, and proceeding to the Fifth Year. The recipient, who will be selected on the basis of scholarship, research ability, and personality, will be expected to pursue investigations in Food Technology. If no Fourth Year student meets the requirements, the award may be made to a student in the Third Year who is proceeding to the work of the Fourth Year. The recipient may be offered the opportunity of employment in one of the manufacturing divisions of the Company during the summer between the Fourth and Fifth Years. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. The Alan Boag Scholarship A scholarship of $250, the gift of the trustees of a fund established by the late Alan Boag, is available for a student who is taking Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes ' 57 his major work in History, Economics, Government, International Studies, or Political Science and is proceeding to a further year of study at the University of British Columbia. This scholarship, which is open to graduates, or to undergraduates in their final year, will be awarded for the best essay or report on some aspect of socialism. In making the award special consideration will be given, for originality in analysis and treatment. The award will be made on the recommendation of the heads of the departments of Economics and History and the Director of International Studies. If no essay reaches the required standard, the award will be withheld. Students intending to compete for this scholarship must obtain the approval of their essay subject from the department concerned. Essays must be submitted not later than March 31st. The British Columbia Packers Limited Research Fellowship A fellowship of $1200, the gift of the British Columbia Packers Limited, is made available from time to time for research and investigation in fisheries. Under the terms of award the recipient is enabled to undertake advanced work at another institution and to make observations on fishery methods and procedures elsewhere. The Sherritt-Gordon Fellowship in Metallurgy A fellowship of $1600, the gift of Sherritt-Gordon Mines Limited, was awarded in the session 1947-48 to enable a graduate in the Faculty of Applied Science to proceed to a graduate degree in Metallurgical Engineering. The topic of research was chosen after consultation with the Department of Metallurgical Engineering of the University and the donors. The award was made on the recommendation of the Department. _ SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATES 1. IN ALL FACULTIES University Great War Scholarships Two scholarships of $200 each may be awarded, on the basis of 'the work of the First Year in Arts and Science or Agriculture, to returned soldiers, their dependents, and the children of deceased soldiers, proceeding to a higher year in any faculty. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than March 15th. p*~ 58 The University of British Columbia The T. E. and M. E. Ladner Memorial Scholarship An annual scholarship of $300, given by Mr. Leon J. Ladner, K.C. and family in memory of his parents, Thomas Ellis and Minnie E. Ladner, is available for a student whose home is in the Delta Municipality of the Lower Fraser Valley. To be eligible for this scholarship an applicant must have high scholastic standing. In making the award, however, consideration will be given to character and financial need. The scholarship is open to students who are eligible for entrance to and will attend the University or are in any year of any faculty. If, in any year, no applicant can meet the scholastic requirements of the University, the award may be withheld. In such a case, two awards will be made in a subsequent year. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Players' Club Alumni Scholarship A scholarship of $50, the gift of the Players' Club Alumni of the University of British Columbia, is available annually for award to an active member of the Players' Club. The winner, who will be selected on the basis of outstanding work and interest in any phase of theatrical activity, must enrol in the current Summer School of the Theatre. In making the award, preference will be given to a member of the graduating class. The award will be made by Senate on the recommendation of the Honorary President of the Players' Club, the Director of its spring production, and the Executive of the Players' Club Alumni. Applications must be submitted to the Honorary President of the undergraduate club before April 15th. If no suitable applicant is found, the award will not be made. 2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCE University Scholarships in Arts and Science Two scholarships in Arts and -Science of $200 each will be awarded to students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the award to be based on the work of the Third Year. These scholarships will be awarded respectively: 1. To the student standing highest with majors in group (1). (See page 113.) 2. To the student standing highest with majors in group (2). (See page 113.) Students taking full Honours in Mathematics will be classified in group (1). Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $200 each will be awarded "on the basis of the work of the Second Year to students proceeding to a higher year. Two scholarships of $200 each will be awarded to the students taking second and third places in the examinations of the First Year in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 59 The Shaw Memorial Scholarship* This scholarship of $125, founded by friends of the late James Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards of McGill University College, Vancouver, will be awarded upon the results of the examinations of the Second Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student standing highest in any two of three courses, English 200, Latin 202, Greek 90, Greek 101, or Greek 202, and proceeding to a higher year. The McGill Graduates' Scholarship* A scholarship of $125, founded by the McGill Graduates' Society of British Columbia, will be awarded to the student standing highest in English and French of the Second Year in Arts and Science and proceeding to a higher year. The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship This scholarship of $100, founded by the members of the Terminal City Club as a memorial to those members of the Club who lost their lives in the Great War, will be awarded to the student standing highest in English 200 and Economics 100 or 200 in the Second Year in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year. The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire Scott, Memorial Scholarship This Scholarship of $100, derived from an endowment founded by the Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire of the City of Vancouver, in memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott, R.N., the Antarctic explorer, who sacrificed his life in the cause of science, will be awarded to a student who combines high standing in Biology 330 with promise of service in the Empire. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations. Royal Institution Scholarship in Arts and Science A scholarship of $200 will be awarded to the student taking first place in the examinations of the First Year in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year. ♦Originally donated to the Royal Institution (see Historical Sketch), this has been transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to the University of British Columbia. r" 60 The University of British Columbia The Beverley Cayley Scholarship A scholarship of $100, in memory of Beverley Cayley, Arts '18, given under the terms of the will of his mother, the late Mrs. Cayley, will be awarded, to the male student standing highest in English 100 and 101 in the First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science. The N. Leo Klein Memorial Scholarship A scholarship of $100, in memory of N. Leo Klein, given by Mr. I. J. Klein, Vancouver, B. C, will be awarded to the student obtaining first place in the examinations of the Third Year of the course in Commerce and proceeding to the next year in that course. The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship A scholarship of $100, the proceeds of a fund created by the Vancouver Wonien 's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the undergraduate obtaining first place in Canadian History (History 202, 203, 204, 420, 426, 430). • The John and Annie Southcott Memorial Scholarship As on page 50. The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship A scholarship of $75, given by the Summer Session Students' Association, will be awarded at the close of the Summer Session to the Summer Session student who in that session completes the Second Year with the highest standing. To be eligible a student must have taken his entire Second Year in the University of British Columbia Summer Session, extra-sessional classes, or reading courses and must be proceeding to a higher year in the University of British Columbia. The Sutnmer Session Students' Association Scholarship Fund The annual income from the Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship Fund, or the sum of $75, whichever is less, will be paid annually as a scholarship for study at the University of British Columbia. The scholarship is open to any Summer Session student who has completed the first two years' work, the second of which has been taken wholly by Summer Session, Extra-sessional Classes, Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 61 or Reading Courses, and who is proceeding to a higher year in the University of British Columbia by means of Summer Session. This award will be made to the student who completes in that session the Second Year of his University work with the second highest standing. Only those students who have taken a full course of six units in each Summer Session will be considered eligible for this scholarship. The work of the Second Year must be completed in a maximum of-four summer sessions. The British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship , A scholarship of $100 given by the British Columbia Teachers' Federation will be awarded at the close of the Summer Session to the Summer Session student who, having been an active member of the British Columbia Teachers' Federation for the three years previous to the granting of the scholarship, completes, in that session,- the Third Year of his University work with the highest standing in that year. To be eligible a student must have taken his entire Third Year in the University of British Columbia Summer Session, extra-sessional classes, or reading courses, and must continue in his Fourth Year at the University of British Columbia. The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship in Home Economics A scholarship of $100, given by the Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded for general proficiency in the work of the Third Year of the Home Economics course to a student proceeding to the Fourth Year of that course. The Edwin Waterhouse Scholarship A scholarship of $250, the gift of Price, Waterhouse & Co., will be awarded to a student in Commerce who has completed his Third Year with high standing in the final examinations, and is proceeding to his Fourth Year. The award will be made to an applicant whose academic record, ability, and other qualifications are considered to be outstanding and who is deserving of financial assistance. Applications must be submitted to the Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations. The R. J. Pop Scholarship in Zoology A scholarship of $150, given annually by Mr. R. J. Pop, will be awarded to the student who completes the third year of the Honour Course in Zoology with highest standing and intends to pursue w 62 The University of British Columbia an investigation into terrestrial vertebrate Zoology related to the conservation of natural resources. If no third year student presents work of sufficient merit, the award may be made to a student in the fourth year who is proceeding to graduate work in the above field at this or any other university. The Alaska Pine Company Scholarship in Wood Chemistry (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $150, the gift of the Alaska Pine Company Limited, will be awarded to a student completing the Third Year of the Honours Course in Chemistry with high standing, and proceeding to the Fourth Year. The award will be made to a student who intends to undertake research in wood chemistry. The Alaska Pine Company Scholarship in Commerce (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $150, the gift of the Alaska Pine Company Limited, will be awarded to the student who obtains the highest standing in Second Year Commerce and is proceeding to the Third Year of that course. To be eligible for this award the student must take Commerce 251 in the Second Year. The Vancouver Daily Province Scholarship (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $250, given by the Vancouver Daily Province for the promotion of the study of government, will be awarded to a student taking an Honours course in Political Science Cor a combined Honours course in Political Science and some other subject). The award will be made to the student who completes the Third Year with highest standing in Government 300 and is proceeding to the Fourth Year of the Honours course. The Alaska Pine Company Scholarship in Economics (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $150, the gift of the Alaska Pine Company Limited, will be awarded to the student who obtains highest standing in the Third Year of an Honours course in Economies and is proceeding to the Fourth Year of that course. In making the award, standing will be determined on the basis of the marks obtained in any six units of Third Year courses in Economics. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes The Burbidge Scholarships (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Two scholarships of $125 each, the gift of Mr. P. W. Burbidge, will be awarded for general proficiency in the Honours course in Physics, or in Mathematics and Physics. These awards will be made to the two students obtaining highest standing in the examinations of the Third Year and proceeding to the Fourth Year. The British Columbia Sugar Refining Company Limited Scholarships As on page 55. The' Cunningham Scholarship in Pharmacy (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A general proficiency scholarship of $100, the gift of Mr. George T. Cunningham, will be" awarded annually to the student obtaining highest standing in the Third Year of Pharmacy and proceeding to the Fourth Year of the course. The Woodward Scholarships (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Two scholarships, the gift of the Honourable W. C. Woodward, will be available as follows. 1. The sum of $125 will be awarded to the student in Third Year Commerce who obtains highest standing in Commerce 361 and is proceeding to the Fourth Year. 2. The sum of $125 will be awarded to the student in Fourth Year Commerce who obtains highest standing in Commerce 461 and is proceeding to the Fifth Year. To be eligible for either of these awards, a student must also obtain high standing in his other courses. The B. C. Drugs Limited Scholarship (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $100, the gift of B. C. Drugs Limited, will be awarded annually to the student who obtains highest standing in the examinations of Second Year Pharmacy and is proceeding to the Third Year. 64 The University of British Columbia The Pharmaceutical Association of the Province of British Columbia Scholarship A scholarship of $100, the gift of the Pharmaceutical Association of the Province of British Columbia, will be awarded to a student entering Second Year Pharmacy. The award will be made to the student with the highest entrance qualifications, as determined by the written examination on the practical training taken between the First and Second Years. The Canadian Foundation for the Advancement of Pharmacy Scholarships Scholarships of $100 each, the gift of the Canadian Foundation for the Advancement of Pharmacy, are available for students in Pharmacy. The number of scholarships depends upon the registration. . It is expected that one award will be made in September as an entrance scholarship and another will be made in May to a student completing the Second Year. Although the awards will be made primarily on merit, financial need will be considered. The British Columbia Daily Newspapers Association Scholarship A scholarship of $200, the gift of the British Columbia Daily Newspapers Association, is available annually for students in Third Year Commerce. The award will be made to the student who shows the greatest aptitude for work in advertising and is proceeding to the course in advertising in the Fourth Year. The award will be made on the basis of proficiency in the marketing course. To be eligible for this award the student must also obtain high standing in his other courses. The Canadian Association For Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Scholarship A scholarship of $50, the gift of the British Columbia Branch of the Canadian Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, will be awarded annually to a student completing the Physical Education course in the Second Year of Arts and Science, and proceeding to the Third Year of that course. The award will be made to the student whose achievement in the course is the most outstanding. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 65 The Automotive Transport Association of British Columbia Scholarship A scholarship of $150, the gift of the Automotive Transport Association of British Columbia, will be awarded annually to the student in Commerce who obtains the highest standing in the course on Transportation Practices and Policies (Commerce 443) and is proceeding to the course in Highway Traffic Problems (Commerce 545). The Winspear, Hamilton, Anderson and Company Scholarships Scholarships of $150 each, the gift of Winspear, Hamilton, Anderson and Company, are offered annually to students who have selected the accounting option in the course leading to the degree of B.Com. Two scholarships will be awarded, one to a student proceeding to the Fourth Year and the other to a student proceeding to the Fifth Year. The awards will be made at the beginning of the session to candidates of outstanding merit who are recommended by the Department of Commerce. The Kiwanis Club Scholarship A scholarship of $150, the gift of the Kiwanis Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to the student obtaining highest standing in the Fourth Year of Commerce.and proceeding to the final year of that course. f The Alan Boag Scholarship See page 56. 3. IN APPLIED SCIENCE University Scholarship in Nursing and Health A scholarship of $200 will be awarded for general proficiency in previous work of university grade (which must include a minimum of two years' work in the Province of British Columbia), to a student who is proceeding to the Second Year (or in the Double Course, proceeding to the Third Year) of the Course in Nursing and Health and has successfully completed the hospital probationary period. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than December 1st. 66 The University of British Columbia The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship A scholarship of $100, the proceeds of a fund created by the Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student who attains the highest standing in the first four years' training, academic and practical, (or in the first five years' training, academic and practical, in the Double Course) of the Nursing and Health course. The Dunsmuir Scholarship* A scholarship of $150, founded by the Hon. James Dunsmuir, will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Mining Engineering Course of the Third Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fourth Year. University Scholarship in Applied Science A scholarship of $200 will be awarded to the student who obtains the highest marks in the Second Year in Applied Science and who is proceeding to the Third Year in that Faculty. Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied Science A scholarship of $200 will be awarded for general proficiency in the work of the First Year in Applied Science to a student who is proceeding to the Second Year in that Faculty. The G. M. Dawson Scholarship A scholarship of $50 will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Geological Engineering course, in Geological subjects, in the Third Year of the Faculty of Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fourth Year. . The B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 Scholarship A scholarship of $50, given by the Women's Auxiliary No. 77 of the B 'nai B 'rith, will be awarded to the student in the Third Year Applied Science standing highest in the class of Chemical Engineering or Chemistry and proceeding to the Fourth Year. The R. Randolph Bruce Scholarship Out of the proceeds of a fund bequeathed to the University of British Columbia by the late Honourable R. Randolph Bruce in memory of his term as Official Visitor, a scholarship of $200 will be offered annually to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Metallurgical Engineering course of the Third Year in Applied Science and proceeding to the Fourth Year. *OriginalIy donated to the Royal Institution (see Historical Sketch), this has been transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to the University of British Columbia. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 67 The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Scholarships Two scholarships given by the British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited will be available as follows: (1) the sum of $200 will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Electrical Engineering course of the Third Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fourth Year; - (2) the sum of $200 will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest in the Mechanical Engineering course of the Third Year in Applied Science, and proceeding to the Fourth Year. The Canadian Forest Products Limited Scholarships (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Two scholarships of $150 each, the gift of Canadian Forest Products Limited, will be awarded to the students obtaining highest standing in the Third Year of the Forest Engineering course and proceeding to the Fourth Year. The Lambert Scholarship (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $200, the gift of Brigadier Noel D. Lambert, will be awarded annually to the student obtaining highest standing in the Third Year of Civil Engineering and proceeding to the Fourth Year of that course. The General Construction Company Limited Scholarship (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $200, the gift of the General Construction Company Limited, will be awarded to a student who completes the Second Year of Applied Science (Engineering) and is proceeding to the Third Year. The award will be for proficiency in the work of the First and Second Years. The John Inglis Company Limited Scholarships (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Two scholarships of $125 each, the gift of the John Inglis Company Limited, Toronto, will be awarded annually to the students completing the Second Year with highest standing and proceeding to the Third Year in Mining or Metallurgical Engineering. The awards will be announced in October. 68 The University of British Columbia The Alaska Pine Company Scholarship in Forestry (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $150, the gift of the Alaska Pine Company Limited, will be awarded to the student who obtains highest standing in the Third Year and is proceeding to the Fourth Year in the course leading,to the degree of B.S.F. The Boultbee-Bosustow Memorial Scholarship (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A scholarship of $250, given by Mr. Austin C. Taylor in memory of his associates, William W. Boultbee and Richard Bosustow, will be awarded annually to a student completing the Third Year in Mining or Metallurgical Engineering and proceeding to the Fourth Year in either of these fields. The winner of this scholarship will be chosen on the basis of ability and general proficiency in the courses in Mining and Metallurgy. The Canadian Forest Industries Entomological Scholarships To encourage undergraduates in the work of forest entomology, the forest industries of Canada, including the British Columbia Loggers' Association, the British Columbia Manufacturers' Association, the Pulp and Paper Association of Eastern Canada, and the Canadian Lumbermen's Association, have donated through the Forest Insects Control Board eight annual scholarships of $200 each. Of these scholarships two are available for Forestry students registered in the Second or a higher year at the University of British Columbia. Awards to students in British Columbia will be made on the recommendation of a committee consisting of two members appointed by the President of the University, the Provincial Representative on the Forest Insects Control Board, and a representative of the Dominion or Provincial Entomological Services. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be submitted to the Registrar not later than October 1st. In making awards, special desire and aptitude for research in forest entomology will be governing factors. Due weight will also be given to scholastic standing and physical fitness. 4. IN AGRICULTURE University Scholarship in Agriculture A scholarship in Agriculture of $200 will be awarded to a student proceeding to a higher year, the award to be based on the work of the First Year. ^1 Medals, Scholas ships, and Prizes 69 The David Thorn Scholarship A scholarship in Agriculture of $100 will be awarded to a student proceeding to a higher year in that Faculty, tJtie award to be based on the work of the Second Year. The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Golden Jubilee Scholarship This scholarship, of the annual value of $125, donated by the British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association, will be awarded to a student taking the horticultural options of the Third Year. To qualify for this scholarship candidates must obtain scholarship standing, not only in horticultural subjects, but also in the work of the year, and must be proceeding to the Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year—the year in which the scholarship shall be enjoyed. The Hogarth Scholarships (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Two scholarships of $125 each, the gift of Major General D. M. Hogarth, Toronto, will be awarded annually to students completing the Third Year of Agriculture and proceeding to the Fourth Year. The recipients will be recommended by the Facuttj of Agriculture on the basis of general proficiency and outstanding ability in one or more of the fields of Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Mechanics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture (including Plant Nutrition), and Poultry Husbandry. The British Columbia Sugar Refining Company Limited Scholarships See page 55. , 5. IN LAW The Norgan Scholarships (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Six general proficiency scholarships, the gift of Mr. George W. Norgan, will be awarded annually in the Faculty of Law as follows: 1. $150 each to the three students obtaining highest standing in the examinations of the First Year and proceeding to the Second Year; 2. $150 each to the three students ohtaining highest standing in the examinations of the Second Year and proceeding to the Third Year. m 70 The University of British Columbia The Hon. R. L. Maitland Memorial Scholarship A scholarship of $150, initiated by the Vancouver Primrose Club on behalf of friends of the late Hon. R. L. Maitland, K.C, will be awarded to the student who attains the highest standing in the Second Year of the Law course and is proceeding to the Third Year of that course. UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE AND SENIOR MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPS The Vancouver Sun Scholarships for Carriers The Vancouver Sun offers annually two scholarships of $200. each to students entering the First Year of Arts and Science or Agriculture at the University of British Columbia. The terms of the scholarships require that applicants must have been carriers of the Vancouver Sun for at least two years. The scholarships will be awarded to the two applicants who rank highest on the basis of the marks obtained in any year on the written examinations in the scholarship subjects of University Entrance as outlined in The Requirements for University Entrance and Senior Matriculation. The selection of the winners will be made by the University, and applications, accompanied by the service certificate of the Vancouver Sun, should be forwarded to the Registrar not later than September 10th. Winners of these scholarships who obtain and maintain First Class standing in succeeding years of their undergraduate course will be eligible until graduation for extra grants of $200 each year. The Pacific Mills Limited Scholarship The Pacific Mills Limited offers annually a scholarship of $250 to students entering the First Year of Arts and Science or Agriculture at the University of British Columbia. This scholarship is open to sons and daughters of employees of Pacific Mills Limited, Canadian Boxes Limited, Northern Pulpwood Limited, and Badwater Towing Company, who are resident in British Columbia. The scholarship will be awarded to the applicant who ranks highest on the basis' of the marks obtained in any year on the written examinations in the scholarship subjects of University Entrance, as outlined in The Requirements for University Entrance and Senior Matricidation. Selection of the winner will be made by the University. Full details of the terms of award may be obtained from the Personnel Manager of Pacific Mills Limited, or from the Registrar's office. Applications should be forwarded to the Personnel Manager not later than June 1st. \* Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 71 University Scholarships for University Entrance Fifteen General Proficiency scholarships will be awarded on the result of the University Entrance examinations: (a) $175 to the candidate of highest standing in the Province; (b) $175 to the candidate of next highest standing in the Province; and (c) $175 to the candidate of next highest standing in each of the following districts: 1. School Districts Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; 2. School Districts Nos. 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17; 3. School Districts Nos. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, and 23; 4. School Districts Nos. 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, and 34; ' 5. School Districts Nos. 35, 36, 37, 38, and 42; 6. School District No. 39, Britannia, Grandview, John Oliver, and Technical High School, and any private schools in the area; 7. School District No. 39, Fairview, King Edward, King George, Kitsilano High Schools, St. Patrick's Private School, and any other private schools in the area; 8. School District No. 39, Lord Byng, Magee, Prince of Wales High Schools, University Hill High School, Crofton House, St. George's, Vancouver College, York House Private Schools, and any other private schools in the area ; 9. School Districts Nos. 40 and 41; 10. School Districts Nos. 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, and 48; 11. School Districts Nos. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, and 60; 12. School District No. 61; 13. School Districts Nos. 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, and 74. These scholarships will be paid only to students in attendance at the University of British Columbia, with the exception that University Entrance scholarships awarded in School Districts 61 to 66 inclusive may be paid to students in attendance at Victoria College. Postponement of University Entrance scholarships will be granted only on medical grounds. 72 The University of British Columbia Royal Institution Scholarships for Senior Matriculation Six General Proficiency scholarships will be awarded on the result of the Senior Matriculation examinations: (a) $200 to the candidate of highest standing in the Province; (b) $200 to the candidate of next highest standing in the Province; .(c) $200 to the candidate of next highest standing in all school districts of the Province other than School Districts Nos. 39, 40, 41, 44, and 45; and (d) $200 each to the three candidates of next highest standing in School Districts Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 42, 43, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, and 74. These scholarships will be paid only to students in attendance at the University of British Columbia. Except in the case of a pharmacy student enrolling for the required year of practical training, in which case a scholarship will be held over for one year, postponement of Senior Matriculation scholarships will be granted only on medical grounds. Winners of all University Entrance and Senior Matriculation scholarships must notify the Registrar before September 1st of their intention of attending the University (or Victoria College in the case of the winner of a University Entrance Scholarship from School Districts 61 to 66, inclusive) during the following session; failing such notification, the winner's rights will lapse. PRIZES 1. IN ALL FACULTIES The University Essay Prize . A book prize of the value of $25 will be awarded to a Fourth Year student for the best essay presented in any of the courses regularly given by the Department of English. The News-Herald Awards in Journalism The Vancouver News-Herald offers annually two prizes to students who show promise in journalism. The first prize of $200 is open to undergraduates of the Third or higher years of Arts and Science and Agriculture, the Second or higher years of Applied Science, Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 73 and any year of Law. The second prize of $150 is open to First or Second Year students of Arts and Science and Agriculture and First Year students of Applied Science. A winner in one of these categories is not eligible for a second award in the same category. Each competitor must submit five original articles published or suitable for publication in the Ubyssey or other newspapers during the year preceding the awards. These articles.may be news-stories, feature articles, reports, reviews, or editorials. Awards will be made by Senate on the recommendation of a committee consisting of the Editor of the News-Herald and the Head of the Department of English. Articles must be in the hands of the Registrar not later than March 31st. The Chemical Institute of Canada Book Prizes Two book prizes of the value of $25 each, the gift of the Chemical Institute of Canada, are available for students entering the Fourth Year. Of these prizes, one will be awarded to the student obtaining highest standing in Chemistry in the Third Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science and the other to the student obtaining highest standing in the Third Year of Chemical Engineering. The Hewitt Bostock Memorial Lecture Prize A prize of $25 will be awarded for the best essay on the lecture given under the terms of the Hewitt Bostock Lectureship. The award is open to students in any year and faculty. 2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCE Frances Willard Prize A prize of $50, given by the Woman's Christian Temperance Union of British Columbia, will be awarded to Third or Fourth Year undergraduates or to graduate students for an essay in the field of Economics, Education, History, Psychology, or Sociology, on a subject to be approved by the department concerned in consultation with a committee of the Woman's Christian Temperance Union The award will be made for the session 1948-9 on recommendation of the Heads of the Department of Education and the Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology. Essays must be submitted by April 10th, 1949. If in any year no student reaches the required standard the award will be withheld. 74 The University of British Columbia The David Bolocan Memorial Prize A prize of $25 given by Mr. and Mrs. J. L. Bolocan will be awarded to the student in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science who is regarded by the Department of Philosophy and Psychology as the outstanding student in that subject in the graduating year. The Ahepa Prize A prize of $100, given by the Gladstone Chapter No. 6, C.J., Order of Ahepa, will be awarded to the student of the Fourth Year who has shown the greatest promise in Greek studies. If possible, the award will be made to an Honours student, but if there is no outstanding Honours student the scholarship may be given to a student in the General Course. The Arm stead Prize in Biology and Botany . A prize of $50, the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead, will be awarded to a graduating student in fhe Honours course of the Department of Biology and Botany. The winner will be recommended on the basis of scholastic achievement and promise of ability in research. The Llewellyn Jones Prize in Zoology A cash prize of $50, offered by Mr. J. R. J. Llewellyn Jones, will be awarded to the student in the graduating year of the Faculty of Arts and Science whose academic work and promise of research ability in the Honours Course in Zoology, in the field of entomology, have been outstanding and worthy of recognition. In the event of there being no undergraduate of outstanding merit, the award will be made to a graduate of the University of British Columbia who is carrying out noteworthy graduate work at this or another university. The International Studies Prize A book prize to the value of $30, provided from the income of a trust fund established by an anonymous donor, will be awarded to the undergraduate obtaining first place in International Studies 400. The Cunningham Prize in Pharmacy (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A cash prize of $50, the gift of Mr. George T. Cunningham, will be aVarded to the student in Pharmacy whose scholastic record in all years of the course has been the most outstanding. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 75 The Frosst Proficiency Awards A number of cash prizes, provided through the Canadian Pharmaceutical Association, Incorporated, by the Charles E. Frosst Company of Montreal, are available for ex-servicemen and women completing the Second Year in Pharmacy with high standing. Awards will be made on the basis of merit. The Pharmaceutical Association of the, Province of British Columbia Prize A cash prize of $50, the gift of the Pharmaceutical Association of the Province of British Columbia, will be awarded annually to a student completing the Fourth Year. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department to the student whose record during the entire course, in both the praotical and theoretical parts of the pharmaceutical subjects, is considered to be the most outstanding. The Transportation and Customs Bureau of the Vancouver Board- of Trade Prizes A cash prize of $75, the gift of the Transportation and Customs Bureau of the Vancouver Board of Trade, was awarded in May, 1948, for the best major report submitted by students enrolled in the Department of Commerce in the course on Transportation Practices and Policies (Commerce 443). A cash prize of $75 was also awarded for the best major report on the Growth and Development of the Port of Vancouver. An additional prize of $75 was made available for students in the Extension Course in Transportation. The B. C. Tree Fruits Limited Prizes Three special prizes, the gift of B. C. Tree Fruits Limited, Kelowna, were awarded in September, 1947, to the three students obtaining the highest standing in Commerce 191 during the session 1946-47. These awards, each of the value of $100, enabled the recipients to visit centres in the Okanagan to survey the fruit industry. The Dorothy and William Dorbils Prize in Canadian History A prize of $50, the gift of Dorothy and William Dorbils, will be awarded annually to an undergraduate or graduate student for an essay on some aspect of Canadian History, which shows promise of ability in historical research. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Department of History. If in any year no student 76 The University of British Columbia reaches the required standard the award may be withheld. Students intending to compete for the prize should consult members of the Department teaching the courses in Canadian History. Essays must be submitted to the Department not later than March 31st. The Entomological Society of British Columbia Book Prize A book prize, the gift of the Entomological Society of British Columbia, will be awarded to an undergraduate who distinguishes .himself in Entomology. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Department of Zoology. The Merck Awards Through the generosity of Merck & Company, Limited, Montreal, two awards, each consisting of the Merck Index, the Merck Manual of Therapeutics and Materia Medica, and Reagent Chemicals and Standards by Joseph Rosin, are available annually for students in Pharmacy. The awards will be made to the two students obtaining the highest standing in Pharmaceutical Chemistry. The Houghland Prizes in Dispensing Through the generosity of C. D. Houghland, Vancouver, two prizes of $50 each are available annually for students in Pharmacy. The prizes will be awarded to the two graduating students with the best records throughout the course in the practical work of the pharmacy and dispensing laboratories. The Home Economics Graduation Prize A cash prize of $50 will be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduating class for the B.H.E. degree. The Home Economics Second Year Prize A cash prize of $25 will be awarded to the student obtaining highest standing in the work of the Second Year in Home Economics. 3. IN APPLIED SCIENCE The Convocation Prize A prize of $50, given by Convocation of the University of British Columbia, will be awarded to the student in the Fourth Year of Applied Science whose record, in the opinion of the Faculty, is the most outstanding. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 77 Engineering Institute of Canada (Vancouver Branch) Walter Moberly Memorial Prize A book prize of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver Branch of the Engineering Institute of Canada, will be awarded for the best engineering thesis submitted by any Fourth Year student in the Faculty of Applied Science. This prize is given in memory of the late Walter Moberly, pioneer engineer and explorer, discoverer of the Yellowhead Pass through the Rocky Mountains, whose work in railway location has influenced so greatly the development of the Province of British Columbia. The Association of Professional Engineers' Prizes Five book prizes, each of the value of $25, are offered by the Association of Professional Engineers of the Province for competition by those students in the Third Year of the Faculty of Applied Science who are enrolled as engineering pupils in the Association. These prizes are awarded for the best summer essay in each of any five branches of engineering to be selected by the Faculty. The successful essays may be made available by the Faculty to the Council and members of the Association. The Provincial Department of Health and Welfare (Health Branch) Prizes The Department of Health and Welfare (Health Branch) of the Province of British Columbia offers the sum of $100 to be given as prizes in the Public Health Nursing Course. The Engineering Institute of Canada Prize The Engineering Institute of Canada offers an annual prize of $25 to each of twelve Canadian universities of which the University of British Columbia is one. The prize will be awarded to a student of the Third Year in Applied Science on the basis of the marks made in his academic work in that year. His activities in the students/ engineering organization or in the local branch of a recognized engineering society will also be considered. The British Columbia Lumber Manufacturers' Association Prizes Prizes of the value of $100, $50, and $25, given by the British Columbia Lumber Manufacturers' Association, will be awarded to the students enrolled in the course Structural Design 1 (C.E.370) who submit the designs, judged to be the best, of a wooden roof 78 The University of British Columbia truss. The awards will be made upon the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science in collaboration with the instructor in charge of the course and with the donor. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than January 15th. The William N. Kelly Prize A prize of $15 offered by Mr. William N. Kelly, M.E.I.C, Consulting Engineer and Marine Surveyor, Vancouver, will be awarded to the student in the Third Year of the Faculty of Applied Science who obtains the highest standing in Mechanical Engineering 358, Machine Shop Practice. Skill in the use.of hand tools will receive special consideration. The Timber Preservers Limited Prizes Prizes of the value of $65, $45, and $25, together with three merit awards of $15 each, given by the Timber Preservers Limited, will be awarded to the students enrolled in the course of Engineering Law (C.E. 476) of the Fourth Year of the Civil Engineering course in the Faculty of Applied Science who submit plans and specifications judged to be the best, of a structure of treated timber. The awards will be made upon the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science in collaboration with the instructor in charge of the course and with the donors. The Ingledow Prizes Two prizes of $50 each, the gift of Mr. T. Ingledow, are available for undergraduates in Electrical Engineering who are members of the student branch of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers. One of these prizes will be awarded to a Third Year student for proficiency in the laboratory work of the courses E.E. 353 and 355, and the other to a Fourth Year student for proficiency in the laboratory work of E.E. 457. In making the awards, emphasis will be placed on the neatness, accuracy, and completeness of laboratory reports, and on practical ability in experimental work. The H. R. MacMillan Export Company Limited Prizes Through the generosity of the H. R. MacMillan Export Company Limited, prizes to the total of $1050 are available for Third and Fourth Year students registered in Forestry. Of this sum, $750;will be awarded in the form of two cash prizes of $150 and $100 respectively for the two best essays, reports, or'theses on each , of three specified subjects. Details of these subjects may be obtained Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 79 from the Department of Forestry. The balance of $300 will be used to provide three prizes of $75, $50, and $25 respectively, in each of the Third and Fourth years for the three best essays, reports, or theses on topics in the fields of forest management, silviculture, or protection. Students intending to compete for any of the prizes above are asked to consult the Department as soon as possible at the beginning of the session. The Canadian Forest Products Limited Prizes (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Two prizes of $100 each, the gift of Canadian Forest Products Limited, will be awarded to students graduating in Forestry with the degree of B.A.Sc. The awards will be made on the basis of general proficiency in the work of the final two years. The Northern Electric Company Limited Prize A cash prize of $100, the gift of the Northern Electric Company Limited, will be awarded to the student in Electrical Engineering whose scholastic record in the final two years of the course has been the most outstanding. The Trail Board of Trade Prize A book prize of the value of $25 is available for a student in the Fifth Year of Architecture. This award, which will be made over a period of three years, is provided by a donation of $75 from the Trail Board of Trade. The award will be given for outstanding merit in the Community Planning project of the course in Architectural Design. 4. IN AGRICULTURE The Dr. D. A. McKee Memorial Prize A cash prize of $30, established from the income of a trust fund donated by Mrs. D. A. McKee in memory of her husband, will be awarded annually to the student with the highest standing in the Third Year Agriculture, who is proceeding to the Fourth Year. The Northern Peat Moss Company Prize A prize of $100, the gift of Mr. Jack Bell of the Northern Peat Moss Company Limited, was made available for undergraduates in the Third or Fourth Year, or for graduates, in Agriculture or Agricultural Engineering. The award was made in May, 1948, on the recommendation of the Faculty of Agriculture, to the student submitting the best report on a phase of peat moss, its formation and use. 80 The University of British Columbia 5. IN LAW The Carswell Company Limited, Prizes The Carswell Company Limited, Law Publishers, Toronto, offers annually three book prizes of the value of $20 each. Of these prizes, one will be awarded in each year of the Law course to the student obtaining highest standing in that year. The Norgan Essay Prize (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A cash prize of $100, the gift of Mr. George W. Norgan, will be awarded to a student in the Third Year of Law for the best essay presented on a topic set or approved by the Faculty. If in any year no student reaches the required standard, the award will be withheld. The Toronto General Trusts Corporation Prize Through the generosity of the Toronto General Trusts Corporation a prize of $30, to be used in the purchase of law books, will be available for students in the Faculty of Law. This prize will be awarded to the student who, in the final examinations, obtains highest standing in the subject of Trusts. Special Book Prize A book prize of the value of $25, the gift of an anonymous donor, was awarded in May, 1948, to a student in the Second Year who obtained high scholastic standing and was not the recipient of any other scholarship or prize. The Canada Law Book Company Prize A book prize, the gift of the Canada Law Book Company Limited, is available annually for students in the Second Year of the Law course. The award will be made to the student obtaining high marks in the subject of Conflict of Laws. BURSARIES The Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary This bursary of the annual value of $150 was given by the Universities Service Club in memory of their comrades who fell in the First Great War. It is named after Captain O. E. LeRoy, who commanded the overseas contingent from this University and who was killed at Passchendaele in 1917. X Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 81 It will be awarded to a student, or students, requiring financial assistance to enable him, or them, to attend the University. For this purpose it may be awarded to a matriculant, to a student of any year, or to a graduate student of the University proceeding to graduate work in this or any approved university. In making the award preference will be given first to returned soldiers, then to the dependents of soldiers, and finally to suitable candidates from the student body at large. Application must contain a statement of the academic record and special circumstances of the applicant, with two supporting references, and, in the case of the preferred categories, of the war record of the soldier. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association Memorial Fund Bursaries A sum of money given to the University by the administrators of the Khaki University of Canada provides a fund from which are awarded annually five bursaries of the value of $100 each, known as the Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association Memorial Bursaries. Under conditions specified by the donors these bursaries may be used for undergraduate purposes only, and in making the awards a preference is given to the sons and daughters of soldiers of the First Great War. The financial necessities of candidates are also taken into account. To be eligible for an award a soldier's dependent must obtain at least Second Class standing, i.e., 65 per cent.; for all others 75 per cent, is required. Dependents of soldiers and others who have attained the standing as stated above and who are in need of financial assistance should apply to the Registrar not later than August 15th. These bursaries are open to students from Victoria College proceeding to a course of study in the University. Application forms may be obtained at the Registrar's office. The American Woman's Club Bursary A bursary of $100, given by the American Woman's Club of Vancouver, will be available for the session 1948-49 to assist a woman undergraduate who has completed at least one year in Arts and Science with satisfactory standing, and who could not otherwise continue her course. Applications, on forms available at"the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. 82 The University of British Columbia The University Women's Club Bursary A bursary of $100, given by the University Women's Club of Vancouver, will be available for a woman student of high scholastic standing in the Third Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science who is proceeding to the Fourth Year. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Vancouver Panhellenic Alumnae Bursary A bursary of $200, given by the Vancouver Panhellenic Alumnae Association, will be awarded to a woman student of satisfactory academic standing, who has completed at least the first two years of University work and is proceeding to a higher year of undergraduate work or to the Education Class, or, if a graduate, to the course leading to the Degree in Social Work. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Dean of Women. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Mildred Brock Memorial Bursary A bursary of $75, given by the Delta Gamma Fraternity, in memory of Mrs. Mildred Brock, wife of the late R. W. Brock, Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, whose personal charm and high ideals were an inspiration to the students, who greatly benefited by her sympathetic understanding and generosity, will be available for a woman student of high scholastic standing who has completed at least two years of her undergraduate studies and is proceeding to a higher year, or, if a graduate to the Teacher Training Course, or to the course leading to the Diploma or Degree in Social Work. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Frances Milburn P. E. O. Bursary A bursary of $150, given by the Vancouver Chapters of the P. E. O. Sisterhood in memory of the late Frances Milburn, will be available for the session 1948-49 to assist a woman undergraduate who has completed at least one year in Arts and Science with high standing in English, and who could not otherwise continue her course. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Dean of Women. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. X Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 83 The Lady Laurier Club Bursary A bursary of $100, given by the Lady Laurier Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to a woman undergraduate who has completed at least two years of her undergraduate studies and is proceeding to a higher year. The award will be made on the basis of scholastic standing and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Alliance Frangaise Bursary A bursary of not less than $25, given by the Alliance Francaise, will be awarded on a basis of merit and need to a student specializing in French at the University. The bursary" will normally be awarded to a student who has completed his Second Year and is proceeding to his Third Year. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. * 1 ^ The Faculty Women's Club Bursary A bursary of the value of $75, given by the Faculty Women's Club of Vancouver, will be awarded to a woman student who has completed the first two years of University work and is proceeding to the next year of her course. The student to whom the award is made must have scholastic ability and real need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Alumni Association Bursary A bursary of the value of $50, given by the Alumni Association of the University of British Columbia, will be awarded on the basis of scholarship and need to a student entering the First Year in Arts and Science or Agriculture. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The William MacKenzie Swan Memorial Bursary A bursary of the annual value of $250, given by Colonel and Mrs. W. G. Swan in memory of their son, William MacKenzie Swan, an outstanding all-round undergraduate student and popular athlete who died July 28th, 1937, as a result of injuries received in a fall from the Pattullo Bridge at New Westminster on which he was engaged as Assistant Engineer, will be awarded to a student or students registered in the Second, Third, or Fourth Year of the 84 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Applied Science, requiring financial assistance to enable him or them to continue studies at the University. In making the award, consideration will be given to the academic record of the applicant and to his participation in undergraduate affairs. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Phil Wilson Bursary in Forestry A bursary of $225, given by the British Columbia Loggers' Association, will be awarded to a student registered in Fourth Year Forestry. To be eligible for the award a student must have been a resident in British Columbia for the previous two years, must have a scholastic average of at least 65 per cent, in the work of the Second and Third Years at the University of British Columbia, and must give evidence of leadership, sterling character, and physical vigour. He shall also have been engaged during at least two summer sessions in woods employment, logging operations, cruising, or logging engineering. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The David Thorn Bursaries From the funds of the David Thorn Estate a sum of $300 is available annually for the following bursaries: 1. A sum of $150 to be awarded to the student who has passed University Entrance or Senior Matriculation with the highest standing and who is registering for the first time in the Faculty of Agriculture. In the awarding of this bursary, regulation 8 under General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes does not apply. 2. A sum of $75 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorily completed the work of the First Year in Agriculture and is proceeding to a higher year in that Faculty. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. 3. A sum of $75 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorily completed the work of the Third Year in Agriculture and is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 85 Delta Gamma Bursary for the Blind A bursary of $100 given by the Delta Gamma Fraternity will be awarded to a blind student requiring financial assistance to enable him or her to enter the University or to proceed to further studies. The award will be made by the Senate upon recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries acting in consultation with the Principal of the B. C. School for the Deaf and Blind, the Superintendent of the Canadian National Institute for the Blind of Vancouver, and an accredited representative of Delta Gamma fraternity. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Geldart Riadore Bursary A sum of $150 will be awarded to a student who has completed at least one year of work in the Faculty of Agriculture, who is proceeding to a higher year in the Faculty, and who has given evidence of possessing those qualities necessary -for community leadership. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle Memorial Bursary A bursary of the annual value of $200, endowed by friends and associates, in memory of the late Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle, a much beloved graduate of outstanding Christian character and athletic ability who was killed on January 24th, 1943, while on active service overseas, will be awarded to a student who has completed two years at this University and has registered at the University for further study. To be eligible for this award the student must show evidence of academic ability, sterling, unselfish character, and active participation and leadership in University sport. The award will be made in the fall on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in consultation with interested members of Faculty. The Alberta Meat Company Bursary A bursary of $50, given by the Alberta Meat Company of Vancouver, will be awarded annually on the basis of merit and need to' an Animal Husbandry student conducting livestock feeding trials at the University Farm. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. - The University of British Columbia The Mary C. Lipsett Bursary A bursary of $300, offered annually by Mrs. Mary C. Lipsett, will be awarded to a student who has completed at least the Second Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science, and who proposes to take his major work in Sociology or Psychology. In making the award, consideration will be given to the applicant's interest in problems of social anthropology and his ability to pursue work in that field. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Rotary Memorial Bursaries To commemorate the sacrifice and services of Rotarians and their families in the First and Second World Wars, the Rotary Club of Vancouver offers annually to students at the University five bursaries of the value of $200 each. These bursaries are open to students in any year and in any faculty. Wherever practicable, however, the five awards will be made to students in different years. Preference will be given to those who, during the First or Second World War, were in the Services or the Merchant Navy, or to their dependents. To be eligible for the awards, applicants are required to be of good moral character and to have a reasonable interest in extra-curricular activities and a good record of scholastic attainment. Awards will be made only to those who have limited financial ability to enter the University or proceed to a higher year. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Cooperative Seed Growers' Bursary A bursary of $100, given by the British Columbia Cooperative Seed Association, will be awarded annually to a student who has completed the work of the Third Year in Agriculture and is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Vancouver Section National Council of Jewish Women Bursary A bursary of $100, the gift of the Vancouver Section of the National Council of Jewish Women of Canada, will be awarded to a woman student who is an undergraduate in any year of any Faculty, or who is a graduate registered in the Teacher Training or Social Work courses. To be eligible for this award a student must have good ability and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 87 The Gamma Phi Beta Bursary A bursary of $50* the gift of the Alpha Lambda Chapter of Gamma Phi Beta Sorority, will be awarded annually* to a student in any year of the Home Economics course. To be eligible for this award a student must have financial need and high scholastic standing. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Provincial Council of British Columbia, Canadian Daughters' League, Bursaries Two bursaries of $100 each, the gift of the Provincial Council of British Columbia, Canadian Daughters' League, will be available annually to assist women students who could not otherwise continue their courses. The awards, which will be made on the basis of character, academic record, and scholastic ability, will be open to students entering the Teacher Training course. In the event that no applicant in this course can qualify, the awards will be open to students entering Social Work. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. University Women's Club General Bursary A bursary of $100, given by the University Women's Club of Vancouver, will be available for a woman student registered in any year and any faculty. To be eligible for this award a student must have high scholastic standing and need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. Bursaries for Proficiency (Special Awards) Through the generosity of an anonymous donor, a bursary of $1500 was made available to enable a student with high scholastic standing and need of financial assistance to complete his or her undergraduate course. The recipient was chosen in September, 1944, from among bursary applicants entering First or Second Year in any faculty. A second bursary of $1000, provided by the same donor, was awarded similarly in September, 1947. The Jack Cohen Bursary A bursary of $150, the gift of Mr. S. J. Cohen, is available for a student who has completed the Third Year in Commerce and is proceeding to the work of the Fourth Year. To be eligible for this jp" 88 The University of British Columbia award, the student must have high scholastic standing, and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Kiwassa Club of Vancouver Bursaries Four bursaries of $150 each, the gift of the Kiwassa Club of Vancouver, will be available annually to assist women students proceeding to the course in Public Health Nursing (Nursing B), or the Professional Course in Social Work. To be eligible for these bursaries, applicants must have high scholastic standing, an aptitude for the field in which they are enrolling, and need of financial assistance. In making the awards, preference will be given to dependents of veterans and residents of Vancouver. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The McLean Bursaries Through the generosity of Mr. and Mrs. J. S. McLean of Toronto, four bursaries of $250 each are available for the session 1948-49. These bursaries will be awarded to students entering the Second Year in Arts and Science or Agriculture, or the First Year in Applied Science. Preference will be given to students whose homes are in more remote parts of the Province. In making the awards, consideration will be given to scholastic ability and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Pacific Meat Company Bursary A bursary of $200 is offered annually by the Pacific Meat Company of Vancouver for research related to problems of the meat industry. The award is open to a student, or students, in the Department of Animal Husbandry. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Nat Bell Bursary A bursary of $150, given by Angela Bell in memory of her father, will be awarded annually to a student registered in any year and any faculty who has ability, character, and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 89 The R.C.A.F. Veterans' Bursary Fund . A sum of money given to the University by the Wartime Convalescent Homes, War Charity Funds, Incorporated, Vancouver Division, provides an annual fund of approximately $300 for bursaries. These bursaries will be available for R.C.A.F. veterans of the War 1939-1945 and for their dependents. Awards will be made on the basis of scholastic standing and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Teamsters' Joint Council No. 36 Bursary (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) An annual bursary of $250, donated by the Teamsters' Joint Council No. 36, is offered to a student in any year and faculty. This bursary will be given to a student who has need of financial assistance and has high scholastic standing. To be eligible for the award, an applicant must be the son. or daughter of a member of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters in B.C. In the event that no such applicant can qualify, the bursary will be awarded to the son or daughter of a member of any International Trade Union. In choosing the recipient, preference will be given to students who are registered in the lower years. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. I The Lauder Mercer and Company Limited Bursary (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A bursary of $250, donated by Lauder Mercer and Company Limited, will be available to assist a male student entering the final year of the course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Commerce. The award will be made to a student who has high standing in the work of the preceding year, and need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Pattison Bursaries (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) Two bursaries of $100 each, the gift of Mr. J. W. Pattison, are available for graduates taking the Professional Course in Social Work or for undergraduates who intend to enter this field. The awards will be made to students with high scholastic standing and 90 The University of British Columbia need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar by August 15th. The W. D. Shaffer Bursary A bursary of $200, the gift of Miss Marion A. Shaffer, will be awarded to a student entering the Teacher Training Course. The award will be made on the basis of character and ability, and with special reference to potential qualities for teaching. To be eligible for this award an applicant must have need of financial assistance. Preference will be given to ex-service personnel. If there is no qualified applicant in the Teacher Training Course the award will be available for a student in any year and any faculty. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Robert S. Day and Son Limited Bursary (Donated through the Vancouver Men's Canadian Club) A bursary of $150, the gift of Robert S. Day and Son Limited, will be available annually for a student who has completed the Third Year of Commerce with high standing, and is proceeding to the final year. The award will be made only to a student who has need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Vancouver Bar Association Bursaries Three bursaries of $100 each, the gift of the Vancouver Bar Association, will be awarded in the session 1948-49 to students in the Faculty of Law. One bursary will be available for a student entering each of the three years of the course in Law. Awards will be based on scholastic standing and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The American Woman's Club Bursary for Social Work A bursary of $100, the gift of the American Woman's Club, is available for a woman student in Social Work who has completed one year of the course leading to the degree of B.S.W- The award will be made to a student who has good standing and is in need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 91 The Ellen Ethel McHattie Memorial Bursary A bursary of $300, given by Mr. C. T. McHattie in memory of his wife, Ellen Ethel McHattie, is available annually for a graduate student registered in the Social Work course, or for an undergraduate in the Second, Third, or Fourth Year of Arts and Science planning to enter the Social Work course. To be eligible for this award, an applicant must have financial need and high scholastic standing. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Allied Officers' Auxiliary Bursary To commemorate the services and sacrifices of members of the armed forces and the merchant navies of the Allied Nations, the Allied- Officers' Club Auxiliary has established a bursary of the annual value of $75, open to students in any year and faculty. This bursary is available for a veteran of the Second World War. At a later date the bursaries will be made available for the sons and daughters of such veterans. The award will be made on the basis of scholastic standing and financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Allied Officers' Auxiliary Fund From a fund of $2500, the gift of the Allied Officers' Club Auxiliary, special bursaries will be provided from time to time for "student veterans who are in need of financial assistance. This fund will be administered by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Further information may be obtained from the Chairman of the Committee. The Louis Toban Bursary A bursary of $100, the gift of Louis Toban, is available annually for a student entering the Third Year of the course in Pharmacy. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Head of the Department to a student who has shown definite ability and has need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be submitted to the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Rotary Bursary for Social Work A bursary of $300, the gift of the Rotary Club of Vancouver, was made available in the session 1947-48 to a student in the Second Year of the Social Work Course. The purpose of this award was 92 The University of British Columbia to provide financial assistance for a high ranking student to enable him to make a study pertaining to the housing and care of aged persons in the City of Vancouver. The award was made by the Joint Faculty Committee .on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries in consultation with the Head of the Department of Sodal Work. The National Paper Box Limited Bursaries Two bursaries of $200 each, the gift of National Paper Box Limited, are available for the session 1948-49. One of these will be awarded to a student in Agriculture and the other to a student in* Commerce. The awards will be made to students who have good academic records and are in need of financial assistance. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Admiral Jellicoe Chapter, I. O. D. E., Bursaries Two bursaries of $50 each, the gift of the Admiral Jellicoe Chapter of the I. 0. D. E., are available for veterans. These awards, one of which is open to women and the other to men, will be given to students who have attained high scholastic standing and have financial need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Triple Entente Chapter, I. O. D. E., Bursaries Two bursaries of $75 each, the gift of the Triple Entente Chapter of the I. 0. D. E., are available for veterans. Of these awards, one will be given to a Third or Fourth Year student in the Faculty of Applied Science and the other to a student in the Teacher Training course. To be eligible for these awards, students must have financial need and high scholastic standing. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. The Worthington Memorial, I. O. D. E., Bursary A bursary of $100, the gift of the Worthington Memorial Chapter, I. O. D. E., is available for a proficient and promising veteran student needing financial assistance. The award is open to a student in any year and faculty. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received .by the Registrar not later than August 15th. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes The Sir Charles Tupper Chapter, I. O. D. E., Bursary for Summer Session A bursary of $50, the gift of the Sir Charles Tupper Chapter, I. 0. D. E., will be awarded annually to a teacher who has taught for two years in the Public Schools" of British Columbia and is proceeding with second year work in the Summer Session. The award will be made to a student who intends to return to teaching, in the fall. Applicants will be considered on the basis of financial need and success and interest in teaching. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than June 1st. A copy of the last inspector's report must accompany the application. This bursary will be awarded for the first time in June, 1949. Special Bursaries Fund For the session 1948-49 a Special Bursaries Fund has been made available by the Board of Governors to enable students to attend the University who would not otherwise be able to do so. To be eligible for an award from this fund a student must have attained at least Second Class standing in the examinations last written, and must give evidence of need. Applications, on forms available at the Registrar's office, must be received by the Registrar not later than August 15th. Part-time employment on the campus may be available for a limited number of students with financial need and good academic standing. Applicants for bursaries who are interested in such employment should indicate in their applications any special qualifications or previous experience. Dominion-Provincial Student Aid (For information, refer to the inside front cover of this Calendar.) LOANS General Loan Fund The General Loan Fund is maintained by annual grants made by the Board of Governors. Its operation is described in paragraph 12 under General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries, and Loans. The Wheatley Memorial Loan Fund The Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of British Columbia has established a loan fund in memory of Edward Augustus Wheatley, who, as Registrar of the Association during 94 The University of British Columbia the years 1921 to 1938, exerted a vital influence on the engineering profession, not only in this Province but throughout Canada. The fund is available to engineering pupils of the Association in attendance at the University, and all applicants for loans must be recommended by the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. The Roy Graham Memorial Loan Fund In memory of Roy Graham, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), a loan fund has been established to assist students in the Faculty of Applied Science. Preference will be given to students in the First and Second Years of that Faculty. All applicants for loans must be recommended by the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, B. C. Division, Fund W' This is a fund of $100, given by the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy to the University as a trust to be used for loans to students taking the mining course. The Alma Mater Loan Fund This fund was established by the graduating classes of 1937 as a trust to be used for loans to undergraduates who have completed at least one year at the University and who have attained satisfactory academic standing. The fund is administered by the University and distributed by the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. Applications for assistance under this fund must be made to the Bursar. The T. Sato Loan Fund This fund has been established by Mr. Tsutae Sato for students of Second Class- standing, or better, in the Third or Fourth Years in the Faculties of Arts and Science, Agriculture, and Applied Science, or for students in the Fifth Year of a Double Course. For such loans the regulations in paragraph 12 of the General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries, and Loans are applicable. The H. R. MacMillan Loan Fund Through the generosity of Mr. H. R. MacMillan, a loan fund has been established to assist students in Forestry. Loans from this fund are to be repaid within three years from graduation, and until then no interest will be charged. Assistance to any one student is limited to $300. Loans will be made on the basis of scholarship and financial need. Students may obtain application forms and further details from the Bursar. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 95 Dean of Women's Fund Through the generosity of several donors a fund has been established to assist women students who are temporarily in financial need. The fund is intended for use in emergency situations where limited assistance is required, arid is administered by the Dean of Women. In the session 1947-48 contributions to the fund were received from the Alumnae of the University of Toronto (The Marion McElhanney Memorial Bursary), the Kappa Kappa Gamma Mother's Club, and the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority. The Special Spring Session Students' Loan Fund A sum of over $2000, donated by the students of the Special Spring .Session conducted in May and June, 1946, for ex-service personnel and former members of the Merchant Navy, provides a fund for emergency loans. Applications must receive the approval of the President of the University and the Chairman and Secretary of the Scholarship Committee. Loans, which are made only to ex-service personnel and ex-members of the Merchant Navy, are repayable commencing one year after the applicant enters gainful employment, and will not bear interest until that time. Application should be made to the Chairman of the Scholarship Committee. Home Economics Loan Fund From a fund established from gifts of anonymous donors, loans are available for undergraduates registered in any year of the Home Economics course. Loans are also available for graduates in Home Economics taking further work at the University in a related field or in the Teacher Training course. Loans to any one student will not exceed $200, and are repayable commencing one year after the applicant discontinues attendance at the University, until which time no interest will be charged. Applicants must be recommended by the Department of Home Economics. Application forms may be obtained from the Bursar. The Mary L. Bollert Loan Fund Women graduates of the University of British Columbia have established a loan fund to honour the memory of the late Dean Bollert. Women students in need of an emergency loan should apply to the Dean of Women, on whose recommendation payment will be made. Loans are repayable in two years and will not bear interest until that time. r " 96 The University of British Columbia The Summer Session Students' Association Loan Fund The Summer Session Students' Association of 1947 established a loan fund as a trust to be used for loans to teachers ("teachers" as defined by the Public Schools Act of British Columbia) who have attained satisfactory academic standing. Loans from this fund are to be repaid within three years from the date of receipt of the loan, and until the expiration of the three-year period no interest will be charged. Loans, which may be repaid at any time during the three-year period by assigned instalments, will be granted on the basis of scholarship and financial need, assistance to any one student being limited according to the funds available. Loans will be made on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee and representatives of the Summer Session Students' Association. Helen Gregory McGill Student Aid Fund A loan fund, initiated by the Phi Delta Delta Legal Sorority and raised by subscriptions from various organizations, has been established to assist women students in the final year of the Law course or the degree course in Social Work. Loans from this fund, intended for use in emergency situations, are granted on the recommendation of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries, in consultation with the Dean of Women. Assistance to any one student is limited to $100. Loans are repayable commencing one year from the end of the session and do not bear interest until that time. J The Harry F. Bennett Educational Fund of The Engineering Institute of Canada This fund was established by subscription from members of the Engineering Institute of Canada in memory of the late Harry F. Bennett, M.E.I.C, who for six years was Chairman of the Institute's Committee on the Training and Welfare of the Young Engineer. One purpose of the fund is to provide loans for deserving students who need financial assistance to enable them to study engineering sciences at university level, and who have successfully completed their First Year in Engineering. Loans will be made largely on the basis of character and qualities essential to leadership. Application blanks may be obtained from the office of the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. *vW Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 97 SCHOLARSHIPS ANNOUNCED BY THE UNIVERSITY BUT AWARDED BY OTHER INSTITUTIONS The Rhodes Scholarships The Rhodes Trustees offer annually for award in the Province of British Columbia one Rhodes Scholarship of the basic value of £400 a year but temporarily increased to £500. At most Colleges, and for most men, this increased sum is scarcely sufficient to meet a Rhodes Scholar's necessary expenses for term-time and vacations, and Scholars who can afford to supplement it by, say, £50 a year from their own resources are strongly advised to do so. The cost of the voyage to and from England must be borne by the Scholar. The Scholarship is tenable ordinarily for two years at Oxford University. A third year will be awarded only if the Rhodes Scholar has shown outstanding quality and presents a definite plan of study for the additional period satisfactory to his College and to the Rhodes Trustees. A candidate must be an unmarried male British Subject domiciled and resident for five years in Canada. He must be in his second year at least of work in a Canadian university and may apply either in the province of his residence or of his university, if these differ. A candidate must have passed his 18th birthday but not have reached his 24th birthday by October 1st, 1948. However, candidates with one year or more of war service are not disqualified by marriage and are eligible if at any time between September 1st, 1939, and August 31st, 1945, they were between the ages of 19 and 25 years. In that section of the Will in which he defined the general type of scholar he desired, Mr. Rhodes mentioned four groups of qualities, the first two of which he considered most important: 1. Literary and scholastic attainments; 2. Qualities of manhood, truth, courage, devotion to duty, sympathy, kindliness, unselfishness, and fellowship; 3. Exhibition of moral force of character and of instincts to lead and to take an interest in his fellows; 4. Physical vigour, as shown by fondness for and success in outdoor sports. Some definite quality of distinction, whether in intellect, character, or personality, or in any combination of these, is the most important requirement for a Rhodes Scholarship, and it is upon this that Committees will insist. Success in being elected to office in student 98 The University op British Columbia organizations may or may not be evidence of leadership in the true sense of the word. Mr. Rhodes evidently regarded leadership as consisting in moral courage and in interest in one's fellow men quite as much as in the more aggressive qualities. Physical vigour is an essential qualification for a Rhodes Scholarship, but athletic prowess is of less importance than the moral qualities developed in playing outdoor games. Financial need does not give a special claim to a Scholarship. A candidate for a Scholarship is required to make application by November 1st, 1948, and, if elected, to go to Oxford in October, 1949. Further information and application forms may be had from the Registrar or Dean G. F. Curtis, Secretary of the B. C. Selection Committee, Faculty of Law, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B. C. The Exhibition of 1851 Scholarship Under the revised conditions for the award of the Exhibition of 1851 Scholarship in Science, the University of British Columbia is included in the list of universities from which nominations for scholarships allotted to Canada may be made. These scholarships of £350 per annum are tenable, ordinarily, for two years. Scholarship winners with special needs may receive additional money grants during the period of their tenure. The scholarships are granted only to British subjects of not more than 26 years of age who have already completed a full university course and given evidence of capacity for scientific investigation. The scholarships are open to graduates of any university who have spent not less than three years in the study of science. Detailed information may be obtained from the Registrar's office. Royal Institution of Great Britain Science Research Scholarship This scholarship, of £350 per annum and ordinarily tenable for a period of two years, is available for graduates who have given evidence of capacity for scientific investigation. The scholarship will be awarded in any branch of the physical sciences for which facilities are available in the Davy Faraday Research Laboratory of the Royal Institution, London, and the scholar will be required to devote himself to research in that branch. The scholarship will be tenable only in the Davy Faraday Research Laboratory. The conditions of tenure are similar, to those of the 1851 Overseas Scholarships. Detailed information may be obtained from the Registrar's office. ■■"3S Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 99 Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire War Memorial Scholarship (Overseas) This fund was established by the I.O.D.E. in order to perpetuate the memory of the men and women who gave their lives in the defence of the Empire in the First Great War. Nine graduate scholarships to the value of $1600 each are offered annually, one in each province of the Dominion. The conditions under which they are awarded may be obtained from the Registrar. Applications must be submitted by October 15th of each year. Canadian Federation of University Women Scholarships The Travelling Scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University Women, of the value of $1,250, available for study or research work, is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university, who is not more than 35 years of age at the time of award. In general, preference will be given to those candidates, who have completed one or more years of graduate study and have a definite course of study or research in view. The award is based on evidence of character, intellectual achievement, and promise of success in the subject to which the candidate is devoting herself. The Junior Scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University Women, of the value of $850, is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university, who is not more than 25 years of age at the time of award. Preference will be given to students who have studied in only one university and who desire to continue their studies in another. The Professional Scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University Women, of the value of $700, is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university, who is not more than 35 years of age at the time of award. Preference will be given to candidates who have completed one or more years of professional work and who desire to spend a year at an accredited Library School, College of Education, School of Social Work or similar professional school. The proposed place and plan of study or research must be approved by the Scholarship Committee. Application blanks and further information may be obtained from the Convener of the Scholarship Committee, Dr. Phyllis G. Ross, 4899 Belmont Ave., Vancouver, B. C. Applications and recommendations must be received not later than February 1st. 100 The University of British Columbia The International Brotherhood of Pulp, Sulphite and Paper Mill Workers Scholarship A scholarship of $250, given by the International Brotherhood of Pulp, Sulphite, and Paper Mill Workers, Local 312, Ocean Falls, is available annually for a student entering First Year at the University of British Columbia. This scholarship, which is open to students in Ocean Falls, Powell River, Port Alice, Port Mellon, and Woodfibre, will be awarded to the applicant obtaining highest standing in the written examinations in the scholarship subjects for University Entrance. Application forms and further information may be obtained by writing to the Secretary, Local 312, Ocean Falls, B. C. The French Government' Scholarship Scholarships of the present value of 90,000 francs are donated by "the French Government for graduate study in France. They are tenable for one year and are renewable. Travelling expenses and university fees are defrayed by the French Government. The awards are made by the French Embassy on the recommendation of th Head of the Department of French in the University. French Government Medals A Silver and a Bronze medal will be awarded for distinguished work in French Literature, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of French. The French Government Book Prizes Book prizes, offered by the French Embassy, will be awarded to students in the French language on the recommendation of the Head of the Department of French. The Summerland Scholarship A scholarship of $250, given by the citizens of Summerland, is available annually for a student of Summerland High School proceeding to the University of British Columbia, or some other institution of higher learning in the event that courses of the winner's choice are not available at the University of British Columbia. The scholarship will be awarded to the applicant who, in the opinion of the Summerland selection committee, best exemplifies the qualities of the all-round student. Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 101 Viscount Bennett Trust Fund Under the terms of a deed of gift to the Canadian Bar Association from the Right Honourable Viscount Bennett, P.C., K.C, LL.D., D.C.L., Honorary Life President of the Association, a trust fund known as the Viscount Bennett Trust Fund has been established. The annual income from the fund or the sum of $1,000, whichever is less, will be paid annually as a scholarship for graduate study at an institution of higher learning to be approved by a scholarship committee. The scholarship is open to a person of either sex who has graduated from an approved law school in Canada or who, at the time of application, is pursuing his or her final year of studies as an undergraduate student. The award is to be made by the committee at the time of the mid-winter meeting of the Council of the Association. The Faculty of Law of this University has been approved by the Committee. Full information as to qualifications of applicants and the necessary forms may be had on application to the Registrar. The Crofton House Alumnae Scholarship A scholarship of $175, the gift of the Crofton House Alumnae, is available annually for a student of Crofton House School who is proceeding to the University of British Columbia. In making the award, consideration will be given to scholastic ability, character, leadership, and participation in the activities of the School. The winner will be selected by the Headmistress and Staff. The Imperial Oil Graduate Research Fellowship The Imperial Oil Limited, in 1946, established for annual competition four research fellowships of the value of $3000 each ($1000 a year payable in Canadian funds for a maximum of three years), open to graduates of any approved university in Canada. These fellowships are offered for graduate work leading to a Doctor's or Master's degree in the fields of Petroleum Engineering, Petroleum Geology, Chemistry or Chemical Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering. Nomination of students for these fellowships is made by the University—such nominations being submitted to the Imperial Oil Scholarship Committee, Imperial Oil Limited, 56 Church Street, Toronto, not later than June 1st, each year. Nomination forms and information as to the terms of fellowship are available at the Registrar's office. The United Odd Fellows Bursaries Six bursaries of $200 each, provided by the Grand Lodge of B. C, I. O. O. F., the Grand Encampment, and the Rebekah ■Assembly, are available annually for students in any year of any 102 The University of British Columbia i faculty. Under terms approved by the Grand Bodies, one bursary will be offered in each of the following districts of the Province: (1) Vancouver Island and Powell River; (2) Greater Vancouver; (3) New Westminster and the Lower Fraser Valley; (4) the Kootenays; (5) North and South Okanagan, including Princeton and Merritt; (6) Main Line of the C. P. R. east of Chilliwack, and Northern B. C. The awards will be made by a joint committee consisting of two representatives from each of the Grand Bodies. In general, applications will be considered first from members of the immediate families of Odd Fellows or Rebekahs, but failing suitable candidates from these sources, the Committee may award the bursaries to other worthy applicants. Special consideration will be given to applicants with financial need. Full details of the awards and application forms may be obtained from the Secretary of any Odd Fellows Lodge or Rebekah Lodge, or from the Grand Secretary of the Grand Lodge, I. 0. 0. F. Applications should be submitted to the Odd Fellows or Rebekah Lodge by June 15th or to the Grand Secretary, 144 Hastings Street West, Vancouver, not later than June 30fh. ▼ British Council Scholarships The British Council offers scholarships and grants-in-aid tenable in the United Kingdom for one academic year of ten months. . They may be held at universities or at other institutions which can provide the facilities required. A full British Council scholarship provides £350 plus fares, although in some cases £120 or £240 with or without fares, and £350 without fares, are provided. These awards are open to men and women and are primarily intended for those who have already successfully completed a course for a university degree or professional qualification. Preference is given to candidates between the ages of 25 and 35. Intending applicants may obtain information and application forms from the Registrar of the University of British Columbia. They are advised to apply not later than October 31st. National Research Council Bursaries, Studentships, and Fellowships The National Research Council awards annually a number of Bursaries, Studentships, and Fellowships for graduate work. These are open to selected graduates in the sciences who have shown distinction in their undergraduate studies. The values of the awards are as follows: Bursary, $450; Studentship, $750; and Fellowship, $900. Applications must be received in Ottawa before February 10th. Application forms and regulations governing the awards may be obtained from the Registrar's office or by writing to the Secretary-Treasurer, National Research Council, Ottawa. :m Medals, Scholarships, and Prizes 103 Rotary Foundation Fellowships The Board of Directors of Rotary International and the Rotary Foundation Trustees have established a limited number of Rotary Foundation Fellowships for advanced study for one academic year. Candidates are expected to pursue study outside their own country. These fellowships are open to students between the ages of twenty and twenty-eight. Applicants must be graduates or in their graduating year. They are advised to make application early in October. Further information may be obtained from the Chairman of the Joint Faculty Committee on Prizes, Scholarships, and Bursaries. THE FACULTY OF fN. ARTS AND SCIENCE 1948-1949 FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE The degrees offered in this Faculty are Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.), Bachelor of Education (B.Ed.), Bachelor of Home Economics (B.H.E.), Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.E.), Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy (B.S.P.)', Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.), Master of Arts (M.A.), and Master of Social Work (M.S.W.). In addition, a course is provided leading to a Diploma in Teacher Training. , COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A. The degree of B.A. is granted with Honours or as a General Course degree. A General Course degree will be granted on completion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity With Calendar regulations; an Honours degree will similarly require 66 units. For regulations in regard to Honours degrees see pages 114-128. For regulations under which students may Jake courses leading to double degrees see Double Courses. Credits obtained at the Summer Session (see University Summer Session) may be combined with Winter Session credits to complete the number of units required for the degree of B.A. The degree of B.A. will not be granted within three years from Senior Matriculation nor within four years from University Entrance. The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any one calendar year is 6 units; and the maximum credit for work other than that of the regular Summer and Winter Sessions is 3 units in each academic year, and 15 units in all subsequent to Senior Matriculation or First Year Arts. No credit will be granted for work done at other universities in the same academic year in which work has been attempted at this University, whether in the Summer Session or in the .Winter Session or otherwise. Extra-mural work done at other universities prior to registration at this University may be accepted, if approved by the Faculty, but may not exceed 3 units in respect of any one academic year or 15 units in all subsequent to Senior Matriculation. If a student is granted credit for extra-mural work taken elsewhere, the number of units which he may take at this University without attendance at a Winter or Summer Session will be correspondingly reduced. Candidates for the degree of B.A. are advised to attend at least one Winter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year. Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period of not less 108 Faculty of Arts and Science than two or more than three hours) each week throughout the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratory periods) throughout a single term. Note 1. Students in any of the affiliated Theological Colleges who file with the Registrar a written statement, expressing their intention of graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer in each year of their Arts course, in place of optional subjects set down in the Calendar for the year and the course in which they are registered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent of three units taken from the following list: Hebrew, Biblical Literature, New Testament Greek, Church History, Christian Ethics, and Apologetics. Note 2. Students intending to enter Normal School are advised to consult Regulations for Admission to Normal Schools, issued by the Department of Education, Victoria. First and Second Years 1. The requirements of the First Year consist of 15 units. In the Second Year, students proceeding to a B.A. degree in the General Course (see pages 113-114) must take 15 units; those proceeding to a B.A. degree in an Honours course must take 15 or 18 units, according to the requirements of individual departments (see pages 114-128). Courses in the first two years must also be chosen in conformity with the requirements (a)-(f) below and the special regulations in notes 1-16. Details of courses are given under the various departments. *Each student must take: Units (a) In the First Year English 100 and 101, and in the Second Year English 200 : 6 (b) The first two courses in a language offered for University Entrance or in Russian, one course in each year 6 (See notes 1-6) (c) In the First Year Mathematics 100 or the option indicated in Note 10 ._.._ . _■ 3 (See notes 7-12) (d) One course chosen from: Economics 100, 140, 200 Philosophy 100, 205 Geography 102 Psychology 100 History 101, 202, 203, Sociology 200 204, 304 (See notes 7, 13, 15, and 16) *For credit that can be given for Senior Matriculation standing, complete or partial, see page 86 and Note 14. ■•^ First and Second Years 109 (e) One course chosen from: Biology 100 Chemistry 100 Geography 101 (See notes 6-9, 13, 15, and 16) Geology 201-2 Physics 100, 101, 120 *(f) At least three courses—not already chosen—selected from the following: Architecture 160 and 170 Bacteriology 153 or 201 Biology 100, 330 Botany 200 Chemistry 100, 200, 225 Commerce 251 Economics 100, 140 or 200, 335 English 205 French 101, 202, 203 Geography 101,102,202 Geology 201-2, 302 German 90, 100 or 101, 200 Greek 90, 101, 202, 314, 315 (See notes 4-9 and 12-16) History 101, 202, 203, 204, 304, 309 Latin 90, 101, 202 Mathematics 90, 100, 200, 201, 202 Music 100 Philosophy 100 or 205, 202, 210 Physics 100 or 101 or 120, 200, 220, 221, 230 Polish 110, 210 Psychology 100, 200, 201, 202 Russian 100, 200, 203 Sociology 200 Spanish 90, 101, 201 Zoology 200 o to Notes 1. Except as provided in note 6 below, students who have not offered German, Greek, Latin, or Spanish for University Entrance may fulfil requirement (b) by taking German 90, Greek 90, Latin 90, or Spanish 90 respectively in the First Year, German 100 or 101, Greek 101, Latin 101, or Spanish 101 respectively in the Second Year, and German 200, Greek 202, Latin 202, or Spanish 201 respectively in the' Third or Fourth Year. They will be required to complete 63 units for a degree in the General Course and 69 units in an Honours course. 2. Students who have completed German III of the High School course of study, or its equivalent, may fulfil requirement (b) by taking German 200 in the First Year and German 300 in the Second Year. ♦Courses numbered 300 or over are Third and Fourth Year courses and, unless listed in this section, are not open to First and Second Year students. 110 Faculty of Arts and Science 3. Students who offer French IV, German IV, or Latin IV of Senior Matriculation under Group 1 of the optional courses of University Entrance may fulfil requirement (b) by taking French 202, German 200, or Latin 202 respectively in either the First or the Second Year. If the Second Year language is taken in the First Year, a Third Year course in this language may be taken in the Second Year. 4. No student in the First Year may elect more than one language course numbered 90, and, except as provided in note 6, no language course numbered 90 will count towards a degree unless followed by an additional year's work in that language. 5. Except in the case of Polish or Russian, no course in a language numbered 100 or higher may be taken by a student unless he has offered that language for entrance to the University or has taken the course numbered 90 in that language. Polish 110 and Russian 100 may be taken by students who have not previously studied these languages. 6. Students offering 12 units of science, or 9 units of science and 6 units of mathematics, in the First and Second Years, may fulfil requirement (b) by taking any two of French 101, French 202; Latin 90, Latin 101, Latin 202; German 90, German 100 or 101, German 200; Greek 90, Greek 101, Greek 202; Russian 100, Russian 200; Spanish 90, Spanish 101, Spanish 201. Only one course numbered 90 may be selected. Students offering 18 units of science in the First and Second Years may postpone the second course under (b) until the Third or Fourth Year. The science courses above may be selected from Bacteriology, Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography (except Geography 102), Geology, Physics, Zoology. 7. Mathematics 100 is required for the following courses: Architecture 160, 170; Bacteriology, Biology (except Biology 100); Botany (except Botany 200); Chemistry; Commerce; Economies (except Economies 100, 140) ; Geography (except Geography 101 and 102); Geology; Government; Mathematics (except Mathematics 90); Psychology (except Psychology 100, 201, 202); Sociology (except Sociology 200); Physics (except Physics 110, 120) ; Zoology (except Zoology 200). Students will not be permitted to register for any of the above courses until they have taken Mathematics 100, except in the case of Chemistry 100, Economies 200, Physics 100 and 101, where it may be taken concurrently. Mathematics 100 is a prerequisite for majors or Honours in First and Second Years 111 Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine, Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Economics, Geography, Geology, International Studies (Honours only), Mathematics, Philosophy (Honours only), Psychology, Physics, Political Science, Sociology, and Zoology; or Combined Honours in these subjects. 8. Mathematics 90 must precede or be taken concurrently with Physics 110, 120, and Philosophy 202, unless Mathematics A or Mathematics VI (old course) has been taken previously in high school. 9. Students who have not offered Mathematics A, or Mathematics VI (old course), for University Entrance may fulfil requirement (c) by taking Mathematics 90 in the First Year and Mathematics 100 in the Second Year. They will be required to complete 63 units for a degree" in the General Course and 69 units in an Honours course. The extra 3 units may be taken in the Third or Fourth Year. 10. If Mathematics 100 is not taken, students may fulfil requirement (c) by taking one course—not already chosen—selected from French 101, German 100 or 101, Greek 101, Latin 101, Polish 110, Russian 100, Spanish 100, Music 100 (provided they have University Entrance standing in Music or its equivalent). 11. Students who have not offered German, Greek, Latin, or Spanish for University Entrance may fulfil requirement (c) by taking German 90, Greek 90, Latin 90, or Spanish 90, respectively, in the First Year and German 100 or 101, Greek 101, Latin 101, or Spanish 101, respectively, in the Second Year. They will be required to complete 63 units for a degree in the General Course or 69 units in an Honours course. The extra 3 units may be taken in the Third or Fourth Year. 12. Mathematics 90, or Mathematics A or Mathematics VI (old course) in the High School Programme, is prerequisite to Mathematics 100. Students who have obtained standing in Mathematics A or Mathematics VI (old course) at entrance will not be permitted to take Mathematics 90 for credit. 13. Students offering 18 units of language courses (French, German, Greek, Latin, Polish, Russian, Spanish) in the firsttwo years may defer the course selected under (e) until the Third or Fourth Year. Students taking 12 units of science (see paragraph 3, note 6) may defer the course selected under (d) until the Third or Fourth Year. 14. Only one course numbered 90 (or one "A" course taken in Senior Matriculation) may be counted in the units required for the B.A. degree. 112 Faculty of Arts and Science 15. The following courses are not open for credit toward the First Year: Architecture 160, 170; Bacteriology 153, 201; Biology 330; Botany 200; Chemistry 200, 225; Commerce 251; Economics 200, 335; English 205; French 203; Geography 202; Geology 201-2, 302; Greek 314, 315; History 203, 204, 304, 309; Mathematics 200, 201, 202; Philosophy 202, 210; Physics 200, 220, 221, 230; Polish 210; Psychology 200, 201, 202; Russian 200, 203; Sociology 200; Zoology 200. Credit will not be given for both Bacteriology 153 and 201. Bacteriology 201 should be selected by students intending to proceed to further work in Bacteriology. Students who later intend to take Chemistry 300 should not take Chemistry 225. Credit will not be given for both Chemistry 225 and 300. Commerce 251 is open to students only if they have completed the First Year and have taken or are taking Economics 200. Credit will not be given for both Economics 140 and Economics 200. Economics 200 must be taken by students intending to proceed to further work in Economics. Students who have already taken Economics 140 will not receive any additional units of credit for Economics 200. Economics 335 may be taken only by those who have taken Economics 200 or are taking it concurrently. English 205 is open to students only if they have taken English 200 or are taking it concurrently. French 203 is open to Second Year students only if they are proceeding to Honours. Geography 101 may not be taken for credit along with Geology 201-202. Provided a standing of 70 per cent, be obtained, however, Geography 101 may be substituted for Geology 201-202 as a prerequisite for courses in Geology. Geography 101 and 102 must be taken by students intending to major in Geography. History 202 is open to First Year students only if they are preparing for entrance to Normal School. History 309 is open to Second Year students only if they are preparing for entrance to Law. - , Music 100 is open to students only if they have University Entrance standing in Music or its equivalent. 16. Students who intend entering Social Work should refer to the Admissions section of the Department of Social Work announcements, and should consult the Department concerning their choice First and Second Years 113 of courses, to ensure that they complete the requisite minimum of 27 units in the social and biological sciences within their four undergraduate years. Note. Students thinking of entering Applied Science are referred to the list of subjects required to be taken by them in First Year Arts and to the regulations in reference to these, given under Admission and General Outline of courses in Faculty of Applied Science. They are advised to attend the noon hour talks on the choice of a profession and oh the life and work in vocations likely to appeal to Applied Science graduates. Third and Fourth Years The requirements of the Third and Fourth Years consist of at least 30 units, of which students must take in their Third Year not less than 15 units. The graduation standing is determined by the results of the Third and Fourth Years combined. Details of courses available in the Third and Fourth Years are given under the various departments. f. A. General Course Curriculum 1. For the General Course a student must select two major subjects according to either of the following schemes:* a. A minimum of 9 units in one subject and a minimum of 6 units in another subject, both subjects to be chosen from one of the following groups: (1) Bacteriology, Biology and Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Mathemati.cs, Physics, Psychology, Zoology. (2) Economics, Education (not more than six units, chosen from Education 509 and Education 510 to 582 inclusive, and only for those who have completed their Normal Training), English, French, Geography, German, Government, Greek, History, International Studies, Latin, Mathematics, Music (6 units), Philosophy, Psychology, Slavonic Studies, Sociology, Spanish. Or fc. A minimum of 9 units in each of two subjects to be chosen from the following: Biology and Botany, Chemistry, English, French, Geography, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Physics, Spanish, Zoology. Work in the First or Second Year is required in each of the major subjects, except in Education, Government, and International Studies. Those who intend to enter the Teacher Training Course should consult section 3, page 152. 114 Faculty of Arts and Science In certain cases, however, this requirement may be fulfilled by taking a First or Second Year course in the Third Year (see section 2), but a course thus taken may not count towards the required units for a major. In addition to the major subjects a minimum of 6 units must be chosen from some other subject or subjects. 2. Only two subjects (6 units) of the First or Second Year courses may be taken in the combined Third and Fourth Years. For the purpose of this regulation the following subjects are considered Third and Fourth Year subjects: Botany 200 or Zoology 200 (if both are taken) ; Geography 202; Geology 201 and 202; Geology 302; German 200; Greek 202; Greek 314; Greek 315; Latin 202; Mathematics 200 or 202 if the other has been taken in the Second Year: Philosophy 202, 205, 210; Psychology 200, 201, 202; Spanish 201; also the subjects under (d) or (e) postponed to the Third or Fourth Year, as provided for under paragraphs 6 and 13, pages 110, 111. 3. Students in the Third and Fourth Years, with the consent of the departments concerned, may take one or two courses of private reading (each to count not more than 3 units), provided that: f a. (1) The candidate for a reading course shall have completed his First and Second Years and shall have taken at least 6 units either of Second or Third Year work or of Second and Third Year work in the subject in which the reading course is taken; and (2) Shall have made an average of at least Second Class in the 6 units in question. b. Both reading courses shall not be chosen in the same subject. c. A reading course shall not be taken concurrently with Extra- Sessional or with Summer Session courses except by a student in the Fourth Year. Credit for a course of private reading is part of the maximum of 15 units which may be taken in addition to the regular work of Winter and Summer Sessions; and no other additional work may be taken in the same academic year. B. Honours Curriculum 1. Students whose proposed scheme of work for the Third and Fourth Years involves Honours courses must obtain the consent of the departments concerned and of the Dean before entering on these courses; and this consent will normally be granted only to Honours Courses 115 those students who have a clear academic record at the end of their Second Year with at least Second Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization, and who have chosen their courses and fulfilled the prerequisites outlined below. (Cards of application for admission to Honours courses may be obtained at the Registrar's office.) 2. Some departments offer Honours courses either alone or in combination with other departments. A candidate for Honours must complete 51 units in the final three years. For Honours in a single department, at least 18 of the requisite units for the Third and Fourth Years must be taken in the department concerned, and at least 6 outside it. For Honours in combined courses, at least 12 units in the Third and Fourth Years are required in each of two subjects. Particulars of these courses are given below. 3. Candidates for Honours, with the consent of the department concerned, may offer a special reading course (to count not more than 3 units) in addition to the reading courses offered above undsr General Course Curriculum, section 3. 4. All candidates for Honours, at the option of the department or departments concerned, may be required to present a graduating essay embodying the results of some investigation that they have* made independently. Credit for the graduating essay will be not less than 3 or more than 6 units. The latest date for receiving graduating essays in the Second Term shall be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st. 5. Candidates for Honours are required to take at the end of their Fourth Year a general examination, oral or written, or both, as the department or departments concerned shall decide. This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of his chosen subject or subjects as a whole, and is in addition to the ordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years. 6. Honours are of two grades, First Class and Second Class. Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, have not attained a sufficiently high ranking, may be awarded a General Course degree. If a combined Honours course is taken, First Class Honours will be given only if both the departments concerned agree; and an Honours degree will be withheld if either department refuses a sufficiently high grade. 7. It is hoped to offer the following Honours courses during the session 1948-49. But if it is found impossible to do so, the University reserves the right to refuse new registrations in any of them. 116 Faculty of Arts and Science SINGLE HONOURS COURSES Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Prerequisites: Biology 100, Chemistry 100, and Mathematics 100. Biology 100 may be taken concurrently with Bacteriology 201 in the Second Year. Course: In the Second Year, Bacteriology 201; in the Third and Fourth Years, Bacteriology 301 and at least 15 units selected in consultation with the Head of the Department. Biology and Botany Students may take Honours in any one of the options, namely, Ecology, Genetics, General Physiology, Morphology, Pathology, Plant Physiology, Taxonomy. (To fulfil the requirements for a major, courses may be selected under these options.) The Department should be consulted. Prerequisites: Biology 100, Chemistry 100, Mathematics 100. Course: In the Second Year, Botany 200, Zoology 200, English 200, a language, Physics 100 or 101 (replaced in the Second Year by Biology 330 for Genetics and by Bacteriology 201 for Pathology options), Chemistry 200 (replaced by Geology 201-2 for Taxonomy option). ^ | In the Third Year, Botany 330, Botany 310 or 340, Biology 330 (replaced by Physics 100 or 101 for Genetics option) and eleven additional units to be chosen in consultation with the Department. In the Fourth Year, Botany 304, Chemistry 300 (except for Taxonomy option), a graduating essay, and six additional units to be chosen in consultation with the Department and in agreement with the option chosen. Chemistry Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Mathematics 100, and Physics 100 or 101. Course: In the Second Year, Chemistry 200, Mathematics 202, Physics 200, and nine additional units to be chosen in consultation with the Department; in the Third Year, Chemistry 300, 304, 310, Mathematics 300, and six additional units; in the Fourth Year, Chemistry 407, 409, 410, 411, a graduating essay, and three additional units. Classics Prerequisites: Greek 101, Latin 101. Course: Greek 202 and Latin 202 in the Second Year; in the Third and Fourth Years, Greek 310, 410 and Latin 310, 410; any three of Honours Courses 117 Greek 303, 305, 306, 407; any three of Latin 303, 304, 405, 406; and Greek 331, Latin 331. As proof of ability to write Greek and Latin prose, candidates must attain not less than Second Class standing in Greek 310, 410 and Latin 310, 410. During the candidate's Fourth Year, papers will be set in sight translation, and the candidate is advised to pursue a course of private reading under the supervision of the Department. There will also be a general paper on antiquities, literature, and history. Economics Prerequisites: For admission to the Third Year of the Honours course, Mathematics 100, a reading knowledge of French or German, and a First Class or a high Second Class in Economies 200. Course: In the Second Year, Economics 100, if not already taken, and Economics 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, Economics 300, 335, 400, and two of 305, 310, 320, 325, 330, 401, 405, 435. If in exceptional circumstances students enter the Third Year without having completed Economics 100, they will be required to take Economics 410 in addition to the courses prescribed for the Third and Fourth Years. In addition a graduating essay, counting three units, must be written in the Fourth Year and an Economics Seminar, counting three units, must be attended in each of the Third and Fourth Years. An oral as well as written examination on the work of the Seminar is required. English Language and Literature Students who intend to take Honours must have the permission of the Department before beginning the work of the ^hird Year- Prerequisites: (1) A First Class or high Second Class in English 200. Ordinarily, special work is required of students who intend to take Honours. Such work, if required, is announced at the beginning of the session. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. The Department may require candidates to write a paper in translation at the end of the Fourth Year. First Year students who are looking forward to Honours in English are advised to begin or continue study of a second- foreign language, to be chosen from Latin, Greek, French, German. Second Year students who intend to enter the Honours course in English and who have not offered two languages (from Latin, Greek, French, German) in the First Year will be required to begin the study of a second language from that group or to continue it as from University Entrance. 118 Faculty of Arts and Science All students entering the Honours course in English should have at least an elementary knowledge of Latin, such as can be gained from the University Entrance course or from Latin 90. For non-linguistic electives in the First and Second Years, prospective Honours students are advised to select courses from History 101, Economics 100, Philosophy 100 or 205, Psychology 100, Sociology 200. Course: English 434 and 435 (involving an examination on the life, times, and complete works of some major English author), 440, 442 (in the Third Year), 443 (in the Fourth Year), 444 and 445 (the seminars, of which 445 must be attended in both years), and a graduating essay which will count 3 units. Candidates will be required to take the following final Honours examinations on the history of English literature: 1. From the beginning to 1500. 2. From 1500 to 1660. 3. From 1660 to 1780. 4. From 1780 to 1890. One of these examinations will be oral. In the award of Honours special importance will be attached to the graduating essay and to the final Honours examinations. If the candidate's work outside the Department does not include a course in English history, he must take an examination in that subject. French Prerequisite: French 101. Course: In the Second Year, French 202, in which a First or high Second Class standing must be obtained, and French 203; in the Third and Fourth Years, French 300, 301, 302, 400, 401, 402, a graduating essay (6 units), English (3 units), and History 314 or 415. Geography Course: In the First and Second Years, Mathematics 100, Geography 101 (or Geology 201 and 202), and Geography 102. Geography 202 should be taken either in the Second or in the Third Year. In the Third and Fourth Years, fifteen units chosen from Geography 202, 303, 305, 306, 308, 407, 409, and 412, and also a graduating essay to count three units. Because of breadth of field encompassed by Geography, certain courses in Agriculture, Anthro- Honours Courses 119 pology, Economics, Geology, History, Sociology, or the natural sciences may be substituted with the approval of the Department of Geology and Geography. Honours students in the Third and Fourth Years are required to attend and participate in the Geography Seminar. An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on the work of the Seminar and the courses studied in the Third and Fourth Years. Geology Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Mathematics 100, Physics 100 or 101, and, if possible, Biology 100. The Department should be consulted. Course: In the Second Year, Geology 201, 202 and Biology 100 (if not already taken), and, if possible, Geology 302 and 412; in the Third and Fourth Years, eighteen units selected from Geology 304, 305, 307, 308, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411. If Geology 302 is not taken in the Second Year, it must be taken in the Third Year. Zoology 200 is recommended for the Third Year. A graduating essay counting three units is required in the Fourth Year. German Prerequisite: A First Class or high Second Class in German 100 (or 200). Course: In the Second Year, German 200 (or'300) ; in the Third and Fourth Years German 300, 301, 302, 400, 401, 500, History 314, and a graduating essay counting three units. In addition, a comprehensive examination in the history of German literature. History Prerequisites: For admission to the Third Year of the Honours Course (1) a First Class or high Second Class standing in at least one of the History courses open to the students of the First and Second Years; (2) a reading knowledge of French or German. Course: Students entering Honours in the Second Year should pursue the following course: English 200, French 202 (or its equivalent); one of History 202, 203 or 204; Geography 102; and one elective course. Students who have not taken History 101 in the First Year are required to take it in the Second Year in which case they may substitute History 101 for History 202, 203, or 204. Third and Fourth Year students must elect either History 304 or 309, write a graduating essay which will count three units, and take twelve other units which must be chosen from courses offered 120 Faculty of Arts and Science in the Third and Fourth Years. They must also attend the Honours Seminar of the Third and Fourth Years. Students whose standing in Honours History during the Second or Third Year is inadequate may, at the discretion of the Department, be required to discontinue the Honours course. An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on the work of the seminars and of the courses studied in the Third and Fourth Years. There will be an oral examination on the field covered in the graduating essay. International Studies Prerequisites: For students proceeding to the Third Year in the Honours course, French 202 or its equivalent and a First Class or good Second Class standing in History 101 or Economics 200. Course: In the Second Year, Economics 200, English 200, French 202 or its equivalent, Geography 102, History 101 (if not already taken) or History 202 (if not already taken)'. In the Third Year, a language course, International Studies 300 or 310, the Seminar in Economics or Political Science (Economics 440); two of History 310, Slavonic Studies 305, 308, Geography 306, Economics 310, 325. In ,the Fourth Year, International Studies 400, the Seminar in Canadian External Policy (International Studies 410), a graduating essay (3 units) dealing with some phase of International Studies, two of History 415, 419, 427, Economics 330, Government 400, 425, 435, Slavonic Studies 310. Third and Fourth Year courses are to be chosen in consultation with the Director of International Studies. Students whose work at the end of the Third Year has not been of sufficiently high standard may be required to withdraw from Honours. A general paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on the seminars and courses attended in the upper years. There will be an oral examination on the topic covered in the graduating essay. Latin Prerequisite: Latin 101. Course: Latin 202 in the Second Year; in the Third and Fourth Years Latin 303, 304, 331, 405, 406, Greek 331, and private reading to count for three units. The candidate must also take Latin 310 and 410, obtaining at least Second Class standing. His general knowledge will be tested by papers on antiquities, literature, and history at the end of the Fourth Year. Candidates are strongly advised to take Greek. Honours Courses 121 Mathematics Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Physics 100 or 101. It is suggested that German 90, if not offered for University Entrance, and Chemistry 100 be taken in the First Year. Course: Mathematics 200, 202, Physics 200, and nine additional units in the Second Year; Mathematics 320, 321, 322, and nine or ten additional units in the Third Year; Mathematics 400, 401, 402, 403, 440, and five or four additional units in the Fourth Year. The additional units in any year must be chosen to satisfy the general requirements for the B.A. degree and in consultation with the Department. Philosophy Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Philosophy 100, and Psychology 100. Course: In the Second Year, Philosophy 202 and 210; preferably one of Physics 100 or 101, Physics 120, Biology 100, Psychology 200. In the Third Year, Philosophy 310, and one of Philosophy 302, 304, 400; four courses selected in consultation with the Department. In the Fourth Year, three courses not already chosen from Philosophy 302, 304, 400, 402, 410, 415, 500 (at least one of Philosophy 410 or 415 must be taken); three courses selected in consultation with the Department. Note. Philosophy 202 and 9* units chosen from Philosophy 205, 210, 310, 410, 415, must be taken. Philosophy 205 should not be taken by Honours Students except with approval of the Department. A student with Second Class standing in the First Year -or Senior Matriculation may, with the consent of the Department, take Philosophy 100 and Psychology 100 in the Second Year and complete his Honours requirement by taking the required courses during the Third and Fourth Years. Candidates for Honours in Philosophy must obtain satisfactory standing on a comprehensive examination which will be given at the end of the Fourth Year. Physics Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Mathematics 100, and Physics 100 or 101. Course: In the Second Year, Mathematics 200, 202, Physics 200, and nine additional units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations; in the Third Year, Mathematics 320, 321, Physics 30"0, 302, 303, 804, Chemistry 304; in the Fourth Year, Mathematics 402, Physics 401, 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 409. 122 Faculty of Arts and Science Political Science Prerequisites: For admission to the Third Year of the Honours course, Mathematics 100, a reading knowledge of French or German, and a First Class or high Second Class standing in Economics 200. Course: In the Second Year, Economics 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, Government 300, 400, and any three of Economies 320, History 309, 419, International Studies 400, Government 425, 430, 435, Slavonic Studies 308 and 310. In addition a graduating essay counting three units must be written. A Political Science Seminar counting three units must also be attended in each of the Third and Fourth Years. A written as well as an oral examination on the work of this Seminar will be required. Psychology | Prerequisites: Mathematics 100; Psychology 100; one of Biology 100, Chemistry 100, Physics 100 or 101. First Class or high Second Class standing must be obtained in the work of the Second Year. Course: In the Second Year, one of Psychology 200, 201, 202; Philosophy 100 or 205; one not already taken of Biology 100, Chemistry 100, Physics 100 or 101, Mathematics 202, or a second course in the science taken in the First Year. In the Third Year, three not already taken of Psychology 200, 201, 202, 300, 301, 304; Philosophy 202; two courses selected in consultation with the Department. ' In the Fourth Year, three not already taken of Psychology 300, 301, 302, 400, 403, 500; three courses selected in consultation with the Department. Note. A student with First Class or high Second Class standing in the First Year or in Senior Matriculation may, with the consent of the Department, take Psychology 100 in the Second Year and complete his Honours requirements by taking four courses in Psychology and one less elective course in either the Third or the Fourth Year. Candidates for Honours in Psychology must obtain satisfactory standing on a comprehensive examination which will be given at the end of the Fourth Year. Sociology Prerequisites: For admission to the Third Year of the Honours Course, Mathematics 100, a reading knowledge of French or German, and a First Class or high Second Class average in Economics 200 and Sociology 200. Course: In the Second Year, Economics 200 and Sociology 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, twelve units selected from Sociol- Honours Courses 123 ogy and six units selected from courses offered in any other Social Science. In addition a graduating essay must be written which will count three units, and a Sociology Seminar counting three units must be attended in either the Third or the Fourth Year. A written as well as an oral examination on the work of this Seminar will be required. Slavonic Studies Prerequisites: Russian 100 and, if possible, Polish 110. Course: In the Second Year, Russian 200, and one of Russian 203, Polish 110, Polish 210; in the Third and Fourth Years, Russian 300 and Russian 400, a graduating essay of value 3 units, and twelve units chosen from the following courses: Slavonic Studies 305, 306, 308, 310, 401, 402, Russian 203 (if not already taken), Polish 210 (if not already taken), History 415, International Studies 400. Electives in the Third and Fourth Years should be chosen in consultation with the Head of the Department. Zoology Prerequisites: English 100, French 100, Mathematics 100, Biology 100, Chemistry 100. Course: In the Second Year, English 200, German 90 or 101, Zoology 200, Botany 200, Chemistry 200, Physics 100 or 101; in the Third Year, Zoology 300, 304, 407, Biology 330, Chemistry 300, a course dnder 1 (d), page 108, and an option; in the Fourth Year, two courses selected from Zoology 301, 303, and 404, a thesis, and two options. Optional Courses: Zoology 302, 305, 306, 307, 400, 401, 402, 403, 406; courses in Botany; Biology 400, 430, 431; Geology 406; Agronomy 421; Mathematics 305. Within the Honours programme a student may proceed to specialization in one of the several fields of academic zoology or to one of the applied fields of Entomology, Fisheries Management, or Wildlife Management. In the latter programs, Third and Fourth Year options should include some of the following courses chosen in consultation with the Head of the Department. Entomology: Zoology 301, 302, 303, 305, 401, 402, 404, 406; Agronomy 202; Animal Husbandry 215; Horticulture 213. Fisheries Management: Zoology 301, 302, 303, 307, 403, 404, 405, 406; Agronomy 421; Biology 400; Botany 300, 311. Wildlife Management: Zoology 301, 302, 303, 306, 404, 406; Agronomy 203, 421; Botany 300, 302, 303. 124 Faculty of Arts and Science COMBINED HONOURS COURSES (a) Any two of: Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine, Biology and Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Geology, Mathematics, Physics, Zoology. (b) Any two of: Economics, English, French, Geography, German, History, Latin or Classics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Slavonic Studies, Sociology, Spanish. (c) Other combinations not listed above may be taken with the consent of Faculty. The requirements in each of these subjects in such combinations are as follows: Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Chemistry 100, and Biology 100. Biology 100 may be taken concurrently with Bacteriology 201 in the Second Year. Course: In the Second Year, Bacteriology 201; in the Third and Fourth Years, Bacteriology 301, 401, 402, and 403, and a thesis. Chemistry Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Mathematics 100, and Physics 100 or 101. Course: In the Second Year, Chemistry 200, Mathematics 202, Physics 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, Mathematics 300 and twelve additional units to be chosen in consultation with the department. Classics Prerequisites: Greek 101, Latin 101. Course: Greek 202 and Latin 202 in Second Year; in the Third and Fourth Years, Latin 310 and 410; any two of Greek 303, 305, 306, 407; any two of Latin 303, 304, 405, 406. Economics Prerequisites: For admission to the Third Year of the Honours Course, Mathematics 100, a reading knowledge of French or German, and a First Class or high Second Class standing in Economics 200. In addition to the requirements following, students who have not taken Economics 100 in their First or Second Year will be required to take Economics 410, unless they are proceeding to Combined Honours in History' and Economics and are offering either History 416 or History 417. Honours Courses 125 Course: In the Second Year, Economics 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, Economics 300, 330 or 400, 335, and three further units in Economics courses numbered above 300. These three units must be replaced by the graduating essay if it is written in Economics. In this case an Economics Seminar counting three units must be attended in each of the Third and Fourth Years. English Students who intend to take Honours must have the permission of the Department before proceeding to the work of the Third Year. Prerequisites: (1) A First Class or high Second Class in English 200. Ordinarily, special work is required of students who intend to take Honours. Such work, if required, is announced at the beginning of the session. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. The Department may require candidates to write a paper in translation at the end of the Fourth Year. Course: English 440, 444, 445, and any three of the English courses specified for the Third and Fourth Years. The seminar must be attended during both the final years, but credits which count for the B.A. degree will be given only for the work of the Fourth Year. See also statement of prerequisites on page 117. Candidates will be required to take the following final Honours examinations on the history of English literature: . 1. From 1500 to 1660. 2. From 1660 to 1780. 3. From 1780 to 1890. In the award of Honours special importance will be attached to these examinations. One of them may be oral. French Prerequisite: French 101. Course: In the Second Year, French 202, which must be passed with a First or high Second Class standing, and French 203; in the Third and Fourth Years French 300, 302, and six additional units; twelve units in the second subject selected in consultation with the departments concerned; and a graduating essay (6 units) in one or the other field. Geography Prerequisites: Geography 101 and 102 and Mathematics 100. Course: Twelve units from any of the Third and Fourth Year courses offered in Geography. Other requirements are the same as for the Single Honours course. 126 P'aculty of Arts and Science Geology Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Mathematics 100, and Physics 100 or 101. Course: In the Second Year Geology 201 and 202; in the Third and Fourth Years twelve units selected in consultation with the Head of the Department; a graduating essay of value three units. Geology and Geography Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Geography 102, and Mathematics 100. Course: In the Second Year, Geology 201 and 202; in the Third and Fourth Years, twelve units in each of Geology and Geography selected in consultation with the Head of the Department, and a graduating essay counting three units. German Prerequisite: A First Class or high Second Class in German 100 (or 200). ' Course: German 200, 300, 302, and any two of 301, 400, 401, 500. In addition, a comprehensive examination in the history of German literature. History Prerequisites: For admission to the Third Year of the Honours Course (1) a First Class or high Second Class standing in at least one of the History courses open to the students of the First and Second Years. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German. Course: Students entering Honours in the Second Year should pursue the following course: English 200, French 202 (or its equivalent), one of History 101 (if not taken in the First Year), 202, 203 or 204, and two other courses one of which must be in the other Honour field. Third and Fourth Year students must elect either History 304 or 309, and any nine additional units of Third and Fourth Year History, of which the graduating essay, if written in History, will count three units. Students must also attend the Honours Seminar of the Third and Fourth Years. Students whose standing in Honours History during the Second or Third Year is inadequate, may, at the discretion of the Department, be required to discontinue the Honours course. An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Year on the work of the seminar and of the courses studied in the Third and Fourth Years. There will be an oral examination on the field covered in the graduating essay. Honours Courses 127 Latin Prerequisite: Latin 101. Course: Latin 202 in the Second Year; in the Third and Fourth Years Latin 310 and 410 and any four of 303, 304, 331 (3 units) or Greek 331 and Latin 331 (iy2 units each), 405, 406. In the final year candidates must pass an examination (a) in sight translation and (b) in Latin literature, history, and antiquities. Private reading under the direction of the Department is recommended. Mathematics The following are the requirements for Mathematics combined with a subject other than Physics. Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Physics 100 or 101. Course: Mathematics 200, 202, and twelve additional units in the Second Year; Mathematics 320, 321, 322, and nine or ten additional units in the Third Year; Mathematics 440 and any two of Mathematics 400, 401, 402, 403 and additional units to total sixteen or fifteen in the Fourth Year. The additional units in any year must be chosen to satisfy the general requirements for the B.A. degree and in consultation with the departments concerned. Mathematics and Physics Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Mathematics 100, Physics 100 or 101. Course: In the Second Year, Mathematics 200, 202, Physics 200 and nine additional units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations; in the Third Year, Mathematics 320, 321, 322, Physics 300, 302, 303, 304; in the Fourth Year, Mathematics 402, 441, Phvsics 401, 402, 403, 406, 407, 409. Philosophy Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Philosophy 100 or 205. Course: In the Second Year, Psychology 100, Philosophy 202; in the Third and Fourth Years, twelve units in Philosophy, selected in consultation with the Head of the Department. Candidates must obtain satisfactory standing on a comprehensive examination which will be given at the end of the Fourth Year. Physics The following are the requirements for Physics combined with a subject other than Mathematics. Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Physics 100 or 101. Course: In the Second Year, Mathematics 202, Physics 200; in the Third Year, Mathematics 300, Physics 300, 303; in the Fourth Year, Physics 402 and four additional units in the Department. 128 Faculty of Arts and Science Political Science Prerequisites: For admission to the Third Year of the Honours Course, Mathematics 100, a reading knowledge of French or German, and a First Class or high Second Class standing in Economics 200. Course: In the Second Year, Economics 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, Government 300, 400 and six units to be chosen from Economics 320, Government 425, 435, History 309, 419, International Studies 400, Slavonic Studies 310. Three of the six units mentioned may be replaced by the graduating essay if it is written in Political Science. In this case, the Political Science Seminar counting three units must be attended in each of the Third and Fourth Years. Psychology Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Psychology 100, Philosophy 100 or 205. Course: Fifteen units in Psychology selected in consultation with the Department, of which twelve units must be taken in the Third and Fourth Years. Candidates must obtain satisfactory standing on a comprehensive examination which will be given at the end of the Fourth Year. Sociology Prerequisites: For admissionNto the Third Year of the Honours Course, Mathematics 100, a reading knowledge of French or German, and a First Class or high Second Class average in Economics 200 and Sociology 200. Course: In the Second Year, Economics 200 and Sociology 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, nine units in Sociology. If the graduating essay is written in Sociology it may be substituted for three of these units. In this case the Seminar in Sociology, counting three units, must be attended in each of the Third and Fourth Years. Spanish Prerequisite: Spanish 101. Course: In the Second Year, Spanish 201; in the Third and Fourth Years, twelve units chosen from Spanish 301, 302, 400, 401, 402. Zoology Prerequisites: Chemistry 100, Biology 100, Mathematics 100. Course: In the Second Year, Chemistry 200 and Zoology 200; in the Third and Fourth Years, Zoology 300 and nine additional courses chosen from Zoology 301, 302, 303, 304, 306, 307, 404, 406. Course Leading to the Degree of B.Com. 129 COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE of B.Com. Students who are eligible to enter the Third Year of Commerce in the session 1948-49 as prescribed in the Calendar announcement of 1945-46 or who hold honourable discharge from His Majesty's armed services will be permitted to proceed to the degree of B.Com. on completion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations (i.e. upon completion of four years of work including First Year Arts and Science or its equivalent). All others will conform to the requirements of the present Calendar. For the regulations governing the double course leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.Com. see Double Courses. The regulations as to Summer Session credits, number of units to be taken in any academic year, etc., apply to courses leading to the degree of B.Com. in the same way as to courses leading to the degree of B.A. As the student progresses in his course he will be expected to do an increasing amount of field work in the business community available to him. In this way he will learn to work on his own- initiative and will acquire a first hand knowledge of business practice. Periodic written reports are an important part of the different courses, and students are warned that demands upon their time will be sustained throughout the course. Owing to the expense in preparing and setting up cases for report and class use, a small charge sufficient to cover costs may be made for mimeographed material used in some of the courses. Students proceeding to the degree of B.Com. are required so to arrange their courses that they will be registered in Commerce subjects over a period of at least-three years. Any departure from this regulation must have the approval of the Head of the Department of Commerce and the Dean. It is desirable that students determine as early as possible the way in which they wish to direct their studies so that even at the First Year level they can take courses which will be useful to them when specializing in the later years. The Fourth and Fifth Year courses are arranged in groups to meet the needs of a student's special interests and are integrated with the required subjects of the general Commerce course. These groupings are suggestive rather than mandatory and are flexible as to selection. A student wishing to select courses from two or more options or from the general Arts curriculum may do so, but should first consult with the Dean and with the departments 130 Faculty of Arts and Science concerned. The chief limiting factor in course selection will be the time-table. Students selecting options in conjunction with other, departments of the University (e.g., Agriculture, Forestry, etc.) must take the full option as presented. The emphasis of course development in Commerce will probably be in the direction of distribution, foreign trade, and transportation, owing to the importance of these aspects of economy in the Province of British Columbia. Class material, insofar as possible, will be centred on the industrial and commercial activities most important to the Province. Two copies of all major reports and theses must be filed with the Department. The student should also retain a third copy for himself. Choosing Electives It is recommended that throughout his course the student try to include in his electives courses in the general Arts curriculum for which he is eligible. In this connection particular attention is directed towards the importance of English for Commerce graduates. Before registering for courses other than those definitely prescribed in each year students must secure the approval of the Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science and the Head of the Department of Commerce. Course Numbering The first digit designates the year of the Commerce course: 2 is Second Year; 3 is Third Year; 4 is Fourth Year; 5 is Fifth Year. The second digit designates the subject grouping of the course: 3 is Foreign Trade; 4 is Transportation; 5 is Accounting; 6 is Marketing; 7 is Finance; 8 is Industrial Management; 9 is Miscellaneous. The third digit designates the separation between fundamental and advanced courses in their respective subject groupings: 1 and 2 are fundamental courses; 3-7 are-advanced courses; 8, 9, 0 are miscellaneous courses. E.g., 361 means a Third Year course of fundamental character in the marketing group; 453 means a Fpurth Year course of advanced character in the accounting group. Students should take their courses in the year designated by the first digit. '«* Course Leading to the Degree of B.Com. 131 First Year A complete course in First Year Arts and Science or the equivalent, including English 100 and 101, Mathematics 100, and a language. Students who take a course numbered 90 in a language in their First Year should understand that this is of high school level and the complete requirements for a First Year include a first year language at university level. They will be permitted to go on to Second Year Commerce but will be required before graduation to secure standing in the next course of their language to be taken as an extra subject. The only exception to this rule is in the case of Slavonic languages, where a beginner's course counts for full First Year standing. Second Year The following courses comprising 15 units: English 205; Mathematics 201 or an additional course in the language taken in the First Year or Slavonic Studies 100 (Russian); Economies 200; Geography 102; Commerce 251. Students will not be permitted to register for the Third Year in Commerce unless they have secured a standing of 60 per cent in Economics 200. In view of the importance which rightly attaches to the capacity for adequate and clear expression in writing, Regulation 12 on page 156 of the Calendar will be rigidly enforced at the end of the Second Year, and reasonable legibility in handwriting will be insisted upon, j ^ J Third Year Prerequisite for all Commerce courses: Commerce 251, Economics 200. The following courses comprising 15 units: Commerce 352 and 361; Economics 300; Economics 335 or an additional course of the language taken in the Second Year; an elective, to be chosen from any three unit course in the general Arts curriculum for which the student has taken the prerequisites or for which he can qualify under the regulations for the General Course as found in section 2 page 114. Students intending to proceed into Commerce 453 must secure a standing of Second Class in Commerce 352. Students who at the beginning of the Third Year are definitely interested in a specific Fourth and Fifth Year option are advised to elect the suggested desirable courses unless previously taken as a science in the First Year. 132 Faculty of Arts and Science Fourth Year Prerequisite to all Commerce courses: Commerce 352; Commerce 361; Economics 300. At the beginning of the Fourth Year every student is required to plan his Fourth and Fifth Year work and before registering must have his course approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science and the Head of the Department. The following courses comprising 18 units: Commerce 471, 481*, 491; Economics 320 or 325**; six units of electives, to be chosen so as to conform with the requirements of the option groupings covering the Fourth and Fifth Years. Students on the language option must continue with their language. *Commeree 481 is a required course for all male students but not for women, who are recommended to substitute for Commerce 481 some course in the general Arts course for which they have the ncessary qualifications. Women desiring to take Commerce 481 should consult with the Dean, the Head of the Department, and the instructor in the course before registering. **Economics 325 is prerequisite to or concurrent with Commerce 585 and 584; Economics 320 is prerequisite to or concurrent with Commerce 553, 554, 555, and 585. Fifth Year Students registering for the Fifth Year must have completed Commerce 471 and 491. The following courses comprising 18 units: Commerce 593, 594, 599; nine units of electives to be chosen so as to conform with the requirements of the option groupings covering the Fourth and Fifth Years. Fourth and Fifth Year Options Note. Desirable preliminary science courses are indicated and should be taken before the Fourth Year. Accounting Option: Commerce 453, 553, 554, and 555. Commerce 453 is prerequisite to the other courses. Agricultural Option: Agricultural Economics 301 and 400 together with six units of work in Agriculture to be selected in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture. Biology 100 and Chemistry 100 are desirable preliminary courses. Foreign Trade Option: Commerce 533, 534, and 535; Economics 310 (prerequisite to the Commerce courses) ; Slavonic Studies 305; courses in Government; courses in Geography. Geography 101 is a desirable preliminary course. Course Leading to the Degree of B.Com. 133 Fisheries Option: Zoology 200, 307, 403, and 405. Zoology 200 is prerequisite to Zoology 307. Forestry Option: Forestry 471, 473, 474, 475, 481. Botany 200 is a desirable preliminary course. Language Option: The basic language option is arranged for students who prefer languages to mathematics and statistics; students who elect a language are expected to take as many courses as possible in the Fifth Year. Special attention is directed towards the possibility of beginning the study of Russian and related subjects in the Second Year. The growing political and industrial importance of the Slavonic bloc presages a high commercial importance for the Russian language. Marketing Option: Commerce 461, 463, 563, and 564. Commerce 461 is prerequisite to Commerce 564 and 463 is prerequisite to Commerce 563. Production Option: Commerce 583, 584, and 585. Statistics Option: Mathematics 202; Economics 435; six units to be selected in consultation with the Head of the Department of Economics. Transportation Option: Commerce 443, 544, and 545; Economics 320 and 405. A desirable preliminary course is Geography 202. COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.H.E. Students entering in the fall of 1948 with University Entrance standing, including Home Economics CC III, will receive the degree of Bachelor of Home Economics on completion of courses amounting to a total of 60 units chosen in conformity with the following requirements. (1) Required courses: English 100 and 101 '_ ...... 3 Units Chemistry 100 and 225 6 Biology 100 and 304. . 6 Bacteriology 202 .. 3 Physics 100 or 101, or 110 (see note 3) 3 Economics 140 or 200 (see note 3) .'. 3 Psychology 100 3 Home Economics 100, 101, 102, 200, 201, 202, 300, 301, 302, 303, 420, 421 . . 19}4 134 Faculty of Arts and Science (2) Students who elect to proceed to Dietetic Training should complete in addition the following courses: Home Economics 304, 305, 410, 413, 414, 416, 417- 10y2 Units Commerce 259 iy2 " (3) Students who elect to proceed to Teacher Training should complete in addition the following courses: Home Economics 304, 400, 401, 403, 410 and two additional courses from among H.E. 305-417._ 105^ " (4) Students who elect a general Home Economics course without a view to proceeding to a professional certificate should complete in addition to those Home Economics courses listed under (1) nine units chosen from H.E. courses numbered 305 to 417 9 " (5) Elective courses should be chosen from the following: Agriculture 100, Botany 200, English 200 or 205, Geography 101 or 102, History 101 or 202 or 203, language (6 units), Mathematics 100, Philosophy 100, Sociology 200, Animal Husbandry 422, Horticulture 316, Social Work 499, Architecture 160, 170, 270, 352. Notes. 1. If a student has not presented Home Economics CC III, A III, or B III as part of her University Entrance standing, she will be required to precede all Home Economics courses by Home Economics 90 and 91, which courses shall total 3 units in addition to the 60 units required for the degree of B.H.EV Should the student present Home Economies A III, she will take Home Economics 91 and a total of 61J4 units. Should the student present Home Economies B III, she will take Home Economics 90 and a total of 61^ units. A student who presents Home Economics CC IV for Senior Matriculation credit will be granted credit for 3 units of Home Economics work usually carried in the First Year. 2. Students who plan to carry on advanced work in Nutrition or Textiles should include Mathematics 100 and Bacteriology 201 and substitute certain other courses in Chemistry for Chemistry 225, such substitutions to be arranged after consultation with the departments concerned. 3. Mathematics A or Mathematics VI (old course) of the High School Programme, or Mathematics 90 in the University, is prerequisite to Chemistry 100 and Physics 110. Students electing Economics 200 or Physics 100 must take Mathematics 100 concurrently if not already taken. Course Leading to the Degree of B.H.E. 135 4. On entrance to the Department, each student is assigned to a member of the Faculty who is responsible for assisting the student in planning her total programme of courses and in advising and assisting her at all times. 5. Credit for Senior Matriculation will be given up to 15 units and only in the First Year. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Requirements for Men and Women Two activity courses in Physical Education are required of all students in the First and Second Years of the Faculty of Arts and Science and the Faculty of Agriculture and in the First Year of the Faculty of Applied Science, except ex-service personnel and members of military units operating on the campus. Only courses numbered from 100 to 199 may be selected to meet the requirement. Students who enter with Senior Matriculation or equivalent, with the exception of ex-service personnel and members of military units operating on the campus, will be required to take the Physical Education courses during their first year at the University but for one year only. Students who enter with a standing equivalent to the first two years at the University will not be required to take Physical Education courses. No student will receive a degree who has not completed the Physical Education courses required of him at entrance. If a student's work in the Physical Education courses is unsatisfactory in any year, he will be required to repeat the work during the following year. All First and Second Year students must make an appointment for a medical examination at the time of registration. Students who are placed in medical category 2 or 3 by the University Health Service may be assigned to remedial or special classes after consultation with the Physical Education staff. All members of athletic teams must have a yearly medical examination preceding active participation. For courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Physical Education see page 138. Men First Year men may satisfy the above regulations by selecting two activity courses, one of which must be P.E. 100 or P.E. 130. Second Year men may satisfy the regulations by selecting any two activity courses. 136 Faculty of Arts and Science Students may substitute membership on a University athletic team for one Physical Education activity course. First Year students intending to major in Physical Education must register for P.E. 104 and P.E. 100 or P.E. 130. Gymnastics 100. Basic Physical Education.—General body conditioning, including calisthenics, apparatus work, and games. 102. Tumbling and Apparatus.—Fundamental skills on all types of apparatus. Basic and advanced tumbling. 104. Introduction to Physical Education. — Open to students registering for the degree course in Physical Education and to students in Teacher Training. Team Games 110. Team Sports and Games.—Fundamentals and skills at beginners' level in touch football, Borden ball, volleyball, basketball, grass hockey, soccer, and games of low organization. Individual and Dual Activities 120. Individual and Dual Games.—Fundamentals and skills at beginners' level in tennis, golf, archery, and badminton. 122. Archery.—Open only to students in Medical Category 2. 124. Track and Field.—Track and field practices under noncompetitive conditions. 126. Weight Lifting.—General conditioning and body building. Swimming and Life-Saving 130. Swimming, Beginners.—Open to students who cannot swim 150 feet using any recognized stroke. 132. Swimming, Intermediate. — Fundamental skills of breast stroke, back stroke, crawl, elementary diving. 134. Life-Saving. — An intermediate course leading to Bronze Medallion of Royal Life-Saving Society. 136. Life-Saving.—An advanced course leading to Award of Merit, Royal Life-Saving Society. 138. Swimming Club.—Recreational, and competitive swimming. Dance 140. Square and Ballroom Dancing. Combative Sports 150. Boxing.—Fundamentals of self-defence, leading to competition on intramural level. Physical Education 137 152. Boxing Club. 154. Fencing.—Introduction to fencing technique with foil, epee, ■ sabre. 156. Wrestling.—Fundamental holds and breaks, leading to competition on intramural level. Women Women will choose two courses in Physical Education, one before Christmas and one after Christmas, from the following activities each of the first two years. Students may substitute membership on a University team for one Physical Education activity course. Gymnastics 101. Gymnastics.—General conditioning exercises. Section 1, 1.30-2.30, Tuesday and Thursday; Section 2, 2.30-3.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 103. Individual Gymnastics. — Exercises to correct postural faults. Open to those in Medical Category 3. To be arranged on consultation with the staff. Team Games 111. Team Games.—Basketball, field hockey, volleyball. 11.30-12.30, Wednesday and Friday Individual Games 113. Archery, Beginners. Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday; Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 115. Archery, Intermediate.—Open to those who have taken Beginners' Archery. 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 117. Badminton, Beginners. Section 1, 8.30- 9.30, Monday and Wednesday; Section 2, 9.30-10.30, Monday and Wednesday; Section 3, 8.30- 9.30, Thursday and Saturday. 119. Badminton, Intermediate.—Open to those who have taken Beginners' Badminton. • Section 1, 10.30-11.30, Monday and Wednesday; Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Thursday and Saturday. 121. Golf, Beginners. Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday; Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Tuesday and Thursday; Section 3, 11.30-12.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 138 Faculty of Arts and Science 125. Table Tennis. Section 1, 2.30-3.30, Wednesday and Friday; Section 2, 3.30-4.30, Wednesday and Friday. 127. Tennis, Beginners. Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Monday and Friday; Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Monday and Friday; Section 3, 11.30-12.30, Monday and Friday. Swimming and Life-Saving 131. Swimming, Beginners. Section 1, 2.30-3.00, Monday, Crystal Pool; Section 2, 3.00-3.30, Wednesday, Crystal Pool. 133. Swimming, Intermediate. Section 1, 3.00-3.30, Monday, Crystal Pool ; Section 2, 2.30-3.00, Wednesday, Crystal Pool. 135. Swimming, Senior. Section 1, 3.30-4.00, Monday, Crystal Pool; Section 2, 3.30-4.00, Wednesday, Crystal Pool. 137. Life-Saving. 4.00-4.30, Wednesday, Crystal Pool. Note. Courses in swimming are given once a week throughout the year. Dance 141. Folk Dance. — Scandinavian, English, Irish, Scotch, and Mexican folk dances. Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Tuesday and Thursday; Section 2, 11.30-12.30, Wednesday and Friday. 143. Modern Dance, Beginners.—Fundamental rhythmic movements and introduction to composition. Section 1, 9.30-10.30, Wednesday and Friday; Section 2, 10.30-11.30, Wednesday and Friday. 145. Modem Dance, Intermediate. — Fundamental rhythmic movements with composition. 3.30-4.30, Tuesday and Thursday. 147. Square and Ballroom Dancing. Section 1, 11.30-12.30, Monday; Section 2, 4.30- 5.30, Friday. Note. The course in Square and Ballroom Dancing is given once a week throughout the year. COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.P.E. Students enrolling in the course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Physical Education must have a yearly medical examination completed within the first two weeks of the session. Course Leading to the Degree of B.P.E. - 139 Students intending to enter the Teacher Training Course should choose their electives so as to satisfy the requirements for admission given on pages 151-153. First Year Units English 100 and 101 3 Biology 100 or Chemistry 100 3 Electives (to be chosen in consultation with the Department of Physical Education) ."._. 9 Two hours required Physical Education activity Men students must register for P.E. 104. Women students must register for P.E. 105. Notes. 1. Physics A of University Entrance is required for entrance into the Physical Education Course or Physics 101 or 120 must be taken as an elective in the First or the Second Year. 2. Mathematics A of University Entrance is required for entrance into the Physical Education Course or Mathematics 90 must be taken as an elective in the First Year. 3. Students planning to accompany the major in Physical Education with a major in Mathematics or any science must take Mathematics A for University Entrance and must take Mathematics 100 in the First Year. For other courses and majors requiring Mathematics 90 or 100 see pages 110-111, notes 7, 8. Students in Physical Education, however, will be permitted to take Chemistry 100 without Mathematics'100 provided they 'have had Mathematics A or Mathematics 90. 4. Chemistry A is recommended for entrance. 5. Students planning to accompany the major in Physical Education with a major in a science should take two of the following sciences in their First Year and the third in their Second Year: Physics 100 or 101, Chemistry 100, Biology 100. Second Year Units English 205 or English 200 (English 200 required for students majoring in English) 3 Chemistry 100 or Biology 100, or an elective if both have been taken 3 Psychology 100 3 Elective (to be chosen in consultation with the Department of Physical Education) 3 Eight hours of Physical Education activity a week 4 140 Faculty of Arts and Science Men P;E. 200 Women 201 211 221 231 241 Gymnastics General Activities - - Men 2 hrs. 2 hrs. 2 hrs. 1 hr. 1 hr. Women 2 hrs. # Team Games — .. - 2 hrs. # 230 240 Individual and Dual Games Aquatics Dance 1 hr. 1 hr. 2 hrs. *Men must select 4 hours (2 units) from courses 210-226. Third Year Units Psychology: one course to be selected from Psychology 201, 202, 301, 331 : 3 Elective 3 Physical Education 360 2 -Physical Education 370 _'_ 3 Biology 304 3 Eight hours of Physical Education activity a week 4 Men Women - Men Women P.E. 300 301 Gymnastics General Activities 2 hrs. 2 hrs. * 311 Team Games 2 hrs. 2 hrs. * 321 Individual and Dual Games 2 hrs. 1 hr. 330 331 Aquatics 1 hr. 1 hr. 341 Dance 1 hr. 2 hrs. 350 Track and Field -,~ 1 hr. *Men must select 4 hours (2 units) of courses not already taken. Fourth Year Units Psychology: one course not chosen from courses listed in the* Third Year '. 3 Electives '. 6 Physical Education 460 2 Physical Education 470 2 Physical Education 471 1 Eight hours of Physical Education activity a week— 4- Men Women Men Women P.E. 400 401 Gymnastics General Activities 2 hrs. 2 hrs. 406 Physical Education Workshop 1 hr. * 411 Team Games 2 hrs. 2 hrs. * 421 Individual and Dual Games 2 hrs. 1 hr. 430 431 Aquatics 1 hr. 1 hr. 450 Track and Field 1 hr. •Men must select 4 hours (2 units) of courses not already taken. Training in Recreational Leadership 141 TRAINING IN RECREATIONAL LEADERSHIP Since it is not practical to construct a four year course that will prepare students as specialists in Recreation as well as in Health and Physical Education and at the same time permit them to qualify for entrance to Teacher Training, and since students specializing only in Recreation may not wish to enter Teacher Training, provision may be made to give the required Recreation courses in lieu of the elective subjects. In addition, certain other substitutions can be made. Such courses would include Music for Recreation Leaders, Handicrafts and Hobbies, Dramatics (Play Production and Stage Craft), Recreation for the Handicapped, Social Problems in Recreation. COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.S.P. The degree of Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy will be awarded to candidates who successfully complete the following schedule of academic and practical work. First Year Chemistry 100, English 100 and 101, Mathematics 100, Physics 100 or 101, and one optional subject to be chosen from the list in paragraph 1 (f), page 109. Students who have not obtained standing in Latin III of the high school course of study are advised to take Latin 90 as the optional subject. Students completing the requirements of the First Year by Senior Matriculation may take Physics A in place of Physics I if the former subject has not been taken for University Entrance. Practical Training Following completion of the First Year, candidates are required to obtain 12 months' practical training under a qualified pharmacist, as registered students with the Pharmaceutical Association of British Columbia. During this period a prescribed schedule of study and reading must be completed, and an entrance examination based on this work must be passed before proceeding to the Second Year of the course. Further details regarding the conditions and requirements of this period of practical training may be obtained from the Registrar of the Pharmaceutical Association of British Columbia, 618 Homer Street, Vancouver. Second Year Biology 100, Chemistry 200, English 205, Pharmacy 201, 202, 203, 204. 142 Faculty of Arts and Science Third Year Bacteriology 201, Biology 400, Chemistry 300, Commerce 359, Commerce 369, Pharmacy 301, 302, 303. Fourth Year Chemistry 425, Pharmacy 401, 402, 403; six units of optional subjects to be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department and the Dean from the following list: Bacteriology 301, Botany 200, Botany 341, Chemistry 304, 410, Commerce 399, Economics 200, English 200, French 202, Geology 201 and 202, German 90 or 101, History 202, Mathematics 200 or 201 or 202, Pharmacy 411, 412, 413, 421, Physics 220, Psychology 300, Slavonic Studies 100 (Russian), Sociology 200, Spanish 90 or 101, Zoology 200. COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.Ed. 1. Prerequisites: (a) A bachelor's degree in Arts, Agriculture, or Applied Science, or an equivalent, from a recognized university. (b) At least one year's teaching experience before beginning the courses listed under 2 (b) below. (c) A permanent teaching certificate, which must be obtained before the degree is conferred. 2. Course: The B.Ed, degree represents fifteen units as follows: (a) Six units for the completion of the Teacher Training . Course or its equivalent. (b) Nine units—not already chosen—from Education 510 to 582 inclusive. 3. With the approval of the Dean and the Head of the Department, three units in a subject other than Education may be included in the fifteen units required. 4. Candidates must have their courses approved by the Head of the Department and by the Dean. 5. Standings will be First Class, Second Class, and Pass, according to the average mark obtained in the nine units required under 2 (b) above. SOCIAL WORK Courses Leading to the Degrees of B.S.W. and M.S.W. The accepted education for the profession of social work consists of a minimum of two university years of graduate study including lectures, clinical practice work in the field, and a research project or thesis leading to the degree of Master of Social Work. The total course is designed to give a broad preparation for the field of social Course in Social Work 143 work and to develop skill in one or more fields of practice. Students who complete one-half of this programme qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Social Work: Admission Requirements for entrance to the Department of Social Work are as follows. (a) The Bachelor of Arts degree, or an equivalent, from a recognized university. A minimum of 27 units in the social and biological sciences is required. (b) Personal qualifications for the field of social work. Because maturity is an important factor, students are usually advised to wait until they are at least 21 years of age before beginning their professional education. Application for entrance is to be made on forms obtainable from the Department and should be filed not later than July 1st for the following September. Undergraduate students who are looking forward to entering the Department of Social Work should consult the Department each year about their courses. Economics 200 (Second Year) and Social Work 499 (Fourth Year) are required. Economics 140 may be substituted for Economics 200 only with the special permission of the Department of Social Work. It is also recommended that in the First and Second Years undergraduates select for their electives as many introductory courses in the social and biological sciences as possible. Recommended courses for First Year include Biology 100, Economics 100, Geography 102, History 101. Recommended courses for Second Year include Bacteriology 201, Economics 100,' History 101, or one of History 202, 203, or 204, Sociology 200, Philosophy 100, Psychology 100, Zoology 200. Third and Fourth Year students are advised to choose a general course in the social sciences, majoring preferably in Economics, Government, History, Sociology (including Anthropology), or Slavonic Studies. Courses recently established at the University and suitable as electives for some students include those in International Studies, Theatre, and Music. Student Advisors On entrance to the Department each student is assigned to a member of Faculty, who is responsible for assisting the student in planning his total programme of courses and in advising and helping him at all times. 144 Faculty of Arts and Science Requirements for Degrees The Degree of Bachelor of Social Work The B.S.W. degree will be granted to students who, having received the B.A. degree or an equivalent, satisfactorily complete one University session including twelve units of lectures and three units of field work. Candidates must successfully write a comprehensive examination on the year's work. Lectures and field work are to be chosen from the following courses: Units S.W. 501 and 502. Social Case Work '. 3 S.W. 503. Public Welfare iy2 S.W. 504. Medical and Psychiatric Information 1 iy2 S.W- 507. Social Group Work 1 iy2 S.W. 508. Medical and Psychiatric Information 2 iy2 S.W. 509. Beginning Field Work 3 S.W. 513. Public Welfare 2 iy2 S.W. 517. Social Group Work 2 iy2 S.W. 518 Development of Personality iy2 S.W. 520. Social Research iy2 Field work under supervision is taken concurrently with the. lecture programme for the First Year, and the student spends a minimum of 450 hours or from 2 to 2% days each week in this practice work in a recognized social agency. This constitutes the necessary 3 units of field work credit. The public and private family and child welfare agencies are used in case work practice, since they seem to provide the most general and fundamental work experience. Group work, recreation, and community planning agencies are used for those interested mainly in group work. The student remains in the same agency for the full year and is supervised by a qualified member of the agency staff. The Department maintains a close relation with the field work agencies through individual conferences between a Faculty member and the agency supervisor and by group meetings. In this way the student's total development and his ability to relate classroom material to practical work can be observed. The Degree of Master of Social Work 1. Candidates for the M.S.W. degree (except as noted below) must have the B.S.W. degree, and shall begin work leading toward the M.S.W. degree within five years after receiving the B.S.W. degree or they will be required to complete further preparatory work. 2. Candidates for the M.S.W. degree who obtained the Social Work Diploma (for which the B.A. is prerequisite) during the sessions 1943-44 and 1944-45 and who have satisfactory social work experience may proceed with the course for the M.S.W. degree ■'m Course in Social Work 145 within the five year period without the B.S.W. degree or further work. 3. Candidates for the M.S.W. degree who hold the B.A. degree and the Diploma for Social Work obtained prior to May, 1944, and who have had satisfactory social work experience, may proceed with the course for the M.S.W. degree without the B.S.W. degree but will be required to complete certain other work which may include a qualifying examination. 4. Students accepted as candidates for the M.S.W. degree will be required to complete a minimum of one year of University study including nine units of lectures, three units of field work, and a thesis or research project to count for three units. At least Second Class standing is expected of all candidates for the Master's degree. Students who proceed directly from the B.S.W. degree to the M.S.W. degree without experience in the field of social work will be expected to work for the four months during the summer either in paid or in voluntary employment in a social agency or will be required to complete extended field work during that period. For some students block placements in advanced field "work will be arranged during the summer preceding or following the second year of study. Candidates for the M.S.W. degree are expected to complete a minimum of 450 hours of field,work, but in some special fields, such as medical and psychiatric practice, 600 hours may be required. Students will pursue courses in their advanced year of social work education according to their particular interests. Group work, community organization, medical and psychiatric practice, public welfare administration, family and child welfare are among the possible choices. Students who meet the requirements for admission to candidacy may enrol on a part-time basis and follow a plan of study over two or three years to complete the work for the Master's degree. 5. Candidates for the M.S.W. degree should file an application on a special form obtainable from the Registrar not later than November 1st. 6. Four copies of each thesis or research project, together with an abstract, shall be submitted. The latest date for receiving theses or research projects in the Second Term will be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation will be October 1st. (See Instructions for Preparation of Masters' Theses.) 7. A candidate will be granted the M.S.W. degree after a demonstration of knowledge and of skill of performance in social work. An oral and a written comprehensive examination will provide the final evidence of the competence of the candidate. 146 Faculty of Arts and Science COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A. 1. Students registering as graduates must hold either a Bachelor's degree from this University or its equivalent. Those, however, who lack not more than six units toward the Bachelor's degree may register in courses open to graduate students, but may receive graduate credit for such courses only if they subsequently register as graduate students. 2. A graduate of another university applying for permission to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application, on or before September 1st, an official statement of his graduation, together with a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student in this University. 3. Graduate students must register in the same registration period as undergraduates, 4. The Master's degree is offered ^^ ^J (a) by a single department, or t^^£ (b) by a combination of departments, provided that the thesis covers work in both departments and is approved by both departments. 5. Candidates for the Master's degree must hold a Bachelor's degree with m (a) Honours in the field of the proposed Master's course, or (b) at least Second Class standing in each of the undergraduate courses prescribed by the department or departments concerned as prerequisite to the Master's course. 6. Graduate students who do not meet the full requirements of Section 5(a) or (b) may be permitted to make up any deficiencies concurrently with the Master's course, except that credit will not be given for more than 18 units of undergraduate and graduate work in any regular Winter Session. 7. Candidates for the Master's degree are required either (a) to spend at least one regular Winter Session in resident graduate study, or (b) to do two or more years of work under University supervision, during which not more than six units of credit may be counted for reading courses. 8. Graduate students who are assistants, giving not more than four hours a week of tutorial instruction, may be permitted to qualify for the Master's degree after one regular Winter Session of University attendance, provided that in the summer vacation they have done research work of a nature and extent satisfactory to the head of the department concerned. Such students must be regis- Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 14T tered as graduate students and must have secured the approval of the head of the department concerned and of the Faculty before entering upon the research in question. Other graduate students doing tutorial work will not be allowed to come up for final examination in less than two academic years after registration as graduate students. 9. At least eighteen units of courses numbered 300 or above, including a thesis counting from three to six units, will be required for the Master's course. If the degree is to be taken in a single department, at least three and not more than six units must be taken in related fields outside the department. 10. Candidates for the Master's degree, if they have not obtained credit for French 202 or German 200, must satisfy the head of the •department in which their graduate work will be done that they have a working knowledge of one of these languages or of some other language suitable for the work of the department concerned. 11. The Master's course must be chosen in consultation with the department or departments concerned, and be approved by the Committee on Graduate Studies and the Dean. At least Second Class standing is required in each course. 12. Candidates for the Master's degree at a Spring Congregation must submit in its final form three typewritten copies of the thesis, and an abstract approved by the department concerned, on or before the last day of lectures in the Second Term. The date of submission for an Autumn Congregation is October 1st. (See circular entitled Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) 13. A general examination in the field of the Master's course will be held at the discretion of the department or departments concerned. Examinations may be written or oral, or partly written and partly oral. 14. To become candidates for the Master's degree, graduate students must complete application forms, which may be obtained at the Registrar's office, and file them with the Registrar on or before October 15th of the year prior to the Spring or Autumn Congregation at which they expect to receive the degree. Graduate students who expect to take more than one year to complete the requirements for the Master's degree are strongly advised to become candidates as early as possible. 15. At a Spring or Autumn Congregation only those candidates will be eligible for the Master's degree whose applications have been completed and submitted on or before October 15th of the preceding year. The applications of students who expect to receive the Bachelor's degree at an Autumn Congregation and the Master's degree in the following year will not be finally approved until the Bachelor's degree is conferred. 148 Faculty of Arts and Science 16. Courses leading to the degree of M.A. are offered (a) by any one of the following departments, or (b) by a combination of two departments, provided that the thesis covers work in both departments and is approved by both departments. The following special requirements are prescribed by the departments. Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Prerequisites: At least nine units in the Department, including Bacteriology 201, 301, 401. M.A. Course: Thesis, counting at least five units, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Biology and Botany Prerequisites: Honours; or Biology 100, Botany 200, and eight additional units, including Zoology 200. M.A. Course: Thesis, counting at least five units, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Chemistry Prerequisites: Honours in Chemistry. M.A. Course: Nine or ten units of graduate courses in Chemistry, including a thesis, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Economics Prerequisites: Honours; or Economics 200, 300, 330 or 400, and 335, and six units other than Economics 200 in Economies, Political Science, or Sociology. M.A. Course: Nine units in Economics of which the thesis will count normally for three, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. All candidates for the Master's degree in this department must attend the Honours seminar. Education Prerequisites: The Teacher Training Course or an approved equivalent. M.A. Course: At least twelve and not more than fifteen units in Education, of which the thesis will count for at least three. Attendance at a seminar may be required, and, when necessary, Education >582 or its equivalent will be required. Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 149 English Prerequisites: Honours, or at least fifteen units in the Department chosen from courses offered in the Third and Fourth Years. M.A. Course: Twelve units in the Department chosen from advanced courses not already taken, including English 442 or its equivalent, a thesis counting as an advanced course of three units, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Oral examinations on the history of English literature are required. A student who offers both French and German will be allowed three units of credit towards the M.A. degree. French Prerequisites: Honours; or French 101, 202, and twelve additional units in the Department chosen from courses in the Third and Fourth Years. M.A. Course: At least nine units in the Department chosen from advanced courses not already taken, including French 501 and a thesis counting from three to six units, with other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Geography Prerequisites: Honours; or twelve units in advanced courses in Geography. M.A. Course: Nine units in Geography, including a thesis counting three units, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. All graduates must attend the Geography Honours seminar. Geology Prerequisites: Honours; or Geology 201, 202, 302, and eighteen additional units in Geology. M.A. Course: Six units in Geology chosen from advanced courses not already taken, a thesis counting six units, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. German Prerequisites: Honours; or German 100, 200, and twelve additional units in the Department chosen from courses in the Third and Fourth Years. M.A. Course: At least nine units in the Department chosen from advanced courses not already taken, including German 501 and a thesis counting from three to six units, with other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. An examination on the history of German literature is required of all candidates. 150 Faculty of Arts and Science History Prerequisites: Honours; or one of History 101, 202, 203, 204, or an equivalent course in Senior Matriculation; fifteen units to be chosen from the Third and Fourth Year courses in History, and the Third and Fourth Year Honours seminars. M.A. Course: Nine units, of which the thesis will count normally for three, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. All candidates must attend an M.A. seminar. Mathematics Prerequisites: Honours; or Mathematics 300, 302, 401, 440, Physics 200, and eight, additional units in the Department chosen from courses in the Third and Fourth Years. M.A. Course: Any four of the graduate courses in the Department and a thesis, with other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Philosophy Prerequisites: Honours; or Philosophy 100 or 205, 202, and nine additional units in Philosophy, including at least two of Philosophy 210, 310, 410, 415. M.A. Course: At least nine units in Philosophy, including any of Philosophy 210, 310, 410, 415, not already taken; six units chosen in consultation with the Department; and a thesis. Physics Prerequisites: Honours; or Physics 200, 300, 303, 304, 401, 402, 406, 407. M.A. Course: At least six units chosen from Physics 500 to 528, and a thesis, with other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Political Science Prerequisites: Honours in Political Science; or in Economics; or in Economics in combination with some other subject; or nine units in Government and six additional units in Economics or Government. Three units in Government or three units in Economics or three units in each may be replaced by an equivalent number of units chosen from History 309, 310, 311, 312, 419, 420, International Studies, and Slavonic Studies 308, 310. M.A. Course: Six units in Government and a thesis, with other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 151 Three units in Government may be replaced by three units chosen from those listed under the prerequisites. All candidates for the Master's degree in this department must attend the Honours seminar. Psychology Prerequisites: Honours; or Psychology 100 and twelve additional units in Psychology; Philosophy 100 or 205 and Philosophy 202; and any six units in Mathematics or a science. M.A. Course: At least nine units in Psychology not already taken; six units chosen in consultation with the Department; and a thesis. Slavonic Studies i Prerequisites: Honours; or Russian 100, 200, Russian 203 or Polish 110, and twelve additional units chosen from courses in the Department. ' M.A. Course: At least nine units in the Department chosen from advanced courses not already taken, a thesis counting from three to six units, and other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. k Sociology Prerequisites: Honours; or any three of Sociology 300, 325, 330, 400, 425, 430, 435, and three additional units in Economics, Government, or Sociology chosen from courses in the Third and Fourth Years. . ^** M.A. Courser Six units in Sociology and a thesis, with other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. All candidates for the Master's degree in this department must attend the Honours seminar. Zoology Prerequisites: Honours; or Biology 100, Zoology 200, Botany 200, and nine additional units in Zoology. M.A. Course: Nine units' in the Department and a thesis, with other courses to complete the requirements of section 9 above. TEACHER TRAINING COURSE Candidates qualifying for the Academic A Certificate (given by the Provincial Department of Education, Victoria, on the completion of the Teacher Training Course) take the courses prescribed in section 3 of page 196. 152 Faculty of Arts and Science 1. Registration. Documentary evidence of graduation in Arts and Science, Home Economics, Applied Science, or Agriculture from a recognized university must be submitted to the Registrar by all candidates other than graduates of the University of British Columbia. All correspondence in connection with the Teacher Training Course should be addressed to the Registrar. 2. Certificates and Standing. At the close of the University session successful candidates in the Teacher Training Course will be recommended to the Faculty of Arts and Science for the University Diploma in Education and to the Provincial Department of Education for the Academic A Certificate. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. All students registered in. the Teacher Training Course at the University are entitled to the privileges accorded to students in the various faculties, and are also subject to the regulations of the University regarding discipline and attendance at lectures. 3. Preparatory Courses. Students who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Course are required to take Psychology 100 as prerequisite to Educational Psychology, and must have fulfilled one of the following. (a) They must have obtained at least nine units of credit in the academic courses normally offered in the Third and Fourth Years in each of at least two of the following subjects: Biology (including Botany and Zoology), Chemistry, English, French, Geography, German, History, Latin (or Latin and Greek), Mathematics, Physics, Spanish. Equivalent courses in the Faculty of Applied Science may be offered. Candidates offering History may substitute six units of one, or three units in each of two, of Economics, Government, Sociology, and Geography, for three units of History. (b) They must have completed an Honours course in any.one or two of the subjects listed above. (c) They must have obtained at least twelve units of credit in Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 100 (or an elective from group A, and at least nine units of credit in any one of the following subjects: Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics, or Biology (including Botany and Zoology), in addition to Chemistry 100, Physics 100 or 101, and Biology 100. Furthermore, students planning to enter the Teacher Training Teacher Training Course 153 Course through Agriculture are required to select undergraduate courses in such a way that, in addition to English 100 and 101 and either 200 or 205, they will have obtained either six units of credit in one, or three units of credit in each of two, of the following: English, Mathematics, the language offered for University Entrance, Social Sciences (History, Economics, Political'Science, and Sociology). (d) They must have obtained a degree in Home Economics from a recognized university. . (e) They must have obtained a degree in Physical Education from the University of British Columbia or its equivalent from a recognized university, including in the Third and Fourth Years at least nine units in one of the subjects designated in (a). Students who choose English as a major are advised to acquire some background in the social sciences. Those who offer a major in History are advised to take some work in Economics, Sociology, Government, and Geography, and one or more advanced courses in English. It is strongly recommended that students choosing Mathematics or one of the sciences take at least one course in each of Biology, Physics, and Chemistry. PRE-MEDICAL COURSES The minimum requirement for admission to most medical schools in Canada and the United States is the completion of three years of pre-medical work. Because of the limited number of applicants who can be accommodated, very few gain admission who have not obtained the degree of B.A. or its equivalent. Each pre-medical student should obtain the specific requirements from the medical school or schools to which he intends to apply and should plan his course accordingly. Some medical schools advise students to take as broad a course as possible, including several courses in the humanities and social studies, in addition to the basic sciences, while others prefer an Honours course in science. The following outline, in conformity with the general requirements for the degree of B.A., will serve as a guide. First Year: English 100 and 101, a modern language, Mathematics 100, Chemistry 100, Biology 100. 15 units. Second Year: English 200, a modern language, Physics 100 or 101, Chemistry 200, Zoology 200. 15 units. Third Year: Chemistry 300, Physics 220, Zoology 300, two electives. 15 units. 154 Faculty of Arts and Science If possible, students should add Physics 100 or 101 to First Year (making a total of 18 units), and should substitute Physics 220 (A Second Year subject) for Physics 100 or 101 in Second Year. Those who may decide to complete the work for the degree of B.A. with Honours must take 18 units in each of two of the Second, Third, and Fourth Years. EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT 1. Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are held in April. Examinations in December are obligatory in all First and Second Year courses, and in all Third and Fourth Year courses except where exemption has been granted by Faculty. Applications for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction .must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of the examination period. In cases where illness is the plea for absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presented on the appropriate form which may be obtained from the Dean's office. 2. The passing mark is 50 per cent, in each subject. In any course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, students may be debarred from examinations if they fail to present satisfactory results in laboratory work, and they will be required to pass in both parts of the course. 3. Successful candidates taking at least fifteen units of work will be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. 4. A supplemental will be granted in a subject which a candidate has taken during the year, provided he has written the final examination and has obtained a mark of not less than 30 per cent. A candidate, however, will not be granted in any one year supple- mentals in more than six units. 5. A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must be forwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after the results of the examinations are announced. Each applicant must state clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of the fact that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passing mark in a subject is read at least a second time before results are tabulated and announced. The fee for re-reading a paper is $2.00. 6. Supplemental examinations will be held in August or September' in respect of Winter Session examinations, and in July in respect of Summer Session examinations. In the Teacher Training Course, supplemental examinations will be held not earlier than the third week in June. Examinations and Advancement 155 Local centres for supplemental examinations in September will be arranged in British Columbia at the following centres: Cranbrook Dawson Creek Kamloops Kelowna or Penticton Ocean Falls Prince George Prince Rupert Trail or Nelson Victoria College A student wishing to write supplemental examinations at one of these centres must state in his application the centre chosen and must pay a fee of $2.50 a paper in addition to the regular fee of $5:00 a paper for a supplemental examination. In the first three years a candidate who has been granted a supplemental may try the supplemental only once. If he fails in the supplemental, he must either repeat his attendance in the course or substitute an alternative chosen in accordance with Calendar regulations. In the case of Fourth Year students two supplemental examinations in respect of the same course will be allowed. A candidate with a failure or a supplemental examination outstanding in any subject which is on the Summer Session curriculum may clear his record by attending the Summer Session course in the subject and passing the required examinations. 7. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), must be in the hands of the Registrar by August 1st. 8. No student may enter a higher year with standing defective in respect of more than 3 units. (See regulations in regard to advancement to Third Year Commerce, page 131, and in reference to admission to First Year Applied Science, page 113, note under section 16.) . No student who has failures or supplemental outstanding in more than 3 units, or who has any failure or supplemental outstanding for more than a year of registered attendance, will be allowed to register for more than 15 units of work, these units to include either the subject (or subjects) in which he is conditioned or permissible substitutes. But a student in the Fourth Year will be permitted to register for 15 units of work in the Fourth Year, even though he may have failures or supplemental outstanding against him, providing that these failures or supplemental do not carry more than three units of credit and that they do not involve the repetition of a course. Such a student will not be permitted to complete his examinations until September. 156 Faculty of Arts and Science 9. A student may not continue in a later year any subject in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the Second Year. 10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to withdraw from the University. 11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding. 12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a passing mark if they are deficient in English; and, in this event, students will be required to pass a special examination in English to be set by the Department of English. DEPARTMENTS IN ARTS AND SCIENCE Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine For Honours courses in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine see pages 116 and 124. 153 [3]. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A course of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work, designed to emphasize the practical applications of bacteriology to medical, nursing, and public health problems. Methods of isolation, culture, and identification of pathogenic micro-organisms; aseptic technique; disinfection and antisepsis; infection and resistance; active immunization procedures; bacteriology in relation to sanitation.. This course is reserved for Nursing and Pharmacy students who do not intend to proceed to Bacteriology 301, 304, 305, or 312. References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath; Bigger, Handbook of Bacteriology, latest edition, Williams and Wilkins. Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Chemistry 100, and Biology 100. Biology 100 may be taken concurrently. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Note. See regulations as to laboratory coats under Bacteriology 201 below. Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine 157 201 [1]. Introductory Bacteriology.—A course consisting of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work. The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature, the classification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and isolation, the relation of bacteria to agriculture, to industrial processes, to household and veterinary science, and to public health and sanitation. Text-book: Mackie and McCartney, Handbook of Practical Bacteriology, latest edition, Livingstone. References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath; Salle, Fundamental Principles of Bacteriology, latest edition, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Mathematics 100, Chemistry 100, and Biology 100. Biology 100 may be taken concurrently. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Note. Students must provide themselves with white laboratory coats, ready for use at the first laboratory. 202. Bacteriology for Home Economics Students.—A course consisting of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work. A study of the growth of micro-organisms; the principles of infection and immunity; sanitation relating to the home and community; the hygiene of food preparation; and certain industrial applications of bacteriology. This course is designed for the special requirements of Home Economics students who desire only a single course in bacteriology. It should not be taken by students intending to proceed to Bacteriology 301, 304, 305, or 312.. Text-book: Hilliard, A Textbook of Bacteriology and its Applications, latest edition, Ginn. Reference: Salle, Fundamental Principles of Bacteriology, latest edition, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Chemistry 225 and Biology 100. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 301 [2]. Immunology.—A course consisting of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work. The protective reactions of the animal body against pathogenic micro-organisms; cellular and humoral immunity. The course will include demonstrations of immunity, and of various diagnostic methods used in public health laboratories. Reference: Topley & Wilson, Principtes of Bacteriology and Immunity, latest edition, Macmillan. 158 Faculty of Arts and Science Prerequisite: Bacteriology 201. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. ' 3 units. 302 [11]. Methodology of Bacteriological Research.—A course of seminars and discussion periods designed to equip the student preparing for Honours in the Department with a critical appreciation of the literature in the field of bacteriology and preventive medicine; the planning and execution of a limited research problem ; the design of protocols, and the general presentation of results. This course may be taken in their Third Year by prospective Honours course students after consultation with the Head of the Department. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 201 with at least Second Class standing, and Bacteriology 301, with which this course may be taken concurrently. 3 units. 304 [4a]. Dairy Bacteriology.— (This course is the same as Dairying 304, and is given by the Department of Dairying.) 305 [4b]. Dairy Bacteriology.— (This course is the same as Dairying 305, and is given by the Department of Dairying.) 312 [6]. Soil Bacteriology.—(This course is the same as Agronomy 312, and is given by the Department of Agronomy.) 401 [5]. Advanced Bacteriology and Immunology.—A course of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work on the nature and antigenic structure of bacteria and viruses; antigen-antibody reactions; theories of susceptibility and immunity; sensitization; preparation and assay of bacterial toxins, toxoids, and antitoxins. References: Zinnser, Enders, and Fothergill, Immunity, 1940, Macmillan; Marrack, Medical Research Council Special Report No. 230, latest edition, H. M. Stationery Office. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 201 and 301, with at least Second Class standing in both courses. Four hours a week. / 3 units. This course must be taken by all students working for nine or more units credit in the Department. 402 [9]. Microbiological Physiology.—Lectures, laboratory work, and demonstrations on the physiology of bacteria, yeasts, and molds, including growth, nutrition, respiration, and other aspects of metabolism. Application of microbial physiology to problems in medicine, sanitation, and industry. Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine 159 Reference: Stephenson, Bacterial Metabolism, latest edition, Longmans. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 201 and 301 with at least Second Class standing in both courses; also Bacteriology 401, which may be taken concurrently! Four hours a week. First Term. IV2 units. 403 [10]. Pathology of Infection.—A course of lectures, laboratory work, and demonstrations. The history, techniques, and objectives of preventive medicine; modes of conveyance of communicable infections, considered in relation to the prevention of disease; stages in the development of infections in the animal body, illustrated by post-mortem specimens and by microscopic sections. Reference: Rosenau, Preventive Medicine and Hygiene, latest edition, Appleton-Century. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 201 and 301 with at least Second Class standing in both courses; also Bacteriology 401, which may be taken concurrently. Four hours a week. Second Term. IV2 units. 404 [8]. Reading Course in Bacteriology.—A directed reading course in some advanced problem within the scope of bacteriology and preventive medicine. No class instruction will be given, but regular meetings will be held for critical discussion, and there will be an examination, either written or oral. 3 units. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 301; also Bacteriology 401 and one of Bacteriology 402 or 403, with which this course may run concurrently. 405. Seminar.—Reviews of-bacteriological problems will be presented by students taking Bacteriology 302 and 404. All students accepted for Honours in the Department will be required to attend and to participate in a critical discussion of the presentations. Second Term. l'unit. 406. Research Problem.—In the final year of the Honours course, students must undertake an investigation approved by the Head of the Department. Their graduating essay will take the form of a report on the results obtained, and will be critically reviewed at an oral examination. 3 units. 407 [7]. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology.—(This course is the same as Dairying 407, and is given by the Department.of Dairying.) 160 Faculty of Arts and Science -Department of Biology and Botany For Honours and major requirements in Biology and Botany see page 116, and note 15 on page 112. Certain courses have been renumbered or replaced; for details consult the Department. Biolegy Biology 100 is prerequisite to all other courses in Biology and Botany, and to all courses in Zoology. 100 [1]. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to more advanced work in General Biology, Botany, or Zoology; also to courses closely related to biological science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medicine, Nursing, Pharmacy, Fisheries, Home Economics. The fundamental principles of biology; the interrelations of plants and of animals; life processes; the cell and division of labour; life-histories; relation to environment; dynamic biology. Text-book: Marsland and Plunkett, Principles of Modern Biology, Holt. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Grierson- Jaekson and members of the Department. 3 units. 304. Basic Physiology.—An elementary study of the physiology of the mammalian body. The course may be taken by students in Home Economics and those taking the Teachers' Science Option, Physical Education, and Psychology. Pre-medical, Pre-dental, and Honours students in the biological sciences taking Physiology are directed to take Biology 400. Text-book: Carlson and Johnson, The Machinery of the Body, revised edition, 1941, University of Chicago. Prerequisites: Biology 100, Chemistry 100. The Department is to be consulted. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Blaek. 3 units. 320. Basic Ecology.—A course in the primary methods, and ptinciples of ecology, with special reference to the bioecological view point. The practical work consists of laboratory and field exercises. References: Shelford, Laboratory and Field Ecology, Williams and WilMns; Weaver and Clements, Plant Ecology, McGraw-Hill; Clements and Shelford, Bioecology, Wiley. Biology and Botany 161 Prerequisites: Botany 200, Zoology 200. Mr. Pillsbury. 3 units. 330 [2a, 2b]. Principles of Genetics.—A lecture and laboratory course. The laboratory work will consist of the examination of illustrative material, problems, and experiments, especially with Drosophila. Text-book: Sinnott and Dunn, Principles of Genetics, McGraw- Hill. Prerequisite: Biology 100. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Brink, Mrs. Brink. 3 units. 400 [3]. General Physiology.—A study of animal and plant life processes. Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having prerequisite Biology, Chemistry, and Physics; the Department should be consulted. Text-book: Mitchell, General Physiology, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Reference reading. Mr. Allardyce. 3 units. 430. Seminar in Genetics.—A review of advanced phases and the more recent developments in genetics. Prerequisite: Biology 330. Two hours a week and essays. Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Brink, Mrs. Brink. 3 units. 431. Research in Genetics.—An introduction to genetical methods and investigations. Students interested in plant breeding may elect Agronomy 500 as an equivalent of this course. Available to students majoring but not taking Honours in Genetics. Prerequisites: Biology 330. Three hours a week. Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Brink, Mrs. Brink. 3 units. 480. Directed Studies.—In special cases and with the approval of the Department a student in attendance may carry on directed studies to supplement another course in the Department. 1-2 units. 490. Graduating Essay.—Students should consult the Department during the Third Year. 3 units. 500. Problems in General Physiology.—A course for graduate students on physiological controls with particular reference to vitamins and hormones. Prerequisite: Biology 400. Two lectures and a problem. Mr. Allardyce. 3 units. 162 Faculty of Arts and Science 501. General Physiology; Respiration and Metabolism.—A comparative study of respiration and metabolism of animals. Prerequisites: Biology 400 or Zoology 404, and Chemistry 300. At least Second Class standing must be obtained in Biology 400 or Zoology 404. The Department is to be consulted. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Black. 3 units. 502. Recent Advances in General Physiology.—A seminar course for graduate students. Prerequisite: Biology 400. Three hours a week. Mr. Allardyce. 3 units. 530. Advanced Genetics. Prerequisite: Honours or a major in Genetics. The Department is to be consulted. 3 units. 540. Advanced Cytology.—The physical basis of genes and gene mutations; preparation, examination, interpretation, and analysis of euchromatic and heteroehromatic phases; membranes; plastids, food bodies, vacuoles. Prerequisites: Biology 330, and either Botany 340 or Zoology 303. Lectures, seminar, and laboratory periods to be arranged. Mr. Hutchinson. 2-3 units. Botany For Honours and major requirements see page 116, and note 15 on page 112. Botany 200 is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany, except the Evening Course. 200 [la]. General Botany.—An introductory course that gives a general perspective of the plant kingdom. Physiological anatomy, ecological relations, and developmental trends are illustrated by specific examples. Text-book: Fuller, The Plant World, Holt; or Hill, Overholts, and Popp, Botany, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Biology 100. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Taylor. 3 units. 303 [5b]. Dendrology.—A course in the identification and distribution of North American trees, designed particularly for Forestry students. Emphasis is laid on practical work. Biology and Botany 163 Text-book: Harlow and Harrar, Textbook of Dendrology, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Botany 200. One lecture and one laboratory period of two or three hours a week. Mr. Taylor. 2 units. 304 [5a, 5c]. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants.—An introduction to the classification of the Pteridophytes and Spermatophytes based largely on the flora of British Columbia.- The course will also include field and herbarium methods. Text-book: Pool, Flowers and Flowering Plants, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Botany 200. One lecture and four hours of laboratory or field work a week. Mr. Taylor. 3 units. 310 [2a]. Phylogenetics.—The origin and development of plant groups. Prerequisite: Botany 200. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Hutchinson. 2 units. 315 [6e]. Mycology.—A course designed to give the student a general knowledge of the fungi from a taxonomic point of view. Prerequisite: Botany 200. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Credit will be given for a collection of fungi made during the summer preceding the course. Mr. Dickson. 3 units. 316 [6c]. Plant Pathology (Elementary). — A course dealing with basic concepts of plant disease and plant disease control. A number of economically important plant diseases are studied in detail. Text-book: Heald, Introduction to Plant Pathology, McGraw- Hill. Prerequisite: Botany 200. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Dickson. 2 units. 330. Plant Physiology.—An introduction to the physiological processes of plants. A general survey is made of photosynthesis, transpiration, absorption, enzymes, respiration, plant hormones, and growth. Text-book: Meyer and Anderson, Plant Physiology, Van Nost- rand. 164 Faculty of Arts and Science Prerequisite: Botany 200. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First term. Mr. Wort. 2 units. 340 [4]. Histology.—A study of the structure and development of plant tissues and cells; methods of preparation, examination, and interpretation of tissues. Text-books: Eames and McDaniels, Introduction to Plant Anatomy, McGraw-Hill; Johansen, Plant Microtechnique, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Botany 200. Two hours lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Hutchinson. 2 units. 341. Microscopic Pharmacognosy.—A study of the microscopic features of crude and powdered vegetable drugs, including methods of sectioning, staining, and mounting; use of microscope, camera lucida, and photomicrographic apparatus; detection of adulterants; identification of unknown powders. To be given in conjunction with Botany 340, Plant Histology. Text-book: Wallis, Practical Pharmacognosy. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Hutchinson. 2 units. 411 [2b]. Phycology.—A basic course on Algae. References: Smith, Freshwater Algae of the United States, McGraw-Hill; Fritsch, The Structure and Reproduction of the Algae, Vols. I, II, Macmillan. Prerequisite: Botany 200. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Davidson, Mr. Hutchinson. 2 units. 417. Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification, and control of the more- important tree-destroying fungi and other plant parasites of the forest. Text-book: Hubert, An Outline of Forest Pathology, Wiley. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Dickson. iy2 units. 420 [7a]. Forest Ecology and Geography.—The interrelations of forest trees and their environment; the ecological characteristics of important forest trees; forest associations; types and regions; physiography. References: Weaver and Clements, Plant Ecology, McGraw-Hill; Halliday, A Forest Classification for Canada, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one period of field and practical work a week. Field trips. Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Pillsbury. 3 units. Biology and Botany 165 430. Synthetic Processes of the Plant; Anabolism.—A study of constructive metabolism and related processes—absorption, translocation, synthesis of carbohydrates, fats, proteins, and derivatives. References: Miller, Plant Physiology, McGraw-Hill; Gortner, Outlines of Biochemistry, Wiley. Prerequisites: Botany 330, Chemistry 300. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Wort. 2 units. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 431. Plant Enzymes and Catabolism.—An advanced study of digestion, enzymes, and respiration as essential to plant processes. Prerequisites: Botany 330, Chemistry 300. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Wort. 2 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 480. Directed Studies.—In special cases and with the approval of the Department a student in attendance may carry on directed studies to supplement another course in the Department. 490. Graduating Essay.—Students should c6nsult the Department during the Third Year. 3-6 units. 500. General Botanical Seminar. Required of all graduate students in the Department. 1 unit. 503 [403]. Taxonomy and Systematics of Woody Plants. Prior to registration in this course students are required to make a collection of at least 75 species of woody plants. A portion of the laboratory mark for the course is assigned to this collection. Prerequisite: Botany 303 or 304. One lecture and four hours of laboratory or field work a week. Mr. Taylor. 3 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 504. Systematics of Flowering Plants. Prior to registration in this course students are required to make a collection of at least 150 species of flowering plants. A portion of the laboratory mark for the course is assigned to this collection. Prerequisite: Botany 304. One lecture and four hours of laboratory or field work a week. Mr. Taylor. 3 units. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 166 Faculty of Arts and Science 514 [6f]. History of Plant Pathology.—A lecture course dealing with the history of the science of plant pathology from ancient times to the present. Text-book: Whetzel, An Outline of the History of Phytopathology, Saunders. Prerequisite: Botany 316. One hour a week. Mr. Dickson. 1 unit. 516 [6d]. Plant Pathology (Advanced).—A course designed for Honours or graduate students. Technique, isolation, and culture work; inoculations; details concerning the various stages in the progress of plant diseases; a detailed study of control measures. Text-book: Rawlins, Phytopathological Methods, Wiley. Prerequisites: Botany 315 and 316. , One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Dickson. k^ 3 units. 520 [7b]. A seminar and problem course in more advanced Ecology. Prerequisite: Botany 420. Five hours a week. First Term. .Mr. Hutchinson, Mr. Pillsbury. 2 units. 534. Plant Microchemistry.—The isolation and identification of organic and inorganic substances found in plant tissues, by micro- technical methods. Prerequisite: Botany 330. Desirable antecedent: Chemistry 300. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Wort. 2 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 535. Problems in Plant Physiology.—Recent advances in biophysical and biochemical aspects of plant life are discussed. The course is designed primarily as an experimental approach to the subject. The student is expected to select some problem in plant physiology for original investigation. Prerequisites: Botany 330, Chemistry 300, Physics 100. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Wort. 2-3 units. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) Evening and Short Courses in Botany A course in general botany, comprising approximately fifty lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life of the. Biology and Botany 167 Province. No entrance examination and no previous knowledge of the subject is required. The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters, and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as possible, illustrative material will be selected from the flora of British Columbia. The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the University session (September-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m. Field or laboratory work, under direction, is regarded as a regular part of the course. No examination is required except in the case of University students desiring credit for this course. Biology 100 is a prerequisite for such students. This course may be substituted for the lecture part of Botany 200; but credit is not given until the laboratory work is complete. W Students who do not desire credit but wish to ascertain their standing in the class may apply for a written test. A detailed statement of requirements and of work covered in tbia course is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be obtained on request from the Department. Department of Chemistry For Honours courses in Chemistry, see pages 116 and 124. 90 [A]. General Survey of Chemistry.—This course will give a general survey of the field of chemistry for students not intending to specialize in any of the sciences. Laboratory experiments designed to give an insight into scientific methods will be performed. This course will not be accepted as fulfilling the prerequisite for Chemistry 200, or any subsequent Chemistry course. Reference: Deming, Fundamental Chemistry, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 100 [1]. General Chemistry.—A study of inorganic chemistry against a background of theory. Chemical arithmetic, the Periodic Table, and the fundamental theories will be stressed. Students must reach the required standard in both lecture and laboratory work. Text-book: Foster and Alyea, An Introduction to General Chemistry, Van Nostrand. For the laboratory: Harris and Ure, Experimental Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw-Hill. Three lectures and two and one-half hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Note. Students who have not taken High School Chemistry A will be required to take additional class work. 168 Faculty of Arts and Science 200 [2]. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis. (a) Qualitative Analysis.—A study of the chemical reactions of the common metallic and acid radicals, together with the theoretical considerations involved in these reactions. Reference: Reedy, Theoretical Qualitative Analysis, McGraw- Hill. Prerequisite: Chemistry 100. Two lectures and six hours laboratory a week. First Term. (b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more important methods of volumetrie and gravimetric analysis.. Text-book: Booth and Damerell, Quantitative Analysis, McGraw- Hill. Reference: Pierce and Haenich, Quantitative Analysis, Wiley. Prerequisite: Chemistry 100. J Two lectures and six hours laboratory a week. Second Term. 3 units. Chemistry 200 (6) must be preceded by 200 (a). 225 [C]. Organic Chemistry.—A study of carbon compounds with especial emphasis upon the compounds to be dealt with later in courses on food-stuffs, nutrition, and textile fibres. Text-book: Lowy-Harrow, An Introduction to Organic Chemistry, Wiley. ^ Prerequisite: Chemistry 100. Open only to students taking Home Economics or a Pre-Dental course. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 300 [3]. Organic Chemistry.—This course involves a study of the main classes of aliphatic compounds with emphasis on the fats, carbohydrates, and proteins. The latter portion of the year will be devoted to a study of benzene, napthalene, anthracene, and phenanthrene, and their reactions. References: Fieser and Fieser, Organic Chemistry, Heath; Caldwell, Organic Chemistry, Houghton Mifflin; Wertheim, Textbook of Organic Chemistry, Blakiston; Fieser, Experiments in Organic Chemistry, Heath. Prerequisite: Chemistry 200 or its equivalent. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. Chemistry 169 304 [4a]. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course in the development of modern theoretical chemistry, including a study of gases, liquids, and solids, solutions, ionization and electrical conductivity, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, thermochemistry and thermodynamics, colloids. Text-book: Gucker and Meldrum, Physical Chemistry, American Book Company. References: Millard, Physical Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw- Hill ; Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan; Glasston, Elements of Physical Chemistry, Van Nostrand. Laboratory text-books: Sherrill, Laboratory Experiments on Physico-Chemical Principles, Macmillan; Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical Rubber Company, Cleveland. Prerequisites: Chemistry 200 (except for students taking Honours in Physics) and Mathematics 202. Honours students majoring in Chemistry should take Mathematics 300 concurrently. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 305 [4b]. This course is the same as Chemistry 304 with the omission of the laboratory, and is open only to students not taking Honours in Chemistry. 2 units. 310 [5]. Advanced Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis. (a) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute consideration than is possible in the elementary course. Text-book: Vogel, Quantitative Analysis, Longmans. Prerequisite: Chemistry 200. (b) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will include the detection and separation of the less common metals, particularly those that are important industrially. Text-book: Vogel, Qualitative Analysis, Longmans, or Treadwell- Hall, Analytical Chemistry, Vol. I, Wiley. References: Noyes and Bray, Qualitative Analysis of the Rarer Elements, Macmillan; McAlpine and Soule, Qualitative Chemical Analysis, Van Nostrand. ' Two lectures and six hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 325 [D]. Biochemistry.—This course will be open to students in Home Economics only, and will deal with the chemistry of digestion, absorption, and the fate of foodstuffs in the body. Prerequisite: Chemistry 225. Two lectures and'three hours laboratory a week. First Term. V/z units. S^: 170 Faculty of Arts and Science 350 [6]. Introduction to Chemical Engineering.—As in Applied Science. 3 units. 407 [7]. Physical Chemistry.—This course is a continuation of Chemistry 304 and treats in more detail the kinetic theory of gases, properties of liquids and solids, thermodynamics and thermochemistry, properties of solutions, theoretical electrochemistry, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, photo-chemistry, radioactivity. Text-book: Glasstone, A Text-Book of Physical Chemistry, Van Nostrand. Reference: Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan. Prerequisites: Chemistry 200, 300, and 304; Mathematics 300, which may be taken concurrently. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 409 [9]. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—The lectures will deal in some detail with such topics as the hydroxy acids, keto acids, large ring compounds, polyrene systems, alkyl free radicals, stereochemistry, the chemistry of benzene, napthalene, anthracene, phen- anthrene, and related products. The last eight to ten lectures will be devoted to a study of the chemistry of the heterocyclic compounds. Text-Books: Fieser and Fieser, Organic Chemistry, Heath; Morton, The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, McGraw-Hill. Laboratory book: Fieser, Experiments in Organic Chemistry, Heath. Prerequisites: Chemistry 200 and 300. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 410. Qualitative Organic Analysis.—The lectures in this course will involve a discussion of the scope and limitations of the reactions encountered in the various qualitative schemes. A considerable portion of the time will be devoted to problems. Text-book: Shriner and Fuson, Systematic Identification of Organic Compounds, Wiley. Reference: Kamm, Qualitative Organic Analysis, Wiley. Prerequisite: A division 2 in Chemistry 409 in the Christmas examinations. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. 2 units. (Given in 1949-1950.) Chemistry 171 411 [10]. History of Chemistry.—A general survey of the development of chemical knowledge from the earliest times up to the present day, with particular emphasis on chemical theory. References: Moore, History of Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Campbell-Brown, History of Chemistry, Blakiston; Partington, A Short History of Chemistry, Macmillan. Note. This course is open only to students taking Chemistry; 407 and 409. Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. For Fourth Year or Graduate Students 425. Outlines of Biochemistry.—The lectures will deal with the chemistry of cells and tissues. The laboratory work will consist of a study of the methods of preparation, isolation, identification, and determination of compounds associated with biochemical reactions and processes. Text-book: Gortner, Outlines of Biochemistry, Wiley. Prerequisites: Chemistry 300, 303, and 409; the last may be taken concurrently. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 458. Electrochemistry.—Solutions are studied from the standpoint of the osmotic and dissociation theories. The laws of electrolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, and primary and secondary cells are considered in detail; similar detailed study will be devoted to electric furnaces and electrolytic refining and deposition of metals. Text-books: Creighton and Koehler, Electrochemistry, Vol. II, Wiley; Thompson, Theoretical and Applied Electrochemistry, Macmillan. ▼ Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. Primarily for Graduate Students 511 [11]. Physical Organic Chemistry.—Stereochemical theories will be discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 409 and 410, and chemical and physico-chemical methods employed in determining the constitution of organic compounds will be studied. The electronic conception of valency as applied to organic compounds will be considered, and an outline will be given of the work done in electro-organic chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 407 and 409. One hour a week. 1 unit. 512 [12]. Colloid Chemistry.—A consideration of the principles which underlie the behaviour of disperse systems and reactions at 172 Faculty of Arts and Science surfaces, including electro-capillary phenomena, preparation of colloids, Brownian movement, surface tension, adsorption, emulsions, membrane equilibria, and gels. References: Thomas, Colloid Chemistry, McGraw-Hill; Sved- berg, Colloid Chemistry, Chemical Catalog Co.; Weiser, Colloidal Chemistry, Wiley. Prerequisites: Chemistry 300 and 304. One hour a week. 1 unit. 517 [17]. Chemical Thermodynamics.—Study of first, second, and third laws; derivation of fundamental equations and their application to the gas laws, chemical equilibrium, theory of solutions, electrochemistry, and capillarity. Text-books: Lewis and Randall, Principles of Thermodynamics, McGraw-Hill; Glasstone, Thermodynamics for Chemists, Van Nostrand. Prerequisite: Chemistry 407. One lecture a week. 1 unit. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 518 [18]. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—The properties of the elements are considered in relation to the periodic table and atomic structure. The course includes a study of the rarer elements. Text-book: Partington, Inorganic Chemistry. Prerequisites: Chemistry 200 and 304. One lecture a week. 1 unit. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 521 [21]. Chemical Kinetics.—The fundamentals of statistical mechanics with applications to the theory of interionic attraction, molecular collisions, specific heat, entropy, and rates of thermal and photochemical reactions. Reference: Tolman, Statistical Mechanics with Applications to Physics and Chemistry, Chemical Catalog Co. Two lectures a week. Second Term. 1 unit. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 522 [22]. Surface Chemistry. — Thermodynamics of surfaces, •adsorption equations, heats of adsorption, theory of combustion, clean-up of gases in vacuum tubes, reactions on hot filaments, theory of contact catalysis, industrial uses of adsorption phenomena. Text-book: Gregg, The Adsorption of Gases by Solids, Methuen. References: Brunauer, The Adsorption of Gases and Vapours, Princeton; McBain, The Sorption of Gases by Solids, Routledge; Chemistry 173 Adam, The Physics and Chemistry of Surfaces, Oxford; Rideal, Surface Chemistry, Cambridge. Prerequisite: Chemistry 407. One lecture a week. 1 unit. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 530 [30]. Research Conference.—This course is required of all graduate students. Students will be required to present a paper on an approved topic. One hour a week. 1 unit. 535. Selected Topics.—Most of the course will be devoted to an exhaustive study of (1) the methods of oxidation and reduction, (2) cyclization, (3) rearrangements, (4) dealhylation, (5) the Diels-AIder reaction. These methods will then be applied to the elucidation of the structures of various terpenes, resin acids, and the sterols. References: Adams, Organic Reactions, Vols. I to IV, Wiley; Simonsen, The Terpenes, 2 vols.; Fieser, The Chemistry of the Natural Products Related to Phenanthrene. Prerequisite: Chemistry 409. Two hours a week. 2 units. (Given in 1948-1949.) 536. Heterocyclic Chemistry.—The first third of the course will be devoted to a study of the chemistry of the various classes of heterocyclics. The last two thirds of the course will be devoted to the study of the chemistry of such compounds as chlorophyll, the phthalocyaxine pigments, the pyrrolutinealhaloids, the pipendine alkaloids, atropine, pseudopelletierine, the opium alkaloids, colchicine, the quinoline alkaloids, the isoquinoline alkaloids, and the indole alkaloids. References: Morton, The Chemistry of the Heterocyclic Compounds; Henry, The Plant Alkaloids; Churchill, Manske, and Holmes, The Chemistry of the Alkaloids, Academic. Prerequisite: Chemistry 409. Two hours a week. 2 units. . (Given in 1949-1950.) 540. Advanced Electrochemistry.—Modern measurements of conductance and transport; Debye-Huckel interionic attraction theory; ionic solutions in equilibrium and in perturbed state; Wien effects; dielectric constants and electric moments; theoretical interpretations of actiyity coefficients; phase boundary potentials; nonaqueous solutions; polyvalent electrolytes; maeromolecules in solu- w 174 Faculty of Arts and Science tion; polarography; applications of simple quantum mechanics to electrochemistry. References: Harned and Owen, The Physical Chemistry of Electrolytic Solutions; Dole, Experimental and Theoretical Electrochemistry; Falkenhagen, Electrolytes; Glockler and Lind, Electrochemistry of Gases and Other Dielectrics. Prerequisite: Chemistry 407. Department of Classics For Honours courses in Classics see pages 116, 120, 124, 127. For courses in art, literature, and history, not requiring a knowledge of Greek or Latin, see Greek 314, 315, 331; Latin 331. Greek 331 and Latin 331 replace the history courses formerly numbered Greek 330 and Latin 329. Greek I Greek 101 is open to students who have presented Greek for University Entrance; Greek 202 is open .to those who have passed in Greek 90 with at least Second Class standing, or Greek 101, or Senior Matriculation Greek. Of the courses numbered 303, 305, 306, and 407 only two are normally available in any one year. 90. Beginners' Greek.—The elements of Attic Greek. Text-book: To be announced. Four hours a week, to be arranged. 3 units. 101 [1]. Introduction to Greek Prose Authors.—After completing the beginners' book, the course will present the first book of Xenophon's eye-witness account of the march made by the "Ten Thousand" Greeks into Asia Minor. There will be practice in composition, and reading in the history of Greece. Text-books: White, First Greek Book, chap. XLIX-LXXX, Ginn (for those who have not taken Greek 90) ; North and Hillard, Greek Prose Composition (one exercise each from sections 1-16), Riving- tons; Robertson and Robertson, The Story of Greece and Rome, chap. I-XXXII, Dent. Text: Xenophon, The First Four Books of Xenophon's Anabasis, Goodwin and White, Ginn. Four hours a week, to be arranged. 3 units. 202 [2]. Greek Literature of the Classical Period. — Plato's account of Socrates' defence at his trial will be followed by an 5'i Classics 175 introduction to Greek tragedy in a play of Euripides. There will be practice in composition, and a brief survey of Greek literary history. Text-books: North and Hillard, Greek Prose Composition (sections 17-44), Rivingtons; Norwood, The Writers of Greece, Oxford. Texts: Plato, Apology, Adam, Cambridge Elementary Classics; Euripides, Medea, Bayfield, Macmillan. Four hours a week, to be arranged. 3 units. Third and Fourth Years The following courses are open to students who have completed Greek 202. 303 [3]. Greek Drama.—Lectures on the development of Greek tragedy and comedy and on scenic antiquities; the reading of representative plays of 'Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes, and of Aristotle's discussion of tragedy in his Ars Poetica. Texts: Sophocles, Antigone, Jebb and Shuckburgh, Cambridge; Euripides, Heracles, Byrde, Oxford; Aristophanes, Aves, Hall and Geldart. Oxford; Aristotle, Ars Poetica, Bywater, Oxford. Three hours a week. 3 units. 304 [5]. Epic and Lyric Poetry.—Selections from Homer's Iliad and from the Greek lyric anthology. Texts: Homer, Iliad, Monro, 2 vols., Oxford; Greek Elegiac, Iambic, and Lyric Poets, Harvard. Three hours a week. 3 units. 306 [6]. Greek Historians.—Lectures on the rise of Greek historical writing; the reading, of selections from Herodotus and Thucydides. Texts: Herodoti Historiae, Hude, Oxford; Thucydides, History, Book VII, Marchant, Macmillan. Three hours a week. 3 units. 310 [8a]. Composition.—Obligatory for Honours students in the Third Year. One hour a week. 1 unit. The following three courses (Greek 314, 315, 331) do not require & knowledge of the Greek language. Greek 314 and 315 may be taken by Second Year students. .' 314 [14a]. Greek Art.—A survey of architecture, sculpture, and the minor arts from the Aegean period to the Hellenistic, with consideration of their aesthetic value and their relation to Hellenic life and thought. Lectures illustrated with lantern slides and photographs from the Carnegie Collection. 176 Faculty of Arts and Science This course does not require a knowledge of Greek. Text-book: Fowler and Wheeler, A Handbook of Greek Archaeology, American Book Company. One hour a week. 1 unit. 315 [14b]. Greek Epic and Tragedy.—A study, in translation, of the Iliad, the Odyssey, and selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides. Collateral reading will be assigned. This course does not require a knowledge of Greek. Texts: Homer, Iliad (text to be announced); Homer, Odyssey, translated by Butcher and Lang, Macmillan; Aeschylus, The House of Atreus (text to be announced); Sophocles, Oedipus the King and one other play, translated by Jebb, MacMillan; Euripides, Medea and Hippolytus, translated by Murray, Allen and Unwin. Two hours a week. 2 units. 331 [9]. Greek History to 14 A.D.—The course will include a study of the background and rise of Greek civilization, with special attention to the social and political life in the fifth century city states; and a survey of Hellenistic civilization, with special emphasis on the contribution of the Hellenistic Age to Graeco-Roman culture. Essays will be assigned on special topics. For those who wish more than iy2 units of credit, special reading and investigation will be arranged. For a complementary course in Roman history in the Second Term see Latin 331. For credit in the Department of History see History 331. This course does not require a knowledge of Greek. Text-books: Trever, History of Ancient Civilization, Vol. I, Harcourt-Braee; Herodotus, Everyman; Thucydides, Everyman. References: Botsford and Robinson, Hellenic History, Macmillan ; Laistner, Greek History, Heath; Cary, A History of the Greek World from 323 to 146 B.C., Methuen. Three hours a week. First Term. iy2 to 3 units. 407 [7]. Introduction to Greek Philosophy.—A survey of the beginnings of Greek philosophic inquiry; the reading of selections from two of the major works of Plato and Aristotle. Texts: Plato, Respublica, Burnet, Oxford; Aristotle, Ethica Nico- machea, Bywater, Oxford. Three hours a week. 3 units. 410 [8b]. Advanced Composition. — Obligatory for Honours students in the Fourth Year. One hour a week. 1 unit. Primarily for Graduate Students 521 [21]. Aristotle, Poliiica, Immisch, Teubner. Classics 177 Latin Latin 101 is open to students who have presented Latin for University Entrance or have taken the beginners' course in the University; Latin 202 is open to those who have passed in Latin 101 or in Senior Matriculation Latin. 90. Beginners' Latin.—This course is intended for students who have no previous knowledge of Latin. It is open for credit only to students who have not offered Latin for credit at University Entrance. The aims of the course include (1) a mastery of what is fundamental in Latin grammar and composition and the learning of a basic Latin vocabulary; and (2) a continuous correlation with English, in a careful study of the origins and meanings of English words derived from Latin and of the structure of the English sentence. During the latter part of the year selections from Latin authors will be read. Text-book: Collar and Daniell, First Year Latin, revised by Jenkins, Ginn. Text: To be announced. Four hours a week. 3 units. 101 [1]. Introduction to Latin Literature.—The course opens with selections from prose authors;"in the Second Term will be read selections from some of the representative poets of the late Republic and the early Empire. There will be practice in composition and reading in the history of Rome. Text-books: Pilsbury, Latin Prose Composition, Oxford; Robertson and Robertson, The Story of Greece and Rome, chap. XXXIII- LIV, Dent. Texts: A Book of Latin Prose Selections, Neville, Dale, Breslove, and Tracy, Macmillan; A Book of Latin Poetry, Neville, Jolliffe, Dale, and Breslove, Macmillan. Three hours a week. 3 units. 202 [2]. Prose and Poetry of the Golden Age.—Reading in some of the prose of Cicero and in the developed epic as represented by Vergil; brief history of Greece. Text-book: Robertson and Robertson, The Story of Greece and Rome, chap. I-XXXII, Dent. Texts: Cicero, Catilinarian Orations, Upcott, Oxford; Vergil, Aeneid VI, Page, Macmillan. Three hours a week. • 3 units. 178 Faculty of Arts and Science Third and Fourth Years Courses 303, 304, 310, 329, 405, 406 are open to all students who have passed Latin 202 or its equivalent. Note. All students are advised to provide themselves with Allen and Greenough, New Latin Grammar, Ginn. Honours students will be expected to take additional reading in the Third and Fourth Years in connection with at least two of the courses numbered 303, 304, 405, and 406. 303 [3]. Roman Comedy.—A study of typical plays of Plautus and Terence, illustrative of the Greek influence on the Roman staTge; brief history of Latin literature. Text-book: Duff, The Writers of Rome, Oxford. Texts: Plautus, Menaechmi, Knight, Cambridge; Plautus, Captivi; Terence, Phormio, Bond and Walpole, Macmillan; Terence, Heautontimorumenos. ' k " Three hours a week. 3 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 304 [4]. Prose and Poetry of the Silver Age.—The second great period of Latin literature will be studied in the works of the historian Tacitus and the satirist Juvenal. Brief history of Latin literature. ^W^ \ Text-book: Duff, The Writers of Rome, Oxford. Texts: Tacitus, Selections, Marsh and Leon, Prentice-Hall; Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Cambridge. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 310 [8a]. Composition.—'Obligatory for Honours students in the Third Year. One lecture a week and one hour devoted to sight reading; individual conferences at the pleasure of the instructor. 1 unit. 331 [7]. Roman History.—A survey of the growth of Rome and the development of its political institutions during the Republic; a conspectus of the social and economic history of the Empire and of the transition from the classical to the mediaeval world. Essays will be assigned on special topics. For those who wish more than IV2 units of credit special reading and investigation will be arranged. For a complementary course in Greek history in the First Term see Greek 331. For credit in the Department of History see History 331. Classics 179 This course does not require a knowledge of Latin. Text-book: Trever, History of Ancient Civilization, Vol. II, Harcourt-Brace. Required readings in ancient sources and bibliographies will be supplied by the instructor. References: Cary, A History of Rome Down to the Reign of Constantine, Macmillan; Parker, A History of the Roman World from A.D. 138 to 337, Methuen. ' Three hours a week. Second Term. iy2 to 3 units. 405 [5]. Latin Letter Writing. — A study of three different styles of letters—personal correspondence, essays in verse, and philosophical discussions—by three masters in three successive periods. Texts: Cicero, Selected Letters, Prichard and Bernard, Oxford; Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan; Seneca, Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 406 [6]. General View of Latin Poetry.—This course offers a survey of Latin poetry from the earliest native verse, through the period of Greek influence, into the late Imperial and early Christian literature. ^ Text: The Oxford Book of Latin Verse, Garrod, Oxford. Three hours a week. ' 3 units. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 410 [8b]. Advanced Composition. — Obligatory for Honours students in the Fourth Year. Prerequisite: Latin 310. One lecture a week and one hour devoted to sight reading; individual conferences at the pleasure of the instructor. 1 unit. 509 [9]. Methods in High School Latin.—This course is offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course, and does not carry undergraduate credit. Readings to be assigned. Primarily for Graduate Students 521 [21]. Cicero, Select Letters, 2 vols., How, Oxford. Three hours a week. 3 units. 523 [23]. Roman Comedy. 3 units. 530. Julius Caesar. 3 units. 180 Faculty of Arts and Science Department of Commerce Owing to the nature of work involved in subjects of a commercial character, these courses are not available as reading courses. It will be noted that some of the courses are marked "Not given in 1948-49". This is because the courses outlined are those planned for future years and they will come into effect only as the growth of staff and facilities permit. Students planning their courses at the beginning of each year should consult the Department before registering so as to find out what new courses in their options may be available. No student will be admitted to any Commerce course unless he has a complete First Year Arts standing or its equivalent, including Mathematics 100, English 100, 101, and a language. 251 [1]. Fundamentals of Accounting.—The technique of account construction; preparation of financial statements; the application of accounting principles to practical business problems; a consideration of corporation accounting; preliminary study of depreciation. Written assignments must- be prepared for each class period, and in addition one or two model sets of accounts are handled during the course of the academic year. Owing to the continuity of the work in accounting, students who are more than two weeks late in registering will not be permitted to register in Commerce 251 without the permission of the instructor. In order to qualify for examination the student is required to submit 75 per cent, of the written assignments. Commerce 251 is a prerequisite to all other courses in Commerce. Text-book: Johnson, Elementary Accounting, Rinehart. Fours hours a week. Mr. Taylor, Mr. Moynes, Mr. Wong, Mr. Van Houten. 3 units. 352. Accounting Analysis and Control.—Analysis and interpretation of accounting statements with principles of valuation; partnership accounting; study of accounting systems of outstanding importance in British Columbia. Text-book: Johnson, Elementary Accounting, Rinehart. Assigned practice sets. Prerequisite: Commerce 251. Four hours a week. 3 units. 361 [6]. Marketing.—-A consideration of methods and channels used for the distribution of consumer and industrial goods, and the merchandising problems of manufacturers and distributors. The Commerce 181 Gourse is handled by a discussion of cases taken from actual business. A series of written reports on assigned cases is required as part of the course. In order to qualify for the examination the student is required to submit 75 per cent, of the written assignments. Text-book: Learned, Problems in Marketing, McGraw-Hill. Assigned readings. Three hours a week. Mr. Stark, Mr. Van Houten, Mr. Morrow. .. 3 units. 443. Transportation Practices and Policies.—A consideration of the management problems pertaining to railway, waterway, highway, and airway transportation. The purpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the various regulations, documents, and rate structures of the different modes of transport. Reports are required. Assigned readings. Prerequisite: Economics 405. Three hours a week. Mr. Bell. 3 units. 453 [2]. Advanced Accounting.—This course embraces advanced work in accounting and the study of the financial problems of corporations, including consolidations, depreciation, and the miscellaneous details connected with balance sheet valuations in general. Text-book: Kester, Advanced Accounting, Ronald. Assigned readings. Prerequisite: Commerce 251 with Second Class standing. Three hours a week. Mr. Moynes, Mr. Field. 3 units. 461 [14]. Fundamentals of Advertising.—The general field of advertising in relation to the distribution and merchandising of commodities; in particular, the principles and techniques in printed and oral advertising, comparative value of media, the functions of advertising agencies, and the planning of advertising campaigns. The view point is that of the business executive. The course is handled entirely by the case method of study. Text-books: Borden, Problems in Advertising, McGraw-Hill; Sandage, Advertising Theory and Practice, Irwin. • Prerequisite: Commerce 361. Three hours a week. Mr. Stark. 3 units. 463. Sales Management. Prerequisite: Commerce 361. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 182 Faculty of Arts and Science 471 [9]. Business Finance.—A study of the problems of financing business concerns, including such factors as promotion, types of organization, the provision of long-term and short-term capital, financial statement analysis, involvements, and the public policy towards corporations. As far as possible instruction will be by means of cases taken from actual business. Text-book: Masson and Stratton, problems in Corporation Finance, McGraw-Hill. Assigned readings. Prerequisites: Commerce 251, Commerce 361, Economics 300. Three hours a week. Mr. Wong. 3 units. 481 [11]. Industrial Management.—A study of the organization and management of manufacturing concerns from the standpoint of control of raw materials, plant and equipment, operations, labour, etc. Class discussion will be based on cases taken from actual business. Field work comprising visits to factories, and written reports form a part of this course. To qualify for the final examination a student is required to submit 75 per cent, of the written assignments and to take in 75 per cent, of the assigned factory visits. Text-book: Folts, Introduction to Industrial Management, 1940, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Commerce 251, Commerce 361. Three hours a week. Mr. Mahoney. 3 units. 491 [4]. Commercial Law.—Principles of company law and of the law of contract, agency, bills and notes, sale of goods, etc. The primary purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with the various legal situations that arise in the day to day conduct of a business and with their implications. Assigned readings. Three hours a week. Mr. Farris. 3 units. 533 [13]. Foreign Trade Problems. — Methods, policies, and routine practice in the serving of foreign markets, including consideration of import problems. The course will be conducted by discussion of actual business cases and will entail field work and a major report. Text-book: Horn, International and Trade Practices, revised edition, Prentice-Hall. References: Commercial Intelligence Journal, and assigned readings. Three hours a week. Mr. Morrow. 3 units. Commerce 183 534. Regional and Commodity Study (with major report). Prerequisite: Commerce 533, which may be taken concurrently. (Not given in 1948-49.) ^ units- 535. Regional and Commodity Study (with major report). Prerequisite: Commerce 533, which may be taken concurrently. (Not given in 1948-49.) *% units- 544. Airline Traffic Problems (with major report).—A study of the major airlines of Canada and the United States. Special consideration will be given to development of air express and air freight traffic in' Canada. Cases from actual business will be discussed and a major report will be required. Text-book: Frederick, Commercial Air Transportation, Irwin. Prerequisite: Commerce 443. % Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. Bell. iy2 units. 545. Motor Highway Transport Problems.—A detailed consideration of the motor transport industry in Canada with emphasis on regulation, classification, and tariffs of the motor carriers. A major report will be required. Assigned readings. Prerequisite: Commerce 443. Three hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Bell. iy2 units. 553 [3]. Cost Accounting.—A study of the application of accounting principles to the internal operations of a business so as to provide management control of labour, machines, materials, and overhead. Text-book: Lawrence, Cost Accounting, revised edition, Prentice- Hall. Prequisites: Commerce 251, Commerce 481, Commerce 352 (which may be taken concurrently in 1948-49). Three hours a week. Mr. Taylor. 3 units. 554. Auditing.—The duties and responsibilities of the auditor, a study of auditing theory and practice with particular attention to internal control. Text-book: Hanson, Auditing Theory and Its Application, McGraw-Hill. References: Smails, Auditing, 4th edition, Pitman; Montgomery, Auditing Theory and .Practice, 6th edition, Ronald. Prerequisite: Commerce 453. Three hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Taylor. iy2 units. 184 Faculty of Arts and Science 555. Municipal and Government Accounting.—A study of the accounting principles and procedures for governmental bodies. This course is designed to bring out the controls obtained through the use of funds and budgets. Special reference is made to the presentation of financial statements. Text-book: Chatters and Tenner, Municipal and Governmental Accounting, 2nd edition, Prentice-Hall. Assigned readings. Prerequisite: Commerce 453. Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. Taylor. iy2 units. 563. Retail Store Management (with major report). Prerequisite: Commerce 463. iy2 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 564. Advertising Problems.—An advanced course for those professionally interested in advertising. The professional and technical aspects of advertising will be presented to the students by visiting experts in the various branches ef the field, and by occasional panel discussion. A major report written on a current advertising problem in conjunction with some firm or agency will be an important feature of the course. Assigned readings. Prerequisite: Commerce 461. Three hours a week. Second Term. iy2 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 583. Personnel Management and Labour Relations.—The First Term will be devoted to a study of current personnel policies and mechanisms and to their practical application. The Second Term will cover the field of collective bargaining in industry with the interrelations of employee, management, and government. A feature of the course will be a lecture series given by leaders in the realms of management and of labour. Text-book: Scott, Clothier, Mathewson, and Spriegel, Personnel Management, 1945, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Commerce 481, Economics 325. Three hours a week. Mr. Mahoney. 3 units. 584. Production Practices and Controls.—An advanced study of methods used in planning and controlling factory operations; incentive wage systems; with major report. Text-book: To be announced. Prerequisite: Commerce 481. Three hours a week. Mr. Mahoney. iy2 .units. •~m Commerce 185 585. Industrial Procurement.—A study of the principles and methods used in the purchase, handling, and storing of raw materials of industry; with major report. Text-book: To be announced. Prerequisite: Commerce 481. Three hours a week. Mr. Mahoney. 1% units. 593. Executive Problems.—A Fifth Year case course designed to correlate the various courses taken in the previous years so as to impress upon the student the interrelation of the various aspects of a business and to give him practice in solving its over-all problems. Periodic written reports will be featured in this course. Prerequisites: Commerce 471, Commerce 491, Economics 335. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 594. Business Planning and Budgetary Controls and Income Tax.—A Fifth Year course dealing in detail with the annual preparations and estimates needed for the planned over-all conduct of a business. Prerequisites: Commerce 471, Commerce 491, Economics 335. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 599. Thesis.—Students whose choice of courses does not entail two or more major reports in their Fourth and Fifth Years will be required to submit a thesis on some business topic chosen in consultation with the Head of the Department and with members of the staff. Where major reports are written in conjunction with the advanced courses they will be identified with the thesis requirement and if considered satisfactory will be granted due credit. 3 units. (This requirement will not come into effect until 1950-51.) (Course 259 is available only to students registered in the Department of Home Economics.) 259. Accounting and Food Control.—A study of the general principles of bookkeeping, followed by its application to the problems of the dietitian. Special consideration will be given to the construction and use of supplementary records and forms to be used in controlling food costs. Text-book: Radell, Accounting and Food Control. Four hours a week. First Term. iy2 units. 186 Faculty of Arts and Science (Courses 359, 369, 499 are available only to students registered in the Department of Pharmacy.) 359. Drug Store Accounting.—A survey of interpretation of accounting data and a study of fundamental accounting methods and procedures with special attention to the requirements of the small retail drug store. Text-beok: Heckert and Dickerson, Drug Store Accounting, McGraw-Hill. One hour a week. Mr. Bell. 1 unit. 369. Drug Store Merchandising and Management.—A study of commercial problems common to average retail pharmacies, including store location and arrangement, stock control, display, and advertising. Text-book: Nolen and Maynard, Drug Store Management, McGraw-Hill. One hour a week. Mr. Bell. 1 unit. 499. Advanced Drug Store Management.—Forms of business organization, commercial law, marketing of drug products, advertising, problems of retail operations. This course will be handled on a seminar discussion basis with discussion leaders drawn from various staff members and professional experts. Two hours a week. 2 units. (Course 459 is available only to students registered in the Department of Architecture.) 459. Accounting and Business Principles.—A study of accounting principles as applied in industry and a survey of the problems of business organization, promotion, finance, marketing, and administrative control. Special reference will be made to the business aspects of the profession, such as the accounts of contractors, partnership accounting, the-use of budgets and estimates, and the financing of building projects. Text-book and assigned readings to be announced. Prerequisite: Economics 200. (Does not apply in 1948-49.) Two hours a week. 2 units. (Course 559 is available only to students registered in the Faculty of Agriculture.) 559. Industrial Accounting and Industrial Problems.—This course is designed for students with scientific training who wish to obtain a general knowledge of business. It is primarily a course in accounting principles with reference to industrial costs. One Commerce 187 hour a week will be devoted to a general survey of the problems of marketing, production, and management as encountered in the food industry. Text-book and assigned readings to be announced. Prerequisite: Economics 200. (Does not apply in 1948-49.) Three hours a week. 3 units. Department of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology For Honours courses in the Department see pages 117, 122, 124, 128. Economics Note. Economics 200 is the prerequisite for all other courses in Economics except Economics 100, 140, and 205. Agricultural Economics 301, 400, 500, and 501 and Geography 102 may be counted as courses in Economics. ^^ 100 [2]. Economic History.—A survey of factors of major social and economic significance in the rise and development of Western civilization, from early times to the present day. Special attention will be given to major economic changes in Europe and the North American continent during the last two centuries. Text-books: Heaton, History of Trade and Commerce with Special Reference to Canada, revised edition, Nelson; Heaton, Economic History of Europe, Harpers. Reference: Barnes, An Economic History of the Western World, Hareourt, Brace. Three hours a week. Mr. Jamieson. 3 units. 140. Eaonomic Institutions and Problems.—The framework, institutions, and problems of the economic structure with particular reference to Canada; the determinants of employment, income, prices, and standards of living; the role of Canada in hemisphere, Empire, and world trade. This course is designed to meet the needs of students who do not propose to proceed to Third and Fourth Year courses in Economics. It is more descriptive and less analytical than Economics 200 and has no mathematical prerequisite. Text-books: Hicks, The Social Framework, An Introduction to Economics, Oxford; Bladen, An Introduction to Political Economy, Toronto. References: Carlson, Modern Economics, Blakiston; Canada Year Book; Features of Present Day Canada, The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, Vol. 253, Sept. 1947, Philadelphia. Three hours a week. 3 units. 188 Faculty of Arts and Science 200 [1], Principles of Economics.—A comprehensive survey of the agencies and forces at work to shape our economic progress; the roles of enterprise, labour, and government; the organization of production, exchange, and distribution; elementary treatment of the topics to which specialized consideration is given in the Third and Fourth Year courses. Te,xt-books: Fairchild, Furniss, Buck, Elementary Economics, 5th edition, Macmillan; Logan and Inman, A Social Approach to Economics, Toronto; Kiekofer, Economic Principles, Problems and Policies, Appleton-Century. References: Ise, Economics, Harpers; Mclsaacs and Smith, Essential Economic Principles, Little and Brown. Three hours a week. 3 units. 205 [10]. Commercial Geography.—:(This is the same as Geography 102.) 300 [4]. Money and Banking.—The origin and development of money, credit, and banking and the economic functions performed by commercial, savings, trust, and investment banks; the monetary and banking systems of England, Canada, and the other British Dominions, the United States and other important foreign countries; foreign exchange; financial aspects of the trade cycle; the purchasing power of money; the problems of central banking. Text-book: James, The Economics of Money, Credit and Banking, Ronald. References: Crumb, Lessons in Money and Banking; Willis and Beckhart, Foreign Banking Systems, Holt; Hayek, Prices and Production, Cape; Haberler, Prosperity and Depression, Columbia; Keynes, The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, Macmillan; League of Nations Publications, viz., World Economic Survey, World Production and Prices, Money and Banking (Vols. I and II), Prosperity and Depression. Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units. 305 [7]. Business Finance.— (This is the same as Commerce 471.) 310 [6]. International Trade.—The mechanism of international trade; the balance of payments; equilibrium; transfers; investment abroad; price level changes; purchasing power parity; control of exchange rates; the gold standard; gold versus paper; comparative cost; trade policy; free trade; duties on imports; preferences; quotas; general and particular arguments for protection; international cartels and monopolies; trade treaties and international agreements. :^ Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 189 References: Haberler, The Theory of International Trade, Hodge; Taussig, International Trade, Macmillan; Viner, Studies in the Theory of International Trade, Allen- and Unwin. Three hours a week. Mr. Drummond. 3 units. 320 [5]. Government Finance.—The development of the science of government finance; the growth of the sphere of government and increase in the tax burden; theories of taxation; provincial and federal tax problems; conflicts of jurisdiction in taxation; financing relief and other public undertakings; public borrowing and deficit financing. Text-book: Lutz, Public Finance, 4th edition, Appleton-Century. Readings: Seligman, Essays in Taxation, 1928, Macmillan; Pigou, A Study in Public Finance, 1947, Macmillan; De Vite, First Principles of Public Finance, 1936, Cape; Fagan and Macy, Public Finance, 1936, Longmans; Black, The Incidence of Income Taxes, 1939, Macmillan; others to be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. Clark. 3 units. 325 [3]. Labour Economics and Labour Problems.—A study of the major labour problems arising out of the factory system and large-scale enterprise. Special attention will be given to the history of trade unions in England, the United States, and Canada, and to recent developments in labour relations, with regard to structure and functions of trade unions, employer policies and associations, collective bargaining and industrial conflict, labour legislation, labour and political action. Text-books: Lester, Economics of Labour, Macmillan; Taft, Economics and Problems of Labor, Staekpole. References: To be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Jamieson. 3 units. 330 [9]. History of Economic Thought.—The development of economic theory with special reference to the Mercantilists, the Physiocrats, and Adam Smith; the distinguishing characteristics and the modern counterparts of the Classical, Historical, Socialist, and Marxian economic doctrines; the immediate background and present emphases of the science. Text-books: Roll, A History of Economic Thought, Faber and Faber; Gray, The Development of Economic Doctrine, Longmans; Scott, The Development of Economics, Appleton-Century; Gide and Rist, A History of Economic Doctrine, Harrap; Patterson, Readings in the History of Economic Thought, McGraw-Hill; Whit- taker, A History of Economic Ideas, Longmans. Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units. 190 Faculty of Arts and Science 335 [12]. Statistics 1.—Averages, dispersion, skewness; the normal curve; sampling; index numbers; time series analysis; correlation; applications of these topics to business problems. A few lectures will be devoted to applications of statistics in each of the following fields: vital statistics, forestry, and agriculture. Text: Mills, Statistical Methods, Holt. Three lectures and two hours of laboratory work a week. 3 units. 400 [8]. Advanced Economic Theory.—The field of theoretical economics, with emphasis on the basic principles of the science; the approach and contributions of contemporary authorities, including Joan Robinson, J. R. Hicks, and J. M. Keynes. Text-book: Boulding, Economic Analysis, Harpers. Readings: Keynes, General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money, 1936, Harcourt, Brace; Chamberlain, The Theory of Monopolistic Competition, 1933, Harvard; Robinson, The Economics of Imperfect Competition, 1933, Macmillan; Homan, Contemporary Economic Thought, 1928, Harpers; Hicks, The Theory of Wages, 1935, Macmillan; Kierstead, Essentials of Price Theory, University of Toronto; Meyers, Elements of Modern Economics, Prentice-Hall. Three hours a week. Mr. Crumb. 3 units. 401., Business Cycles.—A survey of business cycle theories, and some of the applications to Canadian economic problems. There will be a discussion of the major works related to business cycles of J. M. Keynes, D. H. Robertson, A. C. Pigou, F. Hayek, A. H. Hansen, J. A. Schumpeter, R. G. Hawtrey, G. Haberler, Paul Sweezy, and others. Text-book: Haberler, Prosperity and Depression, League of Nations, 3rd edition, 1941. Three hours a week. Mr. Clark. 3 units. (May not be given in 1948-49.) 405 [11]. Transportation.—The development of railway, highway, water, air, and urban transportation agencies in Canada. The rate structure in Canada, and the theory and practice of rate- making. The influence of governmental policy, technological progress, and labour organizations upon transportation and rates. Text-book: Jackman, Economic Principles of Transportation, 1935, University of Toronto. References: Glazebrook, A History of Transportation in Canada, 1939, Ryerson; Henry, Railway Freight Rates in Canada, 1939, King's Printer, Ottawa; and other assigned readings. Three hours a week. 3 units. Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 191 410. Economic History of the United States and Canada.—A survey of major economic developments and trends in the United States and Canada, from the earliest period of colonial settlement to the present day. Text-books: Shannon, America's Economic Growth, Macmillan; Currie, Canadian Economic Development, Nelson. Term papers will be assigned during the year. Three hours a week. Mr. Jamieson. 3 units. 435 [13]. Statistics 2. — General theory of frequency curves; elementary theory of random sampling; advanced sampling problems; multivariate analysis. Text-books: Smith and Duncan, Elementary Statistics and Applications, McGraw-Hill; Smith and Duncan, Sampling Statistics and Applications, McGraw-Hill. References: Fisher, Statistical Methods for Research Workers, Oliver and Boyd; Ezekiel, Methods of Correlation Analysis, Wiley. Prerequisites: Mathematics 200 or 202; at least Second Class standing in Statistics 1. Four hours a week. Mr. Drummond. ' 3 units. 440 [14]. Honours Seminar.—Third and Fourth Year Honours and M.A. students in Economics are required to attend an Economics Seminar. Two hours a week, to be arranged. Agricultural Economics For courses in Agricultural Economics (301, 400, 500, 501) open to students in the Faculty of Arts and Science see under the Faculty of Agriculture. Forest Economics 481 [1]. Forest Economics.-—This course is devoted to the economic aspects of land use, forestry resources, timber production, and the forest industries, especially the distribution of lumber and other products. (This course is identical with Forestry 481.) Three hours a week. 3 units. Government Note. Economics 200 is prerequisite for courses in Government but may be taken concurrently with Government 300. 300 [1], Constitutional Government.—This course deals with the nature, origin, and aims of the State; and with the organization of government in the United Kingdom and in the United States of America. 192 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-books: Ogg, English Government and Politics, Macmillan; Ogg and Ray, Introduction to American Government, Appleton- Century. Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units. 325 [3]. Imperial Problems.—A course on problems of government within the British Empire. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 330. History of Political Thought.—A discussion of the thought of some of the great political thinkers of the world in the light of problems of today. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. (May not be given in 1948-49.) 400 [5]. The Government of Canada.—The development of the Canadian federal system; the crisis in Dominion-Provincial relations ; Canadian government in wartime; adaptation of Canadian institutions for the tasks of reconstruction. Text-book: Dawson, The Government of Canada, Toronto. Reference: The Report of the Royal Commission on Dominion- Provincial Relations, King's Printer, Ottawa. Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units. 425 [4]. Problems of the Pacific.—A course on the problems of the Pacific Area discussed at the conferences of the Institute of Pacific Relations. Each problem will be related to its economic and political background. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 430 [7]. Reconstruction Problems.—Relief and reconstruction in Europe and Asia; reconversion and re-employment in Canada; the maintenance of full employment; the restoration of multilateral clearance and multilateral trade; the removal of trade barriers other than tariffs; cartels; fair competition; the economic future of the enemy countries; accommodation between state trading and free enterprise. Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) ■m Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 193 435 [6]. Public International Law.—The nature, sources, and sanctions of international law; the notion of nationhood, with particular reference to the status of the British Dominions; jurisdiction, nationality, normal relations between states; settlement of international disputes; war; organization of peace after the recent conflict. References: Oppenheim, International Law; Brierly, The Law of Nations; MacKenzie and Lang, Canada and the Law of Nations. Three hours a week. Mr. MacKenzie. 3 units. 445. Honours Seminar.—Third and Fourth Year Honours and M.A. students in Political Science are required to take this course. Two hours a week to be arranged. Sociology The prerequisite for Third and Four Year courses in Sociology is either Economics 200 or Sociology 200. The prerequisite may be taken concurrently with the advanced course. 200 [1]. Introduction to Sociology.—The approach to the study of society is by way of the local community and its institutions.' An evaluation of the importance of the geographic, the biological, the psychological, and the cultural factors in the determination of the rise, growth, and functioning of groups will be undertaken. There will be an attempt to discover fundamental principles and to trace these principles in their interrelations. Several of the problems resulting from group contacts will be studied. Text-book: Pendell, Society Under Analysis, Cattell. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. 300 [8]. Criminology.—The theoretic and scientific basis of criminology will be sketched through a study of opinions, cases, and institutions. An analysis of contemporary findings concerning causation in juvenile delinquency and in adult crime will be made. Reformist programmes will be evaluated and suggestions for a modern scientific system of treatment for Canadian criminals will be invited. Text-books: Barnes and Teeters, New Horizons in Criminology, Prentice-Hall; Topping, Canadian Penal Institutions, revised edition, Ryerson; Report on the Penal System of Canada; 1938, King's Printer, Ottawa. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. 330 [6]. Introduction to Social Work.—(This course is the same as Social Work 499.) 194 Faculty of Arts and Science 400 [7]. The Dynamic Family.—The genetic rise of the family will be traced and its modern forms described. Various statements on the functions- of the family will be evaluated while the interrelations of religion, science, education, public opinion, law, and social change with the dynamic family are being sketched. An analysis of causation in family break-up will be made and recommendations for facilitating family life and for rehabilitating the broken family will be considered. Text-books: Baber, Marriage and the Family, McGraw-Hill; Burgess and Locke, The Family, American Book Company. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 425 [3]. The Urban Community.—The structural characteristics of the modern city will be outlined and the sociological significance of the functions performed by its inhabitants discussed. A factual study will be made of urban personalities, groups, and cultural patterns. Methods of urban social control will be investigated and solutions for urban problems will be evaluated. Text-books: Queen and Thomas, The City, McGraw-Hill; Gist and Halbert, Urban Society, 2nd edition, Crowell. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 426. The Rural Community.—A comparative study of rural communities with special emphasis on population element, structure, ecological organization, process, and functions. General cultural patterns will be sketched and the interrelations of rural and urban communities will be noted. Stratification and social control will be given consideration. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 430 [4]. Social Problems and Social Policy.—A detailed study of significant modern Canadian social problems, together with a statement and evaluation of the more promising suggested solutions for these problems. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. 435 [5]. Sociological Theory.—The central trend in thinking of sociologists will be traced with special emphasis on recent developments in sociological theory. Readings to be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) Economics, Political Science, and Sociology 195 445. Honours Seminar.—Third and Fourth Year Honours and M.A. students in Sociology are required to take this course. Two hours a week, to be arranged. Anthropology 300. Social Anthropology.—A brief review of the archaeological evidence on human origins; the biological background of culture; some contemporary theories of culture; a more detailed study of primitive economics, religion, and social and political organization. Prerequisite: Either Economies 200 or Sociology 200. Three hours a week. Mr. Hawthorn. 3 units. - 400. The Changing Primitive.—The expansion of Europe and the impact on primitive societies; a study of the social and individual adjustments of the primitive; evaluation of the programmes of governments, missions, and other agencies. The work of each student will include actual observation of one situation of culture contact. Prerequisite. Anthropology 300, unless 300 and 400 are taken concurrently. ^^ Three hours a week. Mr. Hawthorn. 3 units. 401, Ijndians of British Columbia.—The pre-European cultures of British Columbia; their present condition, problems, and modes of adjustment; the educational, economic, and health programmes aimed at the Indian. Each student will carry out a field study in Social Anthropology, or Archaeology, or Acculturation. Prerequisite: Anthropology 300. Three hours a week. Mr. Hawthorn. 3 units. 402. Peoples of the Pacific.—The primitive cultures of Polynesia, Melanesia, Micronesia, Indonesia, and the Philippines; the effects of culture change and their modern problems; a brief treatment of peasant life in China and Japan. Prerequisite: Anthropology 300. Three hours a week. Mr. Hawthorn. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) Department of Education Notes 1. Undergraduates who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Course are required to take Psychology 100, and their attention is called to Philosophy 100, 401, Psychology 202, 301, Sociology 200. 196 Faculty of Arts and Science 2. Six units chosen from Education 509, 510 to 582 may be taken for undergraduate credit but only by students who have completed their normal school training. 3. The Teacher Training Course consists of Education 500 to 506 inclusive. 4. Only a limited number of courses from Education 510 to 582 will be offered in any one year. 5. Psychology 301 may be counted as a course in Education. Courses 500 [9]. Principles of Education.—The first part of this course deals with some of the broader principles of method and the main types of teaching and learning activities. The second part of the course attempts to develop a philosophy of education around such topics as the individual and society, curriculum theories, and the role of education in a democracy. Text-books: To be announced. 501 [10]. Educational Psychology.—The applications of psychology to education; a consideration of the origin, motivation, development, and modification of human behaviour; native equipment; intelligence; individual differences; learning; the transfer of training; the mental hygiene of the school child; and the psychology of elementary and secondary school subjects. Text-book: Pressey and Robinson, Psychology and the New Education, Harpers. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. 502 [12]. School Administration and Law.—The organization of the school system; aims and characteristics of the elementary, junior high, and senior high schools; fundamentals of school administration; the co-curriculum; accrediting; the school law of British Columbia; the teaching profession. 503 [13]. Tests and Measurements. 504 [14]. Methods. 1. Elementary School Subjrrt.s. 2. High School Subjects.—English, Social Studies, Latin, French, German, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General Science, Agriculture, Geography, Home Economics. Two of these courses are required, but students are advised to attend a third course. All students taking one or more of the special sciences (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics) are required to take also General Science. --JP Education 1SJ7 3. Additional Subjects.—Art, Music, Health and Physical Education, Librarianship, Guidance, Speech, Dramatics. The Physical Education courses open to men are 500, 502, 510, 550; for women, 501, 511, 541, 561. 505.. Observation and practice. Note. Supplemental will not be granted in the practice teaching. Students who fail in practice teaching will be required to repeat this part of the Second Term of the Teacher Training Course. 506 [15]. Seminar.—A special study, with an essay or report, in one of the four fields, Education 500, 501, 502, 503. One hour a week. 509 [16]. High School Methods.—In this course, which Will be given by reading, methods of teaching two high school subjects will be studied. Not open to students in the Teacher Training Course nor to students who have not taken normal school training. iy2 units. 510 [25]. Administration of School Systems.—Dominion participation in education; the Provincial Department of Education; centralization and decentralization; school finance; the local unit of administration. iy2 units. 511 [26]. Administration of the Elementary School. — The organization of the elementary school; the work of the. principal; participation of staff in administration. IV2 units. 512 [27]. Administration of the Secondary School.—The administrative staff and their duties; office routine; administration of guidance programme; assemblies; co-curricular activities; construction of the time table. Applications to British Columbia circumstances will be stressed throughout. Text-book: Koos and others, Administering the Secondary School, American Book Co. iy2 units. 513 [36]. Supervision.—A study of techniques for the improvement of instruction. Responsibilities of inspectors, supervisors, and principals. iy2 units. 520 [20]. History of Education.—The development of educational theory from the time of ancient Greece to the present day, with special attention to the period since 1800. 3 units. 198 Faculty of Arts and Science 521 [22]. Philosophy of Education.—A study of current trends in educational philosophy; the social implications of contemporary educational theories. 3 units. 522 [29]. The Secondary School.—A foundation for this course will be laid by a study of the basic principles of secondary education. Consideration will be given to some of the more important modern developments in the light of these principles both in Canada and in other countries of the world. iy2 units. 523 J37]. Comparative Education. — Types and systems of schools in some of the principal nations. Study will be mostly but not entirely of England, France, Germany, the United States, and Canada. ^^ iy2 units. 524. Modern Educational Theories.—A number of present day theories and movements will be considered, with special reference to their significance for the concept of democracy as a way of life. iy2 units. 530 [21]. Advanced Educational Psychology. — A survey of recent psychological theories and a critical analysis of their implications for education. 1 3 units. 531 [31]. Psychology of Childhood.—-The mental, social, emotional, and physical characteristics of. pre-school and elementary school pupils; their interests and their problems; implications for organization and administration of school systems. ^^ IV2 units. 532 [30]. Psychology of Adolescence.—The junior and senior high school pupil as an individual and as a member of social groups; the physical, mental, social, emotional, and religious development typical of adolescence; the interests of teen-age boys and girls and their problems in personal relations, in the home, in the school, and in the community. iy2 units. 533 [33]. Psychology of Exceptional Children.—The physical, mental, social, and emotional characteristics of exceptional children (gifted, backward, crippled, hard-of-hearing, etc.); factors in their growth and development; educational provisions suited to their needs. iy2 units. 534 [32]. Psychology of the School Subjects.—This course aims to cover that part of educational psychology which is directly con- Education 199 cerned with classroom subject-matter activities. It considers the research findings in the various elementary and secondary school fields and applies them to teaching and learning procedures. iy2 units. 535 [38]. Evaluation.—The basic principles of evaluation; tests and measuring instruments for the determination of the outcomes of instruction; analyzing the results of evaluation. 3 units. 536. Individual Tests.—The administration, scoring," interpreting, and values of such individual tests as the Revised Stanford Binet, The Weehsler-Bellevue, etc. A consideration of the theories of the nature of intelligence; the constancy of the IQ, etc. Practical experience in the administration of the tests will be given. First Term. ^J iy2 units. 537. Standardized Group Tests.—A consideration of such group tests as achievement, intelligence, personality, interests, aptitudes, and attitudes. Practical experience in administering, scoring, and interpreting the tests will be offered. No credit will be given for students who have taken Education 535. Second Term. iy2 units. 550 [35]. Guidance.—The objectives of guidance; gathering and using information concerning students; counselling with students; articulation of the different forms of guidance; contributions of teachers, principal, and specialists in guidance; analysis of guidance programmes in secondary schools. 1% units. 560 [39]. Teaching in the Secondary School.—This course on modern techniques of secondary school teaching will include a study of such matters as socialized procedures and provision for individual differences through unit methods. Some opportunity for specialization according to subject will be provided. IV2 units. 561 [34]. Diagnostic and Remedial Instruction.—This course is intended to help teachers in their work with seriously retarded pupils. It includes a study of the diagnostic point of view in education, types and causes of subject-matter disabilities, and possible remedies of difficulties. Disabilities in spelling, reading, and arithmetic will be studied chiefly, and over half the course will be devoted to reading. Some opportunity will be given teachers to specialize on primary, intermediate, or secondary school levels of work. 1% units. 200 Faculty of Arts and Science 570 [40]. Educational Sociology.—This course will include such topics as the following: individual and social aims, the community and education, education and internationalism, social problems of administration and control, curriculum problems, moral education, education and national unity, pending educational developments in Canada. 3 units. 580 [23]. Problems in Education.—An investigation and report of an educational problem. 3 units. 581 [24]. Methods of Educational Research. — The scientific method in education; discovering educational problems; types of educational research; standards in thesis writing; critical study of published research. This course may be successfully taken with Education 582. iy2 units. 582 [28]. Educational Statistics.—The frequency distribution; measures of central tendency; measures of variability; the normal probability curve and its applications; sampling; reliability; correlation, its meaning and application; partial and multiple correlation. iy2 units. Department of English For Honours courses in English see pages 117 and 125. First Year All students of the First Year are required to take English 100, 101. 100 [la]. Literature.—Elementary study of a number of literary forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the novel, the essay, the simpler sorts of poetry. Texts: To be announced. Two hours a week. 101 [lb]. Composition.—Elementary forms and principles of composition. Text-books: To be announced. Two hours a week. The work in composition consists (i) of themes and class exercises, and (ii) of written examinations. Students will be required to make a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work.. 3 units. English 201 Second Year 200 [2]. Literature.—Studies in the history of English literature. Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief authors and movements from Tottel's Miscellany to 1900. Text-book: College Survey of English Literature, Harcourt, Brace. Three hours a week. 3 units. 205 [3 and 4]. English Composition and Literature.—A course especially designed to meet the needs of Second Year students in the Faculty of Agriculture, and in the Departments of Commerce, Physical Education, Pharmacy, and Home Economics. This course offers training in advanced composition, in research, and in the preparation of term papers and reports. It also includes selected readings from various types of modern writing. To satisfy the course requirements the student must (1) write satisfactory reports and essays, and (2) pass written examinations. Text-books: Perrin, Writer's Guide and Index to English, Scott, Foresman; McCallum, The College Omnibus, 6th edition, 1947, Harcourt, Brace; Blakey and Cooke, The Preparation of Term Essays, University of B.C. Three hours a week. < 3 units. For courses in English in Applied Science, see Applied Science section of Calendar. Third and Fourth Years 401. Creative Writing.—A course devoted to practice in imaginative writing. Both verse and prose forms will be attempted, and particularly the short story, familiar essay, and literary article. Enrolment in this course will be limited to twenty students, who must make written application to the instructor before September 1st. Three hours a week. Mr. Birney. 3 units. 402. Classics of European Literature.—A course devoted to the study of some great books representative of various strains in Western civilization. (Not given in 1948-49.) 405 [5]. Poetics.—The imagination and the poetic process; the emotional element in poetry and the tests of value; the content of poetry and the nature of poetic truth; poetic form and its varieties, diction, imagery, tone-colour, and metrics. Texts:.To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 3 units.: (Not given in 1948-49.) 202 Faculty of Arts and Science 408 [8]. Studies in Elizabethan Literature.—Various literary types will be examined: the lyric, the sonnet sequence, the pastoral, the prose romance, realistic prose and verse, literary criticism, the essay. The authors studied will include Sidney, Daniel, Drayton, Campion, Jonson, Bacon, and Donne. The work of Spenser will be studied in detail. The King James version of the Bible and its influence on English literary style will receive special attention. Texts: Hebel and Hudson, Poetry of the English Renaissance, Dodd, Mead; The Oxford Spenser. Three hours a week. Miss Mawdsley. 3 units. 409; 410 [9a, 9b]. Shakspere.—These courses may be taken for credit in two successive years. In 1948-49, 409 will be given as follows: i. A detailed study of the text of A Midsummer Night's Dream, Henry TV, Part 1, Othello, Antony and Cleopatra, Corio- lanus. ii. Lectures on Shakspere's development, on his use of sources, and on his relation to the stage and the dramatic practice of his time. Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of the five plays named above, and with The Facts About Shakespeare, by Neilson and Thorndike, Macmillan. They are advised to get The Complete Works of Shakespeare, ed. Kittredge, Ginn, or the New Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson and Hill, Houghton Mifflin, or the Oxford Shakespeare, ed. Craig. Three hours a week. 3 units. 410 [9b]. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) » 411 [10]. The Drama to 1642.—The course begins with a study of Aristotle's theory of tragedy, and of the Roman dramatists who provided models for the Elizabethans. The Miracle Plays, Morality Plays, and Interludes of English medieval drama will be studied. The main subject of the course is Elizabethan drama, its development, culmination, and decline. Particular attention will be given to the works of Lyly, Kyd, Peele, Greene, Marlowe, Shakespeare, Jonson, Webster, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton, Massinger, Shirley, and Ford. Texts: Parks and Beatty, The English Drama 900-1642, Norton; The Complete Works of Shakespeare, ed. Kittredge, Ginn, or the New Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson and Hill, Houghton Mifflin. Three hours a week. Mr. Akrigg. 3 units. English 208 420. The History of English Drama Since 1660..—A survey of the chief developments of dramatic art from the Restoration to the present day. (Not given in 1948-49.) 421. Theatre Practice.—This course deals with the theory and practice of acting and with the fundamentals of voice production. It includes the following subjects: (a) principles of acting, panto- mine, interpretation of the role, acting scenes, participation in a play; (b) breath control, tone quality, articulation, interpretation of the spoken line. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Miss Somerset. 3 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 422. History of the Theatre.—A course that surveys the history of Western theatrical presentation from the Greek era to the present day. It will examine representative plays of important periods in the development of the theatre, with special emphasis upon the theatres in which they were produced, the art of the actors, scenic effects, styles of production, and dramatic theory. Students will have the opportunity of participating in workshop presentations of plays taken up in class. Three hours a week. Miss Somerset. 3 units. (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 425. The Age of Milton.—The first term will be devoted to a study of Milton, with particular emphasis on Paradise Lost. In the second term certain themes, determined in part by the particular needs of the class, will be traced throughout the seventeenth century; e.g., the "metaphysical" school of poets; mysticism; Anglicanism ; the Cavalier and Libertine spirit; Puritanism and the arts; Baroque form in poetry and prose; the new science and the Royal Society; the development of prose styles. Essays will be required and a few seminars arranged for discussion of assigned topics. Texts: Complete Poetry and Selected Prose of John Milton, Modern Library; Coffin and Witherspoon, Seventeenth Century Prose and Poetry, Harcourt, Brace. Three hours a week. Mr. Daniells. 3 units. English 426 [14]. Eighteenth Century Literature.—This is a survey course extending from the Restoration of 1660 to the end of the eighteenth century. The course is divided into the three principal literary periods—the Age of Dryden, the Age of Pope, and the Age of Johnson. The significant authors of each period are closely studied, and their works related to the broad cultural movements of the age, in architecture, art, and music. 204 Faculty of Arts and Science ■Text: Shepard and Wood, English Prose and Poetry, 1660-1800, Houghton Mifflin. Three hours a week. 3 units. 427 [13]. The English Novel from Richardson to 1910.—The development of English fiction is traced from Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs. Radcliffe, Scott, Jane Austen, and the Victorian novelists to those of the Edwardian period. A summer reading list of required novels is available for those intending to take the course. Three hours a week. Mr. Wood. 3 units. 428. English Literature of the American Continent.—This course is concerned mainly with the literature of the United States, the major authors and principal currents of thought from about 1750 to the present. Some representative Canadian writers also will be included. Texts: The chief text is Jones and Leisy, Major American Writers; Hawthorne's The Scarlet Letter, Melville's Moby Dick and Billy Budd, and Mark Twain's Huckleberry Finn are assigned readings; seven or eight other works are to be selected by the student from a list of titles; certain selections in Smith's A Book of Canadian Poetry will be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Watters. 3 units. 430 [16]. The Romantic Period, 1780-1830. — Studies in the literature of the Romantic period, based chiefly upon the work of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. Text: Campbell, Pyre, and Weaver, English Poetry and Criticism of the Romantic Movement, Crofts. References: Bernbaum, Guide Through the Romantic Movement and Selections from the Pre-Romantic Movement, Nelson; Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1740-1830, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mrs. Blakey Smith. 3 units. 431 [17]. Victorian Poetry. — This course is chiefly concerned with the work of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks at the close of the term will be devoted to a survey of the development of later poetry. Text: Stephens, Beck, and Snow, Victorian and Later English Poets, American Book Company. Reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1830-1880, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mr. Robbins. 3 units. English 205 432 [18]. Victorian Prose Literature.—Literary, social, religious, and scientific currents of thought as represented by the work of Mill, Ruskin, Carlyle, Newman, Arnold, Darwin, Huxley, and Butler. The following texts in whole or part will be dealt with in lectures and class discussion: Mill, Utilitarianism and Liberty, Everyman; Ruskin, Unto This Last, Everyman; Carlyle, Sartor Resartus (selections), Heroes and Hero Worship (selections), Past and Present, Everyman; Newman, Apologia Pro Vita Sua, Everyman, Idea of a University (selections), ed. Yardley, Cambridge; Arnold, Representative Essays, ed. Brown, Macmillan, Literature and Dogma (selections), Burt's Home Library; Darwin, Origin of Species, Chapter IV, Everyman, or World's Classics, Oxford; Huxley, Readings from Huxley, ed. Rinaker, 1934, Harcourt, Brace; Butler, Erewhon, Everyman. Three hours a week. 3 units. 433. Contemporary Literature.—A study of outstanding writers of the present generation, and of the literary developments they represent in the essay, poetry, and fiction. Texts: Pence, Essays of To-day; Sanders and Nelson, Chief Modern Poets of England and America; and three novels to be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Lewis. 3 units. 434 [25a]. Private Reading.—Students who are candidates for an Honours degree in English may elect a course of private reading in their Third Year. 3 units. 435 [25b]. Private Reading.—Students of the Fourth Year may pursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Department, a course of private reading. 3 units. 440 [20]. Chaucer and Middle English.— (i) Middle English grammar with the reading of representative texts; (ii) The Canterbury Tales. Texts: Chaucer's Complete Works, ed. Robinson, Houghton Mifflin; Manly, The Canterbury Tales, Holt; a Middle English reader: Three hours a week. 3 units. 442 [21]. Anglo-Saxon—Moore & Knott, The Elements of Old English, edition of 1940 or later, Wahr. Two hours a week. ' 2 units. 443 [22]. The History of the English Language.—The study of the vocabulary, syntax, accidence, and phonology of the English language from the historical point of view. A brief introduc- 206 Faculty of Arts and Science tion to philological method; the ancestry of English; the language in the Old and Middle English periods, with illustrative readings; the development of modern English. This course is open to any Fourth Year student taking an Honours course (whether single or combined Honours), and, by permission of the instructor, to a limited number of other Fourth Year students of satisfactory standing. Two hours a week. Mrs. Blakey Smith. ' 2 units. Seminars 444 [24a]. Bibliography and General Method. — Third Year Honours students in English are required to take this course. One hour a week. Mrs. Blakey Smith. 1 unit. 445 [24b]. In this class Honours students will get practice in some of the simpler methods of criticism and investigation. The subject for 1948-49 will be literary criticism. All Honours students, of both Third and Fourth Years, are required to take this course. Credit is given at the end of the Fourth Year. Two hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 3 units. Teacher Training Course 526 [26]. Methods in High School English.—This course does not carry undergraduate credit. Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Hall. Department of French With the consent of the professor in charge of the course, a student taking a General Course B.A. degree may be admitted to any course in the Third and Fourth Years in addition to, but not in lieu of French 300 and 400; and a student taking a B.Com. degree may be admitted to French 301 or 302 in lieu of French 300. Students from other universities who have already taken the work of French 300 and 400 may be given special permission by the Head of the Department to substitute other courses. For Honours courses in French see pages 118 and 125. 101 [1]. Texts: March, Types of the French Short Story, Ronald; Petite anthologie, Crofts; Chinard, Scenes de la vie frangaise, Ginn; Barton and Sirieh, Simplified French Review Grammar and Composition, Crofts. Prerequisite: University Entrance French or its equivalent. Three hours a week. 3 units. m French 207 202 [2]. Texts: Balzac, Le Pere Goriot, Larousse; Irvin & King, Lectures intermediates, Harpers. Independent reading to include Balzac, Eugenie Grandet,' and the author listed under Summer Reading. Composition in French based on the above readings, and from Barton and Sirich, New French Review Grammar and Composition, Crofts. Prerequisite: French 101 or its equivalent. Three hours a week. 3 units. 203. Instruction in the organization of work; training in speech and writing. Open to students preparing for Honours. Texts: Faguet, Ce que disent les livres, Cambridge; Stendhal, Le Rouge et le Noir, Scribners; Shields, Parlons frangais, Houghton Mifflin. Three hours a week. 3 units. 300 [3a]. The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV.—Lectures on the history and social conditions of the period, and on the development of the literature. Careful reading and discussion of the following texts: Schinz and King, Seventeenth Century French Readings, Holt; Corneille, Le Cid, Didier, or Polyeucte, Didier; Racine, Iphigenie, American Book Co., or Andromaque, Didier, or PMdre, Heath; Moliere, Le Misanthrope, Didier, or Les Femmes Savantes, Didier, or L'Avare, Manchester University; Le Tartuffe, Didier. Conversation and written resumes based on the above. This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year French. French 202 is a prerequisite. Students who cannot write' French with some facility are advised not to attempt French 300. Students who intend to take French throughout the four years or who wish to teach this subject should take also French 302. Three hours a week. 3 units. 301 [3b]. French Verse.—A study of the forms of French verse and of poetic diction and imagery from 1820 onwards. Exercises in scansion, rhythm, and harmony; analysis of language and composition. Texts: Berthon, Nine French Poets, Macmillan; Victor Hugo, Oeuvres choisies (Delagrave); Charles Marc des Granges, Les poetes frangais 1820-1920, Hatier. Independent readings to include Vigny, Eloa; or Lamartine, Jocelyn. See also, under Summer Reading, Chateaubriand and Rivarol. Three hours a week. For Honours students. 3 units. 208 Faculty of Arts and Science 302 [3c]. French Practice.—Composition and phonetics, training" in writing, conversation, and pronunciation. This course should be taken by all who elect French as a Third Year subject. It may not be substituted for French 300. Text-books: Coindreau, Contes et nouvelles du temps present, Reynal and Hitchcock; Bond, The Sounds of French, Heath. Three hours a week. 3 units. 400 [4a]. The Romantic Movement.—Romanticism, lyrical and social, in French literature; its significance in poetry and life. Texts: Victor Hugo, Hernani, Nelson; Ruy Bias, Delagrave; Alfred de Vigny, Chatterton, Lymanhouse; Alfred de Musset, Fantasio, On ne badine pas avec Vamour, Lorenzaccio, Larousse. Independent readings include the plays of Marivaux, Voltaire, Sedaine, and Banville listed under Summer Readings. References: Stewart and Tilley, The Romantic Movement in French Literature, Cambridge; Roger Picard, Le Romantisme social, Brentano. Prerequisites: French 300 and 302.1 Three hours a week. 3 units. 401 [4b]. The Literature of the Eighteenth Century.—Lectures on the history and social conditions of the period, with special emphasis on the philosophe movement, and the beginnings of Romanticism. The interrelations of French and English thought and literature will be touched upon. Texts: Havens, Selections from Voltaire, Appleton-Century; Mornet, Rousseau, Morceaux choisis, Didier; Fallex, Diderot, Ex- traits, Delagrave; Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de Seville, Macmillan. Prerequisites: French 300 and 301. Three hours a week. 3 units. 402 [4c]. Lectures on the educational and administrative institutions of modern France; one hour. Oral and written practice, readings, and discussions; two hours. This course may be taken with French 400, but not in place of it. Prerequisite: French 302. Three hours a week. 3 units. Courses for Graduate Students 501 [5b]. The Middle Ages and XVIth Century.—Texts: Aucas- sin et Nicolete, Classiques francais du moyen-age, Champion; selected readings from Montaigne, Rabelais, and the poets of the Pleiade in Anthologie litteraire de la Renaissance frangaise, Holt. 3 units. French 502 [5c]. The History of French Criticism.—French literary criticism and theory, from the Pleiade to the present day. Text-book: Vial-Denise, Idees et doctrines litteraires, three vols., Delagrave. 3 units. 503 [5d]. Contemporary French Literature.—The poetic movement from Peguy to the Surrealistes. Texts: Anthologie de la nouvelle poesie francaise, Kra; Lectures expliquees from Valery, Variete i, Gallimard; Gide, Pages de Journal, Gallimard; Valery Larbaud, Amants, heureux amants, Gallimard. Further readings to be specified. 3 units. 504. Some Aspects of French Classicism.—The struggle for liberty in the seventeenth century and the part played by Louis XIV, the great writers, and the great institutions. 3 units. Summer Reading Upon entering the courses for the years stated, the student must satisfy the instructor that he has read the books mentioned below. Third Year: 1. Chateaubriand, Atala, Larousse. 2. Madame de Stael, De I'Allemagne, Larousse*. 3. Rivarol, Discours sur I'universalite de la langue francaise, Larousse. Fourth Year: 1. Marivaux, Le Jeu de I'amour et du hasard, Larousse. 2. Voltaire, Contes, Hatier. 3. Voltaire, Zaire, Larousse. 4. Sedaine, Le philosophe sans le savoir, Larousse.* 5. Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, Paul et Virginie, Larousse.* 6. Banville, Gringoire, Hatier.* Note. Books marked with an asterisk are to be read by Honours students only. Department of Geology and Geography Geology For Honours courses in Geology and Geography see pages 118, 119, 125, 126. 201 [la and lc]. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction to the science of geology, and includes the following subdivisions: Physical Geology, including weathering, the work of the wind, ground water, streams, and glaciers, the ocean and its work, the structure of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes, igneous intrusions, metamorphism, mountains, plateaus, and ore deposits. 210 Faculty of Arts and Science . Two hours a week. First Term and to January 31. Mr. OkulitCh, Mr. Watson, Mr. White, and Mr. Thompson. Historical Geology, including the history of the earth and its life from pre-Cambrian to recent time. Two hours a week. Second Term from Feb. 1. Mr. Okulitch, Mr. Watson, Mr. White, and Mr. Thompson. Text-book: Longwell, Knopf, Flint, Schuchert, Dunbar, Outlines of Geology, 1941, Wiley. Prerequisite: See under Geology 202. . 2 units. 202 [lb and Id]. Laboratory Exercises.—Laboratory exercises in physical geology, including the study and identification of the commoner minerals and rocks. Field Work may replace laboratory occasionally, and will take the form of excursions to localities in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver which illustrate the subject matter of the lectures. Two hours laboratory a week. First Term and to Jan. 31. Mr. Watson, Mr. Warren, Mr. Thompsdn, and assistants. Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology, including the study of index fossils representative of the periods of geological time, and geological maps. Two hours laboratory a week. Second Term from Feb. 1. Mr. Okulitch, Mr. Watson, Mr. White, and assistants. Text-book: Longwell, Knopf, Flint, Schuchert, Dunbar, Outlines of Geology, 1941, Wiley. Prerequisite for Geology 201 and 202: University Entrance Chemistry or Physics, or Chemistry 90 or 100, or Physics 100 or 120, taken either before or concurrently. 1 unit. Students may be required to pass in each of the laboratory divisions. 302 [2a, 2b]. Mineralogy.—-An introduction to the field of mineralogy. Lectures cover morphological crystallography, physical, systematic, and descriptive mineralogy of approximately one hundred rock-forming and ore minerals in addition to those studied in Geology 202. Laboratory work consists of a study of the more common crystal forms and methods of determinative mineralogy including blowpipe analysis. Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley. Geology and Geography 211 References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Phillips, An Introduction to Crystallography, Longmans. Prerequisites: Geology 201 and 202 must, and Chemistry 100 and Physics 100 should, precede or accompany this course. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr.' Warren, Mr. Thompson, and assistants. 3 units. 304 [4]. Structural Geology.—A study of primary and secondary structures in rocks. The course includes practice in methods of solving various structural problems. Text-book: Lahee, Field Geology, 4th edition, 1941, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Geology 20.1 and 202. Three hours a week. Mr. White. 3 units. 305 [5]. History of the Earth Sciences; Theoretical and Historical Geology.—A brief study of the development of the geological sciences, theories employed in geological interpretations, and the historical geology of North America. References: Geikie, The Founders of Geology, Macmillan; Merrill, The First One Hundred Years of American Geology, Yale; Adams, The Birth and Development of the Geological Sciences, Williams and Wilkins; Schuchert and Dunbar, Textbook of Geology, Part II, Historical Geology, 4th edition, 1941, Wiley. Prerequisites: Geology 201 and 202. Two hours a week. Mr. .Williams. 2 units. Note. Geology 305 may be counted as a course in Geography. 307 [8, part]. Petroleum and Natural Gas. — A study of the origin and occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. Text-book: Bateman, Economic Mineral Deposits, 1942, Wiley. Prerequisites: Geology 201, 202, 302. One hour a week. First Term. Mr. Williams. y2 unit. 308 [8, part]. Coal and Structural Materials.—A study of the origin and occurrence of coal and structural materials, with special reference to Canadian deposits. Text-book: Bateman, Economic Mineral Deposits, 1942, Wiley. Prerequisites: Geology 201, 202, 302. One hour a week. Mr. Williams. 1 unit. 406 [6]. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate fossils, their classification, identification, and geological distribution. Text-book: Twenhofel and Shrock, Invertebrate Palaeontology, McGraw-Hill. 212 Faculty of Arts and Science References: Shimer and Shrock, Index Fossils of North America, Technology Press; Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology, Macmillan; Raymond, Prehistoric Life, 1939, Harvard; Shimer, An Introduction to the Study of Fossils, 1933, Macmillan. Prerequisites: Geology 201 and 202. Biology 100 and Zoology 200 are recommended. For students majoring or taking Honours in Geography or Zoology, a reading course in historical geology may be substituted for Geology 201 and 202. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Williams, Mr. Okulitch. 3 units. 407 [7]. Petrography. — This course consists of systematic studies of (i) optical mineralogy and (ii) petrography, with an introduction to petrogenesis. The laboratory work deals with the determination of rocks under the microscope and in hand specimens. Text-books: Tyrrell, The Principles of Petrology, Dutton; Rogers and Kerr, Optical Mineralogy, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Geology 302. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Watson. 4 units. 408 [8, part]. Mineral Deposits.—A study of the manner of occurrence, genesis, structure, and distribution of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral deposits, with type illustrations; special stress is placed upoD Canadian deposits. Text-book: Bateman, Economic Mineral Deposits, 1942, Wiley. Prerequisites: Geology 302, 304, and 403 or 407 must precede or accompany this course. Three hours a week. Mr. Gunning, Mr. White. 3 units. 409 [9]. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealing with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means of the reflecting microscope. . The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding, and polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro- chemical methods of mineral determination. During the Second Term each student is assigned a suite of ores from some mining district for a critical examination and report. Text-book: U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic Determination of the Ore Minerals. Prerequisite: Geology 408 must precede or accompany this course. Three hours a week by arrangement. Mr. Warren, Mr. Thompson. 2 units. Geology and Geography 213 410 [10]. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers of the Geological Survey of Canada. This course is essentially practical and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording, and correlating geological facts in the field. The students construct geological maps of selected areas and visit localities of interest within reach of Vancouver. The cost to each student may approach $20. Text-book: Lahee, Field Geology, 4th edition, 1941, McGraw-Hill. References: Hayes, Handbook for Field Geologists, Wiley; Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Geology 302 and 304. Two hours a week in the Second Term by arrangement and ten days in the field at the close of examinations in the spring. Mr. White. I iy2 units. 411 [11]. Regional Geology.—A study of the geology of Canada and of the main geological features of the continental and oceanic segments of the earth. References: Young, Geology and Economic Minerals of Canada, Geological Survey of Canada, Economic Geology Series No. 1, 1926; Suess, Das Antlitz der Erde, Tempsky; maps and reports of various national surveys. Prerequisites: Geology 305; 304 must accompany or precede. Three lectures a week. Mr. Williams, Mr. White. 3 units. 412 [12]. Geomorphology. — This course is intended for advanced students in geography and geology. The subject represents the overlap between these two major sciences. It involves a study of the processes, principles, and laws of land formation, types of land forms, and their distribution. Text-book: Hinds, Geomorphology, 1943, Prentice-Hall. References: Lobeek, Geomorphology, 1939, McGraw-Hill; Von Engeln, Geomorphology, 1942, Macmillan; Cotton, Geomorphology, 1947, Wiley; reports of the Canadian Geological Survey; reports and maps of the U. S. Geological Survey; geological and geographical journals. Prerequisite: Geography 101 or Geology 201 and 202. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Okulitch. 3 units. Courses for Graduate Students 520 [20]. Sedimentation. Text-book: Twenhofel, Principles of Sedimentation, McGraw- Hill. 214 Faculty of Arts and Science Prerequisites: Geology 302 and 411. Two seminars and 6 hours of reading or laboratory a week. Mr. Williams. 3 units. 521 [21]. Problems in Palaeontology. Prerequisite: Geology 406. One seminar and 6 hours laboratory a week. Mr. Okulitch. 3 units. 522 [23a]. Advanced Mineralogy (Gems and Precious Stones). —A systematic study of the gem minerals and of some of the more popular semi-precious stones. Text-books: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley; Smith, Gemstones, Methuen. Prerequisite: Geology 302. One seminar and four hours laboratory a week. First Term. Mr. Warren, Mr. Thompson. iy2 units. Note. This course may be taken as an undergraduate course, subject to the approval of the Department. 523 [23b]. Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study of some of the rarer minerals, particular attention being given to those of economic importance. Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley. References: Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley; Kraus, Hunt, and Ramsell, Mineralogy, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisite: Geology 408. One seminar and four hours laboratory a week, or six hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Warren, Mr. Thompson. IV2 units. 524 [24]. Advanced Mineralography.—A critical study of some approved suite of ores, using the more recent methods of investigation, including the examination of polished sections under polarized light, microchemistry, micro]thotography, use of "super-polisher," etc. Frequent reference will be made to U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic Determination of the Ore Minerals. Prerequisite: Geology 409. Occasional seminars and from five to seven hours laboratory a week. Mr. Warren, Mr. Thompson. 3 to 4 units. Geology and Geography . 215 525 [25]. Petrogeny.—A seminar course, supplemented with laboratory work, which deals with the origin of igneous and meta- morphic rocks. References: Harker, Metamorphism, Methuen; Bowen, Evolution of Igneous Rocks, Princeton. Prerequisite: Geology 407. Two seminars and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Watson. 3 units. 526 [26]. Mineral Deposits.—A seminar course, supplemented by laboratory work, dealing with the character, origin, and structure of mineral deposits, with emphasis on ore deposits. Text-book: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits, 4th edition, 1933, McGraw-Hill. "^ Reference: Ore Deposits of the Western States, A.I.M.E., 1933. Prerequisites: Geology 308, 407, and 408. Two hours seminar and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Gunning. 4 units. Geography Students intending to major in Geography are required to take Geography 101 and 102 as prerequisites to all other courses in Geography. Geography 101 is one of the elective sciences as stated on p. 109, see. 1(e) of the calendar. 101 [1]. Elementary Physical Geography.—This introductory course provides a foundation for the study of geography. It will be useful not only to those who may intend to continue a study of geography or to teach it in schools, but to all those who are interested in man's physical environment. This course covers the study of land forms, processes of weathering, erosion, diastrophism, materials of the earth's crust, climate, and history of the earth. The laboratory part of the course includes elementary surveying and map making, interpretation of topographic maps, the study of common minerals, rocks, and fossils. Text-book: Thompson, Fundamentals of Earth Science, 1947, Appleton-Century. References: Wilmore, Groundwork of Modern Geography, Bell; Finch and Trewartha, Elements of Geography, McGraw-Hill; Moore, Elementary Geology for Canada, Dent. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Okulitch, Mr. Robinson. . 3 units. 102. Introductory Human and Economic Geography.—A general introductory course dealing with man and his occupations. It will 216 Faculty of Arts and Science be useful for those intending to major in the social sciences. The course deals with the effect of physical environment upon the distribution of the world population. It discusses the distribution of various natural resources as a background to the understanding of national problems of trade and commerce and the interchange of products. Text-books: Bengston and Van Royen, Fundamentals of Economic Geography, 1946, Prentice-Hall, or Case and Bergsmark, College .Geography, 1940, Wiley; Hammond, World Orientation Atlas, 1946. References: Huntington, Principles of Human Geography, 5th edition, 1946, Wiley; Jones and Darkenwald, Economic Geography, 1941, Macmillan; Smith and Philips, Industrial and Commercial Geography, 1946, Holt; Jones, Minerals and Industry, Pelican. Three lectures a week. Mr. Robinson. 3 units. 202 [2]. Weather and Climate.—The course is meant to give an understanding of elementary study of weather phenomena. It includes practical weather observations and recording, and analysis of daily weather maps. In the Second Term it deals chiefly with climatic classification and description, and the distribution of climatic types. Additional work will be required of Geography major and Honours students and those wishing Third or Fourth Year credit. Text-book: Trewartha, An Introduction to Weather and Climate, 2nd edition, 1943, McGraw-Hill. References: Blair, Weather Elements, Prentice-Hall; Kendrew, Climate of the Continents, Oxford; Miller, Climatology, 4th edition, Methuen. ' Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Chapman. 3 units. 205 [5]. Commercial Geography.—Geography 205 may be taken as a Second Year subject, but not as a Third or Fourth Year subject. 3 units. 303 [3]. Regional Geography.—An outline course of regional geography of the world. The physical structure, resources, climate, population, transportation, and industry of the continents are studied. Emphasis on particular continents may change from year to year. References: Lackey and Anderson, Regions and Nations of the World, 1947, Van Nostrand; Cressey, Asia's Lands and Peoples, 1945, McGraw-Hill; Stamp, Asia, Dutton; Hubbard, The Geography of Europe, Appleton-Century; James, Latin America, 1942, Geology and Geography 217 Odyssey; Stembridge, The World, 1940, Oxford; Renner, Global Geography, 1944, Crowell. An atlas is a requisite: e.g., University Atlas, Phillips; Goode's School Atlas, Rand-McNalley; Oxford Advanced Atlas, Oxford. Three hours a week. Mr. Chapman. 3 units. 305. History of the Earth Sciences, Theoretical and Historical Geology.— (This course is identical with Geology 305.) 2 units. 306 [6]. Natural Resources and World Affairs (Economic Geography).—Geographic basis of food supply, energy, natural resources, population, transportation, and trade. This course is intended to give a background for those interested in international and national affairs. Text-books: Klimm, Starkey, and Hall, Introductory Economic Geography, 2nd edition, Harcourt-Brace; Stamp, An Intermediate Commercial Geography, Part 1, Commodities and World Trade, Longmans. An atlas is a requisite; Modern School Atlas, Appleton- Century, is recommended. Two hours a week and one hour seminar or two hours laboratory. Mr. Warren, Mr. Griffith, Mr. Rowles. 3 units. 308. Regional Geography of Europe.—An introduction to the physical and human geography of Europe based on an analysis of the interaction between man and his environment in the major natural regions, and the relation of such regions to the principal political divisions of the continent. The physical and climatic characteristics of the continent; development of resources; population. Text-book: Shackleton, Europe, A Regional Geography, 3rd edition, Longmans. References: Hubbard, The Geography of Europe, Appleton-Century; Newbigin, Southern Europe, Methuen; Stamp and Beaver, The British Isles, 2nd edition, Longmans; Ormsby, France, Methuen. Three lectures a week. Mr. Chapman. 3 units. 407. Human and Cultural Geography.—A course dealing with the influences of natural environment upon man, his activities, and his culture. The course covers the mode of life and occupations of man in climatic regions such as the arctic, tropics, deserts, mountains. Discussion of world population problems. References: Davis, The Earth and Man—A Human Geography, 1943, Macmillan; Huntington, Mainsprings of Civilization, 1945, 218 Faculty of Arts and Science Wiley; James, An Outline of Geography, 1935, Ginn; White and Renner, Geography, An Introduction to Human Ecology, 1948, Appleton-Century. Three, lectures a week. Mr. Robinson. 3 units. 409. Geography of North America. — Regional geography of North America with particular emphasis on Canada, dealing with physiography, climate, natural resources, population, primary industries. Special reference is given to the development and future of Northern Canada. Text-book: Currie, Economic Geography of Canada, 1947, Macmillan. References: White and Foscue, Regional Geography of North America, 1945, Prentice-Hall; Smith and Phillips, North America, 1940, Harcourt, Brace; Putnam, Regional Geography of Canada, 1948, Dent. Three lectures a week. Mr. Robinson. 3 units. 412 [4]. Geomorphology.—-This course is identical with Geology 412. 3 units. Department of German For Honours courses in German see pages 119 and 126. 90. Beginners' Course. — Greenfield, An Outline of German Grammar, Barnes and Noble; Hagboldt, Graded German Readers, I-V, "Alternate" series, Heath. Four hours a week. 3 units. 100 [la]. Texts: Chiles, German Composition and Conversation, Part I, Ginn; Hagboldt, Graded German Readers, VI-X, Heath; Kastner, Drei Manner im Schnee, Crofts; Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath. Prerequisite: University Entrance or Beginners' German. Three hours a week. 3 units. 101 [lb]. Scientific German.—An introduction to the reading of scientific German, supplemented by a review of essentials in German grammar and composition. Text-books: Wild, An Introduction to Scientific German, Oxford; Wild, An Anthology of Scientific German, Oxford; Chiles, German Composition and Conversation, Part I, Ginn. Prerequisite: University Entrance or Beginners' German. Three hours a week. 3 units. 1*8 German 219 200 [2]. Ttfxts: Chiles, German Composition and Conversation, Part II, Ginn; Werfel, Jacobowsky und der Oberst, Crofts; Heine, Die Harzreise, Holt; Keller, Kleider machen Leute, Heath; Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath. Prerequisite: German 100 or 101 or the equivalent. Three hours a week. 3 units. 300 [3a]. The Classical Period.—Lectures on the development of German literature, with special emphasis on that of the eighteenth century. Texts for special study: Lessing, Emilia Galotti, Heath; Goethe, Faust I, Heath; Schiller, Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Holt. For less detailed study: Lessing, Minna von Bamhelm; Goethe, Iphi- genie; Schiller, Maria Stuart. Three hours a week. 3 units. Summer Reading. Before entering German 300 students must read: Fleissner, Deutsches Literatur-Lesebuch, Crofts, to page 92. (Robertson, The Literature of Germany, Home University Library, is also recommended.) 301 [3b]. The Novelle.—Lectures on the development of the German Novelle, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century. Texts: Fleissner, Die Kunst der Prosa, Crofts; Roseler, Deutsche Novellen des 19. Jahrhunderts, Holt; Steinhauer, Die Deutsche Novelle 1880-1933, Norton; Coenen, Auf hbherer Warte, Holt. Extensive independent reading will be expected. 3 units. 302 [3c]. A course in oral and written composition, based largely on a study of the development of German civilization. Text: Jordan, Deutsche Kulturgeschichte, Crofts. Three hours a week. 3 units. 400 [4a]. Nineteenth Century German Drama.—Text: Campbell, German Plays of the Nineteenth Century, Crofts. 3 units. 401 [4b]. Nineteenth Century German Fiction.—Lectures on the development of the German novel, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century, and study of the outstanding novels of that period. 3 units. 500 [5a]. Lessing, Goethe, and Schiller.—Reading and discussion of the most important works of these authors. 3 units. 501 [5b]. Middle High German.—Text-book: Bachmann, Mittel- hochdeutsches Lesebuch. 3 units. 220 Faculty of Arts and Science Department of History Students who intend to specialize in history or who are preparing for the Teacher Training Course are advised to associate with it such allied subjects as economies, government, sociology, and geography. Economics 100, 200, 205, 330, Government 300, 325, 425, Sociology 200, Philosophy 300, 401, Psychology 201, and Geography 102 will be found especially helpful. Attention, however, is called to the regulation in paragraph 2, page 114, regarding the number of First and Second Year courses which may be taken in the Third and Fourth Years. This rule applies also to Third and Fourth Year students electing History 101, 202, 203, 204. For Honours courses in History see pages 119 and 126. A reading knowledge of French and German will be found extremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while in certain classes of more advanced work Latin is advisable. French, at least, will be required for Honours work, and the study of German is recommended. First and Second Years 101 [1]. Main Currents in Twentieth-Century History.—This course completes the study of world history in the high schools and offers a background for contemporary world problems. This course is prerequisite to History Honours. If the World History course has been taken in Senior Matriculation, History 202 will be required for Honours. Text-books: Benns, Europe Since 1914, Crofts,- or Chambers, Grant, and Bay ley, The Age of Conflict, Harcourt, Brace; Schmitt, Triple Alliance and Triple Entente, Oxford; Fox, The Super- Powers, Harcourt, Braee (for upper year credit). Essays will be assigned throughout the session. (Extra work will be required from Third and Fourth Year students taking this course.) Four hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units. 202 [2]. The History of Canada.—A general introductory course on Canadian History from the earliest times to the present. This course is required for Second Year Honours credit unless it has already been taken in the First Year or in Senior Matriculation. If credit has been given for History 202, History 203 or History 204 must be taken for Honours credit. History 202 is prerequisite for History 420, 426, 427, 430, 433, 533. Text-books: Lower, Colony to Nation, Longmans; Wrong, The Canadians, Macmillan; Creighton, Dominion of the North, Houghton Mifflin; Brown, Readings in Canadian History, Dent; Sage, Canada from Sea to Sea, University of Toronto. History 221 Essays will be assigned throughout the session. (Extra work will be required from Third and Fourth Year students taking this course.) Three hours a week. Mr. Stanley. 3 units! 203 [3]. Canada West of the Great Lakes.—The place of Western Canada in Canadian development. Text-books: Howay, British Columbia, the Making of a Province, Ryerson; Sage, Sir James Douglas and British Columbia, University of Toronto; Morton, A History of the Canadian West to 1870-71, Nelson; Sage, Canada from Sea to Sea, University of Toronto; Howay, Sage, and Angus, British Columbia and the United States, Ryerson; Burt, Romance of the Prairie Provinces, Gage. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Extra work will be required from Third and Fourth Year students taking this course. Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units. 204. The History of French Canada.—A survey of the French Canadian contribution to the development of Canada. Readings to be announced. ^J Three hours a week. Mr. Stanley. (Not given in 1948-49.) Third Year Third Year courses may be taken in the Fourth Year and vice versa. Although History 304 is primarily a Third Year course, Second Year students may be admitted. Second Year pre-Law students may be admitted to History 309. Honours students must offer either History 304 or History 309. 304 [4]. Mediaeval Europe, 500-1300. — A general outline of mediaeval history from the fall of the Roman Empire to the 13th century. Sketches of Byzantine history and of the rise of Islam are included, but the main emphasis is laid upon the culture of the 12th and 13th centuries in the West. Text-books: Stephenson, Mediaeval History, revised edition, Harpers; Strayer and Munro, The Middle Ages, Appleton-Century. Essays are assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units. 305. The Expansion of Europe. — The history of European colonial expansion, and problems of colonial administration. 5»" 222 Faculty of Arts and Science Text-books: Abbott, Expansion of Europe, Holt; Muir, Expansion of Europe, Macmillan; Townsend, Colonial Expansion Since 1871, Lippincott; Ward, The International Shareout, Nelson; Walker, Colonies, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units. 309 [10]. British History to 1688.—This course aims at an interpretation of the political, constitutional, economic, and religious development of the British Isles from the earliest times to the Revolution of 1688. Text-books: Trevelyan, A History of England, Longmans; Williamson, The Evolution of England, Oxford; Stephenson and Marcham, Sources of English Constitutional History, Harpers; Adams, Constitutional History of England, Holt; Hall and Albion, A History of England and the British Empire, Ginn. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units. 310 [11a]. The Development and Problems of the British Commonwealth.—British colonial policy; the development of the Dominions; problems of the Commonwealth. Text-book: Mullett, The British Empire, Holt. Bibliographies for voluntary summer reading will be supplied on application to the instructor in charge. Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 311 [lib]. The Development and Problems of the British Colonial Empire.—The history of the crown colonies and. India; problems of colonial administration. Text-books:'Knaplund, The British Empire, 1815-1939, Harpers; Simnett, British Colonial Empire. Bibliographies for voluntary summer reading will be supplied on application to the instructor in charge. Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 312 [12]. History of the United States of America.—This course begins with a sketch of the American colonies at the outbreak of the Revolution and traces the history of the United States from the commencement of the War of Independence to the outbreak of the Second World War. Text-book: Faulkner, American Political and Social History, Crofts. History 223 Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 313 [13]. The Age of the Renaissance and Reformation. — A study of the cultural development of Europe from the 14th to the 17th century, including a consideration of the transition from the mediaeval to the modern world; humanism; Renaissance art; overseas exploration and expansion; the rise of national States; the Reformation; the scientific revolution and intellectual developments. Text-books: Lucas, The Renaissance and the Reformation, Harpers ; Smith, The Age of the Reformation, Holt; Stearns, Pageant of Europe, Harcourt, Brace. Readings and reports will be assigned. r " . Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. ^«^J 3 units. 314 [14]. Europe from Westphalia to Waterloo.—Europe in the 17th and 18th centuries; the establishment of absolutism; the ascendancy of France; expansion and conflict overseas; the enlightened despots; the Age of Reason; the French Revolution; Napoleon; the Congress of Vienna. Text-books: Ergang, Europe From the Renaissance to Waterloo, Copp Clark; Bruun, Europe in Evolution, Houghton Mifflin; Gott- schalk, The Era of the French Revolution, Houghton Mifflin; Stearns, Pageant of Europe, Harcourt, Brace. Readings and reports will be assigned. Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 316 [16]. Social and Economic History of Mediaeval Europe.— A course on the development of economic and social life through the Middle Ages in Europe, c. 500-1500 A.D. Text-books: Pirenne, An Economic and Social History of Mediaeval Europe, and Mediaeval Cities and the Revival of Trade, Kegan Paul. Further reading assigned. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 318 [18]. British History, Tudors and Stuarts, 1485-1714.—This course offers a general survey of political, economic, social, and cultural change in the Tudor and Stuart periods. Text-books: Trevelyan, History of England, Longmans; Adams and Stephens, Select Documents of English Constitutional History, F 224 Faculty of Arts and Science Macmillan; Bland, Brown, and Tawney, English Economic History, Select Documents, Bell. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a. week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 320. Modern Chinese History Since 1644.—A survey of the domestic development of China since the Manchu Conquest. Text-books: Latourette, The Chinese, Their History and Culture, Macmillan; Eckel, The Far East Since 1500, Harcourt, Brace. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Ping-Ti Ho. 3 units. 331. Ancient History.—A survey of ancient Greek and Roman historical development. The same as Greek 331, Latin 331. For details see Department of Classics. Knowledge of Latin and Greek is not required for this course. Three hours a week. Mr. McKay, Mr. Guthrie. 3 units. * 333 [22a]. Third Year Honours Seminar.—Problems of bibliography and historical method. Text-book: Williams, The Modern Historian, Nelson. Mr. Cooke, Miss Ormsby.- Two hours a week. 3 units. ^, Fourth Year 415 [15]. Europe, 1815-1914.—The political, social, and economic history of the chief countries of continental Europe, with especial attention to international relations. Text-books: Hayes, A Political and Cultural History of Modern Europe, Vol. II, Macmillan; Hall and Davis, The Course of Europe Since Waterloo, Appleton-Century; Stearns, Pageant of Europe, Harcourt, Brace. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units. 417 [17]. World Economic History, 1850-1943.—A comparison of the means by which industrial progress has been, achieved in Western Europe, the Americas, Japan, Russia, and India, and a study of the social changes involved. Regular reading will be required, but no essays. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) s History 225 419 [19]. Great Britain Since 1714.—This course aims at an interpretation of the constitutional, political, economic, and religious development of the British Isles since 1714. Text-books: Williamson, The Evolution of England, Oxford; Ensor, England, 1870-1914, Oxford; Stephenson and Marcham, Sources of English Constitutional History, Harpers; Woodward, The Age of Reform, Oxford; Hall and Albion, A History of England and the British Empire, Ginn. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Davies. 3 units. 420 [20]. The Evolution of the Canadian Constitution.—A survey of Canadian constitutional development from the Ancien Regime to the present day. * Text-books: Kennedy, The Constitution of Canada, Oxford; Kennedy, Statutes, Treaties and Documents of the Canadian Constitution, 1713-1929, Oxford; Coupland, The Durham Report, Oxford; Wheare, The Statute of Westminster and Dominion Status. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Mr. Stanley. 3 units. 424 [24]. History of Latin America. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 425 [25]. History of Historical Writing. — A survey of the development of Western culture as reflected in the changing outlook of historians from classical times to the present day. Emphasis will be laid on 19th and 20th century philosophies of history. Text-books: Barnes, A History of Historical Writing, Oklahoma University; Shotwell, An Introduction to the History of History, Columbia; Gooch, History and Historians in the 19th Century, Longmans; Williams, The Modern Historian, Nelson. Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units. 426 [26]. Canada After 1867.—A survey of the main features of political and economic development of Canada after 1867, with some consideration of foreign policy. Text-books: Lower, Colony to Nation, Longmans; Creighton, Dominion of the North, Houghton Mifflin; Report of the Royal Commission on Dominion-Provincial Relations, Book I, Canada, 1867- 1939, King's Printer, Ottawa; Soward and others, Canada in World Affairs, the Pre-War Years, Oxford. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 3 units. ii£j f 226 Faculty of Arts and Science 427. Canadian-American Relations.—A survey of the diplomatic, social, and economic relations of Canada and the United States from the American Revolution to the present day. Text-books: Brebner, North Atlantic Triangle, Ryerson; Keenley- side, Canada and the United States, Crofts; Corbett, The Settlement of Canadian-American Disputes, Ryerson. Three hours a week. Mr. Stanley. 3 units. 428. Economic and Social History of the United States.—A study of social and economic development in the United States, from the colonial period to the present day. Text-books: Beard, The Rise of American Civilization, 1945, Macmillan; Parrington, Main Currents in American Thought, Harcourt, Brace. Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Three hours a week. Miss Ormsby. 1 3 units. 429. Eastern Europe from the Early Middle Ages. (Not given in 1948-49.) 430. Fourth Year Honours Seminar.—The history of Canadian defence; a survey of the military and political problems of Canadian defence from the French Regime to the present day. Two hours a week. Mr. Stanley. 3 units. 433 [22b]. Fourth Year Honours Seminar.—Development of Canadian external policy since Confederation. Two hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units. Note. Fourth Year Honours students will elect one of 430, 433. For Graduate Students 533 [23]. M.A. Seminar.—The history of British Columbia. Mr " Sage. Department of Home Economics The following courses are open only to students of the degree course in Home Economies except by permission of the faculties concerned. 90 [A]. Introduction to Foods and Nutrition.—An introductory ' course designed to give basic principles of food preparation and of nutrition. Text-book: Bogert, Nutrition and Physical Fitness, 4th edition, Saunders. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. IV2 units. Home Economics 227 91 [B], Introduction to Textiles and Clothing.—An introductory course designed to give basic principles of textile selection and of clothing construction by using commercial patterns. Text-book: Erwin, Practical Dress Design, Macmillan. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 100 [1]. Home Management.—Activities in the home; development of standards, techniques, and skills, with emphasis on time and motion studies and use of variety of equipment. Text-book: Gross and Crandall, Home Management in Theory and Practice, 1947, Crofts. Prerequisite: Home Economics 90 or equivalent. One hour of lectures, two hours of discussion, and two hours of laboratory a week. • iy2 units. 101 [2]. Principles of Design.—The study and application of fundamental art principles to problems in design. Application of design principles to dress. Text-book: Goldstein, Art in Everyday Life, 3rd edition, Macmillan. Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. iy2 units. 102 [3]. Textiles and Clothing.—Laboratory study of basic textile fibres and fabric construction; techniques of clothing construction applicable to wool, silk, or synthetic fabrics. Text-book: Hess, Textile Fibres and Their Use, revised edition, Lippincott. Prerequisite: Home Economics 91 or equivalent. One hour of lectures, three hours of laboratory, and one hour of discussion a week. - iy2 units. 200. Dress Design and Construction.—Development of foundation patterns and flat pattern design; consumer problems in clothing. Text-book: Latzke and Quinlan, Clothing, Lippincott. Prerequisites: Home Economics 101, 102. One hour of lectures, four hours of laboratory, and one hour of discussion a week. iy2 units. 201 [4]. Food Management.—Food buying, meal planning, and table service; food preparation, food legislation; brands, grades. Text-book: Kansas State College, Practical Cookery, 21st edition, 1947, Wiley. 228 Faculty of Arts and Science Prerequisite: Home Economics 100. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. iy2 units. 202. Human Nutrition.—Requirements of the normal adult; laboratory study of food values. Text-books: Taylor, Food Values in Shares and Weights, 1942, Macmillan; Chaney and Ahlborn, Nutrition, 3rd edition, 1943, Houghton Mifflin. Prerequisite: Home Economics 100. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 300 [5]. Household Equipment and Furnishings.—A study of house plans, furnishings, and equipment. Problems of selection and care of equipment and furnishings. Text-book: Nickell and Dorsey, Management in Family Living, Wiley. Prerequisite: Physics 100 Or Physics 110. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term. IV2 units. 301 [6]. Economics of the Household.—Family expenditures and standards of living. Budgeting of time, energy, and family funds. < Text-book: Nickell and Dorsey, Management in Family Living, Wiley. Prerequisite: Economics 200. Two lectures and two hours discussion a week. Second Term. IV2 units. 302. [7]. Foods.—Preparation of various types of food presented from an experimental point of view. Text-book: Lowe, Experimental Cookery, 3rd edition, Wiley. Prerequisites: Home Economics 201, Chemistry 225. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. Note. In 1948r49, lectures only will be given, with a credit of 1 unit. 303 [8]. Family "Nutrition.—Food requirements of the healthy family group. Text-book: Monsch, Feeding Babies and Their Families, Wiley. Prerequisites: Home Economics 201 and 202; Chemistry 225; Biology 304 parallel or preceding. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. iy2 units. Home Economics 229' 304. Experimental Cookery.—Experimental procedure applied to food preparation. Each student will carry out and write a report on an experimental food problem. Text-book: Lowe, Experimental Cookery, 3rd edition, Wiley. Prerequisite:. Home Economics 302. Six hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 305. Advanced Nutrition.—Application to all. income levels. Oral reports on recent advances in^the science of nutrition. Reference: Sherman, Chemistry of Foods and Nutrition, 7th edition, 1945, Macmillan. Prerequisite: Home Economics 303. Three lectures a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 400 [9]. Textiles.—A study of textile construction, finish, and design. Identification of fibres. Problems of textile consumers. Text-book: Hess, Textile Fibres and Their Uses, revised edition, 1946, Lippincott.. Prerequisite; Chemistry 225. f Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 401 [10]. Advanced Clothing.—Development of dress design by means of drawing. A study of the social significance of fashion. Prerequisite: Home Economics 200. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 403 [12]. Interior Decoration.—Application of design principles to home furnishing. A study of the history of architecture and furniture. Laboratory work includes work on furniture and other household furnishings. Text-book: Whiton, Elements of Interior Decoration, Lippincott. Prerequisite: Home Economics 101. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 410 [11]. Advanced Foods. — Demonstration techniques and other means of presenting information to the public. Discussion .and demonstrations, radio talks. Prerequisites: Home Economics 302, 304. One hour of lectures, two hours of discussion, and three hours of laboratory a week. iy2 units. Practice: Time to be arranged. r 230 Faculty of Arts and Science 413 [13]. Diet Therapy.—A discussion of the relation of normal nutrition to certain diseases and the part that diet therapy may play in their treatment. Special diets are calculated and prepared in the laboratory. Reference: McLester, Nutrition and Diet in Health and Disease, 4th edition, Saunders. Prerequisite: Home Economics 303, Biology 401. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term. ll/2 units. 414 [14]. Quantity Cookery.—Experience in the preparation of food in large quantities. Text-book: Fowler and West, Food for Fifty, 2nd edition, Wiley. Prerequisite: Home Economics 201. One lecture and five hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 416 [16]. Institution Buying.—Discussion of problems of purchasing food in large quantities and of the selection, arrangement, and care of equipment for large quantity food service. Text-book: West and Wood, Food Service in Institutions, 2nd edition, Wiley. Prerequisite: Home Economics 201. Three lectures a week. First Term. iy2 units. Field trips to be arranged. 417 [15]. Institution Administration.—Discussion of the organization and administration problems of food departments of institutions. Text-book: West and Wood, Food Service in Institutions, 2nd edition; Wiley. Prerequisites: Home Economics 416, Commerce 259. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 420 [.17]. Home Management.—Residence in home management house. Open only to Third and Fourth Year students. iy2 units. 421 [18]. Child Development and Family Relations. — The physical, mental, social, and emotional development of the infant and child; a study of family relations. Open only to Third and Fourth Year students. Three lectures a week and observation periods. 3 units. International Studies 231 International Studies For Honours courses in International Studies see page 120. 300. The British Commonwealth and International Organization.—This course will survey the part played by the members of the British Commonwealth in international affairs from 1919 to the present day. In particular it will deal with Commonwealth participation in international organizations and with the growth of intra-Commonwealth cooperation in the field during the period. Text-books: Carter, The British Commonwealth and International Security, Ryerson; Keith, The Dominions as Sovereign States,- Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mr. Davies. 3 units. 310. Chinese External Policy.—A survey of Chinese external policy from the first Anglo-Chinese War of 1840-42 to the present day. Text-book: Vinacke, A History of the Far East in Modern Times, Crofts. Three hours a week. Mr. Ping-Ti Ho. 3 units. 400. The Great Powers and World Politics.—A study of the Great Powers and their international policies in the 19th and 20th centuries. Text-book: Beukema and Geer, Contemporary Foreign Governments, Rinehart. Prerequisite: History 101. Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units. 410. Canadian External Policy Since Confederation.—For credit in the Department of History see History 433. Two hours' a week. Mr. Soward. Department of Mathematics For Honours courses in Mathematics see pages 121 and 127. 90. Introductory Mathematics.—A course covering the material prerequisite to Mathematics 100 for those students who have not obtained standing in Mathematics VI (old course) or Mathematics A (new course) of the High School Programme of Studies. Standing in this course or its high school equivalent must be obtained before Mathematics 100 is taken. Text-book: Lennes, A Second Course in Algebra, revised edition, Macmillan. Four hours a week. 3 units. r 232 Faculty of Arts and Science 100 [1]. Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry.—An elementary course in algebra, including proportion, variation, logarithms, progressions, theory of quadratic equations, permutations, combinations, annuities, binomial theorem; analytical geometry, including the study of the straight line and the circle, with an introductory study of the parabola, ellipse, and hyperbola; elementary trigonometry. Text-books: Currier, Watson, and Frame, General Mathematics, Macmillan; any book of five or six place trigonometric and logarithmic tables. Students who plan to enter the Faculty of Applied Science should obtain McGraw-Hill's Six Place Tables. Prerequisite: Mathematics 90. Four hours a week. 3 units. Primarily for Second Year Students Mathematics 100 is prerequisite to the following courses. 200 [2]. Algebra and Geometry. — Review of fundamentals, mathematical induction, complex numbers, theory of equations, determinants, convergency and divergency of series, and probability; review of conies, polar coordinates, and solid analytic geometry. . Text-books: Nowlan, College Algebra, McGraw-Hill; Nowlan, Analytic Geometry, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill. Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units. 201 [3], The ^Mathematical Theory of Investments.—-This course deals with the exponential law, the power law, curve fitting, the theory of interest, annuities, debentures, valuation of bonds, sinking funds, depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance. This course may not be counted in the units required for a major in Mathematics. Text-book: Hart, Mathematics of Investment, revised, Heath. Three hours a week. Miss Barclay. 3 units. 202. Calculus.—Introduction to differential and integral calculus, with applications. . Text-book: Sherwood and Taylor, Calculus, revised editipn, Prentice-Hall. / Three hours a week. Mr. James. 3 units. 203. Mathematics for Forestry.—Introduction to the calculus; practical trigonometry; elementary statistics; mathematics of investments. This course is open to students in Forestry, and to others only with the consent of the Department. Mathematics 233 Text-book: Currier, Watson, and Frame, General Mathematics, Macmillan. Three hours a week. 3 units. Primarily for Third Year Students < 300 [10]. Caleulus.—The theory and applications of the subject. Text-book: Miller, Calculus, 2nd edition, Wiley. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units. •302 [12]. Differential Equations.—An introductory course, with applications to geometry, mechanics, physics, and chemistry. Text-book: Morris and Brown, Differential Equations, revised edition, Prentice-Hall. Prerequisite: Mathematics 202. This course may be taken concurrently with Mathematics 300. Three hours a week. 3 units. 303 [13]. Plane and Solid Analytical Geometry.—A general study of the conies and systems of conies, and elementary work in three dimensions. I Text-book: Nowlan, Analytic Geometry, 3rd edition, McGraw- Hill. Prerequisite: Mathematics 200. Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan. 3 units 304 [14]. Theory of Equations, Determinants, and Matrices.-— A course covering the main theory and use of these subjects. Text-book: To be announced. Prerequisite: Mathematics 200. Three hours a week. Mr. Moyls. 3 units. 305. Mathematical Statistics.—A mathematical introduction to statistical analysis, with emphasis on sampling theory and the testing of statistical hypotheses. Applications to problems in the sciences. Text-book: Hoel, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, Wiley. Prerequisites: Mathematics 202 and 300 or 320. Mathematics 300 or 320 may be taken concurrently with Mathematics 305. Two hours a week. Mr. Jennings. 2 units. For Thdjd Year Honours Students Only At least Second-Class standing in each of Mathematics 200 and 202 is prerequisite to the following courses. r 234 Faculty of Arts and Science 320. Differential Calculus.—-The real number system, sequences, series; derivatives of functions of one and several variables, implicit functions; applications to the differential geometry of curves and surfaces. l Text-book: Hyslop, Infinite Series, Oliver and Boyd. Two hours a week. Mr. Murdoch. 2 units. 321. Integral Calculus and Differential Equations.—Definition and properties of the single and multiple Riemann integral; systematic integration; line and surface integrals; elementary differential equations, with various applications. Text-books: Gillespie, Integration, Oliver and Boyd; Ince, Integration of Ordinary Differential Equations, Oliver and Boyd. Three hours a week. Mr. James. 3 units. 322. Algebra and Geometry.—An introduction to n-dimensional vector spaces; linear systems, matrices, and determinants, matric algebra; quadratic forms, with applications to conies and quadrics. Three hours a week. Mr. Derry. 3 units. Primarily for Fourth Year Students For Honours students in Mathematics or in Mathematics combined with another subject, at least Second Class standing in each of, Mathematics 320, 321, and 322 is prerequisite to each of the following courses. Other students may be admitted to Mathematics 401 and 402 only with the consent of the Department. 400 [15]. Modern Algebra.—The number systems of algebra and analysis. An introduction to groups, fields, linear vector spaces. Various applications. Text-book: Birkhoff and MacLane, A Survey of Modem Algebra, Macmillan. References: MaeDuffee, Introduction to Abstract Algebra, Wiley; Albert, Modern Higher Algebra, University of Chicago. Two hours a week. Mr. Murdoch. 2 units. 401 [16]. Analysis.—Applications of power series; Fourier series; implicit functions; introduction to the theory of functions of a complex variable. Text-books: Sokolnikoff, Advanced Calculus, McGraw-Hill; Phillips, Functions of a Complex Variable, Oliver and Boyd. Three hours a week. Mr. James. 3 units. 402 [17]. Theory and Applications of Differential Equations.— A course covering existence theorems, systems of ordinary equations, interpolation and numerical integration, symbolic methods, Mathematics 235 the classical second order equations, partial differential equations of the first and second order, with various applications to physics. Text-book: Ford, Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill. Three hours a week. Mr. Gage. 3 units. 403 [19]. Projective Geometry.—A systematic development of the geometry of the projective plane by analytic methods. Two hours a week. Mr. Derry. 2 units. 440 [18]. Honours Seminar.—Fourth Year Honours students in Mathematics or in Mathematics combined with a subject other than Physics are required to take this course. Mr. Jennings. 1 unit. 441. Honours Seminar.—Fourth Year Honours students in Mathematics and Physics are required to take this course. Mr. Gage. 1 unit. Courses for Graduate Students Tensor Analysis. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable. Differential Geometry. Projective .Geometry. Celestial Mechanics. Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations. Theory of Numbers and Algebraic Numbers. Linear Algebras.- Modern Algebraic Theories. Harmonic and Elliptic Functions. Topology. Theory of Groups. Music Note.—Other courses in addition to those listed below are contemplated. 100. The Theory of Music.—A study of harmony and counterpoint, with ear training. Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Mrs. Jean Coulthard Adams. 3 units. 500 [20] 501 [21] 502 [22] 503 [23] 504 [24] 505 [25] 506 [26] 507 [27] 508 [28] 509 [29] 510 [30] 511 [31] 512 [32] f 236 Faculty of Arts and Science 300. Music Appreciation.—Analysis of structure and form; the art of listening. Three hours a week. Mr. AdasMn. 3 units. 305. Musical Structure, Form, and Analyses.—This course traces the development of instrumental music from the seventeenth century to the present day. The course will emphasize the similarity of form in classical and modern music. Score reading optional. (Not given in 1948-49.) 3 units- Department of Pharmacy Classes of each year of the Pharmacy course are prerequisite to those of the following year. 201. General Principles and Processes of Pharmacy.—A survey of the operations and apparatus used in the manufacture, testing, and dispensing of medicinal products, with special reference to the general principles involved. Text-books: Burlage, Burt, Lee, and Rising, Fundamental Principles and Processes of Pharmacy, McGraw-Hill; British Pharmacopoeia, 1948, Constable. . Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 202. Metrology and Pharmaceutical Calculations.—A study of weights and measures and of the common types of calculations involved in pharmaceutical work. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 203. Pharmacognosy and Elementary Materia Medica.—A detailed study of important official and non-official drugs of plant and animal origin, followed by an introduction to the study of chemical drugs. Text-book: To be announced. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 204. Pharmaceutical History, Literature, and Latin. — This course prpvides a survey of the development of pharmacy from ancient times to the present day, with special reference to the growth of the knowledge of drugs and the conditions of pharmaceutical practice. It also includes an introduction to the various types of pharmaceutical literature, and a study of the form and language of prescriptions. Students who have not obtained standing in Latin 90 or its equivalent will be required to attend an additional lecture a week for the study of 'the elements of Latin grammar. ^^i Pharmacy 237 Text-book: Kremers and Urdang, Pharmaceutical History, Lippincott. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 301. Pharmaceutical Preparations.—This course includes a survey of the various types of official, non-official, and commercial pharmaceutical preparations, and a detailed study of the more important representatives of each type. References: British Pharmacopoeia, 1948, Constable; Gutman, Modern Drug Encyclopedia, Yorke. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 302. Pharmaceutical Law and Ethics.—A study of the Provincial and Dominion legislation affecting the practice of pharmacy and the sale of drugs and poisons, and discussions of the ethical principles and responsibilities involved. One lecture a week. » 1 unit. 303. Inorganic Pharmaceutical Chemistry.—The applications of analytical and physical chemical methods and principles in pharmaceutical procedures, and a study of medicinally important inorganic chemicals including radioactive material. The laboratory work includes manufacture, assaying, and testing of chemical drugs and preparations. Reference: Chapin and Steiner, Second Year College Chemistry, Wiley. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 401. Dispensing and Prescriptions.—A study of the types of extemporaneous preparations, and extensive practice in the reading, compounding, and dispensing of typical prescriptions. Text-book: Husa, Pharmaceutical Dispensing, Husa Brothers Reference: British Pharmacopoeia, 1948, Constable. . Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 402. Pharmacology and Biopharmacy.—This course first deals with the mode of action of drugs on the living body, with special reference to therapeutic uses, toxic properties, and biological methods of assay; it then proceeds to a survey of modern types of biological medicinal products, including hormones, antibiotics, serums, and vaccines, etc. Text-book: Davison, Synopsis of Materia Medica, Toxicology, and Pharmacology, Mosby. ' Three lectures a week. 3 units. 238 Faculty of Arts and Science 403. Organic Pharmaceutical Chemistry.—A study of natural and synthetic organic medicinal compounds based on their chemical relations and properties. The laboratory work includes synthesis and testing of representative synthetic drugs, alkaloidal assays, tests of fixed and volatile oils, etc. Text-book: Jenkins and Hartung, Chemistry of Organic Medicinal Products, Wiley. Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 411. Advanced Pharmaceutics.—This course deals with the more difficult types of pharmaceutical procedures and preparations, and includes practical assignments involving extensive review of current literature. The laboratory work is largely concerned with independent investigations of official and commercial drug products. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 412. Manufacturing Pharmacy.—The apparatus, methods, and problems of large scale production of pharmaceutical products. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 413. Advanced Pharmaceutical Chemistry.--A study of the more recent advances in the chemistry of organic medicinal products. The laboratory is devoted to individual problems related to synthesis and the isolation of active principles from crude drugs. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 421. Advanced Dispensing Practice.—A study of unusual and more difficult types of standard and extemporaneous pharmaceutical preparations. Problems involving library and laboratory work are assigned for individual study and report. One conference a week. 1 unit. Department of Philosophy and Psychology Philosophy Courses numbered 300-500 are not open to Second Year students. Honours and graduate students in Philosophy may count Sociology 325 and Slavonic Studies 306 or 310 as courses in Philosophy. For Honours courses in Philosophy and Psychology, see pages 121, 122, 127, 128. 100 [1]. Introduction to Philosophy.—A systematic study of the important problems of philosophy with particular emphasis upon proposed solutions relevant to problems of today. Text-book: To be anounced. Three hours a week. Mr. Savery and Mr. MacDonald. 3 units. u Philosophy and Psychology 239 202- [8]. Logic.—A general course in the fundamental problems of logic and scientific method, for students of philosophy and of the natural and social sciences. Text-books: Cohen and Nagel, An Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method, Harcourt, Brace; Lenzen, Procedures of Empirical Science, University of Chicago. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. 205. General History of Philosophy.—A general survey of the history of philosophy from the Greeks to the present day. This course is intended primarily for general course students. Students who have taken Philosophy 100 may not enroll for this course without permission of the instructor. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units. 210 [2]. Ancient Philosophy. — Western philosophic thought from Thales to St. Augustine, with the principal stress on the works of Plato and Aristotle. Text-books: To be announced. Prerequisite: Philosophy 100 or 205 or equivalent. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. 302 [6]. Ethics. — The study of the development of ethical . thought within the history of civilization, followed by a systematic discussion of the fundamental problems of ethics. Text-books: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. 304 [9]. Social Philosophy.—A discussion of social ideals. An evaluation of present social institutions and processes in terms of the democratic ideal. Text-books: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. Savery. 3 units. 310 [3]. Mediaeval and Early Modem Philosophy.—A course tracing briefly the history of mediaeval thought from St. Augustine to the Renaissance and more intensively the rise of modern science, the resulting effect on general European thought, and the philosophical developments of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Text-books: To be announced. Prerequisite: Philosophy 205 or 210 or equivalent. , ,, 1 Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 unjta.; / 240 Faculty of Arts and Science 400 [7]. Aesthetics.—An analysis of aesthetic experience, beauty, and art. A discussion of the arts and their place in society. No technical knowledge of any art is presupposed. Text-books: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr.\ Savery. 3 units. 402 [10]. Symbolic Logic and Semantics.—Introduction to the elements of symbolic logic and to the general theory of signs. Text-book: To be announced. Prerequisite: Philosophy 202 or its equivalent. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 410 [4]. Modern Philosophy.—Intensive study of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, followed by a general critical survey of the philosophy of Kant and the major philosophers of the nineteenth century. Text-books: To be announced. Prerequisite: Philosophy 310 or its equivalent. Three hours a week. Mr. Maslow. 3 units. 415 [5]. Contemporary Philosophy.—A discussion of the major schools and problems of philosophy of the present century. Selected readings. Prerequisites: Philosophy 100, and one of Philosophy 205, 310, 410, or equivalent. Three hours a week. Mr. Savery. 3 units. 500. Philosophy Seminar.—A course in selected problems in metaphysics and epistemology as they present themselves at the present time, together with an examination of the historical background of these problems. Students will be expected to prepare and present papers for class discussion. Open only to graduate and Honours students. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units. Psychology Psychology 100 is a prerequisite for all courses in Psychology numbered 200-500. Courses numbered 300-500 are not open to Second Year students. Honours and graduate students in Psychology having the required prerequisites may count Biology 304, Education 530, and Sociology 325 as courses in Psychology. Philosophy and Psychology 241 100 [A]. Introductory Psychology.—A scientific and practical study of the basic forms of human thinking, emotion, and activity. Text-book: Ruch, Psychology and Life, new edition, Scott, Fores- man. Three hours a week. Mr. Chant, Mr. Morsh, and Mr. MacKay. 3 units. 200 [2]. Experimental Psychology. — An introduction to the application of scientific method to the study of human behaviour and experience. The experimental, genetic, and case history methods; the performance of individual and group laboratory studies to illustrate these methods; laboratory technique; elementary statistics. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Belyea. 3 units. 201 [3]. Social Psychology.—The psychological study of social life, including development of personality, language, leadership, suggestion, propaganda, group behaviour, major social problems. Text-book: La Piere and Farnsworth, Social Psychology, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Three hours a week. Mr. Black. 3 units. 202 [4]. Psychology of Adjustment.—-Origins and modification of behaviour,* varieties of adjustive behaviour, mental hygiene. Text-book: Shaffer, The Psychology of Adjustment, Houghton. Mifflin. Three hours a week. Mr. Morsh. 3 units, 300 [7]. Applied Psychology.—The application of psychological principles to problems of business and industry. Organization of personnel department; scientific selection, training, and development of personnel; labour relations. , Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. 3 units. 301 [9]. Psychology of Childhood and Adolescence.—Points of view and methods of study of psychological development during childhood and adolescence. The developmental process in terms of motor, intellectual, emotional, social, and language development. Implications for the control of behaviour are dealt with as they grow out of this study. References: Strang, An Introduction to Child Study, revised edition, Macmillan; Gesell and Ilg, Infant and Child in the Culture of Today, Harper. Three hours a week. Mr. Belyea. 3 units. A 242 Faculty of Arts and Science 303. Clinical Psychology and Counselling.—The nature of problem behaviour; clinical methods; counselling techniques; adjustment procedures. Text-book: Louttit, Clinical Psychology, revised edition, Harpers. Three hours a week. Mr. Black. 3 units. 304 [6]. Statistics.—Statistical methods applied to psychological investigations. Text-book: Garrett, Statistics in Psychology and Education, 3rd edition, Longmans. Three hours a week. Mr. Chant. 3 units. 400 [5]. Abnormal Psychology.—The study of abnormal behaviour and mental processes as an approach to the understanding of human nature. The lectures will be supplemented with field trips and case studies. Text-books: Dorcus and Shaffer, Abnormal Psychology, 3rd edition, Williams and Wilkins; Cameron, The Psychology of Behavior Disorders, Houghton Mifflin. Prerequisites: Psychology 202 and one other advanced course in Psychology. Three hours a week. Mr. Morsh. 3 units. 403 [10]. Mental Measurement and Psychological Tests. — The principles underlying the use of various psychological measuring instruments: intelligence tests, personality inventories, and questionnaires, with practice in administration and scoring. It is suggested that students should take Psychology 304 before Psychology 403. Three hours a week. Mr. Tyler. 3 units. 404. Principles of Comparative Psychology.—FvLndamental principles of the behaviour of man and the lower animals examined from the comparative point of view. Text-book: Warden, Jenkins, and Warner, Introduction to Comparative Psychology, Ronald. Prerequisites: Psychology 100 and Biology 100. Three hours a week. Mr. MacKay. 3 units. 500 [20]. Psychology Seminar.—This course is open only to Honours and graduate students. Reports and discussions will be based on assigned readings and research. Three hours a week. 3 units. ' Physical Education 243 Department of Physical Education Physical Education Activity Courses Four units (8 hours a week) of Physical Education activity courses are required of all students during each of the Second, Third, and Fourth Years. Uniforms and Equipment Men Major students are required to obtain the following: 1 pair regulation gray trousers, 2 white T shirts, 2 pairs blue shorts, 1 pair football boots, 1 pair white gymnasium or tennis shoes, 1 blue football jersey, 1 pair blue swimming trunks. In addition the following are suggested: sweat suit, regulation blue dress sweater. i Women Major students are required to obtain the regulation uniform: tunic,, shorts, blouse, sweat suit, white socks, white tennis shoes, dance sandals. Men Note. Courses 210 to 218 inclusive, and any two of 220 to 226 inclusive, are required of all students during the Second and Third Years. 200. Gymnastics.—Introductory gymnastics. This course is intended to extend the student's experience with movement and to develop skill in fundamental movements. It is to be used as a foundation for the more advanced courses. Free standing exercises (calisthenics), tumbling, and apparatus work will be introduced. Two hours a week. 1 unit. 210. Basketball.—Fundamentals of basketball: passing, dribbling, pivoting, and shooting. Basic' drills; team play. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. 212. Football.—Fundamentals of football: blocking, passing, kicking, play in various positions, basic formations. Two hours a week. 1 unit. 214. Rugby.—Basic skills, main rules; emphasis on playing. Two hours a week. Second Term. y2 unit. 216. Soccer.—Basic skills, main rules; emphasis on playing. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. 218. Minor Games; Volleyball, Group Games, and Relays.— Rules, skills, teaching technique, practical teaching. Two hours a week. Second Term. y2 unit. s 244 Faculty of Arts and Science 220. Badminton.—Skills, basic shots, elementary court craft, rules. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. 222. Combatives; Boxing and Wrestling.—Basic techniques and skills of boxing and wrestling; practice in fundamentals. Two hours a week. Second Term. y2 unit. 224. Golf.—Theory of swing, practical application, etiquette, and rules. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. 226. Tennis.—Fundamentals of tennis, basic strokes, court procedure, rules. Two hours a week. Second Term. y2 unit. 230. Aquatics.—Basic fundamentals, swimming skills, including strokes, entries, and personal water safety. Canadian Red Cross Intermediate Swimmers Test. Text-books: Canadian Red Cross Swimming Manual; Instructors' Guide. One hour a week. y2 unit. 240. Dance.—Theory of the dance; elementary folk, elementary modern. Square and ballroom dancing suitable for recreational groups. One hour a week. y2 unit. Note. P.E. 200, 230, and 240 are required for all Second Year students as well as 2 units chosen from the above courses. 300. Gymnastics.—Continuation of P.E. 200. Progression in gymnastic tables, classification of exercises, and mutual instruction in calisthenics. Tumbling and apparatus and vaulting work. Practice teaching in both phases of the work is_ continued through both terms. Two hours a week. 1 unit. 310. Advanced Basketball—Team tactics and strategy; coaching and officiating techniques; rules; use and development of material. This course is prerequisite to P.E. 210. Two hours a week. Second Term. y2 unit. 312. Advanced Football.—Theory and practice; offensive and defensive tactics; strategy and generalship; early season practice; use and development of material; ethics of the game; rules. This course is prerequisite to P.E. 212. Two hours a week. Second Term. y2 unit. ^^5§ Physical Education 245 314. Advanced Rugby and Soccer.—Organization, coaching methods, tactics and team strategy, rules and refereeing. This course is prerequisite to P.E. 214 and 216. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. 316. Grass Hockey and Cricket.—Rules, playing and coaching techniques, practical teaching. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. 330. Aquatics.—Principles of water safety, functional swimming, springboard diving, water games and sports, officiating, swimming meets, pageants, carnivals, deep water emergency tests, personal safety and rescue methods including beach, pool, lake, ice techniques. Canadian Red Cross Society Swimming Test and Bronze Medallion Royal Life Saving Society. Text-books: Canadian Red Cross Swimming Manual and Instructors' Guide, Royal Life Handbook. One hour a week. y2 unit. 340. Dance.—Recreational dancing—square and ballroom—with emphasis on teaching. Practice and techniques. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. • 350. Track and Field.—Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of sprinting, middle distance and distance running, high jumping, pole vaulting, and putting the shot. One hour a week. y2 unit. 352. Conduct of Intramural Athletics.—Organization and administration of intramural activities. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. Note: P.E. 300, 330, and 350 afe required of all Third Year students as well as 2 units of any course in Second or Third Year not already taken. 400. Gymnastics.—Continuation of P.E. 300. Review of class teaching, techniques, methods of control, commands, and class formations. Methods of promoting, judging, conducting comrJeti- tions; demonstration drills, and pyramids. Two hours a week. First Term. y2 unit. 402. Advanced Tumbling and Apparatus.—Single, dual activities; routines and combinations on all pieces of apparatus with special emphasis on beauty of combination, form, and free flowing movement. Two hours a week. Second Term. y2 unit. X 246 Faculty of Arts and Science 406. Physical Education Workshop.—Techniques of teaching, coaching, and officiating will be discussed. Supervised field work will be required. One lecture or 2 hours of field work a week. y2 unit. 430. Aquatics.—Care of facilities, swimming pool, beach, camp water front; health and safety procedures in aquatics. Competitive swimming, coaching, training, and conditioning. Canadian Red Cross Instructors' Test and Award of Merit Royal Life Saving Society. One hour a week. y2 unit. 450. Track and Field.—Instruction and practice in the fundamentals of hurdling, broad jumping, throwing the javelin and discus, relay racing. Organization and conduct of a track and field meet. One hour a week. y2 unit. Note. P.E. 400, 406, 430,' and 450 are required of all students in the Fourth Year as well as 2 units of any courses listed in Second, Third, or Fourth Year not already taken. Teacher Training 500. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics.—A practical and lecture course dealing specifically with teaching methods and procedures in free standing exercises, apparatus, and tumbling. One hour a week. 502. Games, Relays, and Contests.—A review of game techniques, leadership, and conduct of games of low organization. Relays and contests. Lecture and practical period. One hour a week. 510. Team Sports.—A review of fundamentals, with emphasis on methods of instruction, problems and duties of coaches, including strategy, rules, and umpiring, training, and conditioning. One hour a week. 550. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education in Junior and Senior High School. One hour a week. Women Second Year 201. Gymnastics.—Fundamental exercises to provide a scientific method of conditioning the body; general activities to include elementary jumps, vaults, tumbling, stunts, pyramids; gymnastic nomenclature, gymnastic tables. Physical Education 247 Text-book: Christensen and Trap, Textbook of Gymnastics, University of London. Two hours a week. 1 unit. 211. Team Games.—Games of low organization; basketball, volleyball, speedball, fieldball; fundamental skills and team tactics. Text-books: Official Softball, Volleyball Guide, Barnes; Official Basketball Guide, Barnes; Official Fieldball Guide, Barnes. , Two hours a week. 1 unit. 221. Individual Games.—Tennis, strokes and court tactics; archery, techniques and shooting. Text-book: Official Badminton and Tennis Guide, Barnes. One hour a week. y2 unit. 231. Aquatics.—Strokes, water skills, water entries; Canadian Red Cross Intermediate Swimmer Test; elementary life-saving skills. Text-books: Canadian Red Cross Swimming Manual; Canadian Red Cross Guide for Instructors. One hour a week. y2 unit. 241. Dance.—Elementary modern dance, fundamental technique, history of dance, musical form and its application to the dance; elementary folk dance, Scandinavian, American, English; ballroom dancing, fox-trot, waltz. Text-books: Bryans and Madsen, Scandinavian Dances, Clarke, Irwin; Henry Ford, Good Morning; Jackson, Dancing for Fun, University of Toronto; Sharp, The English Country Dance Book, Vol. I, Nov'ello and Company. Two hours a week. 1 unit. Third Year 301. Gymnastics.—Fundamental exercises; general activities to include intermediate jumps, vaults, tumbling, stunts, pyramids; classification of gymnastic exercises; gymnastic tables. Two hours a week. ' 1 unit. 311. Team Games.—Basketball, softball, speedball, fieldball; fundamental skills and team tactics; track and field fundamentals. Text-books: Official Sports Guide With Track and Field, Barnes; Official Basketball Guide, Barnes. One hour a week. 1 unit. 321. Individual Games.—Badminton, strokes and court tactics; archery, techniques and shooting. One hour a week. y2 unit. X 248 Faculty of Arts and Science 331. Aquatics.—Strokes, water skills, water entries; Canadian Red Cross Senior Swimmer Test; Bronze Life-Saving Test. Text-book: Royal Life-Saving Handbook. One hour a week. y2 unit. 341. Dance.—Intermediate modern dance, techniques, introduction to group composition; intermediate folk dance, Scandinavian, American, Scottish,' European; character dances. Text-book: Scottish Country Dance Book, Anglo-Canadian Music Company. Two hours a week. 1 unit. Fourth Year 401. Gymnastics.—Fundamental exercises; general activities to include advanced jumps, vaults, tumbling, stunts, pyramids; principles of varying exercises, progression in exercises, the gymnastic lesson, the gymnastic programme, gymnastic tables. Two hours a week. 1 unit. 411.. Team Games.—Basketball, field hockey, volleyball, softball, track and field, coaching and officiating. Two hours a week. 1 unit. 421. Individual Games.—Badminton, tennis; stroke fundamentals, strategy, tactics, umpiring; golf; archery. One hour a week. y2 unit. 431. Aquatics.—Strokes, water skills, water entries; the Award of Merit, Royal Life-Saving Test. One hour a week. y2 unit.- 441. Dance.—Advanced modern dance, dance composition, production, and stagecraft; advanced folk dance, Scandinavian, English, Scottish, European, Mexican; national dances; character dances; ballroom dancing, fox-trot, waltz, tango. Two hours a week. 1 unit. Teacher Training 501. Gyninastics and General Activities.—Fundamental exercises to provide a scientific method of conditioning the body; gymnastic nomenclature, classification of gymnastic exercises, gymnastic tables; general activities to include elementary jumps, tumbling, and stunts. One hour a week. 511. Team Games.—Games' of low organization; basketball, volleyball, soccer, fundamental skills, team tactics, coaching, and officiating. One hour a week. Physical Education 249 541. Dance.—Elementary folk dance, Scandinavian, American, English; ballroom dancing, fox-trot, waltz. One hour a week. 561. Organization and Administration.—The organization and administration of the physical education programme, the intramural programme, methods in teaching gymnastics and general activities, games, dance. One lecture a week. Courses in Theory 260. History of Physical Education and Recreation.—A survey of health, physical education, and recreation from the ancient civilizations, with emphasis placed on present day curricula and methods. Two hours a week. 2 units. 360. Principles of Physical Education.—A study of fundamental principles, aims, objectives to formulate the student's professional point of view; a study of competition, its history, basic principles, and psychological aspect and its place in education. Theory and practice of first aid; standard course to qualify for Instructor's Certificate. Two hours a week. 2 units. 370. Anatomy and Kinesiology.—A study of the anatomy of the various systems of the body with special emphasis on the skeletal muscular system; the application of muscular movements in various physical education activities. Three hours a week. , 3 units. 380. Physiology.—Elementary human physiology. This course is the same as Biology 304. See page 160. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 460. Physical Education Seminar.—A study of the problems relating to the organization and administration of physical education programmes. Two hours a week. 2 units. 470. Health.—Nutrition, sex education, community health and sanitation, development of health services, mental health, safety. Two hours a week. 2 units. 471. Individual Gymnastics, Massage, Athletic Injuries.—The orthopaedic examination, normal posture, postural faults, causes of postural faults and their correction, the place of individual gymnastics in the physical education programme; the theory and practice of massage; the treatment of athletic injuries. * One hour a week. 1 unit. 250 Faculty of Arts and Science Department of Physics Primarily for First and Second Year Students For Honours courses in Physics see pages 121 and 127. 100 [1]. Elementary Physics.—A study of general college physics suitable for those students who have obtained credit for University Entrance Physics A or its equivalent. The course covers the fundamental principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, electricity, and some of the more recent developments in physics. This course is designed primarily for Honours Science and Engineering students. Text-book: Stewart, Physics, A Text-book for Colleges, Ginn. Prerequisite: University Entrance Physics A. Mathematics 100 must precede or be taken concurrently with this course. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 101. Elementary Physics.—A study of general college physics for students who have not obtained credit for University Entrance Physics A or its equivalent. The course covers the fundamental principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, electricity, and some of the more recent developments in physics. Text-book: Stewart, Physics, A Text-book for Colleges, Ginn. Prerequisite: Mathematics 100 must precede or be taken concurrently with this course. Three lectures, two hours tutorial, and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 110 [C]. General Physics.—An elementary course in general physics for students taking courses in the Department of Home Economies. The course will cover mechanics, molecular physics, hent, sound, light, electricity, and modern physics without stressing their mathematical aspect. Topics which are of particular interest in home economics will be given special emphasis. Nursing students may take this course in lieu of Physics 100. Prerequisite: If Mathematics A has not been taken for entrance to the University, Mathematics 90 must precede or be taken concurrently with this course. Text-book: Avery, Household Physics, revised edition, Macmillan. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 120. A Survey of Physics.—A course of demonstration lectures in non-mathematical language presenting the fundamental principles of physics so that they can be understood by students who have had no previous training in the subject. The lectures deal with the principles of mechanics, heat, light, sound, electricity, and Physics 251 atomic structure,' and are supplemented by practical work in the laboratory. The chief aim of the course is to give the minimum acquaintance with physical science requisite for a liberal education to those whose studies will be mainly literary. Students who have received credit for Physics 100 may not take this course. Prerequisite: If Mathematics A has not been taken for entrance to the University, Mathematics 90 must precede or be taken concurrently with this course. Text-book: White, Classical and Modern Physics, Van Nostrand. Reference: Lemon, From Galileo to Cosmic Rays, University of Chicago. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 200 [4]. Mechanics, Molecular Physics, and Heat.—-A study of statics and dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws of gases, molecular theory, temperature, calorimetry, radiation laws, and elementary thermodynamics. Text-books: Reynolds, Elementary Mechanics, Prentice-Hall; Allen and Maxwell, Text-book of Heat, Macmillan. Prerequisite: Physics 100 or 101. Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 220 [2]. General Physics.—An intermediate physics course for students intending to go into the study of medicine, biology, agriculture, or the humanities. In the laboratory special emphasis is placed on physical methods useful in biology and medicine. Honours Physics students receive no credit for this course. Text-book: Semat, Fundamentals of Physics, Rinehart. Prerequisite: Physics 100. Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 221. Pre-Optometry.—A course in optics, geometrical and physical, consisting of a general outline of the nature and properties of light, and optical media, with emphasis on those features particularly applicable to optometry. Text-book: Noakes, A Text-book of Light, Macmillan. Reference: Emsley, Visual Optics, Hatton Press. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 222. Physiological Optics.—Open only to students taking courses preparatory to optometry. This course does not count for credit toward the B.A. degree. One hour a week. 1 unit. 252 Faculty of Arts and Science 230 [3]. General Physics.—This course is designed for those students who plan to teach general science in high school and who are not majoring in Physics. In addition to a more advanced study of general physics than is usual in a college text, a critical study of selected topics as presented in a number of high school texts will be made. The laboratory period will be devoted to acquiring laboratory technique along the lines most valuable to prospective teachers. v Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this course. Text-book: To be announced. Reference: Lemon and Ference, Analytical Experimental Physics, University of Chicago. Prerequisite: Physics 100. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Primarily for Third Year Students 300 [5]. Electricity and Magnetism.—A study of the fundamentals of magnetism and electricity, including alternating currents and electron physics. Text-book: Loeb, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism, 2nd ed., Wiley. Prerequisite: Physics 100 or 101, and Mathematics 202. Three lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 302 [7]. Introduction to Mathematical Physics.—An introduction to the application of mathematics to physics. The methods rather than specific subject matter will be stressed. Topics will be selected from forced vibrations, wave motion, elasticity, potential theory, hydrodynamics, heat conduction, and neutron diffusion. If credit has not been obtained in Mathematics 300 and 302 or 320 and 321 they should be taken concurrently with this course. Two lectures a week. 2 units for students in the Third Year, 1 unit for others. 303 [8]. Physical Optics.—A study of geometrical and physical optics supplemented by laboratory work, covering spectroscopy, aberration theory, optical instruments, optical glass, photography, interference, diffraction, polarization, reflection theory, magneto- optics, electro-optics, and experiments on ether drift. Text-book: Jenkins and White, Fundamentals of Physical Optics, McGraw-Hill. References^ Hardy and Perrin, The Principles of Optics, McGraw- Hill ; Wood, Physical Optics, Macmillan. Two lectures and six hours laboratory a week. 3 units. ■' !,,'*lfH Physics 253 304. Thermodynamics.—A more advanced discussion of the three fundamental laws of thermodynamics, with applications in physics and chemistry, including methods of gas liquefaction, the galvanic element, and the properties of dilute solutions. This course should be taken concurrently with Mathematics 300 or 320 and 321. If taken afterwards, only one unit of credit is given for this course. References: Epstein, Textbook of Thermodynamics, Wiley; Van Tammeren, Technik der tiefen Temperaturen, Edwards. Prerequisites: Mathematics 202, Physics 200. Two lectures a week. 2 units. • 310 [10]. Light.—A short lecture course for students who have not taken Physics 303. A study of optical instruments, photography, spectroscopy, photometry, thermal radiation, refractometers, interference, diffraction, and polarised light. References: Hardy and Perrin, The Principles of Optics, McGraw-Hill ; Gibb, Optical Methods of Chemical Analysis, McGraw- Hill. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 330 [9]. Elementary Modern Physics.—A survey of the fundamental ideas underlying modern physics. The arrangement of the material is designed especially to suit the needs of general science teachers and others who wish to study some of the recent developments in physics. Analytical demonstrations, such as are given, do not involve advanced mathematics. Among the topics treated are electronic phenomena, radio and television, the nature of light and electromagnetic radiation, X-rays, the quantum theory, spectroscopy, astrophysics, relativity, radioactivity, cosmic rays, and elementary particles. Students are advised to take Physics 300 before or concurrently with Physics 330; those not doing so will be required to do some additional work in order to acquire the necessary background in the fundamentals of electricity. Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for this course. Text-book: Brown, Fundamentals of Modern Physics, Wiley. Reference: Hull, An Elementary Survey of Modern Physics, Macmillan. Prerequisites: Physics 100 or 101, Mathematics 100. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 331. History of Physics.—A course on the development of physics and of scientific thought for students of science. Honours students in Physics will receive no credit for this course. Two lectures a week. 2 units. pr 254 Faculty of Arts and Science Primarily for Fourth Year Students 401 [11]. Electricity and Magnetism.—A course dealing primarily with the theoretical phases of electricity and magnetism, including an introduction to the electromagnetic theory and the special theory of relativity. Text-book: Page and Adams, Principles of Electricity, Van Nostrand. Reference: Harnwell, Principles of Electricity and Magnetism, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 402 [12]. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—A course of lectures dealing with the various branches of physics which have most directly contributed to the present status of our knowledge of atomic structure. The topics treated include cathode and positive rays, laws of radiant energy, the photoelectric effect, atomic and molecular spectra, X-rays, and elementary notions of wave- mechanics. Text-book: Richtmyer and Kennard, Introduction to Modern Physics, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Born, Atomic Physics, Blackie. Prerequisites: Physics 200 and 300, and Mathematics 300 or 320 and 321. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 403 [13]. Kinetic Theory of Gases.—A course of lectures giving an exposition of the classical deductions and an outline of recent experimental advances of the subject. Text-book: To be announced. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 405. Theory of Elasticity and of Flow.—A study of the mathematical theory of elasticity, propagation of waves, the fundamentals of hydrodynamics and viscosity, and conduction of heat. Text-book: Joos, Introduction to Theoretical Physics. Prerequisites: Mathematics 300, 302, 303 or 320, 321, 322; Physics 200. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 406 [6]. Theoretical Mechanics.—A course in analytic and vector mechanics of a particle and a rigid body. Among the topics treated are central forces, vector fields, D'Alembert's Principle, generalized coordinates, and Lagrange's equations of motion. An introduction is given to the principle of Least Action, Hamilton's Principle, canonical transformation, and the Hamilton-Jacobi equation. Text-book: Edwards, Analytic and Vector Mechanics, McGraw- Hill. Physics 255 If credit has not been obtained in Mathematics 300 and 302 or 320 and 321 they should be taken concurrently with this course. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 407. Introduction to Nuclear Physics and Cosmic Rays.—Discovery of radioactivity; alpha, beta, and gamma rays; nature of radioactivity; artificial transmutations; introduction to nuclear structure; main phenomena of cosmic rays. This course is designed primarily as a companion to Physics 402, but may be taken separately. Text-book: Riehtmyer and Kennard, Introduction to Modern Physics, McGraw-Hill. Prerequisites: Physics 200 and 300, and Mathematics 300 or 320 and 321. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 409 [19]. Experimental Physics.—This is a laboratory course covering work in thermionics, spectroscopy, high vacuum techniques, machine shop practice, and general laboratory technique. Carefully prepared reports, abstracts, and bibliographies constitute an essential part of the course. f Text-books: Hoag, Electron and Nuclear Physics, Van Nostrand; Harnwell and Livingood, Experimental Atomic Physics, McGraw- Hill; Strong, Procedures in Experimental Physics, Prentice-Hall. Six hours laboratory a week. 2 units. With the consent of the Head of the Department, Fourth Year students may select one or more units from the following graduate courses. & Primarily for Graduate Students 500 [20]. Spectroscopy.—A study of the excitation, observation, and theory of optical spectra. This includes such subjects concerning the origin of atomic and molecular spectra as series, atomic and molecular energy states, Zeeman, Paschen-Back, and Stark Effects, etc. Also one or more lectures may be given on spectrographic methods in chemical and metallurgical analysis. 1 unit. 501 [21]. Radiation and Atomic Structure.—A study of the theories of radiation and miscellaneous related topics selected from current literature. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 502 [22]. Electromagnetic Theory.—A study of the classical work of Maxwell, Hertz, Lorentz, and others on the subject of electromagnetic radiation, with applications to propagation, guided transmission, and similar topics. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 256 Faculty of Arts and Science 504 [24]. X-rays and Crystal Structure.—A study of the modern methods of production and observation of X-rays, the Compton effect, X-ray analysis, and the structure of crystals. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 505 [25]. Theory of Measurements.—A lecture course on the combination of observations, interpolation formulae, frequency distributions, least squares, correlation coefficients, significance tests, application of statistical methods to quality control. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 506 [26]. Advanced Analytical Dynamics.—A lecture course on the generalized methods of Lagrange, Hamilton, and Jacobi. 1 unit. 507 [27]. Special Relativity Theory.—An introductory course to the theory of special relativity, including Lorentz' and Einstein's interpretations of the Lorentz transformation, relativistic kinematics, dynamics, electromagnetism, and electrodynamics, with an introduction to tensor natation, spinor calculus, and relativistic wave mechanics. References: Silberstein, The Theory of Relativity, Macmillan; Richtmyer and Kennard, Introduction to Modern Physics, McGraw- Hill; Joos, Theoretical Physics, Blackie; Kramers, Quantentheorie des Elektrons, Edwards. Prerequisite: Physics 401. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 508 [28]. Wave Mechanics.—An introductory course in wave mechanics, with applications to atomic problems. Text-book: Heitler, Elementary Wave Mechanics, Oxford. References: Rojansky, Introductory Quantum Mechanics, Prentice-Hall; Halpern and Thirring, The Elements of the New Quantum Mechanics, Methuen; Kramers, Quantentheorie des Elektrons, Edwards; Dirac, Quantum Mechanics, Oxford; Glasstone, Theoretical Chemistry, Van Nostrand. . Prerequisite: Physics 402. One lecture a week. " 1 unit. 509 [29]. Nuclear Physics.—An introduction to modern developments in nuclear physics. Among topics treated are natural and artificial radioactivity, interactions of various radiations with matter, artificial disintegration, and cosmic rays. Reference: Bethe, Elementary Nuclear Theory, Wiley. One lecture a week. 1 unit. Physics * 257 510. Beta-ray Spectroscopy.—A survey of the techniques employed in the study of the character of the radiations emitted by radio-active nuclei, together with discussions of the interaction of beta and gamma rays with matter as applied in this field. Illustrative material will be selected from current literature. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 511. Low Temperature Physics.—A survey of modern methods for attaining low temperatures, together with a study of the properties of matter at such temperatures. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 512. Electronics.—A course on the application of electromagnetic theory to electronic problems and vacuum tube phenomena. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 513. Thermodynamics.—A more advanced treatment than that given in Physics 404. M One lecture a week. "^^ 1 unit. 514 [30]. Electron Optics.—A study of the theory of electrostatic and magnetic electron focusing systems with practical applications in both the electrostatic and the magnetic electron microscopes, cathode ray tubes, television cathode ray tubes, and electron multipliers. One lecture a week. 1 unit. 515. Quantum Theory of Wave Fields and of Elementary Particles.—An introduction to modern quantum theory, the Dirac theory of positive and negative electrons, absorption and emission of photons, calculation of cross sections for quantum mechanical processes, and a short introduction to quantum electrodynamics and the theory of particles of spin 0 or 1. References: Kramers, Quantentheorie des Elektrons, Edwards; Heitler, The Quantum Theory of Radiation, Oxford; Wentzel, Introduction to the Quantum Theory of Wave Fields, Interscience Publishers. Prerequisites: Physics 507 and 508. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 526. Geophysics.—A course of lectures dealing with gravimetric, seismic, magnetic, and electric measurement on the earth, with special emphasis on their industrial application. Reference: Heiland, Geophysical Explorations, Prentice-Hall. Two lectures a week. 2 units. 527. Chemical Physics.—This course is designed for graduate students in physics as well as in chemistry. Introduction to wave mechanics with applications to the chemical band; modern electron 258 . Faculty of Arts and Science theory of metals and semi-conductors; electrons in polar crystals, rectification, tarnishing reactions, and other subjects of importance for modern research in the field between physics and chemistry. 528. Problems in Biophysics.—A short discussion of selected topics in biophysics, e.g. bioelectricity, nerve-conductivity, effects of radiations, roentgenography, and tracer-technique. One lecture a week. , 1 unit. 530 [40]. Methods in High School Physics.—This course is offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course and does not carry undergraduate credit. Readings to be assigned. . Slavonic Studies For Honours courses in Slavonic Studies see page 123. 100. Basic Russian. Text-book: Semeonoff, New Russian Grammar, Dent. 3 units. 110. Basic Polish. Text-book: Coleman and Patkaniowska, Polish Grammar. 3 units. 200. Russian 2.—A second course in the Russian language. Text-book: Semeonoff, New Russian Grammar, Dent. Mr. Wainman. 3 units. 203. Russian Reading and Conversation.—More advanced aspects of Russian morphology, syntax, and composition. Scientific study of Russian phonetics. Text-book: Semeonoff, New Russian Grammar, Dent. Mimeographed notes will be provided. Three hours a week. Mr. Sobell. 3 units. 210. Polish 2.—A second course in the Polish language. Text-book: Coleman and Patkaniowska, Polish Grammar. Three hours a week. Mr. Raymond. 3 units. 300. Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Russian Literature. Texts: Reading in Russian of selected works of Pushkin, Gogol, Tolstoy, Turgenev, Gorky, Blok. Three hours a week. Mr. Wainman. 3 units. 305. Economic History and Geography of U.S.S.R. and Eastern Europe. Text-book: To be announced. Slavonic Studies 259 References: Seton-Watson, Eastern Europe Between Wars, 1945, Macmillan; Mavor, Economic History of Russia, 1925; Mirsky, Social History of Russia, 1943, Cresset. Three hours a week. 3 units. 306. Slavonic Literature in Translation.—This course will study the literary achievements of the Slavonic peoples, with main stress on the important works of nineteenth and twentieth century Russian writers. • Text-book: To be announced. References: Selected sections from Pushkin, Gogol, Turgenev, Tolstoy, Dostoyevsky, Chekhov, Gorky, Merejkowsky, Bunin, Sholokhov. Three hours a week. Mr. Wainman. |k 3 units. 308. Expansion of Russia.—A study of the centuries of growth of the Russian Empire and of the transition period of the Revolution and the consolidation of the power of the Communist Party as the ruler of the present day Union of Soviet Socialistic Republics. Nineteenth and twentieth century aspects of Panslavism will constitute an important part of the course. Text-book: Pares, History of Russia, 1945, Knopf. References: Vernadsky, History of Russia, 1929; Skrine, Expansion of Russia, 1915, Cambridge;. Beazley, Forbes, and Birkett, Russia from the Varangians to the Bolsheviks, 1919, Oxford; Cambridge Modern History, Vols. XI-XII; Platonov, History of Russia, 1929, Macmillan. Three hours a week. Mr. Raymond. 3 units. 310. Culture of the Slavonic Peoples.—Cultural history and ethnography of the Slavonic nations. Text-books: Pares, History of Russia, 1945, Knopf; Dyboski, Outlines of Polish History, Allen and Unwin. References: Mirsky, Social History of Russia, Cresset; Prokes, Histoire Tchechoslovaque, Orbis (Prague) ; Schmitt, Poland, University of California; Temperley, History of Serbia, Bell. Mr. Sobell. 3 units. 400. History of Russian Literature.—The lectures will be delivered in Russian. References: Pypin, Istoria Russkoi Literatury; Polevoi, Istoria Russkoi Slovesnosti; Sakulin, Novaya Literatura, 1929, Moscow. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given 1948-49.) 260 Faculty of Arts and Science 401. The History of the Russian Language. Texts: Mimeographed Russian notes will be provided. References: Shakhmatov, Kurs III (U.B.C. Library mimeographed copy); Sobolevsky, Lektsii po istorii russkogo yazyka, 4th edition, 1907, Moscow; Obnorsky, Imennoye sklonyeniye, 1927, Leningrad. Three hours a week. Mr. Sobell. 3 units. 402. Introduction to Comparative Slavonic Philology, Part I.— Comparative study of morphology and phonetics of Eastern, Western, and Southern Slavonic. Text: Mimeographed notes will be provided. References: Meillet, Le slave commun, 1924, Paris; Niederle, Slovanske starozitnosti, 1925, Prague; Broeh, Ocherk fiziologii slavyanskoi rechi, 1910, St. Petersburg; Vondrak, Vergleichende Slavische Grammatik, Goettingen. V Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given 1948-49.) Note. Courses 401 and 402 are essential for students wishing to do research work in the field of comparative Slavonic linguistics, philology, and scientific structural analysis in Slavonics. Department of Social Work Note. The following courses, except Social Work 499, are open only to students who have made application and have been accepted for admission to the Department. Advanced courses normally taken in the Second Year are marked with an asterisk. Courses in other departments which may be taken for credit by some students in the Second Year are as follows: Anthropology 400 (Cultural Contact and Change), Architecture 461 (Community Planning), Economics 320 (Public Finance), Geography 407 (Human and Cultural Geography), Psychology 403 (Mental Measurement and Psychological Tests): 499 [1]. Introduction to Social Work.—A survey of the various fields and activities within the profession of social work, including the general historical development of these fields in England, the United States, and Canada. The Canadian social services are examined by studies and visits to agencies. Prerequisite: Fourth Year standing or permission of the Department of Social Work. Three hours a week. Mrs. Read. ' 3 units. Social Work 261 501 [2a]. Social Case Work 1.^-An introductory course including the philosophy of social case work, the types of problems to which case work can make a contribution, and case work methods and technique. Interviewing and recording are emphasized and the use of personal and community resources is presented through analysis of case material. Prerequisite: Social Work 499. Three hours a week. First Term. iy2 units. 502 [2b]. Social Case Work 2.—A continuation of 501 with more detailed study of cases in the field of child and family welfare, emphasizing social diagnosis and treatment. Three'hours a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 503 [3]. Public Welfare 1.—An introductory course in the development of public welfare programmes. Dominion-Provincial- Municipal relations in welfare matters. Current programmes in the fields of public assistance and child care and protection. Three hours a week. First Term. Miss Smith. iy2 units. 504 [4]. Medical and Psychiatric Information 1.—The purpose of this course is to provide social workers with effective ways of understanding and working with people who are mentally or physically ill or handicapped. The psychosomatic approach is used in reviewing the diseases and disorders of the mind and the various systems of the body with emphasis on the social worker's application of this knowledge. Three hours a week. First Term. Miss Johnson and lecturers. iy2 units. *505 [5]. Social Case Work 3.—Discussion of case work material from various fields of practice with emphasis on greater understanding of behaviour and on the development of skill in treatment. Two hours a week. First Term. 1 unit. *506. Social Case Work 4.—A continuation of 505. Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. 507 [7]. Social Group Work 1.—A study of group work as a process in social work, concepts of social group work, actual methods and techniques of the leader, group work related to other areas of social work practice, to education, and to recreation. Agency programmes in current practice. Group records are used. Three hours a week. First Term. Miss Thomas. iy2 units. 262 Faculty of Arts and Science 508. Medical and Psychiatric Information 2.—A continuation of Social Work 504. Three hours a week. Second Term. Miss Johnson and lecturers. iy2 units. 509 [9]. Beginning Field Work.—Practice work under supervision in various social agencies. 3 units. *510 [10]. Advanced Field Work.—Supervised practice work during the Second Year required for the Master's degree. 3 units. *511 [11]. Community Organization.—A study of the problems of identifying social needs in the community and of developing programmes to meet them. An analysis of the function of coordinating agencies in the community and the place of the professional social worker in social planning. Text-book: MeMillen, Wayne, Community Organization for Social Welfare, University of Chicago. Two hours a week. First Term. Miss Thomas. 513 [13a and 13b]. Public Welfare 2.—Public welfare organiza-, tion and administration; social security plans, social insurance; child welfare in the public setting; public-private agency relations. Three hours a week. Second Term. 1% units. 517. Social Group Work 2.—An examination of principles of social group work as carried out in practice, and the study of organizational and administrative problems from the standpoint of the agency and the group worker. Group records are used. This course must be preceded by Social Work 507 and is to be taken only in conjunction with field work in a group work agency or by students with previous group work experience. Three hours a week. Second Term. Miss Thomas. iy2 units. 518. Development of Personality.—This course attempts to give an understanding of the "person as a whole" in his various phases of development. It lays the ground work for an appreciation of the individual pattern of life with its manifest as well as its unconscious motivation using the psychosomatic and analytic approach. Three hours a week. First Term. iy2 units. 520 [20]. Social Research 1.—The development and special character of research in the social sciences. The research methods relevant to social work; case study,, historical methods, the social survey, etc. The basic statistical techniques, including practical work. Canadian statistical source materials. Three hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Marsh. iy2 units. Social Work 263 *540. Medical and Psychiatric Information 3.—An advanced course designed for students intending to enter the field of medical and psychiatric social work practice. Prerequisites: Social Work 504 and 508. Two hours a week. First Term. 1 unit: 545 [12]. Social Work and the Law.—Principles of law with which the social worker should become familiar; the structure of the court system; problems of judicial administration and law which particularly affect persons with low incomes. Two hours a week. First Term. 1 unit. 546. Administration of Social Agencies.—The basic principles of administration and organization. A study of the delegation of authority, finance, personnel practices, public relations, office procedures. ^^F | Three hours a week. iy2 units *559. Probation Methods.—The field of probation and parole, and the techniques of working with the offender. Lectures and discussion. Two hours a week. One term. 1 unit. *560. Legal Protection of the Child.—A study of the administration of statutes designed to protect the child from the standpoint of health, education, employment, dependency, and general welfare. Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. *563. Social Group Work 3.—An advanced study of supervisory and administrative aspects of group work. The selection, training, and supervision of the volunteer and of other non-professional workers. Three hours a week. First Term. Miss Thomas. iy2 units. *565. Methods in Community Organization.—An advanced course in methods and techniques of community organization. Two hours a week. One term. Miss Thomas. 1 unit. (Not given in 1948-49.) *566. Seminar in Medical Social Work.—An advanced discussion of the functions of medical and psychiatric social service departments ; organization and administration; inter-agency relations; the place of the medical social worker in non-institutional public health and public welfare programmes. Open only to students specializing in medical social work. Three hours a week. First Term. Miss Johnson \y2 units. 264 Faculty of Arts and Science *568. Medical Care in Social Welfare.—Organization and administration of public programmes for health and medical care; the extent of illness and disability; the adequacy of services; the costs of medical care. Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. *569. Seminar in Public Assistance Practice.—Discussion of case studies from public assistance programmes. Administrative, case work, community aspects. Two hours a week. One term. 1 unit. *570. Seminar in Foster Care Programmes.—Institutional and foster home care for children. Two hours a week. One term. *572. Behaviour Problems of Children.—Case studies and discussion of children having difficulties adjusting themselves at home, in the foster home, at school, in the community. Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit. *573. Seminar in the Problems of Old Age.—Discussion of case studies involving problems of assistance, housing, medical care, social relations. Two hours a week. One term. *575. Seminar in Supervision.—Discussion centering on the psychological factors in the supervisory situation, the educational aspects of supervision, and the handling of evaluations and individual and group conferences. Prerequisites: Social Work 507, 517, 563. Three hours a week. Second Term. *580. Social Group Work 4.—A discussion of topics selected by the students to integrate their experiences in class and in field work with their individual philosophies. Two hours a week. Miss Thomas. 1 unit. *581. Seminar in Advanced Case Work.—A discussion of advanced problems in case work. Administrative and community aspects. *582. Seminar in Problems of Public Welfare.—Advanced discussion of social security, institutions, and public assistance. *583. International Welfare.—Comparative programmes; international cooperation in social welfare. 1% units. Social Work 265 *584 History of Social Welfare.—A study of the backgrounds of present day social agencies and programmes, particularly the history of the English Poor Laws, how they affected the development of public welfare, and the use of voluntary agencies and reform movements in Europe, England, and North America. Miss Smith. iy2 units. *585. Social Research 2.—The role of research in professional social work. Planning of studies; the analysis of material; the writing of reports. The work will be conducted through both individual consultations and group discussions. Three hours a week. Mr. Marsh. 3 units. Department of Spanish For the terms under which Spanish may satisfy the language requirement, see page 128. Spanish 201 is prerequisite to a major. 90. Beginners' Course.—Grammar, composition, translation, conversation. Texts: Kasten and Neale-Silva, Ledums Escogidas, Harpers; - Brenes and Patterson, Conversemos, Crofts; grammar text-book to be announced. Four hours a week. 3 units. 101 [1]. Review of grammar; composition, translation, conversation. Texts: Del Rio and Shearer, Lecturas Hispdnicas, Book Two, Dryden Press; Torres-Rioseco and Neale-Silva, Fausto, Harpers; Barton and Cuneo, Spanish Review, Crofts. Three hours a week. 3 units. 201 [2], Study of modern authors and Don Quijote, assigned themes in Spanish, conversation. Texts: Mitchell, Intermediate Spanish Composition, Longmans; Kasten and Neale-Silva, Lecturas Amenas, Harpers; Cervantes, Don Quijote de la Mancha, Macmillan; Amner-Staubach, Revista de America, Segunda Serie, Ginn. Three hours a week. 3 units. 301. The Golden Age.—Spanish Literature of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Texts: Morley, Spanish Ballads, Holt; Alarcon, La Verdad Sospechosa, Heath; Castro, Las Mocedades del Cid, Holt; La Estrella de Sevilla, Heath; Northup, Selections from the Picaresque Novel, Heath. Three hours a week. 3 units. 266 Faculty of Arts and Science 302. Modern Authors.—Romanticism and Realism. Texts: To be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 304. Advanced Conversation and Composition.—Practice in pronunciation, conversation, and brief talks; study of model passages from contemporary writers; directed and free composition on aspects of Hispanic life and culture. Texts: To be assigned. Three hours a week. 3 units. 401. The History of the Spanish Language. Text-book: Spaulding, How Spanish Grew, University of California. Three hours a week. 3 units. 402. Cervantes, Don Quijote.—Reading and interpretation of the Quijote, with lectures and special reports. Text: Cervantes, El Ingenioso Hidalgo Don Quijote.de la Mancha, Sopena. Three hours a week. • 3 units. (Not given in 1948-49.) 404. Spanish American Authors.—Introductory discussion of the history, topography, and climate of Spanish America. Study of representative writers, illustrating Spanish American literature, thought, and life. Students who have already received credit in Summer School for Spanish 400, Spanish American Literature, may not take this course for credit. Text: Hespelt and others, An Anthology of Spanish American Literature, Crofts. Three hours a week. 3 units. 410. Modern Spanish Drama.—Lectures on the history of Spanish dramatic literature from Lopez de Ayala and Jose Echegaray to Jacinto Benavente and the contemporary dramatists. Class discussions, assigned readings with individual reports on the plays read, and weekly tests (oral). A knowledge of Spanish is not necessary for this course. The course will also carry credit in the Third and Fourth Years as a course in English. Readings: To be assigned. Ten hours a week. 3 units. V Zoology 267 Department of Zoology Biology 100 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology. For Honours courses in Zoology see pages 123 and 128. Students majoring or taking Honours in Zoology may take Biology 330, 400, 431, Agronomy 421, Mathematics 305, and Geology 406 in fulfilment of credit requirements upon the approval of the Head of the Department of Zoology. As a prerequisite for Geology 406, a reading course in historical geology may be substituted for Geology 201 and 202 and may be taken concurrently with Geology 406. The attention of students proposing to major or take Honours in Zoology is called to the possibility of arranging programmes with special reference to the applied fields of fisheries, game management, and economic entomology. Students desiring to enter these fields should consult with the Head o"f the Department of Zoology. 200 [1]. General Zoology.—A course in the structure, classification, life histories, and biology of animals. This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology except in the case of students in Agriculture and Forestry who wish to take courses in-entomology but do not intend to major in it. Text-book: Storer, General Zoology, McGraw-Hill. References: Hegner, College Zoology, Macmillan; Buchsbaum, Animals Without Backbones, University of Chicago; Romer, Man and the Vertebrates, University of Chicago. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Adams. 3 units. 300 [2]. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates.—The phylogeny and comparative anatomy of the vertebrates and protochordates; Ihe dissection of representative forms. Text-book : Hyman, Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy, University of Chicago. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Cowan. 3 units. 301 [3]. Invertebrate Zoology.—A detailed course on the anatomy, taxonomy, and life histories of the invertebrates with special reference to marine forms. Text-book: Parker and Haswell, A Textbook of Zoology, Vol. 1, 6th edition, Macmillan. References: Hyman, The Invertebrates, McGraw-Hill; Borra- daile, The Invertebrata, Cambridge; Pratt, Manual of the Common Invertebrate Animals, Blakiston; Ward and Whipple, Freshwater Biology, Wiley. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Clemens. 3 units. 268 Faculty ov Arts and Science 302 [4]. Introduction to Entomology.—Morphology, classification, life histories, and interrelation of insects; determination of common forms. This course is prerequisite to other courses in entomology. Text-book: Matheson, A Laboratory Guide to Entomology, Corn- stock. References: Folsom and- Wardle, Entomology With Special Reference to Its Ecological Aspects, 4th edition, Blakiston; Essig, College Entomology, Macmillan; Matheson, Entomology for Introductory Courses, Comstock. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Spencer. 3 units. 303 [5]. Histology.—The tissues and microscopic anatomy of animals with especial reference to mammals, including man. Methods in histology, fixing, embedding, sectioning, and staining. Text-book: Clark, The Tissues of the Body, 2nd edition, Oxford. References: Maximov and Bloom, Text-book of Histology, 4th edition, Saunders; Elwyn and Strong, Bailey's Text-book of Histology, 8th edition, Wood; Bremer and Weatherford, A Textbook of Histology, 6th edition, Blakiston. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Nicol. 3 units. 304 [6]. Vertebrate Embryology.—The principles of chordate development. Text-book: Huettner, Comparative Embryology of the Vertebrates, Macmillan. References: Wieman, An Introduction to Vertebrate Embryology, McGraw-Hill; Shumway, Introduction to Vertebrate Embryology, 4th edition, Wiley. Laboratory manual: Adamstone and Shumway, A Laboratory Manual of Vertebrate Embryology, Wiley. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Nicol. 3 units. 305 [7]. Economic Entomology.—A study of the relation of insects to man, his crops, and domestic animals; bionomics and control of economic forms; natural control. Text-book: Metealf and Flint, Destructive and Useful Insects, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. References: Wardle and Buckle, The Principles of Insect Control, Manchester University; Wardle, The Problems of Applied Entomology, Manchester University; current literature. Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Spencer. 2 units. Zoology 269 306 [11]. Biology of the Vertebrates.—The mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, and fishes, chiefly of British Columbia; identification of species, observational methods in study of behaviour and habitat relations; systematics, distribution, and speciation; methods of preservation for museum study. Field work will be emphasized. References: Allen, Birds and Their Attributes, Marshall Jones; Hamilton, American Mammals, McGraw-Hill. Laboratory manual: Pettingill, A Laboratory and Field Manual of Ornithology, Burgess. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Cowan. 3 units. 307 [12]. Biology of Fishes.—Classification, identification, life histories, and ecology of fishes with special reference to British Columbia species; problems in fish culture. Text-book: Clemens and Wilby, Fishes of the Pacific Coast of Canada, University of Toronto. References: Jordan and Evermann, The Fishes of North and Middle America; Jordan, A Guide to the Study of Fishes, Stanford; Norman, A History of Fishes, Benn. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Hoar. 3 units. 308 [10]. Forest Entomology.—Insects in their relation to forests, timber, and health of camp personnel, especially in British Columbia. r ^ Text-books: Doane, Van Dyke, Chamberlain, and Burke, Forest Insects, McGraw-Hill; Keen, Insect Enemies of Western Forests, U. S. Dept. of Agric, Muse. Publ. No. 273. Reference: Graham, Principles of Forest Entomology, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week Mr. Hopping. 3 units. 400 [8]. Private Reading and Seminar.—A course on the his- . tory and principles of biology with reviews of the literature dealing with' the most recent advances in the various fields of biology. References: Locy. Biology and Its Makers, Holt; Nordenskiold, The History of Biology, Knopf; selected current literature. Assigned reading with preparation of papers. One hour of seminar throughout the year. Mr. Clemens. 2 units. 401 [9]. Practical Entomology.—Habitat studies of local representatives of all insect orders; collecting, preserving, mounting, dissecting, and sectioning equipment and technique; clearing methods; meteorological instruments and records; rearing methods 270 Faculty of Arts and Science and equipment; elements of insect photography. Students will rear certain insects under natural and controlled conditions. References: Peterson, Manual of Entomological Equipment and Methods, Parts I and II, Edwards; Kingsbury and Johannsen, Histological Technique, Wiley; The Meteorological Observer's Handbook, 1939, H.M. Stationery Office; Culture Methods for Invertebrate Animals, Comstock; Shelford, Laboratory and Field Ecology, Williams and Wilkins. Six hours a week. First Term. Mr. Spencer. 2 units. 402. Advanced Forest Entomology.—Detailed life histories of forest insects; mechanical and biological control methods; sampling techniques as applied to forest insect populations; forest management to minimize insect depredations. Text-book: Doane, Van Dyke, Chamberlain, and Burke, Forest Insects, McGraw-Hill. References: Graham, Principles of Forest Entomology, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill; selected literature. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Hopping. 3 units. 403. Fisheries Economics and Management.—The Canadian fishing industry and research problems related to it; populations of important food fishes and factors affecting them, including varying degrees of fishing intensity, mortality rates, etc. Students are required to take Agronomy 421 or Mathematics 305 in preparation for this course unless they have already had training in elementary statistical procedures. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Mr. Hoar. iy2 units. 404. Experimental Zoology.—An analysis of the relations of temperature, pressure, light, humidity, salinity, gases, etc., to animals and animal populations. Text-book: Heilbrunn, Outline of General Physiology, Saunders. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Hoar. 3 units. 405. Fisheries Technology.—A course of seminars, laboratory exercises, and demonstrations in the handling, preparation, and , preservation of fish. Practical work is under the direction of the staff of the Pacific Fisheries Experimental Station and is given in • the laboratories of this institution. The course is open to students in the Commerce and Fisheries option and may be taken by other students only with the permission of the Head of the Department of Zoology. Four hours a week. First term. Mr. Hoar, Mr. Carter. IV9 units. Zoology 271 406. Parasitology.—A course dealing with the classification, morphology, and life histories of animal parasites affecting domestic and wild animals and man. Text-book: Chandler, Introduction to Parasitology, 7th edition, Wiley; or Hegner, Parasitology, Appleton-Century. Pre-medical students are advised to purchase the former. Laboratory manual: Cable, An Illustrated Laboratory Manual of Parasitology, Burgess. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Adams. 3 units. 407. Insect Morphology and Taxonomy.—A course dealing with external morphology, including wing venation and the systematics and taxonomy of insects. Text-book: Snodgrass, Principles of Insect Morphology, McGraw- Hill. References: MacGillivray, External Insect Anatomy, Scarab; Comstock, The Wings of Insects, Comstock; Ferris, The Principles of Systematic Entomology, Stanford; Blatchley, Coleoptera of Indiana, Nature Pub. Co.; Brues and Melander, Classification of Insects, Harvard; Viereck, Hymenoptera of Connecticut, Bull. 22, Geological Survey, Conn. Six hours a week. Mr. Spencer. 3 units. 408 [20]. Biological Methods and Procedures. — A course to acquaint the student with the methods of dealing with research material, use of literature, rules of nomenclature, and preparation of manuscripts and illustrative material. Two lectures a week. First Term. Mr. Clemens, Mr. Spencer, Mr. Cowan, and Mr. Hoar. 1 unit. Required of all graduate students. - Courses for Graduate Students Advanced courses correlated with the work for the major thesis may be arranged, and the following special courses are offered. 500. Special Advanced Course.—A special advanced course correlated with the work for the major thesis may be arranged for a graduate student upon the approval of the Head of the Department of Zoology. The credit shall not be more than 3 units. 501 [21]. Limnology and Marine Zoology.—A course dealing with the physical and chemical conditions in streams, lakes, and seas; life histories and ecology of aquatic organisms; methods of investigation. References: Welch, Limnology, McGraw-Hill; Needham, Life of Inland Waters, Comstock; Harvey, Biological Chemistry and 2*72 Faculty of Arts and Science Physics of Sea Water, Macmillan; Sverdrup, The Oceans, Prentice- Hall. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Mr. Clemens. 3 units. 502 [22]. Insect Anatomy and Physiology.—A course dealing with internal anatomy and physiology of insects. Text-books: Snodgrass, Principles of Insect Morphology, McGraw-Hill; Wigglesworth, The Principles of Insect Physiology, Dutton. References: Imms, Recent Advances in Entomology, Blakiston; Uvarov, Insect Nutrition and Metabolism, Trans. Ent. Soc. of London. Six hours a week. Mr. Spencer. 3 units. 503 [23]. Wildlife Management.—Lectures, seminar, and laboratory study of the economically important birds and mammals of British Columbia, particularly with respect to their parasites, diseases, food habits, and biology, and the principles involved in the intelligent us.e of these resources. \J Text-book: Leopold, Game Management, Scribners. Prerequisite: Zoology 306. Lectures, seminar, and laboratory, four hours a week. Mr. Cowan. 3 units. 504. Comparative Physiology.—Advanced studies in comparative animal physiology, with particular reference to fishes and other cold-blooded vertebrates. Text-book: To be announced. Prerequisite: Zoology 404 or Biology 400. One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Mr. Hoar. 3 units. 505. Morphogenesis and Histogenesis.—An advanced course dealing with the development of animals, the differentiation of tissues and organs, and the tracing of causal factors in embryogeny. Text-book: Weiss, Principles of Development, Holt. Reference: Huxley and de Beer, The Elements of Experimental Embryology, Cambridge. Lectures, seminar, and laboratory, four hours a week. Mr. Nicol. 3 units. Fisheries Students in Commerce may elect courses in Zoology and Fisheries and should consult with the Departments of Commerce and Zoology. Special programmes in fisheries technology may be arranged to suit the needs of certain special students. Those interested may obtain advice from Mr. Hoar. THE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE (ARCHITECTURE; ENGINEERING; NURSING AND HEALTH) 1948-1949 FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE FOREWORD The object of the courses in Applied Science is to train students in exact and fertile thinking, and to give them a sound knowledge of natural laws and of the means of utilizing natural forces and natural products for the benefit of man and the advancement of civilization. Experience shows that such a training is the best yet devised for a large and increasing proportion of the administrative, supervisory, and technical positions. Consequently the undergraduate course is made broad and general rather than narrow and highly specialized. . A course of this kind is not only better suited to the British Columbia conditions that the graduate will encounter in his afterlife, but also better for later specialization, for it furnishes a more solid foundation, a better background, a broader outlook, and a more stimulating atmosphere, all necessary if the specialist is to achieve the maximum results of which he is capable. The First and Second Years in Applied Science are spent in a general course that includes mathematics and all the basic sciences. This not only gives a broad training but enables the student to discover the work for which he has special liking or aptitude and to select more intelligently the subjects in which to specialize during the final two years. During these two years students acquire more detailed knowledge and get practice in applying - scientific principles anM knowledge, in solving problems, in doing things; and there is also training in economics, law, and industrial management. During the long period between sessions, the student is required to engage in some industrial or professional work that will afford practical experience not obtainable in the laboratory or field classes, but that is a necessary supplement to academic study. An engineering degree in the Applied Science Course of the University is accepted by the Association of Professional Engineers of the Province of British Columbia in lieu of two of the six years' practical experience required by the Engineering Act of the Province for registration to practise engineering. Students in Engineering are advised to register with the Association of Professional Engineers of British Columbia in their Second Year; and to associate themselves with the appropriate engineering societies. 276 Faculty of Applied Science ADMISSION The general requirements for admission to the University are given on pages 35-37. Fo* admission to Applied Science it is required that the student shall have completed the First Year in Arts and Science, with credit for the courses shown below, or that he shall have fulfilled these requirements by Senior Matriculation or similar work taken outside the University. Required subjects are: English 100 and 101 Mathematics 100 Chemistry 100 Physics 100* Latin 101 or French 101 § or German 90f or Slavonic Studies 100 (Basic Russian) The passing grade for entrance to Applied Science is 60 per cent, in Mathematics, Chemistry, Physics, and Biology, and 50 per cent. in other subjects. Students intending to enter Nursing and Health are required to obtain a grade of 60 per cent, in either Biology or Chemistry; for all other subjects a grade of 50 per cent, will be accepted. For detailed requirements for admission to courses in Nursing and Health see pages' 295, 299, and 300. No student with defective standing will be. admitted to the First Year in Applied Science. Students who are considering entering Applied Science are recommended to take the First Year Arfs and Science at the University because in the opinion of the Faculty it is highly desirable for students to have a year's experience at the University before entering Applied Science. This experience includes special orientation lectures, contact with Arts students, with Applied Science senior students, with specialists, with college organization, and with university methods, thus providing a period of adjustment in preparation for the difficult and heavy work of the First Year in Applied Science and an opportunity for the student to decide whether or not he is suited for Engineering or Architecture or whether he might prefer to proceed in other courses without loss of time. Candidates who expect to complete the requisite entrance standing through University or Senior Matriculation supplemental examinations, held in August or September, may apply for admission and ♦Students planning to enter the B.S.F. Course or the Degree Courses In Nursing are required to take Biology 100 instead of Physics 100. IStudents intending to enter Architecture are advised to take French 101. tStudents intending to enter Applied Science are advised to take German 90. Admission 277 their applications will be considered subject to the results of these examinations. The Faculty reserves the right of selection and admission of the students entering the First Year of the Combined Course and the Third Year of the Double Course in Nursing. Applications for admission to the First Year in Nursing, or to the Third Year in the Double Course in Arts and Science and Nursing, must be made to the Registrar on or before August 15th. Application to the associated hospital school of nursing must be completed before that date. Students desiring to enrol in the double course for the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc, or of B.A. and B.Arch., should consult the section Double Courses. Students intending to enter Applied Science are advised to present Chemistry A and Physics A for University Entrance, and should, preferably, have completed at least one course in French and one course in German before applying for admission to the Faculty of Applied Science. Architecture students should see footnote page 276. ^^ DEGREES The degrees offered students in this Faculty are: Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc). (See below.) Bachelor of Science in Forestry (B.S.F.). (See page 287.) Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.). (See page 301.) - Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc). (See page 304.) COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.Sc. The degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is granted on the completion of the work in one of the courses* given below: 1. Agricultural Engineering. 2. Chemical Engineering. 3. Civil Engineering. 4. Electrical Engineering. 5. Forest Engineering. 6. Geological Engineering. 7. Mechanical Engineering. 8. Metallurgical Engineering. 9. Mining Engineering. 10. Engineering Physics. 11. Nursing and Health. *The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed from time to time as deemed advisable by the Senate. 278 Faculty of Applied Science Double courses are offered in Arts and Science and Applied Science leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Engineering), and B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Nursing). For the regulations governing these, see the section Double Courses, at the end of the Calendar. PRACTICAL WORK OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY In order to master professional subjects it is very important that the work done at the University should be supplemented by practical experience in related work outside. Therefore students are expected to spend their summers in employment that will give such experience. Before a degree will be granted, a candidate is required to satisfy the department concerned that he has completed a suitable amount of practical work related to his chosen profession. Third and Fourth Year essays (see page 281) should be based, as far as possible, upon the summer work. Upon approval of the Dean and the head of the department concerned, University credit may be granted for work done outside the University under the immediate supervision of the University staff, during the University session. Practical work such as shop-work, freehand drawing, mechanical drawing, surveying, etc., done outside the University may be accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but not in lieu of lectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the head of the department and approval of the Dean. Students seeking exemption as above must make written application to the Dean, accompanied by certificates indicating the character of the work done and the time devoted to it. OPENING OF SESSION 1. It is essential to the success of the student that he should be in attendance at the opening of the session, for, in order to allow as much time as possible for practical work in the summer, the length of the session has been reduced to the minimum consistent with the ground to be covered. Consequently a student requires the full session to master the work. A mere pass standing is a very unsatisfactory preparation for subsequent work or professional life. Courses in Applied Science 279 Further, from this standpoint, the opening work is the most important of the whole session for the student, for in it are given the general instructions necessary for the proper approach to the work. 2. The only exception is when the summer employment affords experience necessary for the course in which the student is specializing, and when it will lighten to some extent the work of the session (such as in Geological Survey field work for geological students) and then only provided the nature of this work makes it impossible for the student to reach the University on the opening day. Under these circumstances, if the student furnishes a statement from his employer showing that it was impossible for him to release the student earlier, the Dean may allow the student to enter without penalty as to class attendance. The student must, however, register at the opening of the session in accordance with the regulations in reference to registration. SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONS A student with supplemental must write them off at the regular time for supplemental examinations before the opening of the session, for he will need the entire session for the current year's work. It is also necessary, for a successful year, to have a satisfactory knowledge of the foundational work of the preceding year. No exceptions to the above rule will be granted except as under paragraph 2, above. See regulations 4 and 5, page 307. COURSES FIRST AND SECOND YEARS The work of both years is the same in all curricula, except those in Nursing and Health, Forestry, Forest Engineering, and Architecture. No student with defective standing will be admitted to First or Second Year Applied Science. Students registering for First Year Nursing D are required to present an essay as indicated on page 348. Two activity courses in Physical Education are required of all students in First Year Applied Science, except ex-service personnel and members of military units operating on the campus. For details of requirements see page 135 in the Faculty of Arts and Science. Students entering Second Year are required to submit an essay of not less than 1,000 words. This should take the form of a scientific 280 Faculty of Applied Science report based preferably upon original observations made during the summer. Any suitable subject, however, may be chosen. Emphasis will be placed upon the precise and accurate use of English, but credit will also be given to subject matter, form, and illustrations. If the essay is not up to the standard of a pass mark in English, it will be returned for re-writing. One copy only is required, which may be retained for future reference by the department most interested. The essays shall be handed in to the Dean not later than November 15th. FIRST YEAR Subject Math. 150 Trigonometry and Solid Geometry Math. 151 Algebra Math. 152 Calculus M.E. 152 Drawing Physics 150 Mechanics Physics 151 Heat *Chem. 150 Qual. Analysis C.E. 150 General Engineering C.E. 155 Graphical Statics C.E. 160 Engineering Problems English 150 Composition tFor. 252 Forest Botany ,... For details see page | Lect First Term Second Term Lab. | Lect. | Lab. 334 334, 335 335 350 350 317 320 320 F320 327 328 2 1 2 2 2 2 8 2 3 3 3 1 8 1 1 2 4 1 2 2 2 2 2 SECOND YEAR Subject Essay Math. 250 Calculus Math. 251 Geometry *Chem. 250 Quan. Analysis Physics 250 Electricity C.E. 250 Field Work and Mapping C.E. 251 Surveying C.E. 255 Descriptive Geometry C.E. 260 Mechanics and Engineering Problems Geol. 201 General Geology Geol. 202 Geology Laboratory English 250 Technical Writing fFor. 150 General Forestry tFor. 250 Silvics For details i First Term | Second Term see page I Lect. 279 335 335 318 351 321 321 321 321 333 333 327 327 328 Lab. I Lect. I Lab. Note.—The sum of 13.00 as caution money must be deposited before the opening of the courses in Surveying Field Work. *Not required for Forest Engineering students. tFor Forest Engineering students only. Courses in Applied Science 281 THIRD AND FOURTH YEAR ESSAYS* Essays are required of all students entering the Third and Fourth Years, except that the essay is optional for students entering Fourth Year Chemical Engineering and is not required of students entering Third or Fourth Year Engineering Physics or Fourth Year Geological Engineering. The following regulations should be observed. 1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words. 2. Two copies shall be submitted in properly bound form. Only one copy need contain maps and illustrations. 3. The essay shall be a technical description of the engineering aspects of the work on which the student was engaged during the summer, or of any scientific or engineering work with which he is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage may be taken of any source of information, but due acknowledgment must be made of all authorities consulted. It should be suitably illustrated by drawings, sketches, photographs, or specimens. 4. The essays shall be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of substantial quality, standard letter size (8V2XH inches), on one side of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top and left- hand side. Every student shall submit a duplicate copy of his essay, for the correction of English. If typewritten, essays must be "double-spaced." Students are recommended to examine sample reports to be found in the departments and also copies of Masters' theses in the library. 5. The latest date for receiving graduating essays in the Second Term shall be the last day of lectures, and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st. All other essays shall be handed in to the Dean not later than November 15th. 6. In the Final Year, students in Nursing and Health will be required to submit a graduating essay, or to present a seminar, covering an original study based upon experiences gained during the academic and professional years, and developed from topics approved by the Department early in'the year. All essays must be handed in, or seminars presented, during the Second Term. All essays, when handed in, become the property of the department concerned, and are filed for reference. A duplicate copy may be submitted in competition for the students' prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. A maximum of 100 marks is allowed, the value being based on presentation, English, and matter. ♦Architecture students should consult Page 301. m- 282 Faculty of Applied Science 1. Agricultural Engineering For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject Essay M.E. 352 Mechanical Drawing C.E. 355 Strength of Materials C.E. 357 Materials Testing C.E. 360 Hydraulics M.E. 356 Machine Shop Practice M.E. 361 Kinematics of Machines M.E. 371 Applied Thermodynamics.. A.E. 350 Motors A.E. 351 Machinery... Agric. Econ. 300 Farm Management. Agron. 211 Soils For details I First Term | Second Term see page | Lect. | Lab. | Lect. | Lab. At end of 2nd Term, 2nd Year 3* 2 3* 3* 3* 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Fourth Year Subject C.E. 475 Engineering Economics E.E. 451 Electrical Engineering M.E. 363 Machine Design M.E. 365 Dynamics of Machines M.E. 477 Heating and Ventilating Met. 351 Physical Metallurgy Met. 352 Metallography A.E. 450 Agricultural Buildings A.E. 451 Adv. Agric. Engineering A.E. 452 Thesis ." A.E. 460 Irrigation and Drainage. A.E. 470 Rural Electrification * Alternate weeks. For details 1 First Term I Second Term Lab. Lect. Lab. Lect. | 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3* 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 326 341 336 336 339 345 345 309 309 309 309 309 Courses in Applied Science 288 2. Chemical Engineering For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject For details see page First Term | Second Term Lect. | Lab. I Lect. I Lab. Essay M.E. 352 Mechanical Drawing Math. 350 Applied Calculus and Differential Equations Met. 351 Physical Metallurgy Met. 352 Metallography Chem. 300 Organic Chem. 304 Theoretical Chem. 350 Introduction to Chemical Engineering Chem. 351 Industrial Stoichiometry.. Chem. 352 Advanced Quantitative Analysis Physics 360 Light C.E. 355 Strength of Materials C.E. 357 Materials Testing Summer Reading 281 . 336 335 345 345 318 318 318 318 318 351 322 322 At end of 2nd Term, 2nd Year 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 3 1 3* 3 2 3 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 3* 2 3» •Alternate weeks. tOptional. Note. For courses for graduate students, see page 304. Fourth Year For details see page First Term Second Term Subject Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. 281 341 318 318 318 319 319 319 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 6 6 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 E.E. 451 Electrical Circuits 2 Chem. 407 Physical Chemistry Chem. 450 Chemical Engineering 8 Chem. 451 Chemical Engineering Laboratory and Problems j Chem. 452 Thesis: research or designing of chemical engineering equipment 6 6 Chem. 458 Electro-chemistry 8 Chem. 459 Adv. Organic 8 284 Faculty of Applied Science 3. Civil Engineering For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject For details see page First Term Lect. | Lab. Second Term Lect. I Lab. Essay 281 321 322 322 322 322 322 323 323 323 323 323 324 . 337 At end 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 of2nd' 3» 3* 3* 3* 3 3 3 3 | C.E. 350 Surveying Field Work Vrm.2nd Year C.E. 351 Surveying 2 2 I 2 2 2 I 2 C.E. 352 Mapping C.E. 353 Drawing 3* 8* C.E. 355 Strength of Materials 8* C.E. 356 Materials Testing C.E. 361 Hydraulics 8# 8 C.E. 365. Foundations C.E. 366 Earth Pressure C.E. 370 Structural Design 1 C.E. 375 Railways 8 C.E. 380 Seminar M.E. 371- Applied Thermodynamics 3 Fourth Year Subject For details L see page | First Term | Second Term Lect. ! Lab. 1 Lect. | Lab. Essay C.E. 380 C.E. 450 C.E. 455 C.E. 460 C.E. 461 C.E. 465 C.E. 466 C.E. 470 C.E. 475 C.E. 476 E.E. 451 Seminar Surveying Field Work Theory of Structures Structural Design 2 Reinforced Concrete Design Municipal Engineering Water Power Development.. Highway Engineering Engineering Economics Law—Contracts Electrical Engineering 281 324 324 324 324 324 325 325 326 326 326 341 1 1 | At end of 2nd Term, 3r [ 2 6 1 2 3 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 • 2 2 2 1 1 1 I 1 2 2 2 'Alternate weeks. Note. The sum of $3.00 as caution money must be deposited before the opening of the course in Surveying Field Work. For courses for graduate students, see page 301. Courses in Applied Science 285 4. Electrical Engineering For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject For details see page First Term Lect. | Lab. Second Term Lect. | Lab. Essay 281 336 335 322 322 323 336 1 336 337 340 341 341 341 1 Atendof2nd1 1 M.E. 852 Mechanical Drawing Math. 350 Differential Equations C.E. 355 Strength of Materials 3 2 1 2 3 F2 1 2 3» 3* 2 3» 3 8 2* 3 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 8* C.E. 857 Materials Testing 8* C.E. 860 Hydraulics 2 M.E. 358 Machine Shop Practice 8» M.E. 365 Dynamics of Machines M.E. 375 Applied Thermodynamics .... E.E. 353 D.C. Machines 8 E.E. 355 A.C. Circuits E.E. 856 Electrical Engineering 8 E.E. 357 Electronics and Electron Tubes 2* Fourth Year * Alternate weeks. Note. For courses for graduate students, siee page 304. For details see page First Term Second Term Subject Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. Essay 281 M.E. 467 Mechanical Design 338 2 2 C.E. 475 Engineering Economics. 326 1 1 1 1 E.E. 457 Principles of A.C. Machines. 341 3 6 3 6 E.E. 459 Electrical Machine. Design 342 1 3 1 8 E.E. 461 Illuminating Engineering 342 2 2 E.E. 463 Electric Power Transmission 342 2 2 2 2 E.E. 465 Electrical Communication 342 2 3 2 3 E.E. 467 Instruments and 343 2 2 286 Faculty of Applied Science 5. Forest Engineering and Forestry Two main avenues of approach are open to students interested in forestry as a profession: Forest Engineering and General Forestry. In the General Forestry (B.S.F.) course, the student has the opportunity of following a specialized course of study in one of three main branches of forestry: Technical Forestry, Forest Business Administration, and Chemical Wood Products. Forest Engineering The curriculum for the first two years in Forest Engineering is shown on page 280. Third Year Subject Essay C.E. 350 C.E. 351 C.E. 352 C.E. 355 C.E. 356 C.E. 360 C.E. 370 For. 251 For. 270 For. 350 For. 360 Bot, 303 For details I First Term | Second Term see page | Lect. | Lab. | Lect. | Lab. Surveying Field Work... Surveying Mapping Strength of Materials... Materials Testing Hydraulics Structural Design 1 Fire Protection Wood Technology Silviculture Mensuration Dendrology. 281 321 322 322 322 322 323 323 328 328 328 329 317 I. | At end of 2nd Term, 2nd Year 2 3* 2 2 3» 2 1 3* 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 Fourth Year Subject For details I First Term | Second Term see page I Lect. | Lab. | Lect. | Lab. Bot. tFor. For. For. For. For. For. For. For. For. For. For. Zool, 317 Forest Pathology 390 Summer Camp 361 Management 370 Wood Technology 380 History of Forestry 453 Seminar 471 General Logging 472 Logging Engineering 473 Milling and Marketing.. 474 Lumber Grading 475 Fore'st Products 481 Forest Economics 359 Forest Entomology 281 317 329 329 329 329 330 330 330 330 330 331 331 352 2 2 2 3 2 3 1 3 1 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3* 2 8» 3 1 3* 1 3» 3 8 ....- 2 2 'Alternate weeks. tAt the end of the Third Year all Forestry students are required to take the Summer Camp at the University Research Forest near Haney, beginning about the middle of August and continuing for four weeks. In addition, short field trips are required from time to time throughout the Third and Fourth Years. Fee for summer camp (1948) is 150.00, payable to the Bursar at the time of registration for the Camp. Courses in Applied Science 287 Forestry (B.S.F. Course) First Year Subject §Chem. 200 Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis Econ. 200 Principles of Economics Phys. 100 Elementary Physics Math. 203 Forestry Mathematics Bot. 200 General Botany English 150 Composition For. 150 General Forestry For. 160 Field Work JGeog. 202 Weather and Climate For details I First Term | Second Term see page I Lect. | Lab. | Lect. I Lab. 168 188 350 335 317 327 327 328 216 2 6 2 3 8 3 2 3 3 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 8 2 Second Year Subject see page For details I First Term | Second Term Lect. Lab. Lect. | 1 2 1 2 4 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 Lab. Essay Bot. 303 Dendrology Bot. 830 and 332 Plant Physiology... For. 250 Silvics For. 251 Fire Protection For. 260 Surveying and Mapping... For. 270 Wood Technology For. 360 Mensuration * J Geol. 201 General Geology { Geol. 202 Laboratory "Chem. 300 Organic Chemistry *Zool. 200 General Zoology 279 317 317 328 328 328 328 329 333 333 318 352 4 2 Third Year Subject For details I First Term Lect. Second Term Lect. I Lab. Essay For. 350 Silviculture For. 353 Seminar For. 360 Mensuration For. 361 Management For. 370 Wood Technology For. 380 History of Forestry Bot. 317 Forest Pathology Zool. 308 Forest Entomology tComm. 251 Accounting §Chem. 304 Theoretical Chemistry... 281 328 329 329 329 329 329 317 352 327 318 *One of the three courses marked must be taken in the Second Year. For students entering Chemical Wood Products option. Chemistry 300 is required. For those students intending to take advanced Forest Entomology in the Fourth Year of the Technical option, Zoology 200 is required. tNot required in Chemical Wood Products option. {Required in Chemical Wood Products option only. tRequired of all students except those taking Chemical Wood Products option. 288 Faculty of Applied Science Fourth Year (Technical Forestry Option) Subject For details see page First Term Lect. | Lab. Second Term Lect. | Lab. Essay tFor. 390 Summer Camp For. 450 Advanced Silviculture For. 453 Seminar For. 460 Advanced Mensuration For. 461 Advanced Management For. 471 General Logging For. 473 Milling and Marketing For. 474 Lumber Grading For. 475 Forest Products For. 481 Forest Economics tBot. 420 Forest Ecology tZool. 306 Biology of the Vertebrates. tZool. 402 Advanced Forest Entomology 281 329 329 330 330 330 330 330 330 331 331 317 352 352 3* H 4 Fourth Year (Forest Business Administration Option) For details see page First Term | Second Term Subject Lect. Lab. | Lect. | Lab. Essay 281 tFor. 390 Summer Camp 329 For. 453 Seminar 1 330 1 1 For. 471 General Logging W 330 2 2 For. 473 Milling and Marketing 330 2 3* 2 3* For. 474 Lumber Grading 330 . 3 For. 475 Forest Products 331 1 3* 1 8* For. 481 Forest Economics 331 3 3 327 3 3 Comm. 471 Business Finance 327 3 3- 327 3 3 Fourth Year (Chemical Wood Products Option) Subject For details I First Term [ Second Term see page Lect. Lab. Lect. I Lab. Essay JFor. 390 Summer Camp For. 471 General Logging For. 473 Milling and Marketing For. 475 Forest Products For. 481 Forest Economics Chem. 350 Introduction to Chemical Engineering Chem. 407 Physical Chemistry Chem. 459 Advanced Organic Chemistry 281 329 330 330 331 331 318 318 319 'Alternate weeks. tOne of the three courses marked must be taken in the Fourth Year. tSee note at bottom of page 286. Courses in Applied Science 6. Geological Engineering - For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject For details see page First Term Lect. | Lab. Second Term Lect. I Lab. Essay .: C.E. 350 Surveying _ Biol. 100 Introductory Biology.. CE. 852 Mapping. C.E. 860 Hydraulics Min. 350 Principles of Mining Met. 850 Chemical Metallurgy Met. 851 Physical Metallurgy M.D. 850 Principles of Mineral Dressing Geol. 302 Mineralogy Geol. 804 Structural Geol. 805 Theoretical and Historical Geology _ Geol. 307 Petroleum and Natural Gas Geol. 308 Coal and Structural Materials tGeol. 410 Field Geology.. 281 321 317 322 323 344 344 348 347 333 333 333 333 333 333 At end of 2nd Term, 2nd Year 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 8 Fourth Year Subject For details seepage Lect. First Term Lab. Lect | Lab. Second Term CE. 475 Min. 460 Geol. 406 Geol. 407 Geol. 408 Geol. 409 Geol. 411 Geol. 412 Geol. 420 Engineering Economics... Principles of Mining.. Palaeontology Petrography Mineral Deposits Mineralography Regional Geology Geomorphology Thesis 326 344 333 333 333 333 333 333 333 ♦Alternate weeks. tlncludes 10 days' field work after lectures close in the Second Term. Note. For courses for graduate students, see page 804. 290 Faculty of Applied Science 7. Mechanical Engineering For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year For details see page First Term Second Term Subject Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. Essay _ 281 336 335 322 322 323 340 1 336 336 336 336 337 At end of 2nd Term, 2u 3 3 2 3* 2 3* 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 3 ' 2 k IS* 3 2 ...... 2 3 3 3 M.E. 352 Mechanical Drawing dYear Math. 350 Differential Equations C.E. 355 Strength of Materials 3* C.E. 357 Materials Testing 3* CE. 360 Hydraulics E.E. 351 Electrical Engineering 2 3 M.E. 356 Machine Shop Practice M.E. 361 Kinematics of Machines M.E. 363 Machine Design 1 2 2 M.E. 365 Dynamics of Machines M.E. 373 Applied Thermodynamic? 3 Fourth Year Subject For details. see page First Term | Second Term Lect. | Lab. | Lect. | Lab. Essay CE. 475 Engineering Economics E.E. 453 A.C. Machines Met. 351 Physical Metallurgy Met. 352 Metallography M.E. 456 Machine Shop Practice M.E. 463 Machine Design 2 M.E. 465 Applied Mechanics M.E. 471 Prime Movers M.E. 472 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory ' M.E. 475 Power Plant Design M.E. 477 Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration fM.E. 481 Aeronautics 281 326 341 345 345 337 337 338 338 338 339 339 339 1 1 1 2 3 2 2 3* 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3» 2 3 2 *Alternate weeks. tStudents in the Fourth Year must select as an option either M.E. 475 and M.E. 477 or M.E. 481. Note. For courses for graduate students, see page 304. Courses in Applied Science 291 8. Metallurgical Engineering For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject Essay M.E. 352 Mechanical Drawing Math. 350 Differential Equations Geol. 302 Mineralogy C.E. 355 Strength of Materials CE. 357 Materials Testing C.E. 360 Hydraulics M.E. 371 Applied Thermodynamics. Phys. 360 Light * Min. 350 Principles of Mining M.D. 350 Principles of Mineral Dressing _. Met. 350 Chemical Metallurgy Met. 351 Physical Metallurgy Met. 352 Metallography Met. 360 Seminar For details I First Term | Second Term see page | Lect. 1 Lab. | Lect. | Lab. At end of 2nd Term, 2nd Year 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3* 3» 2 3# 3 Fourth Year Subject For details I First Term seepage | Lect. Lab. Second Term Lect. Lab. Essay .1 E.E. 451 Electrical Circuits C.E. 475 Engineering Economics.. Met. 450 Theoretical Metallurgy... Met. 451 Applied Chemical Metallurgy... Met. 452 Physical Metallurgy Met. 453 Metallurgical Calculations... Met. 454 Laboratory and Research Methods Met. 457 Plant Management and one of the following options: Mineral Dressing M.D. 450 Mineral Dressing Geol. 409 Mineralography Chem. 350 Chemical Engineering Chemical Metallurgy M.D. 450 Mineral Dressing Met. 458 Process Laboratory Chem. 350 Chemical Engineering Physical Metallurgy Physics 460 Metallurgical Physics Met. 456 Metallography Met. 459 Mechanical Metallurgy M.E. 363 Machine Design 1 281 341 326 345 345 345 346 346 346 348 333 318 348 346 318 351 346 347 336 •2 1 2 2 2 2 1 8 * Alternate weeks. Note. For courses for graduate students, see page 304. 292 Faculty of Applied Science 9. Mining Engineering For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject Essay.. C.E. 350 Surveying Geol. 302 Mineralogy Geol. 304 Structural Geology CE. 352 Mapping CE. 355 Strength of Materials. CE. 357 Materials Testing CE. 360 Hydraulics C.E. 370 Structural Design 1 Met. 350 Chemical Metallurgy Met. 351 Physical Metallurgy Met. 360 Seminar M.D. 350 Principles of Mineral Dressing Min. 350 Principles of Mining... For details . see page First Term I Second Term Lect. | Lab. Lect. I Lab. of2ndTerm,2ndYear 3* 3» 3« 2 8 3 3* 2 2 8 i 3» 2 8« 3* 1 2 2 8 2 8 1 X ..... 2 3* 2 Fourth Year Subject Essay E.E. 451 Electrical Circuits Geol. 308 Coal and Building Materials Geol. 403 Petrology Geol. 408 Mineral Deposits M.E. 371 Applied Thermodynamics C.E. 475 Engineering Economics Met. 453 Metallurgical Calculations Met. 457 Plant Management M.D. 450 Mineral Dressing Min. 450 Principles, of Mining Min. 451 Mine Management Min. 454 Problems and Reports Min. 490 Mine Surveying ♦Alternate weeks. For details see page First Term I Second Term .ect. Lab. Lect. Lab 2 2 2 ~2 1 1 2 2 ...... 3 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 2 ...... 2 2 2 2 ...... 2 4 1 281 341 333 333 333 337 326 346 346 348 344 344 344 344 Courses in Applied Science 293 10. Engineering Physics This course of studies will be open only to students who obtain the consent of the Head of the Department of Physics and the Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science. For courses in First and Second Years see page 280. Third Year Subject M.E. 852 Mechanical Drawing C.E. 355 Strength of Materials CE. 357 Materials Testing....: Math. 320 Differential Calculus Math. 321 Integral Calculus Math. 322 Algebra and Geometry 2.. Phys. 302 Mathematical Physics Phys. 303 Physical Optics Phys. 304 Thermodynamics and one of the following: Chem. 300 Organic Chemistry. Chem. 350 Chemical Engineering E.E. 355 A.C. Circuits Geol. 304 Structural Geology M.E. 371 Applied Thermodynamics f Met 351 Physical Metallurgy ( Met. 352 Metallography Fordetalls see page First Term | Second Term Lect. | Lab. | Lect. | Lai). 336 322 322 335 335 335 351 351 351 318 318 Kin 333 337 345 345 At end of 2nd Term,2nd Year 2 8» 3» 2 8« 3« 2 2 ...... 3 .8 -.-. 3 3 • ...... 2 2 2 6 2 6 2 2 -- 2 3 2 8 3 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 1 8* 8» Fourth Year For details see page First Term Second Term Subject Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. E.E. 465 Electrical Communications Math. 402 Differential Equations Phys. 401 Electricity and Magnetism.. Phys. 402 Atomic Structure 342 335 351 351 351 351 351 351 318 319 341 351 333 339 339 345 346 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 6 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 8 Phys. 403 Kinetic Theory of Gases Phys. 405 Theory of Elasticity ...... Phys. 407 Nuclear Physics... Phys. 409 Experimental Physics 6 and one of the following: Chem. 450 Chem. Engineering Theory Chem. 459 Advanced Organic 8 E.E. 453 A.C. Machines 8 ( Phys. 461 Geophysics ( Geol. 403 Petrology M.E. 477 Heating, Ventilating 8 M.E. 481 Aeronautics 8 f Met. 452 Physical Metallurgy ,. l| ( Met. 456 Adv. Metallography •Alternate weeks. 294 Faculty of Applied Science 11. Nursing and Health The University offers courses in Nursing to students who desire to receive a broader education than can be secured in a hospital school of nursing alone, and who wish, at the same time, to prepare themselves for teaching or supervisory positions in schools of nursing or for Public Health Nursing service. Included in the regular programme are the following courses: Nursing A. A combined university and hospital course leading to the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) and to a Diploma in Nursing from the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing, which is affiliated with the University for the purpose of providing the professional part of the course. (See below.) Nursing AA. A double degree course one year longer than Nursing A leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Nursing) as well as to a Diploma in Nursing from the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. (See page 297 and Double Courses.) Nursing B. A course for graduate nurses to prepare them for staff positions in public health nursing organizations. This course consists of one year of academic study supplemented by appropriate field work, and. leads to a certificate in Public Health Nursing. (See page 298.) Nursing C. A course for graduate nurses to prepare them for teaching and supervisory positions in schools of nursing. This course consists of one year of academic study supplemented by appropriate field work, and leads to a certificate in Teaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursing. (See page 298.) Nursing D. A course for graduate nurses who wish to qualify for the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing). (See page 300.) Students of all courses in Nursing are subject to the general University regulations, and to special regulations of the Faculty of Applied Science. (See pages 30-40 and 306-308.) All regulations are subject to change from year to year, and subjects may be modified during the year as the Faculty may deem advisable. Degree Courses in Nursing Nursing A This combined university and hospital course assures to the student the educational and cultural advantages available at the University; professional training built on a sound scientific foundation; and preparation for teaching and supervision in schools of nursing or for public health nursing. The course is given by the University in collaboration with the school of nursing of the Vancouver General Hospital, the only hospital school which has to Coueses in Applied Science 295 date signified willingness to provide the professional part of the course and has received the approval of the University Senate for that purpose. For admission requirements see page 276. No student with defective standing will be admitted to the First Year in Nursing. As registration is limited, application should be made on or before August 15th. Students will be notified of the acceptance or rejection of their applications. Applicants are also required: 1. To be eighteen years of age; 2. To satisfy the Department of Nursing and Health that they are personally fitted for the branches of nursing to which the course leads; 3. To have met the entrance requirements of the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. The course consists of three parts, each of which is described briefly. I. First Year Nursing.—Students register in the Faculty of Applied Science for the following courses, which provide an introduction to general cultural subjects and a foundation in sciences basic to the practice of nursing. First Year Nursing Subject | English 200 Zoology 200 Physics 110 Psychology 100 Nursing 151 History of Nursing... Nursing 152 Elementary Biochemistry Nursing 153 Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease For details, see page First Term | Second Term Lect. Lab. | Lect. Lab. 327 352 250 241 348 348 348 II. Professional course Of, thirty-two months at the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing.* Following completion of the academic or pre-clinical year (First Year Nursing) the student enters the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing for her professional course. This course is planned to afford a wide experience and training in the care of the sick, and to develop the skill, powers of observation, and judgment necessary to the efficient practice of nursing. It includes a study of community health problems as well as those of the hospital. *Candidates are advised to write to the Director, School of Nursing, Vancouver General Hospital, for the School Calendar. 296 Faculty of Applied Science Students enter upon this part of their course along with the regular hospital students, and during the first four months (the probationary period) undergo a rigid examination as to fitness in physique, temperament, and character. This trial period helps the student to decide whether she feels herself personally fitted or inclined to proceed with the course. It also gives the hospital school of nursing an opportunity to judge the student's suitability for the profession of nursing. The hospital school of nursing reserves the right to reject candidates who do not meet required standards. During the professional part of the course students are under the direction of the hospital school of nursing and live in residence there, receiving: (1) full maintenance; (2) a yearly vacation; (3) a small monetary allowance as designated by the hospital. In order to receive University credit for work done at this time, students must register at the University each year and pay the nominal fee required. (See footnote on page 42.) Following is an outline of the course provided by the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. 1. Instruction is given by qualified nurse teachers and by members of the medical staff in: Nursing Ethics Principles and Practice of Nursing Anatomy and Physiology Health Education Psychology Normal Nutrition and Diet Therapy Pharmacology and Therapeutics Urinalysis Introduction to: Anaesthesia Physiotherapy X-ray Community Health and Social Needs 2. Instruction and supervised experience are provided in the following services: Communicable Diseases (including Tuberculosis and Venereal Diseases) Dietary Eye, Ear, Nose, and Throat Gynecological Medical Obstetric * Courses in Applied Science 297 Orthopedic Out-Patient Pediatric Psychiatric Surgical (including Operating Room) Visiting Nurse While the preventive and social aspects of nursing are stressed throughout, they are given particular emphasis during experience in the Out-patient Department and with the Victorian Order of Nurses. The hospital programme is subject to change at the discretion of the hospital in consultation with the Department of Nursing and Health at the University. Upon satisfactory completion of this part of the course the student is awarded a diploma as a graduate nurse of the Vancouver General Hospital School of Nursing. She also writes the provincial Registered Nurse examinations, and if successful becomes qualified to practise as a Registered Nurse in British Columbia. Students who, during their period in the hospital school of nursing, have lost time because of illness or for other reasons, may be required to postpone the final academic year at the University. Graduate nurse experience before returning to the University is recommended. 3. For the final year of her course the student elects either Nursing B (see page 298) or Nursing C (see page 298), and upon its satisfactory completion she is awarded the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing)*. Nursing AA The University also offers a double degree course leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc (Nursing). This course requires two years (instead of one) of academic work at the University before entering the hospital school of nursing, but is otherwise similar to Nursing A. (See page 294.) Students receive the degree of B.A. upon completion of their course at the hospital, and the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) when Nursing B or Nursing C has been completed. The double degree course is advised for (1) students who wish to enrich their background of knowledge by an additional year of university studies, and who are anxious to obtain the B.A. degree; and (2) students who at the end of the first year of Nursing A would still be too young to enter the hospital school of nursing. *Before July 15th of the year in which she plans to return to the University each student must notify the Department of Nursing and Health as to whether she proposes to take Nursing B or Nursing C. 298 Faculty- of Applied Science Nursing B and Nursing C (Degree and Certificate Courses) Degree Courses Students taking Nursing B or Nursing C as part of the degree course must obtain at least 65 per cent, marks on the aggregate with not less than 50 per cent, in any one subject. NURSING B (PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING) Subject A Nursing 454 Preventive Medicine Nursing 455 Mental Hygiene Nursing 457 Jnt'ant and Child Health Nursing 459 Sanitation Nursing 461 Public Health Organization Nursing 463 Principles and Practice of Public Health Nursing Nursing 466 Health Teaching Nursing 467 Current Nursing Problems Nursing 471 Social Case Work Nursing 477 Sociology of the Family Nursing 481 Principles and Methods of Teaching Nursing 485.Essay : Nursing 486 Field Work For details Total hours see page: of lectures 348 - 45 ^349 18 349 18 349 9 349 10 349 54 349 54 349 18 350 18 350 18 350 18 350 350 NURSING C (TEACHING AND SUPERVISION IN SCHOOLS OF NURSING) Subject Nursing 454 Preventive Medicine Nursing 455 Mental Hygiene Nursing 467 Current Nursing Problems Nursing 468 Teaching in Schools of Nursing Nursing 469 Principles of Supervision in Schools of Nursing Nursing 477 Sociology of the Family Nursing 481 Principles and Methods of Teaching Electives from Nursing B, from Education, or from related Science courses, to make up three units Nursing 485 Essay Nursing 487 Field Work For details see page: Total hours of lectures 348 349 349 349 349 350 350 350 350 45 18 18 36 36 18 18 Courses in Applied Science " 299 Certificate Courses Nursing B and Nursing C are available as Certificate Courses to graduate nurses* who possess the required qualifications. 1. General education. All applicants must fulfil the educational requirement of University Entrance. An official transcript of the high school education record should be submitted along with the application. 2. Professional education. Graduation from a recognized school of nursing. Applicants must satisfy the department that they have received adequate instruction and experience in the nursing care of communicable diseases and of diseases of infancy and childhood. 3. Professional experience. Applicants who have had satisfactory nursing experience derive greater benefit from the courses than those who come directly from the school of nursing. Applicants for admission to Nursing C are required to have had at least one year of satisfactory experience as graduate nurses. 4. Health. A report of a medical examination recorded on a form provided by the Department, signed by a practising physician, and accompanied by the report of an x-ray of the chest (taken within the preceding three months) is required of all applicants. 5. Ability to drive a car. Applicants for admission to Nursing B are advised to learn to drive a motor car and to secure their driver's licence. Ability to drive well is often a deciding factor in securing a position. 6. Personal fitness. Because it is very important that applicants have the necessary personal qualifications for their proposed work, and also because facilities for field work limit the number of students who can be enrolled, the Department reserves the right of selection. A personal interview is required whenever possible. Applications for admission to Certificate Courses should be submitted before July 1st. The requisite form may be obtained on request from Department of Nursing and Health, The University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B. C. 300 Faculty of Applied Science Nursing D This is a course for graduate nurses who are eligible for admission to the University and who desire to qualify for the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing). Admission requirements: 1. The applicant's professional preparation shall be considered by the Department to be a satisfactory alternative to the professional course included in Nursing A. 2. The applicant's record, both academic and professional, shall indicate the probability of success in her chosen field. Course requirements: 1. The applicant shall complete satisfactorily the work of the First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science or Senior Matriculation with the subject content as outlined on page 276. 2. Candidates will register in the Faculty of Applied Science and take the following courses as First Year students in Nursing D: Subject For details First Term Second Term see page Lect. | Lab. Lect. | Lab. ' 327 3 3 „~. 241 3 3 348 1 1 ..... 348 1 4 1 4 348 English 205 Psychology 100 Nursing 152 Elementary Biochemistry Nursing 153 Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease Nursing 154 Essay Six additional units to be selected in . consultation with the Department. 3. Nursing B or Nursing C as outlined on page 298. Except in very unusual circumstances those candidates who already hold a certificate in Nursing B or Nursing C must meet the requirements listed under (2) above by attendance at a winter session within a period of five years following completion of the certificate course. Courses in Applied Science 301 COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.Arch. The course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Architecture requires for its completion five years of study after entering the Faculty of Applied Science. The studies, all related to basic human and social needs, provide a training in the fundamentals of the profession of architecture. This training fits the student for efficient service in the offices of practising architects upon graduation and prepares him for an early start in his professional career. Basic training in mathematical, physical, and architectural principles is provided in the first three years of the course, while the last two years are devoted to studies and research which are more professional in character. During this latter period, architectural problems are worked out in a manner similar to that employed in professional offices, in which subjects related to problems of design prevalent in current building practice are coordinated and studied as a comprehensive group. Throughout the course the organization and presentation of subjects is so arranged that the student's power of discrimination in his choice of materials, structural systems, methods of construction, equipment, finishes, and embellishments is developed in a practical manner on the basis of aesthetic conceptions. Ample opportunity is provided for personal contact and discussion with practising architects, as well as with other leaders in the fields of art, construction, and social work. The course in Architecture also provides a sound basis for students who are planning to undertake graduate work leading to specialization in related fields, such as Town and Community Planning, Industrial Design, and Prefabrieation. The general requirements for admission to the course in Architecture are the same as those for admission to other courses in Applied Science (see page 276), with the exception that students planning to enter Architecture are advised to take French 101 in the First Year of Arts and Science. The essay required of students in engineering courses and described on page 281 is also required of all Architecture students entering the Second, Third, Fourth, and Fifth Years. The essay may deal with "architectural" or "planning" aspects of the work on which the student was engaged during the summer, or of any scientific, "architectural", or "planning" work with which he is 302 Faculty of Applied Science familiar. The same regulations apply except that Architecture students are not eligible to compete for the students' prizes mentioned on page 281. Before the degree of Bachelor of Architecture will be granted, every student is required to submit satisfactory evidence of having had 12 months (1900 hours) practical experience in architectural work. Further details of the requirements are shown under Arch. 280, page 312. See also general statement concerning practical work outside the University (page 278). First Year Subject Math. 150 Trigonometry and Solid Geometry Math. 151 Algebra Math. 152 Calculus CE. 155 Graphical Statics C.E. 160 Engineering Problems , Eng. 150 Composition Phys. 160 Mechanics and General Physics Arch. 150 Elements of Architecture. Arch. 151 Building Materials Arch. 152 Architectural Drafting and Descriptive Geometry Arch. 160 History of Art Arch. 170 Visual Design For details I First Term | Second Term Lect. Lab. Lect. | 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 1 1 3 1 Lab. 334 334 335 320 320 327 351 310 310 310 310 310 Second Yeae For details see page First Term Second Term Subject Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. Essay 321 321 327 311 311 311 312 312 312 312 312 2 1 3 3 ' 2 2 4 3 9 2 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 C.E. 250 Field Work and Mapping C.E. 251 Surveying Eng. 250 Technical English 4 Arch. 250 Architectural Design 1 Arch. 251. Theory of Planning 8 Arch. 252 Elements of Construction Arch. 255 Elementary Strength of Materials and Structures 9 2 Arch. 260 History of Architecture Arch. 262 Architectural Essay Arch. 270 Freehand Drawing Arch. 280 Summer Work 8 Courses in Applied Science 303 Third Year For details First Term Second Term Subject see page Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. Essay : 188 337 312 313 313 313 313 313 313 313 314 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 15 3 2 3 1 3 2 1 1 2 2 1 Ec. 200 Principles of Economics M.E. 377 Mechanical Services Arch. 350 Architectural Design 2 Arch. 351 Industrial Design and Prefabrieation 15 8 Arch. 352 Interior Finishes, Colour, and Furniture _ Arch. 355 Arch. Engineering 1 2 3 Arch. 360 History of Architecture Arch. 362 Architectural Essay Arch. 370 Sketching Arch. 371 Landscape Design 1 Arch. 380 Summer Work Fourth Year For details First Term Second Term Subject see page Lect. Lab. Lect. Lab. Essay 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 315 315 315 315 315 1 1 2 1 2 2 15 8 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 Arch. 450 Architectural Design 3. . Arch 452 Specifications 18 Arch. 455 Arch. Engineering 2 3 Arch. 456 Electricity and Arch. 460 Theory of Architecture Arch. 462 Architectural Essay Arch. 466 Town Planning Arch. 467 Social Aspects of Hous- 3 Arch. 470 Sketching Arch. 471 Modelling :.. 3 Arch. 480 Summer Work Fifth Year For details see page First Term Second Term Subject Lect. Lab. Lect. | Lab. Essay ; , 315 316 316 316 316 316 317 317 1 1 2 2 27 2 2 __ 1 Arch. 550 Architectural Design 4 Arch. 555 Arch. Engineering 3 1 27 2 Arch. 560 Theory of Architecture Arch. 562 Architectural Essay 2 2 2 Arch. 565 Professional Practice Arch. 566 Seminar on Human Environmental Needs Arch. 570 Sketching Arch. 580 Summer Work Faculty of Applied Science COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A.Sc. Chemical Engineering Required courses: Chem. 530, and a group of courses selected from Chem. 511, 512, 517, 518, 521, 522, 535, 536, 540, 550, 551. Electives: Suitable courses to be selected in consultation with the Department. Civil Engineering Required course: One to be selected from C.E. 550, 551. Electives: Suitable courses to be selected in consultation with the Depart- , ment. Electrical Engineering Required course: One to be selected from E.E. 551, 553, 555. Electives: Suitable courses to be selected in consultation with the Department. Geological Engineering Economic Geology.—Required subjects: Geology 526, and three units from Geology 520, 523, 524, and 525. Mineralography.—Required subjects: Geology 624, and three units from the following: Geology 523, 525, 526. Mineralogy.—Required subjects: Geology 523, and three units from Geology 520, 524, 525, 526. Palaeontology.—Required subjects: Geology 521, and three units from Geology 520, Biology 400, Zoology 200, 300, and 301. Petrology.—Required subjects: Geology 525, and three units selected from Geology 523, 524, and 526. Stratigraphy.—Required subjects: Geology 520, and three units selected from Geology 521, 525, and Agronomy 415. Electives: Under each of the above options, electives to the value of six units are required. These will be selected in consultation with the Department of Geology. The following subjects are recommended for consideration: selected courses from Chemistry, Physics, Metallurgy, Mineral Dressing, Biology, Botany, Zoology, Bacteriology, Agronomy, English, Modern Languages, Mathematics, and Economics. A thesis of the minimum value of three units is required in each option. Mechanical Engineering Required course: One to be selected from M.E. 561, 565, 567. Electives: Suitable courses to be selected in consultation with the Department. Metallurgical Engineering Required courses: Metallurgy 550, and one course to be selected from Metallurgy 552, Metallurgy 553, Mineral Dressing 550. Electives: Suitable courses to be selected in consultation with the Department. * Engineering Physics Required and elective courses.—To be chosen in consultation with the Department. A thesis will be required of all candidates. Regulations 305 REGULATIONS CONCERNING THE DEGREE OF M.A.Sc. 1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Applied Science must hold a B.A.Sc. degree from this University, or its equivalent. 2. A graduate of another university applying for permission to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application an official statement of his graduation, together with a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student in this University. 3. Prerequisites: Candidates must have at least Second Class average standing in the Third and Fourth Years, and, in addition, Second Class standing in the subjects of the course in which they wish to specialize. In case this, standing has not been obtained, or in case certain subjects have been omittedj the deficiency must be made up by repeating or taking the course or courses concerned. 4. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required: (a) to spend one year in resident graduate study; or (b) (at the discretion of the Faculty concerned) : (i) to do two or more years of private work under the supervision of the University, such work to be equivalent to one year of graduate study; or (ii) to do one year of private work under University supervision and one term of resident graduate study, the total of such work to be equivalent to one year of resident graduate study. 5. One subject of specialization shall be selected, to which the required thesis must be definitely related. (Three typewritten copies of each thesis, together with an abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted. See special circular entitled Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) The latest date for receiving Masters' theses in the Second Term shall be the last day of lectures; and the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st. The work shall be of graduate nature and equivalent in quantity to at least that of a Final Year. About three quarters of the time should be devoted to the subject of specialization including the thesis, and one quarter to other subjects.' Special encouragement will be given to the solution of problems related to British Columbia industries. 306 Faculty of Applied Science The choice of courses taken and their relation to the subject of specialization, the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work, must be approved by the heads of the departments concerned, by the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Special forms entitled Application for a Course Leading to the Master's Degree may be obtained from the Registrar's office. 6. Examinations shall be written, or ora], or both, and standing equivalent to at least 75 per cent, in the courses of specialization and 65 per cent, in other subjects shall be required. 7. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be made to the Registrar by September 1st. See section on Fees. EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT 1. Examinations are held in December and in April. December examinations will be held in all subjects of the First and Second Years, and are obligatory for all students of these. December examinations in subjects of the Third and Fourth Years, excepting those subjects that are completed before Christmas, shall be optional with the departments concerned. Applications for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of the examination period. In cases where illness is the plea for absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presented on the appropriate form which may be obtained from the Dean's office, or if the illness occurs at the University the student may report to the Nurse, Hut No. 2, near the Auditorium Building, who may furnish the necessary certificate. 2. Candidates, in order to pass, must obtain at least 50 per cent, in each subject; in courses which'comprise both lecture and laboratory work students will be required to pass in both the written examinations and laboratory work before standing in the subject will be granted. The grades are as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. (See.pars. 12 and 13.) Candidates in the Final Year of the B.A.Sc. course in Nursing, in order to obtain this degree, must obtain at least 50 per cent, in each subject, and at least 65 per cent, on the aggregate. 3. If a student's general standing in the final examinations of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him supple- Examinations and Advancement 30' mental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examinations have been granted. A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must be forwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after the results of the examinations are announced. Each applicant must state clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of the fact that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passing mark in a subject is read at least a second time before results are tabulated and announced. The fee for re-reading is $2.00. 4. Supplemental examinations will be held in September. Special examinations will not be granted, except by special permission* of the Faculty and on payment of a fee of $7.50 per paper, and then only during the third week in October or the third week in January. Nursing students with supplemental in the First Year must, in order to enter the hospital in September, obtain standing in these subjects by attendance at Summer Session. They may, however, take the September supplemental, thus postponing the date of entering upon* the hospital course. 5. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Special Fees, page 44), must be in the hands of the Registrar by August 1st. Local centres for supplemental examinations will be arranged in British Columbia at the following centres: Cranbrook Dawson Creek Kamloops Kelowna or Penticton Ocean Falls Prince George Prince Rupert Trail or Nelson Victoria College A student wishing to write supplemental examinations at one of these centres must state in his application the centre chosen and must pay a fee of $2.50 a paper in addition to the regular fee of $5.00 a paper for a supplemental examination. •Special permission of the Faculty is granted only under exceptional circumstances, such as illness, or as outlined on page 279. , 308 Faculty of Applied Science 6. No student may enter the Third or higher year with supplemental examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 4 units of the preceding year, or with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year unless special permission* to do so is granted by Faculty. Students in Nursing A must remove all outstanding supplemental examinations before entering their Second Year (the First Year of the Hospital Course). 7. No student will be allowed to take any subject unless he has previously passed, or secured exemption, in all prerequisite subjects. 8. A student who is required to repeat his year will not be allowed to take any work in a higher year excepting that a student who has taken the field work of C.E. 350 in the spring may take'C.E. 352 during the following session. A student repeating his year need not repeat the laboratory portion of certain courses providing he has obtained a standing in the laboratory work which is acceptable to the head of the department in which the course is given. 9. Any student repeating his year will not be admitted with any supplemental outstanding. 10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to withdraw from the University. 11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the tests and examinations of the First Term, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session. Such a student will not be re-admitted to the University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding. 12. Term essays and examination papers may be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English.' 13. Honours graduate standing will be granted to those who obtain Honours in the final year and who have passed any one of the three preceding years with at least 50 per cent, in each subject and 75 per cent, on the whole. •Special permission of the Faculty is granted only under exceptional circumstances, such as Illness, or as outlined on page 279. Agricultural Engineering ' 309 i DEPARTMENTS IN APPLIED SCIENCE Note. The following subjects may be modified during the year as the Senate may deem advisable. Department of Agricultural Engineering 350. Internal Combustion Engines.—A study of the internal combustion engine; spark and compression ignition. Considerable material is included on fuels, lubricants, and design of combustion chambers. Text-book: Elliott and Consoliver, The Gasoline Automobile, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Morrison, American Diesel Engines, McGraw-Hill. 351. Agricultural Machinery.—A study of seeding, tillage, and harvest machines; their application and efficiency. Text-book: Davidson, Agricultural Machinery, Wiley. 450. Agricultural Buildings.—Building construction; design and construction of farm buildings; plans and specifications; sewage disposal; water supply and ventilation. Text-book: Foster and Carter, Farm Buildings, Wiley. 451. Advanced Agricultural Engineering.—Lectures, papers, and discussions on various phases of agricultural engineering projects and related topics of recent development. 452. Thesis. ^ 460. Irrigation and Drainage.—Irrigation methods, irrigation implements and structures, soil and water relations, application of irrigation to various crops, and related problems of irrigation. Drainage for reclaiming areas of land, field drainage, and special drainage problems. Text-books: Israelsen, Irrigation Principles and Practices, Wiley; Powers and Teeter, Land Drainage, 2nd edition, Wiley. 470. Rural Electrification.—Station farm lighting plants, wind charging units, application of electric motors to farm equipment, and distribution of power within the farmyard. Department of Agricultural Economics 300 [A]. Farm Organization and Management.—As in Agriculture. Department of Agronomy 211 [11]. Soils.—As in Agriculture. 310 Faculty of Applied Science Department of Architecture 150. Elements of Architecture.—Historical survey of the architect's position in society and of the design of buildings. Physiological, psychological, and social needs of man to be satisfied by architecture through its planning, structural, service, and design elements. Characteristics of good architecture. Reports with diagrams and sketches are required throughout the year. Text-book: Tubbs, An Englishman Builds, Penguin Book. Mr. Lasserre. 151. Building Materials.—Mechanical and physical properties of materials; origin, processing, manufacture, characteristics, and application in construction of principal materials and their derivatives. Text-book: Gay and Parker, Materials and Methods of Architectural Construction, Wiley. Reference: Johnson's Materials of Construction, Wiley. 152. Architectural Drafting and Descriptive Geometry.—Drafting and lettering; the principles of drawing and of descriptive geometry; orthographic, isometric, and oblique projections, intersections, and development; angular and parallel perspective; shades and shadows. Mr. Porter. 160. History of Art.—A chronological survey of the changes in painting, sculpture, and other visual arts from prehistoric times to the present day. Illustrated reports are required. The Department reserves the right to limit registration in this course by students outside of the departments of Architecture and Home Economics. Preference will be shown to those also registering in Arch. 170. Text-book: Robb and Garrison, Art of the Western World, Harpers. Mr. Shapiro. 170. Visual Design.—Basic visual elements of line, shape, colour, volume, and texture. Practical experiments in water colour and tempera. Three dimensional studies of space with different shapes, materials, and lighting effects. This course is available only to students also registered in Arch. 160 or by special permission after consultation with the instructor or the Head of the Department. Mr. Shapiro. Architecture 311 250. Architectural Design 1.—Relation of exterior and interior space; the design of simple architectural elements, elementary planning, construction integration; study of fundamental concepts of space, form, and function and of the primary structural, colour, texture, and light relations by which these are expressed. Through workshop and drafting room exercises and discussions the student is made familiar with the processes of thought and feeling basic in architectural design. Mr. Lasserre. Note. The subject of architectural design is continued through four years. Study of design of buildings suited to their sites. Development of the student's capacity for independent decision and of his competence in integration of formal, technical, economic, and general human factors. Long problems (four to ten weeks) form case studies of specific projects; short problems (one day to one week) provide concentration on minor projects or on some aspect of longer problems. Problems closely follow actual practice. Diagrammatic study of functions, introduction of clients, contractors, and authorities concerned, preparation of programmes (clients' requirements), plans, elevations, sections, details, perspectives, models, execution drawings. 251. Theory of Planning.—Basic plan and design requirements of different building types studied through analysis of existing good examples. Method of approach to planning, characteristics of good plans; their three dimensional expression and execution. Analysis reports are required throughout the session. Reference: Time Saver Standards, F. W. Dodge Corporation. Mr. Lasserre. 252. Elements of Construction.—Basic construction technique in its relation to design. Field trips to familiarize students with the problems of construction and of its proper practice, and with the fabrication and production of building parts. Lectures, demonstrations, and reading on procedure in construction, finishing, insulating; development of design ideas into practical working details and specifications, including selection and installation of materials; elementary estimating; use of building codes; principles of good detailing. Text-books: Gay and Parker, Materials and Methods of Architectural Construction, Wiley; Ramsey and Sleeper, Architectural Graphic Standards, Wiley; National Building Code, Department of Finande and National" Research Council of Canada; Building Standards, Central Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Ottawa. References: Huntington, Building Construction, Wiley; Don Graf's Data Sheets, Reinhold; A62 Guide, Addison Wesley. 312 Faculty of Applied Science 255. Elementary Strength of Materials and Structures.—Relations between external forces, stresses, and deformation in material and application for basic structural members. Laboratory tests of strength of different materials. Text-book: Timoshenko and McCullough, Elements of Strength of Materials, Van Nostrand. 260. History of Architecture.—History of Ancient, Classical, and Medieval Architecture based on the concept that plans and architectural forms are related to purpose, material, technical skills, climate, traditions, and to activities of life as expressed in literature, paintings, sculpture, and other records. Text-book: Hamlin, Architecture Through the Ages, Putnam's. Reference: Banister-Fletcher, A History of Architecture, Bats- ford. Mr. Porter. 262. Architectural Essay.—Students are required to prepare a paper during the session on'some aspect of historical architecture. It may be based upon references in literature or other available library records, or it may be a study of technique, material, structure, or function in historic buildings as revealed by available records. The essay is to be illustrated and of at least 1500 words. 270. Freehand Drawing and Colour.—Drawing in pencil and other media and painting in various media to develop skill in visual presentation to illustrate the structure and characteristic nature of natural forms and of common objects. ■ Mr. Shapiro. 280. Summer Work.—Before receiving his degree, every student is required to submit satisfactory evidence of having had twelve months (1900 hours) practical experience of an architectural nature. At least four of the twelve months shall be spent on building sites and in contact with the processes of construction. Should a student find it impossible to find sufficient summer employment,' and can supply evidence to that effect, he will be required to submit sets of measured drawings to the approval of the Staff; in no ease will he be allowed to graduate with less than six months (1000 hours) of practical experience in architectural work. 350. Architectural Design 2.—A continuation of Arch. 250. Long problems include residential, educational and industrial buildings. Short problems also are given to develop speed in the formulation of plan and design concepts and to give training in rapid but clear presentation of these concepts. Landscaping and studies with working models prepared in the workshop are important aspects of the work. Mr. Porter. Architecture 313 351. Industrial Design and Prefabrieation.—Principles of design for industrial production. Materials and processes. Methods of quantity and mass production. Study of principles and present systems of prefabrieation in housing. The laboratory period includes design problems in drafting room, practical shop work including use of hand and power tools, and visits to factories. References: Young, Materials and Processes, Wiley; Teague, Design This Day, Harcourt, Brace. 352. Interior Finishes, Colour, and Furniture.—Fabrics and finishing materials used in interior decoration; performance and costs. Workshop experiments in texture and colour relations (harmony and contrast). Theories of colour mixture and harmony; Munsell and Otswald systems of colour nomenclature and measurement ; the use of colour to explain and enhance designs and surfaces of buildings and objects. History of furniture design and construction ; basic principles in the design of free and built-in furniture. Problems in conjunction with Arch. 350. Mr. Shapiro. 355. Architectural Engineering 1.—Principles and methods of structural design of steel and timber structures. Foundations, soil bearing, and earth pressures. The laboratory period embraces solving of problems connected with structures of buildings and design of main structural elements; related to problems in Arch. 350. Text-books: Steel Handbook, American Institute of Steel Construction ; Wood Structural Design Data, National Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 360. History of Architecture.—A continuation of Arch. 260. The Renaissance and the Baroque Periods and the nineteenth century; early social and cultural manifestations of the modern movement. Text-book: Giedion, Space, Time, and Architecture, Harvard; Burckhardt, The Civilization of the Renaissance in Italy, Phaidon Press. Mr. Porter. 362. Architectural Essay.—A continuation of Arch. 262. 370. Sketching.—Before the first of October students are required to submit not less than ten sheets of studies of architectural subjects. They are to be presented on sheets approximately 16 by 20 inches and at least five are to be in colour. 371. Landscape Design.—Historical and critical study of landscape design and architecture; economic, sociological, geographic, and climatic factors effecting design, and selection of materials— 314 Faculty of Applied Science lawns, walks, walls, rockeries, shrubs, and trees—for different locations. Visit to landscaped sites. Problems in conjunction with Arch. 350. 380. Summer Work.—A continuation of Arch. 280. 450. Architectural Design 3.—A continuation of Arch. 350. Major problems include recreation, transportation, and medical buildings; relation of such buildings to the community and to its development. Presentation drawings to include enough details to indicate a study of structure (see Arch. 455), construction, services, interior finishes, and landscaping. Practising architects are asked to give criticisms of designs for major problems. Mr. Lasserre. 452. Specifications.—Technique of specification writing, principal clauses to be covered, practice in specifying for common trades. This course is a review of good practice in construction and in the choice and handling of materials. 455. Architectural Engineering 2.—Continuation of Arch. 355. Principles and methods of construction and design of concrete structures. The laboratory period includes.calculation and design of elements of concrete structures; related to problems in Arch. 450. Text-book: Parker, Simplified Design of Concrete Structures, Wiley. 456. Electricity and Illumination.—The wiring and electric service and equipment needs of buildings. Principles of visual comfort; illumination, natural and artificial; measurements, controls, glare, colour, light differentials, lighting equipment. One of the architectural problems in Arch. 450 is devoted to a study of illumination and wiring in relation to design. 460. Theory of Architecture.—A continuation of Arch. 360. The history of architecture reviewed in terms of theories of design, planning, and construction; analysis of theories expounded during the past hundred years as they affect contemporary architecture in relation to social changes brought about by the industrial revolution and to developments in materials, in methods of calculation, in methods of construction, and in the building trades. Text-book: Giedion, Space, Time, and Architecture, Harvard. Mr. Porter. 462. Architectural Essay.—A continuation of Arch. 362. 465. Commercial Law.—The purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with the laws affecting construction, contracts, partnership, and the day to day conduct of business. Principles Auchitectuhe 315 of company law and of the law of contract, agency, bills and notes; bonds and mechanic's liens. Text-book: To be announced. 466. Town Planning.—History of city development: physical, social, economic, and technological factors; illustrative examples of planned, unplanned, and replanned types. The city as an expression of contemporary life. The principles, problems, and techniques of modern town planning. Housing. Public and civic facilities. Metropolitan and regional planning. The economic and legal aspects of urban redevelopment. Special study and research projects will be devoted to Vancouver throughout the course. . Text-books: Churchill, The City is the People, Reynal and. Hitchcock; Sert, Can Our Cities Survive, Harvard. Mr. Marsh. 467. Social Aspects of Housing and Community Planning.—The significance of urban growth: Western Europe and North America. Industrialization, population movements, democracy, and other cardinal influences.on the family, housing, concepts of community, and national welfare. Social surveys; social welfare legislation. Evolution of state-aided housing: finance, administration, relation to family life, relation to town planning. Critical social measurements (population, regional pattern, social classes, the distribution of incomes) and their implications for economists, social workers, architects, and community planners. ' Laboratory projects and research surveys using Canadian examples as subject. Text-book: Advisory Committee on Reconstruction, Housing and Community Planning, King's Printer. References: Catherine Bauer, Modern Housing, Houghton Mifflin; Straus, The Seven Myths of Housing, Knopf. Mr. Marsh. 470. Sketching.—A continuation of Arch. 370, with the same requirements. 471. Modelling.—A course designed to develop more fully an appreciation of three-dimensional form and to equip the architect for cooperation with sculptors in practice. A study of form, solids, textures. Model making and wood carving. Mr. Shapiro. 480. Summer Work.—A continuation of Arch. 380. 550. Architectural Design 4.—A continuation of Arch. 450: housing and civic or community planning projects, public and administrative buildings. During this year the student learns to cor- 316 Faculty of Applied Science relate all factors contributing to planning and design studied during the previous years, and learns to solve complex planning and design problems. The thesis problem occupies most of the student's attention during the Second Term. A program for it must be submitted by the student not later than the first day of the Second Term to the Head of the Department for approval by the staff. The problem should be sufficiently complex to demonstrate the student's learning and ability, and will have to be completely worked out in construction, design, and.cost, and explained orally to assessors. The staff and practising architects. 555. Architectural Engineering 3.—Synthesis of Arch. 355 and 455 and advanced study of structural design. Comparison and evaluation of different structures for particular problems in design. The laboratory period includes solving of broader structural problems ; related to design work in Arch. 550. 560. Theory of Architecture.—A continuation of Arch. 460. An analytical survey of the factors leading to good design with experiments in design. An effort is made to arrive at standards of design integrated with the other arts and having social validity corresponding to the requirements of contemporary life and techniques. During the Second Term leaders from the other arts and from the profession are invited to seminars. The aim of this course is to establish clarity as to the philosophy of contemporary architecture and to summarize and congeal the theoretical training of the student. Mr. Lasserre. 562. Architectural Essay.—A continuation of Arch. 462. The essay shall be at least 2000 words in length and shall relate to Arch. 560. 565. Professional Practice.—This course, largely in the form of seminars handled by practising architects, completes the student's knowledge of the architect's administration and organization of his office, his relation to the public, to his client, to the engineers and other allied professions, arts and crafts, and to the contractor. Professional conduct and ethics, competitions, fees, supervision, standard forms of contract, payment; public health and safety; fire, building, and planning codes and legislation. 566. Seminar on Human Environmental Needs.—Seminar for investigating man's physiological and _ psychological requirements in building and planning. Information from scientists working in physiology, psychology, and other fields on human environmental needs and from technicians who are making it possible to meet these needs. Architecture 317 570. Sketching.—A continuation of Arch. 470, with the same requirements. 580. Summer Work.—A continuation of Arch. 480. Department of Biology and Botany Biology 100 [1]. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to more advanced work in General Biology, Botany, or Zoology; also to courses closely related to biological science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medicine, Nursing, Pharmacy, Fisheries, Home Economies. The fundamental principles of biology; the interrelations of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division of labour; life-histories; relation to environment; dynamic biology. The course is prerequisite to all courses in General Biology, Botany, and Zoology, except as otherwise stated. 304 [5]. Basic Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 160.) 330 [2]. Principles of Genetics.—As in Arts. (See page 161.) 400 [3]. General Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 161.) Botany 200 [1(a)]. General Botany.—As in Arts. (See page 162.) 303 [5(b)]. Dendrology.—As in Arts. (See page 162.) 330 [3a]. Plant Physiology.—For students in the B.S.F. course. First Term. As in Arts. (See page 163.) 332 [3c]. Plant Physiology and Nutrition.—For students in the B.S.F. course. Second Term. As in Agriculture (Horticulture 442). 417 [6b]. Forest Pathology.—As in Arts. (See page 164.) 420 [7a]. Forest Ecology and Geography.—As in Arts. (See page 164.) Department of Chemistry 150 [2(a)]. Qualitative Analysis.—During the first six weeks of the term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of the laboratory work. Reference: Reedy, Theoretical Qualitative Analysis, McGraw- Hill. Mr. Harris. 318 Faculty of Applied Science 250 [2(b)]. Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Text-book: Booth and Damerell, Quantitative Analysis, McGraw- Hill. Mr. Harris. 300 [3]. Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 168.) 304 [4(a)']. Theoretical Chemistry. — As in Arts. (See page 169.) 305 [4(b)]. This course is the same as Chemistry 304 with the omission of the laboratory. 350 [6]. Introduction to Chemical Engineering.—In this course the elements of unit processes, such as filtration, distillation, crystallization, evaporation, and drying are to be considered. Several lectures will be devoted to the chemistry of combustion. The lectures will be supplemented by visits to manufacturing plants in the neighbourhood. Summer reading: Read, Industrial Chemistry, Wiley. Text-book: Badger and McCabe, Elements of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Seyer. 351. Industrial Stoichiometry.—Problem work will deal with heat and material balances, fuels and combustion, gas producers, water treatment, and calibration of heat and flow meters. Mr. Seyer. 352. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. Text-book: Vogel, Quantitative Analysis, Longmans. 407 [7]. Physical Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 170.) 450 [16(a)]. Advanced Chemical Engineering Theory.—-The First Term will comprise a course of study dealing with the general hydrodynamical equations for fluid flow. The thermodynamic aspect will be stressed wherever necessary. The theory of heat transfer with special reference to heat exchangers and condensers will also be considered. The Second Term will be devoted to theories of diffusion processes in general. The unit processes, such as humidification, drying, extraction, and adsorption will be studied in some detail. Mr. Seyer. 451 [16(6^]. Chemical Engineering Problems and Laboratory.— Each student must submit solutions to a list of problems dealing with the unit processes discussed in both Chemistry 350 and Chem- Chemistry 319 istry 450 lectures. The laboratory work will be arranged to supplement the lectures as much as time and equipment will permit. Text-books: Walker, Lewis, McAdams, and Gilliland, Principles of Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill; Zemansky, Heat and Thermodynamics, Wiley; Binder, Fluid Mechanics, Prentice- Hall; Jakob and Hawkins, Elements of Heat Transfer, Wiley. Mr. Seyer and Mr. Stusiak. 452. Thesis. 458 [8]. Electrochemistry. — Solutions are studied from the standpoint of the osmotic and dissociation theories. The laws of electrolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, and primary and secondary cells are considered in detail. Electric furnaces and electrolytic refining and deposition of metals will be studied in detail. Text-books: Creighton and Koehler, Electrochemistry, Vol. II, Wiley; Thompson, Theoretical and Applied Electrochemistry, Macmillan. Mr. Seyer and Mr. Shemilt. 459 [9]. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts, Chem. 409 and 410. (See page 170.) Courses for Graduate Students 511 [11]. Physical Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 171.) 512 [12], Colloid Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 171.) 517 [17]. Chemical Thermodynamics.—As in Arts. (See page 172.) (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 518 [18]. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 172.) (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 521 [21]. Chemical Kinetics.—As in Arts. (See page 172.) (Given in 1949-50 and alternate years.) 522 [22]. Surface Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 172.) (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 530 [30]. Research Conference.—This course is required of all graduate students. Students will be required to present a paper on an approved topic. 535. Selected Topics.—As in Arts. (See page 173.) 320 Faculty of Applied Science 536. Heterocyclic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 173.) 540. Advanced Electrochemistry.—Modern measurements of conductance and transport; Debye-Huckel interionic attraction theory; ionic solutions in equilibrium and in perturbed state; Wien effect; dielectric constants and electric moments; theoretical interpretations of activity coefficients; phase boundary potentials; nonaqueous solutions; polyvalent electrolytes; macromolecules in solution; polarography; applications of simple quantum mechanics to electrochemistry. References: Harned and Owen, The Physical Chemistry of Electrolytic Solutions, Reinhold; Dole, Experimental and Theoretical Electrochemistry, McGraw-Hill; Falkenhagen, Electrolytes, Oxford; Glockler and Lind, Electrochemistry of Gases and Other Dielectrics, Wylie. Prerequisite: Chemistry 407. Two lectures a week. Mr. Shemilt. I 550. Reactor Design.—Principles of industrial reaction rates; conduction; convection and heat release in catalytic converters; phase rule applications to heterogeneous systems; principles of extraction processes. Two lectures a week. Mr. Stusiak and Mr. Seyer. Department of Civil Engineering 150 [3]. General Engineering.—A course designed to give the student a knowledge of the commercial and financial aspects of the engineering profession, its historical background, and the relations between science and modern industry. Industrial organization and management. Labour relations. Mr. Finlayson. 155 [4]. Graphical Statics.—Elementary theory of structures; composition of forces; general methods involving the force and equilibrium polygons; determination of resultants, reactions, centres of gravity, bending moments; stress in framed structures, cranes, towers, roof-trusses, and bridge-trusses. Algebraic cheek methods will be used throughout. Reference: Hudson and Squire, Elements of Graphic Statics, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Peebles. 160 [30]. Engineering Problems 1,—Training in methods of attacking, analyzing, and solving engineering problems; coaching in proper methods of work and study, including drill in systematic Civil Engineering 321 arrangement and workmanship in calculations. The content is based upon the application of mathematics to problems in physics and engineering. Mr. Peebles. 250. Surveying and Mapping.—Elementary surveying; practical problems involving the use of the chain, stadia, compass, transit, and level; traverses, closed circuits, contour and detail surveys; levels for profiles, benches, and contours. Draughting from notes obtained in survey field work; maps of compass, stadia, and transit surveys; contour maps, topographical maps, and conventions. Mapping and field work given in alternate weeks. Mr. Campbell. 251 [6]. Surveying i—Chain and angular surveying; levelling; construction, use, and adjustment of surveying instruments; applications to engineering problems. Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying, Wiley. Mr. de Jong, Mr. Heslop. 255 [1]. Descriptive Geometry. — Orthographic projection involving points, lines, and planes; use of auxiliary planes; inter- penetrations and developments; practical applications. Text-book: Smith, Practical Descriptive Geometry, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Pretious. 1^ 260 [31]. (a) Mechanics.—An extension of the subject matter of Physics 150, applying the methods of the differential and integral calculus. (b) Engineering Problems 2.—A continuation of C.E. 160, involving a thorough drill in problems in the principal divisions of mathematics given in the First and Second Years of Applied Science, drawn from the field of mechanics, surveying, draughting, and engineering. Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Finlay, Mr. Hrennikoff. 350 [,7]. Field Work 2. — (a) Route surveys, reconnaissance, preliminary and location surveys; methods of taking topography, cross-sectioning; estimating quantities; running in easement and vertical curves, etc. The notes secured will be used in class work for mapping and for estimating quantities and costs. (b) Hydrometric surveying: cross section of a stream, gauge readings, velocity of flow by current meter, and calculation of the volume of flow. Faculty of Applied Science (c) Solar and stellar observations for latitude and azimuth; adjustments of instruments; the use of plane table, sextant, and minor instruments. Work commences at the close of spring examinations, and consists of field work, eight hours a day for twelve days, or equivalent. Mr. Finlay, Mr. Pretious. 351 [14]. Surveying 2.—A continuation of Civil 251. Underground, hydrographic, and phototopographic surveying; Dominion and Provincial land surveys; field astronomy. Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Surveying, Volumes I and II, Wiley. References: Manual of Surveys of Dominion Lands; Instructions for B. C. Land Surveyors; Davis, Foote, and Raynor, Surveying, McGraw-Hill; Hosmer, Practical Astronomy, Wiley. Mr. de Jong. 352 [13]. Mapping 2.—Mapping from notes obtained in Civil 350; mining, forestry, or geological maps. Mr. Pretious. 353 [15]. Drawing.—Map projections, phototopographic mapping. Mr. Bell. 355 [10(a)]. Strength of Materials.—A study of the fundamental relations between external forces and their accompanying stresses, strains and deflections in structural members, including simple and continuous homogeneous beams, reinforced concrete beams, shafts, columns, springs, and riveted and welded joints. Text-book: Timoshenko & McCullough, Elements of Strength of Materials, 2nd edition, Van Nostrand. Reference: Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, Vols. I and II, Van Nostrand. Mr. Finlay. 356 [10(b)]. Laboratory.—Testing of timber, steel, and concrete specimens to determine the strength of these materials; hardness testing; the testing of cement aggregates and the proportioning of concrete mixes. Lecture course covers properties of engineering materials. Mr. Hrennikoff, Mr. Alexander. Note. Part of the laboratory testing is performed in the Forest Products Laboratory. 357 [10(c)], Materials Testing. — Testing of steel and other metals for their mechanical properties. For students in courses other than Civil or Forest Engineering. Mr. Hrennikoff, Mr. Alexander. Civil Engineering 323 360 [12]. Hydraulic Engineering 1.—Fundamental principles and their application. Problems on gauges, pressure on surfaces; translation and rotation of liquids, Bernouilli's theorem, flow through orifices, short tubes, nozzles, weirs, pipes, and open channels, and the dynamic action of jets. Laboratory period includes experimental work on gauges, pipes, weirs, orifices, and hydraulic* machines. Problems and laboratory in alternate weeks. Text-book: Russell, Hydraulics, 5th edition, Holt. ' Reference: Freeman, Hydraulics Laboratory Practice, A.S.M.E. Mr. Pretious, Mr. Heslop. 361 [12]. Hydraulic Engineering.—A course similar to C.E. 360 for Civil Engineering students only. One lecture and two hours of problems every week with two hours of laboratory every second week. Mr. Pretious. 365 [8]. Foundations.—Soil exploration; bearing power of soils; pile and other foundations; cofferdams; caissons; open dredging; pneumatic and freezing processes. Text-book: Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges and Buildings, McGraw-Hill. C.E. 355 must either precede or be taken concurrently. Mr. Hrennikoff. 366. Earth Pressure.—Theory of earth pressure for cohesion- less and cohesive materials; active and passive pressures; design of retaining walls; bulkheads; pressure on hoppers; stability of unretained slopes. References: Ketchum, Walls, Bins and Grain Elevators; Cain, Earth Pressure, Walls and Bins. Mr. Hrennikoff. 370 [9]. Structural Design 1.—Problems in draughting, illustrating designs in structural engineering; estimates of quantities and costs; preparation of plans. Text-books: Manual of Timber Connector Construction, Timber Engineering Co.; Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction; Grinter, Elementary Structural Analysis and Design, Macmillan. Mr. Muir. 375 [11]. Railways.—The development of railway transportation; co-ordination of transportation systems; railway location, drainage, grades, curvature, and distance, and their effects upon operating costs; maintenance of way and structures. Faculty of Applied Science References: Williams, Design of Railway Location, 2nd edition, Wiley; Raymond, Elements of Railroad Engineering, 6th edition, Wiley; Tratman, Railway Track and Track Work, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Peebles. 380 [28]. Seminar. — Written and oral discussion of articles appearing in the current transactions and proceedings of the various engineering societies, also reviews of important papers in engineering periodicals; reports on local engineering projects; preparation of written outlines for all oral reports; training in technical writing and public speaking. Required of all Third and Fourth Year students in Civil Engineering. Reference: Rickard, Technical Writing, McGraw-Hill. 450 [16]. Field Work 3.—The adjustment, care, and use of precise surveying instruments; method of carrying out triangula- tion surveys; determination of latitude, azimuth, and time to a high degree of accuracy; base line measurements and precise levelling. Mr. de Jong. 455 [25]. Theory of Structures.—An analysis of the principal types of structures, including simple trusses, 3-hinged arches, continuous, girders, and rigid frames, under the action of fixed and moving loads, together with a study of the deflections to which such structures are subject. Text-book: Timoshenko & Young, Theory of Structures, 1st edition, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Johnson, Bryan & Turneaure, Modern Framed Structures, Vols. I to III, Wiley. Mr. Finlay. 460 [17]. Structural Design 2.—Design of simple span steel bridges; determination of stresses due to vertical, longitudinal, and lateral forces; proportioning of parts; design of sections, connections, end supports, and various details; making detail drawings. Text-books: Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction; Specifications for Steel Railway Bridges, American Railway Engineering Association; Standard Specification for Steel Highway Bridges, Canadian Engineering Standards Association. Reference: Kirkham, Structural Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Hrennikoff. 461 [24]. Reinforced Concrete Design.—Intended to train the student in methods of analysis and design of reinforced concrete structures, including beams, slabs, columns, footings, and rigid -" frames. A complete design of a small reinforced concrete building, including the necessary drawings, is prepared by each student. Civil Engineering 325 Text-book: Urquhart and O'Rourke, Design of Concrete Structures, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill. Mr. de Jong. • 465 [22]. Municipal Engineering.—Sewerage and Sewage Disposal: general methods and economic consideration; quantity and run-off; design of sewers, .man-holes, flush tanks, etc.; construction methods, materials, and costs; estimate, design, maintenance, and management of sewerage systems; physical, chemical, biological, and economic aspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening, sedimentation, nitration; disinfection; maintenance and management costs. Text-book: Steel, Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Metcalf and Eddy, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal, McGraw-Hill. Water Supply: rainfall; evaporation; run-off; quantity, quality, and pressure required; pumping machinery; storage; aqueducts, pipe lines, and distribution systems; purification systems; valves, hydrants, and fire service; materials, estimates, and designs; construction methods and costs. Text-book: Steel, Water Supply and Sewerage, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Babbitt and Doland, Water Supply Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Town Planning: the economical and artistic development of a city; city management; street cleaning and disposal of waste; composition and quantity of city wastes; collection, dumping, and disposal; land treatment; incineration and reduction; costs and returns. Reference: Lewis, City Planning, Wiley. Mr. Muir. 466 [29]. Water Power Development.—The principles of hydrology, rainfall, run-off, stream flow, hydrographs, specific speed, characteristic curves, selection of hydraulic machines, theory of turbines, tangential water wheels, and centrifugal pumps, hydroelectric installations, waterhammer, and surge tanks. Laboratory work consists of testing pumps and turbines, plotting curves, and solving problems. Text-book: Barrow, Water Power Engineering, McGraw-Hill. References: Meyer, Elements of Hydrology, 2nd edition, Wiley; Creager and Justin, Hydro-electric Engineering, 1st edition, Wiley; Daugherty, Hydraulic Turbines, 3rd edition, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Muir. 326 Faculty of Applied Science 470 [23]. Highway Engineering.—Development and organization ; administration and finance; economics and planning; location and design; materials and construction methods; soil studies, including laboratory analysis of soils; highway safety and traffic control; transportation surveys. References: Hewes, American Highway Practice, Vols. I and II, Wiley; Hogentogler, Engineering Properties of Soil, McGraw- Hill. Mr. Peebles. 475 [18]. Engineering Economics.—Elementary mathematics of investment; interest; annuities; financial comparison of engineering installations; organization of business enterprise; principles of financing; bonds; stocks; graphical analysis of fixed and variable expense; elementary accounting; interpretation of financial statements ; elements of statistical method. Text-book: Woods and DeGarmo, Introduction to Engineering Economy, Macmillan. References: Dewing, Financial Policy of Corporations, Ronald; Jordan, Investments, Prentice-Hall; Foulke, Practical Financial Statement Analysis, McGraw-Hill; Marston and Agg, Engineering Valuation, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Kania. 476 [19]. Engineering Law.—The engineer's status; fees, salary; the engineer as a witness; responsibility; engineering contracts; tenders; specifications; plans; extras and alterations; time; payments and certificates; bonus or liquidated damages; maintenance and defects; subcontractors; agents; arbitration and awards; specification and contract writing. Text-book: Kirby, Elements of Specification Writing, Wiley. References: Laidlaw and Young, Engineering Law, University of Toronto; H. D. and W. H. Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law, Anger. Mr. Pretious. Courses for Graduate Students 550 [100]. Advanced Structural Analysis.—A course devoted to the analysis of statically indeterminate structures, such as arches, rigid frames, continuous trusses, and suspension bridges. Mr. Finlay. 551. Advanced Strength of Materials.—Stresses in shells; torsion of shafts of non-circular section; advanced problems in bending of beams; centre of twist; beams on elastic foundation; trigonometric series; curved beams; column theory; strength theories. Mr. Hrennikoff. Commerce 327 Department of Commerce 251 [1]. Fundamentals of Accounting.—As in Arts. (See page 180.) 361 [6]. Marketing.—As in Arts. (See page 180.) 471 [9]. Business Finance.—As in Arts. (See page 182.) 481 [11]. Industrial Management.—As in Arts. (See page 182.) 491 [4]. Commercial Law.—As in Arts. (See page 182.) Department of English 150 [3]. Composition.—A course in composition especially designed to meet the needs of students in the Faculty of Applied Science. It offers training in economical and accurate objective writing. The work consists of (1) essays, class exercises, and selected reading, and. (2) written examinations. Students will be required to make a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work. Text-books: Perrin, Writer's Guide and Index to English, Scott, Foresman; Brown, Present Tense, revised edition, Harcourt, Brace. Mr. Ferguson, Mr. Fyfe, Mr. Grant, Mr. Hughes, Mr.Morrison, Mr. Sanford, Mr. Spaulding. 200 [2]. Literature.—For students in Nursing. As in Arts. (See page 201.) 205 [3 & 4]. Literature and Composition.—For students in, Nursing. As in Arts. (See page 201.) 250 [4]. Technical Writing.—This course offers instruction in the preparation and writing of technical papers and reports, with emphasis upon the organization and forms appropriate to such work. Text-book: To be announced. Mr. Ferguson, Mr. Fyfe, Mr. Grant, Mr. Hughes, Mr. Morrison, Mr. Sanford, Mr. Spaulding. Department of Forestry 150 [lc]. General Forestry.—A general introduction to the entire field of forestry together with a study of the forest distribution throughout the world by broad types and the importance of forest activities in different regions of the world. Text-book: Allen, Elements of Forestry, McGraw-Hill. Reference readings are assigned. Mr. Haines. Faculty of Applied Science 160. Forest Surveying.—The care, adjustment, and use of simple surveying instruments. Practice in running base lines and traverses, and in topographic mapping. Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying, Wiley. The staff. 250. Silvics.—An introduction to the study of climatic, edaphic, physiographic, and biotic factors affecting the establishment and growth of trees and forests. Text-book: Tourney and Korstian, Foundations of Silviculture, 2nd edition, Wiley. Reference readings are assigned. Mr. Griffith. 251 [3]. Forest Fire Protection.—Fire control planning. Prevention, detection, and suppression of forest fires, analysis of fire hazard, and methods of rating and predicting fire weather. Text-books: Folweiler and Brown, Fire in the Forests of the United States, Swift; Western Fire Fighters Manual, Western Forestry and Conservation Association. Mr. Allen. 252 [lb]. Forest Botany. — A general introductory course in botany, with special reference to forest conditions. Engineering students only are required to take this course. Text-book: Holman and Robbins, A Text-book of General Botany, Wiley. Mr. Allen and Mr. Griffith. 260. Forest Surveying and Mapping. Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying, Wiley. Mr. Knapp. 270 [5]. Wo'od Technology.—A study of wood structure and identification based on macroscopic characteristics. Text-book: Brown and Panshin, Commercial Timbers of U. S., McGraw-Hill. Mr. Wellwood. 350 [8]. Silviculture.—Silvicultural systems; intermediate and final cuttings; natural and artificial regeneration. Text-books: Hawley, Practice of Silviculture} 5th edition, Wiley; Tourney and Korstian, Seeding and Planting in the Practice of Forestry, 3rd edition, Wiley. References: Westveld, Applied Silviculture in the United States, Wiley; various government publications. Mr. Allen. Forestry 329 353 [14]. Seminar.—Oral presentation and discussion of current forestry topics; reviews of important papers in forestry periodicals. The staff. 360 [2]. Forest Mensuration.—Log scaling and measurement of felled timber products; preparation of volume and yield tables; measurement of growth and yield of forests; statistical analysis. Text-book: Bruce and Schumacher, Forest Mensuration, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Chapman and Demeritt, Elements of Forest Mensuration, Lyon. 361 [6]. Forest Management.—Principles of forest organization and regulation of the cut; sustained yield management of forests; forest working plans; forest finance. Text-book: To be announced. ; Mr. Griffith. 370. Wood Technology. — The microscopic characteristics and identifications of wood; morphology; economic uses of commercial species. Text-book: Brown and Panshin, Commercial Timbers of the United States, McGraw-Hill. References: Record, The Identification of Timber of Temperate North America, Wiley; Koehler, The Properties and Uses of Wood, McGraw-Hill; Koehler and Thelen, Kiln Drying of Lumber, McGraw-Hill; Hunt and Garratt, Wood Preservation, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Wellwood. 380 [7]. History of Forestry.—The history and development of forestry in the different timber producing countries of the world. Reference readings are assigned. Mr. Besley. 390. Summer Camp.—A four weeks summer camp at the University Research Forest near Haney is required of all Forestry students during the month preceding their final year at the University. (See page 331.) 450. Advanced Silviculture.—The practical applications to specific woods problems of silvicultural knowledge. Research methods. Reference readings are assigned. Mr. Allen. 330 Faculty of Applied Science 453. Seminar.—Oral presentation and discussion of current forestry topics, reviews of important papers in forestry periodicals. The staff. 460. Advanced Mensuration.—Recent developments in mensuration research methods. Reference readings are assigned. 461. Advanced Forest Management.—Application of knowledge gained in Forestry 361 and other courses to specific management problems as encountered under woods conditions. Actual examples and problems with reference to specific properties are analysed and solved. Mr. Griffith. 471 [10]. General Logging.—A study of the general logging methods in the different forest regions of the continent. Text-books: Brown, Logging Transportation, Wiley; Brand- strom, Analysis of Logging Costs and Operating Methods in the Douglas Fir Region, Charles Lathrop Park Forestry Foundation, Washington, D. C. Reference readings are assigned from trade journals and periodicals. Mr. Knapp. 472. Logging Engineering.—Cost analysis of different logging methods. Principles of engineering as applied to woods conditions. Studies of operating methods on actual operations. References: Mathews, Cost Control in the Logging Industry, McGraw-Hill; Brown, Logging Principles and Practices, Wiley; Kirkland and Brandstrom, Selective Timber Management in the Douglas Fir Region, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C. Mr. Knapp. 473 [11, part]. Milling and Marketing.—Manufacturing problems and methods of marketing in the lumber industry. • Text-book: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley. Reference: Brown, American Lumber Industry, Wiley. Mr. Knapp. , 474 [13]. Lumber Grading.—An intensive study of the grading, tallying, and shipping of Pacific Coast lumber products. Text-book: To be announced. Mr. Dixon. Forestry 331 475 [11, part]. Forest Products.—A study of the pulp and paper industry, veneers, plastics, chemical and physical treatment of woods. References: The Manufacture of Pulp & Paper, Volumes III to V, McGraw-Hill; Perry, Woods, and. Linn, Modem Plywood, ■ Pitman. Mr. Wellwood. 481 [16]. Forest Economics.—Principles of forest economics; economic and social value of forests; forestry and land use; forest taxation, forestry credit, and forest fire insurance; forestry as a private business enterprise. Text-book: Buttrick, Forest Economics and Finance, Wiley. References: Marquis, Economics of Private Forestry, McGraw- Hill ; Hiley, The Economics of Forestry, Oxford; Korstian, Forestry on Private Lands in the United States, Duke University. Mr. Besley. The University Research Forest On March 1st, 1943, the Provincial Government leased to the University, for twenty-one years subject to further renewal, an area of forest land, approximately 9,600 acres, between Pitt Lake and the town of Haney for "forest research and demonstration purposes". On November 7th, 1947, Order-in-Council No. 2252 made a free grant of the forest to the University. The area comprises a solid block of land about 7 miles long and 2y2 miles wide. In size, accessibility, variety of sites, of timber types, and of age classes it provides ample scope for cruising, mensuration, silviculture, logging engineering, and forest management, and for research in forestry and in related sciences. The University Campus Forest The Campus Forest consists of a narrow belt south and west of the University, and is typical of the lowland stands on the southern coast. It contains the principal species of trees and shrubs of the region, including old trees as well as young growth of different ages. It serves as a convenient demonstration and field study area for the departments of Forestry, Biology and Botany, and Zoology. A small forest nursery has been established for experimental and demonstration work in silviculture and to provide planting stock. Faculty of Applied Science Vancouver Laboratory Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, Forest Service Department of Mines and Resources, Canada TECHNICAL STAFF R. M. Brown, B.ScF. (Toronto), Superintendent. R. S. Perry, B.Sc. (McGill), Senior Engineer. J. B. Alexander, M.Sc. (New Brunswick). W. M. Connebs, B.A.Sc. (Toronto). J. A. F. Gardner, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill). F. W. Guernsey, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.). H. W. Eades, B.Sc.F. (Washington). C. F. McBrtde, B.A.SC (Brit. Col.). G. R. W. Nixon, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.). W. J. Smith, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.). C. J. Archer, B.Sc.F. (Toronto). J. R. E. Clark, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.). Miss E. M. Henderson, M.A. (Glasgow), B.L.S. (McGill). Miss E. A. Brown, B.A. (Brit. Col.). The Forest Products Laboratories of Canada is a research organization maintained by the Forest Service of the Department of Mine* and Resources, Canada. Research in forest products is carried on in two laboratories, one in Ottawa and the other in Vancouver, while all questions relating to pulp and paper research are dealt with by a cooperative laboratory established at McGill University, Montreal, through an arrangement between the Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, the Canadian Pulp and Paper Association, and McGill University. The Vancouver Laboratory was established in 1918 and has been maintained in association with the University of British Columbia since that time. The organization has shown a rapid expansion and in the past year has been reorganized on a regional basis to carry on research in all fields of forest products. There are four major divisions, Timber Mechanics, Utilization and Seasoning, Wood Preservation and Timber Pathology, and Wood Chemistry, with laboratory facilities and equipment suited to a wide range of investigation, while close cooperation with industry permits the application of research findings to commercial practice. An important phase of the work of the Laboratory is the technical service offered to the timber industry and to wood users on a wide variety of subjects having to do with forest products. Contact maintained with other forest products research organizations throughout the world permits a free exchange of technical information, which greatly enhances the value of this service. Forestry 388 A mutually beneficial scheme of cooperation is maintained between the Laboratory and the University, whereby students of the University in Engineering and Forestry have access to the Laboratory to watch the work being carried on. Use of apparatus has been provided for classes in testing the strength of materials. The staff of the Laboratory also has the benefit of the University Library and the advice and assistance of University specialists in related work. Department of Geology and Geography 201 [1(a) & (c)]. General Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 209.) 202 [1(b) & (d)]. Laboratory Exercises.—As in Arts. (See page 210.) 302 [2a]. Mineralogy.—As in Arts. (See page 210.) 304 [4]. Structural Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 211.) 305 [5]. Theoretical and Historical Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 211.) f 307. Petroleum and Natural Gas.—As in Arts. (See page 211.) 308. Coal and Structural Materials.—As in Arts. (See page 211.) 403 [3]. Petrology.—An elementary course on the common rocks and the processes which formed them. Determinations are made entirely on hand specimens. Results to be obtained by microscopic studies of rock sections are outlined and demonstrated, but no attempt is made to instruct the student in Petrography. The course is designed primarily for students in Mining Engineering. Text-book: Grout, Kemp's Handbook of Rocks, Van Nostrand. Reference: Tyrrell, The Principles of Petrology, Dutton. Mr. Watson. 406 [6]. Palaeontology.—As in Arts. (See page 211.) 407 [7]. Petrography.—As in Arts. (See page 212.) 408 [8]. Mineral Deposits.—As in Arts. (See page 212.) 409 [9]. Mineralography.—As in Arts. (See page 212.) 410 [10]. Field Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 213.) 411 [11]. Regional Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 213.) 412 [12]. Geomorphology.—As in Arts. (See page 213.) 420. Thesis. 334 Faculty qf Applied Science Courses for Graduate Students (To be arranged by consultation with the instructors and the Head of the Department.) 520 [20]. Sedimentation.—As in Arts. (See page 213.) 521 [21]. Problems in Palaeontology.—As in Arts. (See page 214.) 523 [23]. Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study of some of the rarer minerals; the determination of some of the more im- -portant gem stones. Text-books: Dana, Text Book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, 4th edition, Wiley; Brush & Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis, 16th edition, Wiley. Mr. Warren. 524 [24]. Advanced Mineralography.—A critical study of an approved suite of ores, using the more recent methods of investigation, including the examination of polished sections under polarized light, microchemistry, photomicrography, use of "super-polisher," etc. Text-book: U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 914, Microscopic Determination of the Ore Minerals. Occasional seminars and seven, nine, or eleven hours laboratory work a week. Mr. Warren. 525 [25]. Petrogeny.—As in Arts. (See page 215.) 526 [26]. Mineral Deposits.—As in Arts. (See page 215.) Department of Mathematics 150 [2]. Trigonometry and Geometry.—Graphs and periodicity of simple and compound trigonometric functions; inverse functions, trigonometric equations, and identities; De Moivre 's theorem; series expansions; exponential, logarithmic, and hyperbolic functions. Selected topics in geometry. Text-books: Rider, Plane and Spherical Trigonometry, Macmillan; Rider, Analytic Geometry, Macmillan. Mr. Moyls. 151 [3]. Algebra. — Complex numbers; polynomials, rational functions, and their graphs; interpolation formulae; numerical solution of equations; determinants; infinite series. Text-book: Nowlan, College Algebra, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Jennings. Mathematics - 335 152 [4]. Calculus.—An introductory study of the differential and integral calculus, and some of the simpler applications. Text-book: Nelson, Folley, and Borgman, Calculus, revised edition, Heath. Mr. Gage. 203. Mathematics for Forestry.—As in Arts. (See page 232.) 250 [6]. Calculus.—Differential and integral calculus with various applications. Text-book: Nelson, Folley, and Borgman, Calculus, Heath. Mr. Murdoch. 251 [7]. Plane and Solid Geometry.—A study of the conies, cycloids, and other plane curves; elementary statistics and curve fitting; solid analytic geometry; introduction to spherical trigonometry; elementary vector analysis. Mr. Simons. 320. Differential Calculus.—As in Arts. (See page 234.) 321. Integral Calculus and Differential Equations.—As in Arts. (See page 234.) 322. Algebra and Geometry.—As in Arts. (See page 234.) 350 [8]. Applied Calculus and Differential Equations.—More advanced calculus, including harmonic analysis, interpolation, Fourier series; probability; ordinary and partial differential equations met in physics and engineering. Text-book: Reddick and Miller, Advanced Mathematics for Engineers, revised edition, Wiley. . Mr. Gage, Mr. Jennings, Mr. Simons. 401 [16]. Advanced Calculus.—As in Arts. (See page 234.) 402 [17]. Theory and Applications of Differential Equations.—■ As in Arts. (See page 234.) Course for Graduate Students 550 [10]. Analysis.—A course dealing with selected topics in analysis, designed for graduate students in Engineering. Mr. Gage. Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Mechanical Engineering 152 [1]. Mechanical Drawing. — Free hand lettering; orthographic projection; dimensioning; thread conventions; technical sketching; detail and assembly drawings of machine parts; tracing and blueprinting. 336 Faculty of Applied Science Text-book: Svensen, Essentials of Drafting, Van Nostrand. Mr. Mcjlroy. 352 [2]. Mechanical Drawing. — Continuation of M.E. 152. Isometric and oblique projection; auxiliary views; more advanced working drawings; cheeking a drawing. This course commences immediately upon the close of the spring examinations and continues for a period of twelve -days, eight hours a day. Required of Third Year students proceeding in Chemical, Electrical, Mechanical, and Metallurgical Engineering. Text-book: Svensen, Essentials of Drafting, Van Nostrand. Reference: Schuman, Technical Drafting, Harpers. Mr. Mcllroy. 356 [30]. Machine Shop Practice.—This course is intended to give an introduction to shop practice and some practical experience in the processing of metals. It includes work on the bench, lathe, shaping machine, drill press, and milling machine, lay-off, and tempering. 358 [31]. Machine Shop Practice.—Similar to M.E. 356 but intended for students in Electrical Engineering. 361 [3]. Kinematics of Machines. — Velocity and acceleration diagrams of mechanisms; instantaneous centre of rotation; slider crank and quadric-crank chain; quick return mechanisms; inversion ;~straight line motions; epi-cyclic trains; miscellaneous mechanisms. Text-book: Schwamb, Merrill, and James, Elements of Mechanism, 6th edition, Wiley. Mr. Richmond. 363 [5]. Machine Design 1.—A study is made of the design of machines and machine parts. Emphasis is placed on the selection -of proper materials and the rational design of standard machine parts for strength, giving proper consideration to rigidity, safety, and economical operation. Text-books: Faires, Design of Machine Elements, Macmillan; Marks, Mechanical Engineers' Handbook, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Richmond. 365 [4]. Dynamics of Machines. — Diagrams of crank effort, piston velocity, and acceleration; flywheel; balancing, rotating, and reciprocating masses; secondary balancing; governors, brakes, and dynamometers; belt-drives; dynamics of the gyroscope; friction and friction-clutches; impulsive forces in mechanisms. Text-book: Low, Applied Mechanics, Longmans. Mr. Vernon. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 337 371 [6]. Applied Thermodynamics.—A practical course for students not specializing in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. Fuels and combustion; steam boilers; steam engines and turbines; combustion engines; air compression; refrigeration. Text-book: Solberg, Cromer, and Spalding, Elementary Heat Power, Wiley. Mr. Wolfe. 373 [7]. Applied Thermodynamics.—This course deals with the application of the laws of thermodynamics to problems concerning steam cycles and steam engines, the flow and compression of air, the combustion of fuels, internal combustion engines, and refrigerating machines. Text-book: Faires, Applied Thermodynamics, Macmillan. References: A. S. M. E. Power Test Codes; Shoop and Tuve, Mechanical Engineering Practice, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Mcllroy. 375. Applied Thermodynamics.—Similar to M.E. 373, but modified to meet the needs of students in Electrical Engineering. Mr. Mcllroy. 377. Mechanical Services.—This course deals with the heating, ventilation, and plumbing design of buildings. The subjects treated include the calculation of building heat losses and gains; design, of the various steam, hot water,' and warm air heating systems; measurement of air flow and design of duct systems; layout and practice of plumbing and sanitation for buildings; drainage systems; water supply; sewage disposal; materials and fixtures. Text-book: Gay and Fawcett, Mechanical Equipment of Buildings, Wiley. Mr. Thomson. 456 [32]. Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of M.E. 356. Required of students in Fourth Year Mechanical Engineering. 463 [16]. Machine Design 2. — A continuation of Mechanical Engineering 363, which includes the design of power transmission equipment such as belts, gears, etc. Emphasis is placed on the use of rational formulas in the design of machine parts. In the drawing office period the student is required to design simple machines and to prepare the working drawings necessary for their construction. Text-books: Faires, Design of Machine Elements, Macmillan; Marks, Mechanical Engineers' Handbook, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Richmond. 338 Faculty of Applied Science 465 [17]. Applied Mechanics.—This course deals with the theory of mechanical vibrations, applications being made to the problems of vibration isolation and absorption, and the torsional vibrations of internal combustion engines. In addition, methods of experimental stress analysis are considered, such as photoelasticity and strain measurement by electric gauges. Some mathematical stress analysis is also included. Text-book: Freberg and Kemler, Elements of Mechanical Vibration, Wiley. References: Den Hartog, Mechanical Vibrations, McGraw-Hill; Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, Parts 1 and 2, Van Nostrand. Mr. Richmond. 467. Mechanical Design.—A course dealing with the various mechanical problems arising in the design and construction of electrical machinery. The subjects treated include the design of transmission lines and supports; properties of materials; factors which influence stresses; fastenings; design of shafts; design and selection of bearings; gears; belting. Text-book: To be announced. Mr. Thomson. 471 [15]. Prime Movers.—A more advanced course in the theory of all types of prime movers, namely, water turbines, steam turbines, and internal combustion engines. Water Turbines: impulse turbines; Pelton wheel; Girard turbine; reaction turbines; Francis turbine; Kaplan turbine; specific speeds; draft tube; centrifugal pumps; reciprocating pumps; hydraulic pressure machines. Steam Turbines: flow through nozzles; impulse turbines; De Laval, Curtis, Zoelly, Rateau; velocity compounding; pressure compounding ; reaction turbines; Parsons; velocity diagrams; reheating of steam; the reheat cycle; the regenerative cycle; bleeding condensers and air pumps; steam consumption of turbines. Internal Combustion Engines: a more advanced course in the thermodynamic theory, design, and performance of petrol, gas, and oil engines. Text-book: Poison, Internal Combustion Engines, Wiley. References: Goudie, Steam Turbines, Longmans; Stodola, Steam and Gas Turbines, McGraw-Hill; Moyer, Steam Turbines, Wjley; Lea, Hydraulics, Longmans; Gibson, Hydro-electric Engineering, Vol. I, Blackie. Mr. Vernon. 472 [10]. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory. — The work carried out embodies the operation and testing of the various Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 339 laboratory machines, illustrating the theory covered in the corresponding lecture courses. Written reports are required on the tests carried out. Mr. Vernon. 475 [12]. Design of Steam Power Plants.—A study of the function, construction, and performance of the various units that comprise a modern steam power plant; i.e., boilers, grates, chimneys, pumps, feed-water heaters, economisers, condensers, steam piping - and valves, fuel and ash-handling equipment; calculations regarding capacity, efficiency, and operating cost of the various types of these units; inspection trips to a number of local plants. Text-book: Skratzki and Vopot, Applied Energy Conversion, McGraw-Hill. References: Gebhardt, Steam Power Plant Engineering, Wiley; Gaffert, Steam Power Stations, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Mcllroy. 477 [11]. Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration.—Factors affecting human comfort; calculation of building heat losses and gains; design of the various steam, hot-water, and warm-air heating systems; measurement of air flow and design of duct systems; air humidification and dehumidification; design and performance of the various refrigerating apparatus; study of refrigerants; heat transfer and flow of fluids. Text-book: Severns, Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Fundamentals, Wiley. References: Macintire, Refrigeration Engineering, Wiley; A.S. H.V.E. Guide; Allen and Walker, Heating and Air Conditioning, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Thomson. 481 [18]. Aeronautics.—General theory of flight; aerofoils, lift, drag, distribution of pressure, aspect ratio, effect of variation of camber; stream lines, airscrews, performance curves; general principles of design and methods of construction; theory of stability. Text-book: Jones, Elements of Practical Aerodynamics, Wiley. Mr. Vernon. Courses for Graduate Students 561. Advanced Applied Mechanics.—This course deals with the various problems of stress analysis of interest to machine designers. The behaviour of actual material in machines will also be considered with emphasis being placed on plasticity and creep effects, fatigue or endurance properties, and impact and dynamic effects. The laboratory period is utilized for problems and computations, and experimental methods of stress analysis. 340 Faculty of Applied Science Text-book: Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, Parts I and II, Van Nostrand. Two lectures and one three-hoar laboratory period a week. Mr. Richmond. 563 [101]. Applied Theory of Elasticity. — A study of the mathematical theory of elasticity as applied to various problems arising in mechanical engineering. The subjects treated include plane stress and plane strain in rectangular and polar co-ordinates, the torsion problem, and the bending of prismatical bars. References: Timoshenko, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill; Southwell, Theory of Elasticity, Oxford. Mr. Richmond. 565. Mechanical Vibrations.—This course will continue the study of mechanical vibrations started in M.E. 465 and will consider the vibration of elastic bodies, engine dynamics and torsional vibrations, self-excited vibrations, vibration of non-linear systems, and other subjects of interest in machine design. The laboratory period is utilized for problems and computations, and methods of vibration measurement. ^ Text-book: Den Hartog, Mechanical Vibrations, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Mr. Richmond. 567. Heat Transfer.—A study of theory of heat transfer as applied to various problems arising in the field of mechanical engineering. The mechanism of heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation is studied and practical applications of each mechanism are considered. References: MeAdam, Heat Transmission, McGraw-Hill; Brown and Marco, Elementary Heat Transfer, McGraw-Hill; selected references from current engineering periodicals. Two lecture periods a week. Mr. Wolfe. Electrical Engineering 351. D. C. Machines and A. C. Circuits.—The theory and characteristics of direct current generators and motors. Single-phase and polyphase alternating current circuits; power measurements. Text-books: Hehre and Harness, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vols. I and II, Wiley; Junior Laboratory Manual. Mr. Kersey. 353 [2]. Principles of D. C. Machines.—Electromagnetic theory. The theory, operating characteristics, efficiency, and applications of direct current generators and motors. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 841 Text-book: Hehre and Harness, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. I, Wiley. Reference: Langsdorf, Principles of Direct Current Machines, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Morgan. 355 [3]. Principles of Alternating Currents.—A thorough treatment of alternating current theory and calculations, with an introduction to the principles of the chief alternating current machines. Text-book: Kerchner & Corcoran, Alternating Current Circuits, Wiley. Reference: Hehre and Harness, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. II, Wiley. Mr. Morgan. 356 [2 and 3 Laboratory].—Experimental work and problems on D. C. machines and A. C. circuits, illustrating the theory covered in E.E. 353 and E.E. 355. Text-book: Junior Laboratory Manual. 1 Mr. Morgan. 357. Electronics and Electron Tubes.—Motion of charged particles; structure of atoms; electrons in metals; thermionic emission; electrical discharges in gases; electron tubes and their characteristics; rectifiers and elementary circuits. Text-books: Ryder, Electronic Engineering Principles, Prentice- Hall ; Electronics Laboratory Manual. Mr. MacLeod. I: 451 [1]. Electrical Circuits and Apparatus.—A general course for students not specializing in Electrical or Mechanical Engineering. The course includes the theory of D.C. and A.C. circuits and machinery, and the theory and application of electron tubes. Text-book: Fitzgerald, Basic Electrical Engineering, McGraw- Hill. Mr. Noakes. 453 [14]. Alternating Current Machines.—The theory and characteristics of alternating current machines. For Fourth Year students in Mechanical Engineering. Text-books: Hehre and Harness, Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. II, Alternating Currents, Wiley; Senior Laboratory Manual. Mr. Morgan. 457 [12]. Principles of Alternating Current Machines.—A detailed analysis of the theory and characteristics of alternating current machinery, including the transformer, the alternator, the 342 Faculty of Applied Science synchronous motor, the induction motor, the rotary converter, and the commutator motor. Text-books: Langsdorf, Theory of Alternating Current Machinery, McGraw-Hill; Vickers, The Induction Motor, Pitman; Senior Laboratory Manual. Reference: Puehstein and Lloyd, Alternating Current Machines, Wiley. Mr. Coulthard. 459 [7]. Design of Electrical Machinery.—The design of direct and alternating current motors and generators and of constant potential transformers, with special reference to the theory and limits of design; design problems in radio circuits and transmission systems. Text-book: Kuhlmann, Design of Electrical Apparatus, Wiley. Reference: Still, Elements of Electrical Design, McGraw-Hill. Mr. MacLeod. 461 [8]. Electrical Illumination. — Radiation; luminous flux; light sources; photometric units and measurements; vision; lighting design. Text-book: Kraehenbuehl, Electrical Illumination, Wiley. Reference: Boast, Illumination Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Morgan. 463 [9]. Electric Power Transmission and Distribution.—The calculation of line resistance, inductance, and capacitance; steady state currents and voltages; circle diagrams; corona and insulators; transmission line design; the electrical layout of power plants, substations, and distribution systems; short circuit calculations; relays; an introduction to the theory of rates. Text-book: Electrical Transmission and Distribution Reference Book, Westinghouse. References: Ware and Reed, Communication Circuits, Wiley; Kerchner and Corcoran, Alternating Current Circuits, Wiley. Mr. Noakes. 465 [11]. Electrical Communication.—Properties of coils and condensers; the theory and application of vacuum tubes as amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, and detectors; radio circuits; gas-filled tubes and control circuits; the electrical characteristics of telephone lines and cables; filters; impedance transformation; radiation and antennae. Text-books: Ware and Reed, Communication Circuits, Wiley; Communication Laboratory Manual; others to be announced. Mr. MacLeod. Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 343 467 [13]. Electrical Theory, Instruments, and Measurements.— A review of electrical units and dimensions; electrical instruments and measurements; bridges; electrical theory, including transient phenomena. Text-books: Golding, Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments, Pitman; Coulthard, Transients in Electric Circuits, Pitman. Mr. Coulthard. Courses for Graduate Students 551 [101]. Electromagnetic Theory and Electronics.—A study of electromagnetic fields and waves with reference to radio and electronics engineering. The main subjects are Maxwell's equations, potentials, circuit concepts, propagation and reflection of electromagnetic waves, radiation; transmission lines, wave guides, radio circuits and apparatus, with special reference to high frequencies. References: Bronwell and Beam, Theory and Application of Microwaves, McGraw-Hill; Ramo and Whinnery, Fields and Waves in Modern Radio, Wiley; current journals. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Mr. Noakes. 553. Electric Power Systems.—The theory of power flow; synchronous machine characteristics; electrically long transmission lines; generalized circuit constants and circle diagrams; symmetrical components and surge phenomena. References: The Westinghouse Transmission and Reference Book; Wagner and Evans, Symmetrical Components, McGraw- Hill; current journals. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Mr. Noakes. 555. Application of Operational Methods to Engineering.—Operational mathematics applied to the solution of linear and of partial differential equations; and to topics selected from electric circuit theory, dynamical theory, electric transmission lines, conduction of heat, and electric wave and diffusion problems. References: Coulthard, Transients in Electric Circuits, Pitman; McLachlan, Complex Variable and Operational Calculus, Cambridge ; Gardener and Barnes, Transients in Linear Systems, Wiley: Two lectures a week. Mr. Coulthard. 344 Faculty of Applied Science Department of Mining and Metallurgy Mining 350 [1]. Principles of Mining 1.—Mine economics, prospecting, exploration, mine development, breaking ground, ground support, transportation. Text-book: Lewis, Elements of Mining, Wiley. References: Young, Elements of Mining, McGraw-Hill; Peele, Mining Engineers' Handbook, Wiley (a reference for all courses in mining.) Mr. Crouch. 450 [3]. Principles of Mining 2.—A continuation of Mining 350: mineral economics, mine sampling and valuation, mining methods. References: Hoover, Economics of Mining, Stanford; Baxter and Parks, Mine Examination and Valuation, Michigan College of Mining and Technology. Mr. Crouch. 451. Mine Management.—Mine plant, mine ventilation, industrial hygiene, accident prevention; mine organization "and management; mining law. Mr. Crouch. 454 [8]. Problems and Reports.—Problems in mine plant design; reports on selected topics; discussion of current technical literature. Reference-: Staley, Mine Plant Design, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Crouch. 490 [5]. Mine Surveying.—Methods of surveying underground opening and bore holes, mine models, the mine engineer. Reference: Staley, Introduction to Mine Surveying, Stanford. Mr. Crouch. Metallurgy 350 [1(b)]. Chemical Metallurgy.—Introduction to metallurgy, fuels; refractories; pyrometry; elementary physico-chemical principles of metallurgical operations. These principles are illustrated in the laboratory by application to hydro-, pyro-, and electro- metallurgical reactions, including some aspects of fire- and wet- assaying. Text-book: Newton, Introduction to Metallurgy, Wiley. References: Shepard and Dietrich, Fire Assaying, McGraw-Hill; Liddell, Handbook of Non-ferrous Metallurgy, 2nd edition, McGraw- Hill ; Basic Open Hearth Steelmaking, Part 2, A.I.M.E. Mr. Forward, Mr. Samis. Mining and Metallurgy 845 351 [1(a)]. Physical Metallurgy.—Structure and physical properties of metals; alloy equilibrium diagrams; principles of heat treatment of steel and non-ferrous alloys; properties of alloys; specifications. Text-book: Heyer, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, Van Nostrand. Mr. Forward, Mr. Armstrong. 352 [1(e)]. Metallography.—Preparation of specimens and observation of micro-structures; heat treatment of carbon steels and non-ferrous alloys; simple physical tests. Text-book: Kehl, The Principles of Metallographic Laboratory Practice, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Reference: Teichert, Ferrous Metallurgy — Metallography and Heat Treatment of Steel, Volume III, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Armstrong. 360. Seminar.—Discussion of current topics in the field of mining and metallurgy; oral presentation of the. subject matter contained in the Third Year Essay; training and practice in public speaking and technical writing. 450. Theoretical Metallurgy. — The development of the free energy concepts of the phase rule, heats of reaction and equilibria as they relate to metallurgical processes and alloys. The laboratory course serves to illustrate the application of these principles in oxidation and reduction, electro-metallurgy, melts, gas reactions, and certain phases of alloying operations. Mr. Samis. 451 [2]. Applied Chemical Metallurgy. — The application of chemical principles in roasting, leaching, smelting, and refining, illustrated by the operations encountered in the metallurgy of iron and steel, the common base metals, light metals, precious metals, and ferro-alloys. References: Stoughton, Metallurgy of Iron and Steel, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill; Basic Open Hearth Steelmaking, A.I.M.E.; Liddell, Handbook of Non-ferrous Metallurgy, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Forward, Mr. Armstrong. 452 [3(a)]. Physical Metallurgy.—The structure and deformation of metals and alloys; phase changes in the solid state; effect of alloy additions to steel; principles of heat treatment; quenching media; special alloys; cast-iron; atmosphere control. Text-books: Heyer, Engineering Physical Metallurgy, Van Nostrand; Beynon, The Physical Structure of Alloys, Longmans. 346 Faculty of Applied Science References: Hume-Rothery, The Structure of Metals and Alloys, Institute of Metals; Bain, The Alloying Elements in Steel, American Society for Metals; Bullens, Steel and Its Heat Treatment, 5th edition, Wiley; Metals Handbook, 1939 edition, American Society for Metals. Mr. Forward, Mr, Armstrong. 453 [3(b)]. Metallurgical Calculations. — A laboratory course dealing with problems related to the fields of combustion, roasting, smelting, leaching, and refining, with particular emphasis on the thermodynamic and other physico-chemical principles involved. Text-book: Butts, Metallurgical Problems, 2nd edition, McGraw- Hill. Mr. Samis. 454 [4]. Laboratory and Research Methods.—In the First Term, laboratory analysis of metallurgical products. In the. Second Term, study of selected problems in (a) Mineral Dressing, or (b) Chemical Metallurgy, or (c) Physical Metallurgy. Emphasis is laid on the methods of laboratory procedure and preparation of engineering reports. Mr. Howard, Mr. Samis, Mr. Armstrong. 456 [9]. Applications of Metallography.—A continuation of the work in Metallurgy 352: polishing ferrous and non-ferrous metals; identification of micro-constituents; macro-etching; contact prints; photography; radiographic, magnetic, and fluorescent inspection methods. Text-book: Kehl, Principles of Metallographic Laboratory Practice, McGraw-Hill. Mr. Armstrong. 457 [7]. Plant Management.—Metal production statistics and markets; ore-buying contracts; personnel and labour relations; metallurgical accounting, cost-finding, and inspection; professional ethics. A weekly seminar is included for formal discussion of current technical and social topics to provide training in the organization and oral presentation of engineering reports. Students are also required to prepare a written report on the production methods and economic aspects of one of the metals. Mr. Forward, Mr. Crouch, Mr. Howard, Mr. Armstrong. 458. Process Laboratory.—A laboratory course illustrating the application of chemical principles in the reduction, separation, and purification of metals. Mr. Samis. Mining and Metallurgy 347 459. Mechanical Metallurgy.—The relation between metallurgical factors and mechanical properties of metals; the principles of fabricating methods; material selection; metallurgical design problems. References: Hollomon and Jaffe, Ferrous Metallurgical Design, Wiley; Sachs and Van Horn, Practical Metallurgy, American Society for Metals. Mr. Armstrong. Courses for Graduate Students 550. Metallurgy.—A laboratory course consisting of research studies in mineral dressing or chemical metallurgy or physical metallurgy, and the presentation of a thesis. 552. Advanced Physical Metallurgy.—Theories of the metallic crystalline state as applied to plastic deformation, fracture, creep, fatigue, anelasticity, recrystallization, anisotropy, age hardening, and decomposition of austenite. The experimental methods of obtaining information in this field will be discussed and illustrated by problems. Jf Two hours a week. Mr. Armstrong. 553. Advanced Theoretical Metallurgy.—A lecture and problem course dealing.with the application, in the field of metallurgy, of the principles of chemical physics, including studies in statistical mechanics, reaction rates, theory of electrolytes, character of electrothermal processes, and related topics. Reference: Slater, Introduction to'Chemical Physics, McGraw- Hill. A Two hours a week. Mr. Samis. Mineral Dressing 350 [1]. Mineral Dressing 1.—A study of the fundamental principles of mineral dressing; testing procedure; sampling; crushing; screening; grinding; classification; gravity concentration; flotation; cyanidation; magnetic separation; milling calculations. Selected laboratory experiments show the application of the fundamental principles to the treatment of representative ores. Text-book: Richards and Locke, Text-book of Ore Dressing, Wiley. References: Taggart, Handbook of Mineral Dressing, Wiley; Wark, Principles of Flotation, Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy; Dorr, Cyanidation and Concentration of Gold and Silver Ores, McGraw-Hill; Gaudin, Principles of Mineral Dressing, McGraw-Hill; current periodicals. Mr. Howard. 348 Faculty of Applied Science 450 [3]. Mineral Dressing 2.—A continuation of Mineral Dressing 350 with special reference to flowsheets; mill location and design; smelter contracts; metallurgical calculations; non-metallics; coal preparation; plant control. Laboratory tests on the treatment of selected ores. Text-book: Richards and Locke, Text-book of Ore Dressing, Wiley. Mr. Howard. Course for Graduate Students 550. Theory of Fine Particles.—Measurement of particle size and surface area; physical and chemical behaviour of fine particles; methods of separation; settling; filtration; use of electrolytes; effect of slime coatings. Reference: Dalla Valle, Micromeritics, Pitman. Two hours a week. Mr. Howard. Department of Nursing and Health 151 [1]. History of Nursing.—A study of the origin and history of nursing. One hour a week. First Year. Miss McCann. 152 [2]. Elementary Biochemistry, as Applied to Physiology. One hour a week. First Year. Mr. Allardyce. 153 [3]. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A course of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory work, designed to emphasize the practical applications of bacteriology to medical and nursing problems. Methods of isolation, culture, and identification of pathogenic micro-organisms; aseptic technique; disinfection and antisepsis; infection and resistance; active immunization procedures; bacteriology in relation to public health. References: Henrici, Biology of Bacteria, latest edition, Heath; Bigger, Handbook of Bacteriology, latest edition, Williams and Wilkins. One lecture and fours hours laboratory a week. This course is the same as Bacteriology 153. (See page 156.) 154. Essay.—Presentation of a written report to indicate the relation of some phase of the academic programme to nursing. 454 [4]. Preventive Medicine.—A study of the public health aspects of preventable disease, including the acute infections; tuberculosis and venereal diseases; heart disease, cancer, and other Nursing and Health 349 degenerative conditions; preparation and utilization of biological products; and the newer knowledge of nutrition. Text-book: Smillie, Preventive Medicine and Public Health, 1946, Macmillan. Three hours a week, First Term. Two hours a week, Second Term. 455 [5]. Mental Hygiene.—An introduction to the study of mental illness, with emphasis upon its prevention; child guidance clinics and the psychiatric social history. 457 [7]. Infant and Child Health.—A study of the nurse's responsibility in the promotion and maintenance of individual health, with emphasis on the care of the infant and child. 459 [9]. Sanitation.—A study of community sanitation and of relevant legislative measures; field visits. One hour a week. One term. Mr. Ranta. 461 [11]. Public Health Organization.—A series of lectures dealing with the organization and administration of health services. One hour a w,eek. First Term. Special lecturers. 463 [13]. The Principles and Practice of Public Health Nursing. —A study of the evolution of the principles of public health nursing and their application to skills which are essential to the professional competence of the public health nurse. Three hours a week. Miss Morrison. 446 [16]. Health Teaching.—A course designed to prepare the public health nurse for her role as a health teacher. Consideration is given to content and technique. Three hours a week. 467 [17]. Current Nursing Problems. — Consideration of the professional problems of nurses, particularly those of the present. One hour a week. Miss Mallory. 468 [18]. Teaching in Schools of Nursing. — Application of principles and methods of teaching to school of nursing curricula. Two hours a week. Miss Mallory. 469 [19]. Principles of Supervision in Schools of Nursing.—A study of the organization of the school of nursing, with especial reference to the function of a ward or teaching unit; a discussion of experience records, case studies, ward clinics, and other means which assist in the correlation of theory and practice. Two hours a week. Miss Mallory. 350 Faculty of Applied Science 471 [21]. Social Case Work. — Consideration of the general principles underlying social case work and the interrelation of community health and welfare agencies. Two hours a week. Second Term. 477 [27]. Sociology of the Family.—A study of the family as a primary unit of society. Two hours a week. First Term. 481 [31]. Principles and Methods of Teaching. Two hours a week. First Term. 485 [35]. Essay. — Presentation and discussion of a written report upon an elected problem or topic within the scope of nursing education or public health nursing. 486 [36]. Field Work in Nursing B*. — Field work will be arranged with associated public health and welfare organizations. It may be necessary for part of this field work to be taken before and after the academic year. 487 [37]. Field Work in Nursing C.—Opportunities will be provided for observation and limited participation in teaching, supervision, and ward management in the schools of nursing of associated hospitals during and at the close of the academic year. Department of Physics The instruction includes lectures on the general principles of physics, accompanied by courses of practical work in the laboratory. 100 [1], Elementary Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 250.) 101. Elementary Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 250.) 150 [4(a)]. Mechanics. — An elementary treatment of statics, kinematics, and dynamics, with particular emphasis-on the working of problems. This course is given in the first half of the First Year of Applied Science. Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill. 151 [4(b)]. Heat.—This course is begun when Physics 150 is finished. It is assumed that the student is already familiar with the elementary principles of heat. Text-book: Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, Macmillan. References: Allen and Maxwell, A Text-book of Heat, Macmillan; Cork, Heat, Wiley. *In calculating the probable expense of the course, students are reminded to allow for costs in connection with field work. The sum of jl 00.00 is mentioned as probably the maximum amount required to cover the expenses of board and lodging while with the rural nursing organization, and of transportation. Physics 351 160. Mechanics and General Physics.—This course is intended for those students who are proceeding to a degree in Architecture. The following are among the topics included in the course: statics, dynamics, heat, acoustics,, radiation, light, and electricity. The emphasis is placed upon those fundamental principles of physics which find application in architecture. Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill. 250 [5]. Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of fundamental principles of electricity and magnetism, with special reference, to the fact that the student is to be an engineer. The course includes a short treatment of the elements of alternating currents and an introduction to vacuum tube circuits. Text-book: Loeb, Fundamentals of Electricity and Magnetism, Wiley. 302. Mathematical Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 252.) 303. Physical Optics.—As in Arts. (See page 252.) 304. Thermodynamics.—As in Arts. (See page 253.) 360 [10]. Light.—A short lecture course for engineering students. The subject matter includes radiation theory, photography, interference instruments, refractometers, spectroscopy, and applications of polarized light to engineering. References: Gibb, Optical Methods of Chemical Analysis, McGraw-Hill; McAdams, Heat Transmission, McGraw-Hill. 401 [11]. Electricity and Magnetism.—As in Arts. (See page 254.) 402 [12]. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—As in Arts. (See page 254.) 403. Kinetic Theory of Gases.—As in Arts. (See page 254.) 405. Theory of Elasticity and Flow.—As in Arts. (See page 254.) 407. Introduction to Nuclear Physics and Cosmic Rays.—As in Arts. (See page 255.) 409. Experimental Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 255.) 460. Metallurgical Physics.—Elements of the structure and properties of matter; X-ray methods; spectroscopy; surface phenomena. 461. Geophysics.—A course of lectures dealing with gravimetric, seismic, magnetic, and electric measurements, on the earth, with special emphasis on their industrial application. Two lectures a week. 352 Faculty of Applied Science 552. Introduction to Theoretical Physics.—Applications of vector analysis to problems in mechanics, elasticity, fluid flow, electricity, and magnetism. Text-book: Page, Introduction to Theoretical Physics, Van Nostrand. Three lectures a week. Department of Zoology Note. Biology 100 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology. Zoology 200 is prerequisite to all other courses in Zoology except in the case of students in Forestry who wish to take courses in forest entomology but do not intend to major in it. 200 [1]. General Zoology.—As in Arts. (See page 267.) 306 [11]. Biology of the Vertebrates.—As in Arts. (See page 269.) 308 [10]. Forest Entomology.—As in Arts. (See page 269.) 359. Forest Entomology.—A course on the relation of insects to forests and timber and the principles involved in control measures. Open to Forest Engineering students only. Text-book: Keen, Insect Enemies of Western Forests, U.S. Dept. of Agric. Misc. Publ. No. 273. References: Doane, Van Dyke, Chamberlain, and Burke, Forest Insects, McGraw-Hill; Graham, Principles of Forest Entomology, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First term. Mr<- Hopping. 1 unit. 402. Advanced Forest Entomology.—As in Arts. (See page 270.) THE FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE 1948-1949 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN AGRICULTURE The particular course of study* selected by any student in the Faculty of Agriculture is determined by his previous training and by the use he intends to make of his university work, whether for farming, district agricultural work, teaching, research, industry, or other vocation. The first two years of work leading to the degree in Agriculture are devoted largely to acquiring a knowledge of the basic sciences, in adding to the student's knowledge of language, and in laying a foundation for more advanced studies in the practical and scientific phases of agriculture and of related subjects. During the first year, the student who is not yet clear as to what special phase of agriculture he may care to follow is given an opportunity of becoming acquainted with the general field of agriculture and of its various branches, through the medium of an orientation course (Agriculture 100). This introductory course is given in the applied departments. During the last two years of the four-year general course the student is permitted, in consultation with the Dean, the Committee on Courses, and the head of a department, to select from a wide list of subjects either a generalized course in agriculture or a specialized course in some one phase of agriculture, as in Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Mechanics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, Poultry Husbandry; or a still further specialized course within these or closely allied fields, such as in Animal or Plant Nutrition, Animal or Plant Pathology, Applied Genetics, Bacteriology, Entomology, Physiology, Soils, and similar fields of study. Details with regard to Honours courses will be found on pages 359-371. The extent of the course, whether for a few weeks or for several years, and the nature of the course, whether generalized or specialized, scientific or practical, is to be decided by each individual on the .advice of the Dean, the Committee on Courses, and a department head. In advising on the selection of courses or vocation, the student '* personal preference and his adaptability are given careful con-' sideration. ♦The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed from Urn* to time as deemed advisable by the Senate. 856 Faculty of Agriculture For those interested in continuing their university training beyond the work of the four or five years leading to the bachelor's degree, excellent opportunity is afforded in many of the fields mentioned above for further work leading to the master's degree. For further information regarding the various courses, see statements which follow the Outline of Courses; also description of courses as listed under the separate departments. For details with regard to Honours courses, see particulars pn pages 359-371. Admission, Registration, Etc. For statement as to general requirements for admission to the University, registration, etc., see pages 35-40. Physical Education Two activity courses in Physical Education are required of all students in First and Second Years of the Faculty of Agriculture except ex-service personnel and members of military units operating on the campus. For details of requirements see pages 135-138 in the Faculty of Arts and Science. Degrees The degrees offered in this Faculty are: Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.). Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.) with Honours. Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.). > Courses of Study Three distinct groups of courses are offered, as follows: Degree Courses (a) A four-year general course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.). (See page 358.) (b) A five-year course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.) with Honours. (See pages 359-371.) (c) Graduate work in Agriculture leading to the degree of Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.). (See pages 371, 372.) Diploma Courses (a) A one-year occupational course leading to a Diploma in Agriculture. (See page 357.) (b) A course for professional gardeners leading to a Diploma in Horticulture. (See page 357.) Short Courses Short courses are offered at the University and at various points in the Province under the auspices of the Department of University Extension. Courses in Agriculture 857 The Occupational Course The Occupational Course is planned for those students whose academic qualifications may not be high, but whose practical qualifications are satisfactory. The'course permits of work in Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Mechanics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Farm Mechanics, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry on the part of those who wish to extend their practical knowledge. A successful completion of the cpurse leads to a diploma in Agriculture. University Entrance standing is not required. Course for Professional Gardeners ' This course in Horticulture is designed to give special training in the more important horticultural practices, together with instruction in horticulture and in certain closely allied subjects. The course is intended to prepare students- for the profession of gardening. Prerequisites include high school graduation or its equivalent. A Certificate of Progress will be issued on satisfactory completion of certain required courses, together with four years' experience in applied horticulture. On satisfactory completion of certain additional University courses, together with five years of experience in applied horticulture, a Diploma in Horticulture will be granted. It is anticipated that instruction in certain courses will be offered during the session 1948-49. Details will be provided through the Registrar's office. Short Courses The Short Courses are planned for those men and women who are unable to take advantage of the longer courses, but who desire to extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of those branches in which they are particularly interested. The work throughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and periods devoted to, demonstration and judging work are features of the course. No entrance examination is required, nor are students asked to-write an examination, at the conclusion of the course. Special announcements giving details of the various divisions of the course are issued in December of each year, and may be obtained from the Director of University Extension on application. Curriculum Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period of not less than two or more than three hours) a week throughout- the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratory periods) throughout a single term. 358 Faculty of Agriculture Courses Leading to the Degree of B.S.A. University Entrance standing, or its equivalent, is required for admission to all courses leading to the degree of B.S.A. Four-Year General Course Students are required to select their eourses in consultation with the head of the department in which the undergraduate essay is to be written. In addition to Agriculture 100, all students are required to take as a minimum of agricultural subjects outside p£ their major department twelve units of courses to be chosen in not fewer than three of the seven departments: Agricultural Economics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Agricultural Mechanics, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry. Students writing essays in fields other than those indicated above, such as Plant Pathology and Economic Entomology, are required to include in their outlines at least Agronomy 202, Horticulture 213, Horticulture 441, and Horticulture 442. At the beginning of the First Term of each session all students are required to submit to the Dean for approval by the Committee on Courses an outline of courses to be taken during that session. First and Second Years The requirements for the first two years consist of 30 units, 15 of which must be taken in each year. Courses must be chosen in conformity with the requirements that follow. Each student must take: (a) Agriculture 100 (b) Biology 100 (c) Chemistry 100 (d) English 100 and 101, and either English 200 or English 205 (e) Mathematics 100 (f) Three units from electives A (g) Not less than 9 units from electives B and C, at least 6 of which shall be from electives B A Agricultural Mechanics 201 Agronomy 202 Agronomy 211 Animal Husbandry 215 Dairying 203 Horticulture 213 Poultry Husbandry 200 and 201 Electives B Bacteriology 201 Biology 300 and 301 Botany 200 Chemistry 200 Geology 201 and 202 Mathematics 200 or 201 Physics 100 Zoology 200 C German 90 Spanish 90 Commerce 251 Economics 200 History 101 University Entrance Language 3 or 6 units Psychology 100 Home Economies Courses in Agriculture 359 Students who enter with standing higher than that of University Entrance may on approval - of the Committee on Courses be excused from Agriculture 100, but if so excused, are required to take 6 units from electives A for credit in First and Second Years. Students who contemplate proceeding to the Normal School after taking one year of the course in Agriculture may take the First Year course in the language taken for University Entrance in First Year and defer either Chemistry 100 or Biology 100 until Second Year. Subject to the approval of the Dean and the Committee on Courses, other subjects from the Faculty of Arts and Science, or from the Faculty of Applied Science, may be accepted for credit in the Faculty of Agriculture; also, but for First Year only, from Senior Matriculation; further, any two of the elective subjects in the Second Year not taken in that year, subject to approval, may be taken in the Third Year. A student may take in his Fourth Year an elective of the Second Year subject to the approval of the Faculty. I jj Third and Fourth Years Prior to registration, and preferably before the close of the Second Year, all students are required to discuss with the Dean all courses which they intend to take. There are no specific subjects which must be taken by all students; students are required, however, to elect up to a total of 36 units, essay included, but not more than 18 units of study may be undertaken in either year without approval of the Faculty. A student's standing at graduation will be determined by averaging the grades obtained in the best 36 units of required work taken in the Third and Fourth Years. An essay shall be prepared by each student on some topic, the subject of which shall be selected, with the approval of the heads of the departments concerned, before the end of the Third Year's work. Two typewritten copies of each essay on standard-size paper (8%xll in.) shall be submitted not later than the last day of lectures in the Second Term of the graduating year. The corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st. Five-Year Honours Courses Honours courses in any of the departments, consisting of 87 units of work, extend over a period of five academic years, or their equivalent. For admission to Honours standing the student must have at least Second Class standing in 33 units of work in the first two years. Courses must be selected as follows: 360 Faculty of Agriculture First Year Description General Agriculture Intro. Biology General Chemistry Literature , ' ) Composition ) Intro. Mathematics Course and Number Agriculture 100 Biology 100 Chemistry 100 English 100 EnglishlOl Mathematics 100 Units See Page Second Year Description ..Literature Composition ...Calculus . Elementary Physics ... (See Head of .... Department) Course and Number Units See Page English 200 or English 205 Mathematics 202 Physics 100 Elective A Electives B and/or C.. 387 387 391 392 358 358 Third, Fourth, and Fifth Years In order to retain Honours standing, at least Second Class standing must be obtained in each of the succeeding years in all courses as required by the head of the department concerned. The specific subjects listed below, which must be taken in the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Years in. the various Honours courses, must be approved by .the Dean and by the head of the department concerned. Eighteen units constitute a full course in each of these years. In addition to Agriculture 100, all students are required to take as a minimum of agricultural subjects outside of their major department twelve units of courses to be chosen in not fewer than three of the seven departments, Agricultural Economics, Agricultural Mechanics, Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry. A student's standing at graduation will be determined by averaging the grades obtained in the best 36 units of required work taken in the Fourth and Fifth Years. If a student fails to meet the above requirement with regard to Second Class standing in his Fifth Year, he may be granted Pass standing for graduation. An essay shall be prepared by each student on some topic, the subject of which shall be selected, with the approval of the head of the department concerned, before the end of the Fourth Year's work. Two typewritten copies of each essay on standard-size paper (8V2XII ins.) shall be submitted not later than the last day of lectures in the Second Term of the graduating year. The corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation shall be October 1st. Courses in Agriculture 867 Candidates for Honours are required to take at the end of their Fifth Year a general examination, oral or written, or both, as the department or departments concerned shall decide. This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of his chosen subject or subjects as a whole, and is in addition to the ordinary class examinations of the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Years. Agricultural Economics Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agric. Econ. 301 Intro, to Agric. Econ. Commerce 361 Marketing Economics 335 Statistics 1 Language Pure Science Elective 375 385 387 Fourth Year Course and Number Description Agric. Econ. 300 .Farm Management ... Agric. Econ. 401 Marketing ., ... Economics 810 International Trade.. Electives Units See Page 375i 375 387 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agric. Econ. 425 Economics 300 »^W Undergraduate Essay Money and Banking 3 3 3 3 6 375 387 Economics 400 Advanced Economic Theory... 387 Economics 435 Statistics 2 387 Electives Agricultural Mechanics Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agric. Econ. 300 Agric. Mech. 302.... A gronomy 313 A gronomy 314 Elective or Agronomy 211. or Chemistry 200.. Language Physics 200 ..Farm Management.... ...Advanced Motors ...Phys. Prop, of Soils.. ...Soil Conservation ...Intro, to Soils ...Quant, and Qua]. Analysis... ....Mechanics, Molecular Physics, and Heat 37S 376 379 379 379 384 392 Faculty of Agriculture Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agric. Mech. 305. Agric. Mech. 404.... Agric. Mech. 406.. Agric. Mech. 408..'. Electives ..irrigation & Drainage ..Building Construction™ ..Advanced Machinery ...Advanced Mechanics ... ... (From Agriculture) 3 376 3 377 3 377 3 377 6 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agric. Mech. 410... Agric. Mech. 425 . Electives Electives ..Shopwork ...Undergraduate Essay ..(From Agriculture) (From Applied Science) 377 377 Agricultural Science Second Year Course and Number. Description Units See Page English 200 or English 205.. Mathematics 202 Physics 100 Elective A Agronomy 211.... Electives B Botany 200 Chemistry 200 Literature ...Composition ..Calculus ..Elementary Physics.. ...Intro, to Soils Botany (Intro.) ...Quan. and Qual. Analysis 387 387 391 392 379 384 384 Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 202 Animal Husbandry 215... Bacteriology 201 Chemistry 300 Dairying 203 Language ..Field Crops ...Fund, of An. Husbandry.. ... Intr,o. Bacteriology ..Organic Chemistry ...Fund, of Dairying 3 377 3 381 3 384 3 384 3 385 3 Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agric. Econ. 300 Agric. Mech. 201 Electives .,...:. Horticulture 213 Poultry Husbandry 200... Poultry Husbandry 201... Zoology 200 ..Farm Management.. ..General Mechanics ...Practical Horticulture... ..Fund, of P.H. ...Fund, of P.H. ..General Zoology. 3 3 3 3 iy. 3 375 376 388 392 392 395 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units SeePage 15 3 Undergraduate Essay .* Courses in Agriculture Agronomy Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page 377 3 379 3 384 3 384 6 3 Agronomy 202 or Agronomy 211... Botany 200 Chemistry 300 Electives....- Language Field Crops ..Intro, to Soils ...Botany (Introductory).. ..Organic Chemistry Fourth Year Course and Number Agricultural Economics... Agronomy 304 Agronomy 305 Agronomy 313 Agronomy 314 Biology 330 Elective Geology oj Geography Description ..Range Management ..Pasture Management... ..Phys. Prop, of Soils ..Soil Conservation ...Prin. of Genetics Units See Page 3 375 1% 378 1% 378 1% 379 1% 379 3 384 3 3 388 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 406... Agronomy 407... Agronomy 416 . Agronomy 425 Animal Husbandry.. Electives .. Field Crop Technology ..Plant Breeding and Seed Production ..Soil Genesis, Morphology, and Classification ... Undergraduate Essay Plant Breeding Third Year Course and Numb Agronomy 211., Biology 330 Botany 316 Botany 330 Chemistry 300 Horticulture 441 .... Language Description Intro, to Soils „ Principles of Genetics Plant Path. (Elementary) Plant Physiology Organic Chemistry Plant Nutrition (a) /nits See Page 3 379 3 384 2 384 2 384 3 384 2 390 3 864 Faculty of Agriculture Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 406... Agronomy 407... Agronomy 421 Botany 300 or Zoology 302 Botany 340 Electives _... Horticulture 213 Field Crop Technology... ... .Plant Breeding and Seed Production Biometry Economic Flora Intro, to Entomology Histology . Practical Horticulture.. 1% 378 3 378 1% 380 1% 384 3 395 2 384 to 18 3 388 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 405... Agronomy 416... Agronomy 425 Botany 300 .'. or Zoology 302... Botany 415 Electives ... Field Crops (Advanced) ...Soil Genesis, Morphology, and Classification., ...Undergraduate Essay ...Economic Flora ...Intro, to Entomology ...Plant Path. (Advanced) 378 380 380 384 395 384 Soils Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 202... Agronomy 812... Agronomy 3lW Agronomy 814... Chemistry 300 Chemistry 304 Language ...Field Crops ...Soil Bacteriology ..Physical Properties of Soils... ..Soil Conservation ...Organic Chemistry ...Theoretical Chemistry 3 377 3 379 iy2 379 i% 379 3 384 3 385 3 Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 415 Agronomy 416 Agronomy 421 Botany 200 Chemistry 310, or... Chemistry 409 and Dairying 413 Geology 201 and 202, or... Biology 400, or Bacteriology 801 Elective. ...Chemical Properties of soils.... ...Soil Genesis and Classification ...Biometrical Methods ...Introductory Botany ...Adv. Quant, and Qual. Analysis ...Adv. Organic Chemistry ....Dairy Mycology ...General Geology ...General Physiology ...Immunology. 3 380 1% 380 1% 380 3 384 3 385 1% 385 1% 386 3 388 884 884 Courses in Agriculture 365 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page 1 880 3 380 2 384 3 885 3 9 Agronomy 423 Agronomy 425 Botany 330._ Chemistry 425 or... alternate Electives ...Seminar ...Essay ...Plant Physiology... ...Biochemistry Animal Nutrition Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page 3 379 3 381 3 384 3 385 1% 386 1% 386 3 Agronomy 211 Animal Husbandry 322... Chemistry 300 Chemistry 304 Dairying 304 Dairying 305-. Language ...Introduction to Soils ...Animal Nutrition ...Organic Chemistry ..Theoretical Chemistry... ...Dairy Bacteriology ..Dairy Bacteriology Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units SeePage 1% 380 3 383 3 385 1% 385 3 885 1% 394 4% Agronomy 421 Animal Husbandry 422... Chemistry 310 Chemistry 409 Chemistry 425 Poultry Husbandry 410... Electives ...Biometrical Methods ...Feeds and Feedings ..Advanced Analysis ...Adv. Organic Chemistry... ...Biochemistry .-. ... Poultry Nutrition Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Animal Husbandry 425 Undergraduate Essay Animal Husbandry 522 Bioenergetics and Growth... Biology 400 General Physiology Electives - 383 383 384 366 Faculty of Agriculture Animal Science Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 202 Bacteriology 201... Botany 200 Chemistry 300 Dairying 203 Language ...Field Crops ...Intro. Bacteriology ...Intro. Botany ..Organic Chemistry ..Fundamentals of Dairying... 377 384 384 384 385 Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 211 Agronomy 421 Animal Husbandry 322... Biology 330 Biology 400 Electives ...Introduction to Soils ..Biometric Methods ...Animal Nutrition a ...Principles of Genetics ...General Physiology Agricultural Economics 301.. Commerce 361.. Electives < Language Pure Science ■ntro. to Ag. Ec. ..Marketing 3 379 Wz 380 3 381 3 384 3 384 4% Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Animal Husbandry 419 TTnderoraduate Essav 3 sr 12 382 383 Commerce Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page 3 3 3 3 6 375 385 Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Economics 300 Economics 335 Commerce 453 Agricultural Economics 401.. Electives ...Money and Banking ....Statistics ...Advanced Accounting.. ...Marketing 387 387 385 375 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Commerce 471 Commerce 481 Rusiness Finance Industrial Management 3 3 3 6 3 385 385 Commerce 491 Commercial Law 385 Undergraduate essay Courses in Agriculture 867 Dairy Bacteriology Third Year Course and Number Description Unite SeePage 3 379 1% 386 1% 386 3 384 3 385 3 388 381 376 3 384 Agronomy 211 Dairying 304 Dairying 305 Chemistry 300; Chemistry 304 German 90 Animal Husbandry 215... or Ag. Mech. 301 or Bacteriology 301 ..Intro, to Soils Dairy Bacteriology _... Dairy Bacteriology Organic Chemistry .....Theoretical Chemistry Beginners' Course Fund, of A..H Food Mechanics Immunology Fourth Year Course and Number Description Unite SeePage 3 379 1V4 385 3 385 3 385 1% 386 6 Agronomy 312... Chemistry 409 Chemistry 425... Dairying 301 Dairying 413 Electives ..Soil Bacteriology ...Adv. Organic Chemistry... ...Biochemistry .... Dairy Technology ..Dairy Mycology Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Dairying 407.. Dairying 425... Dairying 430... Electives ...Adv. Dairy Bacteriology... ...Undergraduate" Essay. .. Directed Studies 3 886 3 387 3 387 9 Dairy Technology To be taken in accordance with the curriculum provided under Food Technology. The electives of the Second Year are Dairying 203, Bacteriology 201, and Chemistry 200. The electives of the Fifth Year are to be selected after consultation with the Head of the Department. Entomology Students wishing to take Honours in this field must consult the Dean of Agriculture with regard to selection of courses. 368 Faculty of Agriculture Food Technology Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agricultural Mechanics 301.. Agronomy 211 Agronomy 306 Chemistry 300 Chemistry 304 Dairying 304 Dairying 305 Poultry Husbandry 306 Food Mechanics Introduction to Soils Identification and Standards Organic Chemistry Theoretical Chemistry .....Dairy B acteriology .....Dairy Bacteriology Identification and Standards 376 379 378 384 385 386 386 393 Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agricultural Mechanics 401.. Agronomy 312 Agronomy 421 Animal Husbandry 406 Chemistry 409 Chemistry 425 Dairying 406 Horticulture 406 Elective ...Advanced Food Mechanics ...Soil Bacteriology ...Biometrical Methods ...Identification and Standards ...Advanced Organic Chemistry ...Biochemistry ...Identification and Standards ..Identification and Standards 3 376 3 379 1% 380 1% 382 1% 385 3 385 1% 386 1% 389 1% Fifth Year Course and Number . Desririr>ti"i Units See Page Dairying 413 8 13% 386 : Horticultural Science Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 211 Botany 300 Botany 302 Horticulture 314... Horticulture 315 ... Horticulture 316... Horticulture 317... Horticulture 840... or Biology 330... Zoology 302 ...Intro, to Soils ...Economic Flora ...Descriptive Taxonomy ...Commercial Horticulture Hortic'l Prod, and By-prod.. ..Landscape Gard.and Floriculture .....Vegetable Gardening ....Food Values of Horticultural Crops ....Principles of Genetics.. ....Intro, to Entomology 3 IV* 379 384 IV* 384 1% 388 Wz 388 1% 388 lYz 389 390 3 884 3 395 Courses in Agriculture 369 Fourth Year Course and Number Botany 316 Elective '.... Horticulture 418 Horticulture 419 Horticulture 420 Horticulture 441 Horticulture 442 Horticulture 443 Zoology 305 Description Plant Path. (Elementary).. (from Biology or Agric.) Systematic Horticulture Spec. Hort. Crops _ Methods of Research Plant Nutrition (a) Plant Nutrition (b) Seminar in PI. Nutrition Economic Entomology Units See Page 2 384 1% 389 1% 389 3 390 2 390 2 391 2 391 2 395 Fifth Year Course and Number Description ..(From Biology or Agric.).... ..Undergraduate Essay ..Research in Hort. ..Research in Hort. Advanced Plant Nutrition.. Units See Page Electives Horticulture 425.. Horticulture 430... Horticulture 500 . Horticulture 547 to 18 3 390 3 390 3-5 390 4 391 Plant Nutrition Third Year Course and Number Description ...Intro, to Soils ..Intro. Bacteriology ...Organic Chemistry ... Plant Nutrition (a) ...(From Biology or Agric.) ...Commercial Horticulture ...Hort. Prod, and By-prod. ...Landscape Gardening and Floriculture ..Vegetable Gardening ...Food Values of Hort Crops.. Unite See Page 3 379 3 384 384 3 390 3 388 388 388 3 389 3 . 390 Agronomy 211 Bacteriology 201... Chemistry 300. or Horticulture 441.. Elective Two of ' Horticulture 314.. Horticulture 315.... Horticulture 316.... Horticulture 317. Horticulture 340 Fourth Year Course and Number Electives .- Horticulture 418 Horticulture 420 Horticulture 441 or Chemistry 300... Horticulture 442 Horticulture 443 Description (From Agric. or Botany). Systematic Horticulture Methods of Research: Plant Nutrition (a) .Organic Chemistry Plant Nutrition (b) .Seminar in PI. Nutrition Units See Page 6% 1% 389 3 390 890 3 384 2 891 2 391 370 Faculty of Agriculture Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page (P^rom Agric, Biol., or 8 3 3 4 Horticulture 425 Chemistry) Undergraduate Essay 390 391 Horticulture 547 Advanced Plant Nutrition 391 Plant Pathology Students wishing to take Honours in this field must consult the Dean of Agriculture With regard to selection of courses. Poultry Nutrition Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Bacteriology 201 Chemistry 300 Elective Language Poultry Husbandry 400 Poultry Husbandry 401. .Intro. Bacteriology... ...Organic Chemistry... Zoology 300 or Zoology 303... or Zoology 304... .Poultry Farm Management.... ...Incubation and Hatchery Management ...Comp. Anat. of Vertebrates... ...Histology ...Vertebrate Embryology 384 393 395 395 395 iFourth Year' Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 421 Chemistry 409 .^^. Dairying 304 Dairying 305 Electives Poultry Husbandry 410. Poultry Husbandry 411... Poultry Husbandry 420... or P.H. 310 ...Biometry Adv. Organic Chemistry... ...Dairy Bacteriology ...Dairy Bacteriology ...Poultry Nutrition •Feeding Management ..Physiology of Sex ...Breeding and Judging ' 1%. IVz IV* IVz IVz IVz IVz lVz 380 385 386 386 394 394 395 394 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Animal Husbandry 422... Biology 400 Chemistry 425 Elective Poultry Husbandry 405.. Poultry Husbandry 415... Undergraduate Essay ... Animal Feeding ...General Physiology ..Outlines of Biochemistry... ...Seminar ...Diseases and Hygiene. 383 384 385 394 394 Courses in Agriculture 371 Poultry Science Third Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Bacteriology 201 Biology 431 Chemistry 300 Elective Language Poultry Husbandry 400... Poultry Husbandry 401... .Intro. Bacteriology ..Problems in Genetics ...Organic Chemistry ..Poultry Farm Management... .Incubation and Hatchery Management 3 3 3 1% 1V2 384 384 384 393 393 Fourth Year Course and Number Description Units See Page Agronomy 421 Biology 430 Electives Poultry Husbandry 300... Poultry Husbandry 410... Poultry Husbandry 411... . Zoology 300 -Biometry -Seminar in Genetics... Poultry Husbandry 420 ..Markets and Marketing. ...Poultry Nutrition ...Feeding Management ...Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates ...Phys. of Sex Reproduction and Endocrinology IVz 380 3 384 4% 1% 392 1% 394 1% r 394 3 395 IVz 3.95 Fifth Year Course and Number Description Animal Husbandry 323 Biology 400 Poultry Husbandry 310. Poultry Husbandry 311... Poultry Husbandry 405 ... Poultry Husbandry 4151 Undergraduate Essay Zoology 30i ...Animal Breeding .General Physiology .Breeding and Judging ..Advanced Breeding .Seminar .Diseases and Hygiene.... Vertebrate Embryology Units See Page 3 382 3 384 iy* 393 1% 393 iy* 394 1% 394 3 3 395 Courses Leading to the Degree of M.S.A. 1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.) must hold a, bachelor's degree from the University, or its equivalent. Students, however, who have not more than six units of the undergraduate course to complete will be allowed to take courses counting toward a graduate degree; but these courses will not be counted as graduate credits until the students have registered as graduate students. 2. A graduate of another university applying for permission to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his application an official statement of his graduation, together with. Faculty of Agriculture a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of his course. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a student in this University. 3. The prerequisites for graduate work include a major and minor consisting of eight and six units, respectively, of courses regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years. A standing of at least Second Class must have been obtained in each course. The candidate must satisfy the Committee on Graduate Studies that he is fitted to undertake advanced work. 4. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records who proceed to the Master's degree will be required to spend at least two years in resident graduate study except in the case of students who have completed five years of undergraduate work, when only one year may be required. 5. Students doing tutorial work will not be allowed to come up for final examination in less than two academic years after registration as M.S.A. students. 6. One major and one minor will be required. Candidates may select their minor in another Faculty. At least Second Class standing is required in the subjects of the major and minor. The choice of and relation between major and minor subjects, and the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work, must be approved by the head of each of the departments concerned, by the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Special forms of Application for a Course Leading to the Master's Degree may be obtained from the Registrar's office. 7. A candidate presenting himself for the degree of M.S.A. may be required by the head of the department in which he is majoring to have a reading knowledge of French or German. 8. (a) A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic in the major subject and must be submitted not later than the last day of lectures in the Second Term of the graduating year; the corresponding date for the Autumn Congregation will be October 1st. (b) A thesis represents three to six units of work. (c) Examinations, written or oral, or both, will be required. 9. Three typewritten copies of each thesis, together with an abstract approved by the department concerned, shall be submitted. (See special circular of Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.) 10. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be made to the Registrar by September 1st. (See Fees.) Courses in Agriculture 373 Teacher Training Course Students planning to enter the Teacher Training Course through Agriculture must have obtained at least twelve units of credit in Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 100 (or an elective from group A, page 358), and at least nine units of credits in any one of the following subjects: Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, or Biology (including Botany and Zoology), in addition to Chemistry 100, Physics 100, and Biology 100. In addition to the above, prospective candidates for the Teacher Training Course are required to select undergraduate courses in such a way that, in addition to English 100 and 101 and either 200 or 205, they will have obtained either six units of credit in one, or three units of credit in each of twt of the following: English, Mathematics, University Entrance Language, Social Sciences (History, Economics, Political Science, and Sociology). Students who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Course are required to take Psychology 100 as a prerequisite to Educational Psychology. For further particulars, see Teacher Training Course under Faculty of Arts and Science. Examinations and Advancement 1. Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are held in April. In the case of subjects which are final at Christmas and in the case of courses of the First and Second Years, examinations will be held in December as well. Applications for special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close of the examination period. In cases where illness is the plea for absence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presented on the appropriate form, which may be obtained from the Dean's office. 2. Undergraduate students in all years as well as those taking work in the Summer Session will not be considered as having passed unless they obtain 50 per cent, or more in each subject. 3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. 4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examinations have been granted. 874 Faculty of Agriculture, 5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September. Special examinations will not be granted, except by special permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50 for each paper. Application for special examinations must be made at least two weeks prior to the scheduled meetings of the Faculty in October and February. 6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Fees), must be in the hands of the Registrar by August 1st. For local centres at which supplemental examinations may be written in September see page 155, section 6. 7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units of the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of University Entrance, unless special permission to do so is granted by the Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when the Faculty is satisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause. 8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the Second Year. 9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat his year will be exempted from attending lectures and passing examinations in subjects in which he has already made at least 50 per cent. In this case, he may take, in addition to the subjects of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year. 10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to withdraw from the University. 11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by the tests and examinations of the First Term of the First or Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding. 12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and. in this event, students will be required to pass a special examination in English to be set by the Department of English. Courses in Agriculture 875 DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES IN AGRICULTURE Agriculture 100 [1]. General Agriculture.—This course provides by means of lectures, demonstrations, and laboratory exercises a general survey of the field of Agriculture and an introduction to the work of the various branches of Agriculture, such as Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, and Poultry Husbandry. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Year. The staff. 3 units Department of Agricultural Economics 300 [A]. Farm Organization and Management.—A study of the business and principles of organization of farms of the general and specialized types. Analysis of the financial records of British Columbia farms and a general study of the farm business in Canada and the United States. Text-book: Black, Clawson, Sayre, and Wilcox, Farm Management, Macmillan. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Mr. Anderson. 3 units. 301 [1]. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of economics as applied to agriculture; historical background, the main problems of agriculture, and some special topics, such as production in relation to population growth, farm tenancy, rural credits, prices of farm products, and the share of agriculture in the national income. References and assigned readings from Black, Dummeier and Heflebower, Boulding, and others. Three lectures a week. Mr. Anderson. 3 units. 401 [2]. Marketing.—The principles of marketing as applied to the individual farm and to agriculture as a whole. The contributions of farmer movements to our knowledge of marketing, cooperative marketing, and the evolution of marketing legislation. References and assigned readings from Patton, Mackintosh, Hib- bard, Black, Boyle, Macklin, Benton, and others. Three lectures a week. Mr. Clement, 3 units. 425. Undergraduate Essay. 3 units. 500 [50]. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of economics as applied to the individual farm and to agriculture as an industry. Lectures, discussions, and assigned readings. (Open to graduates only.) 3 to 5 units. Prerequisites: Agricultural Economics 301 and Economics 400. Faculty of Agriculture 501 [51J. Agricultural Economics.—The general principles of marketing, price fixing, marketing by commission, the influence of the market on production, co-operation; special topics and assigned reading. (Open to graduates only.) 3 to 5 units. Prerequisites: Agricultural Economics 301 and Economics 400. (Not given 1948-49.) Department of Agricultural Mechanics The studies in this department are designed to give the student a knowledge of the fundamental principles related to internal combustion engines and machinery. Emphasis is placed on the maintenance, care, and operation of equipment used in agriculture, through practical laboratory training. 201. General Mechanics.—A study of the internal combustion engine and related material such as fuels, lubricants, and general maintenance, operation, and repair. Text-book: Elliott and Consoliver, The Gasoline Automobile, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 301. Food Mechanics.—A study of the mechanics of food technology, including power drives, pumps, refrigeration, steam, use of concrete, and maintenance of equipment. Text-book: Farrell, Dairy Engineering, Wiley. Prerequisites: Physics 100, Mathematics 202. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 302. Advanced Motors.—An advanced study of motors as applied to agriculture, including dynamometer tests, etc. Prerequisites: Agricultural Mechanics 201, and Physics 200 or 150 and 151. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 305. Irrigation and Drainage.—A study of the mechanical procedures and problems including sprinkler irrigation. Text-book: Israelson, Irrigation Principles and Practices, Wiley. Reference: Powers and Teeter, Land Drainage, Wiley. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 401. Advanced Food Mechanics.—An advanced study of the mechanics of food technology. References: Sutheim, Introduction to Emulsions, Chemical Publishing Company; Russel, Text-book on Hydraulics, Holt; Seferns, Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning, Wiley. Prerequisite: Agricultural Mechanics 301. Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units. Agricultural Mechanics 377 404. Building Construction.—A study of building requirements for the farm, including use of concrete, framing, ventilation, insulation, sewage disposal, and heating. Some material will be included in lettering and drafting. Text-book: Foster and Carter, Farm Buildings, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 406. Advanced Machinery.—A study of special purpose machinery as used for such products as root crops, bulbs, truck gardening. Emphasis will be on operation, maintenance, and repair. Prerequisite: Agricultural Mechanics 201. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 408. Advanced Mechanics.—Lectures, discussions, and papers on advanced agricultural mechanics and related subjects. Prerequisites: Agricultural Mechanics 201, 302, 406. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 410. Shopwork.—A combined laboratory class in blacksmithing, oxy-acetylene welding, and arc welding. Three hours laboratory a week. * 3 units. 425. Undergraduate Essay.—A report on a practical problem encountered in summer work. 3 units. Department of Agronomy General Agronomy.—(Included in Agriculture 100 in the First Year.) Field Crops 202 [2]. Field Crops.—A systematic study of the most important grain, forage, and root crops. The laboratory work includes studies of noxious weed seeds, the commercial and seed grades of Canada, the commercial grain and hay grades of the United States, and the identification and judging of the principal types and varieties of field crops. Special problems of production, weed control, harvesting, and storage are considered, as well as the physical phases of marketing. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 303. Weeds.—A study of the common, noxious weeds of the Province. Influence of weeds on crop growth; identification; mode of reproduction; cultural and chemical methods of control. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 378 Faculty of Agriculture 304 [4, part]. Range Management.—A study of western dryland pastures and their ecological relations. Experimental methods and maintenance problems. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. V/2 units. 305 [4, part]. Pasture Management.—Principles underlying the management of pasture and haylands of humid areas. Studies in the conservation of fodder crops. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. V/2 units. 306. Identification and Standards.—A study of the grades of farm crops. Particular emphasis is placed on crop types and their quality as determined by different environments. Open only to students taking the Food Technology Option or with approval of the Head of the Department. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. V/2 units. * 405 [5a]. Field Crops (Advanced).—Studies of the climatic, ecological, and biological factors which influence the distribution and world production of field crops. Prerequisite: Agronomy 202. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. IV2 units. 406 [5b]. Field Crop Technology.—A study of the chemical constituents of field crops as influenced by climate, soil, and variety, with applications to the processing of farm crops. Prerequisite: Chemistry 200. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. V/2 units. 407 [6]. Plant Breeding and Seed Production.—Principles of plant breeding, methods of crop improvement. Production of improved seed of cereals, forage crops, and roots. Prerequisites: Biology 300, 301. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 422 [22]. Crop Production Problems.—Preparation of reports and submission of recommendations based on a detailed study of crops, cropping systems, soils, and soil management practices on individual farms. Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 units. Agronomy 379 Soils 211 [11]. An Introduction to the Study of Soils.—Physical, chemical, and biological agencies of weathering; the mechanical constitution of a soil—organic matter, mineral fraction, water and air; the living phase of a soil. Soil development and classification. First Term. Different systems of cultivation and manuring and their relation to environment. Nutrient levels and moisture relations; soil reaction and liming; use of farm and green manures; commercial fertilizers and their use. Special consideration is given to the soils of British Columbia. Second Term. References: Lyon and Buckman, Nature and Properties of SoUs, latest edition; Millar and Turk, Fundamentals of Soil Science, latest edition; Collings, Commercial Fertilisers, Their Sources and Uses, latest edition. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 312 [12]. Soil Bacteriology.—Soil as a natural habitat for microorganisms; factors determining distribution and activity of bacterial species. A number of distinct physiological groups of bacteria studied in some detail with particular reference to influence on fertility. (Same as Bacteriology 312.) Prerequisite: Bacteriology 201. References: Waksman, Principles of Soil Microbiology, latest edition; Fred, Baldwin, and McCoy, Root Nodule Bacteria and Leguminous Plants.' One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 3 units. 313. Physical Properties of Soils.—Relation of physical properties of soil to plant growth, soil management practices, and land utilization. Mechanical make-up of soils, clay minerals, soil structure, soil moisture, air, and temperature relations. Prerequisites: Agronomy 211 and Physics 100 or approval of instructor. Reference: Baver, Soil Physics, latest edition. Two leetures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. IV2 units. 314 [14]. Soil Conservation.—Utilization of soil and water resources past and present. A study of the physical and chemical properties of soils, land use, tillage and cropping practices as they pertain to conservation of soil and water resources. Assigned reading. Prerequisite: Agronomy 313 or approval of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 880 Faculty oe Agriculture 415. Chemical Properties of Soils.—Chemical properties in relation to plant growth. A study of soil colloids, base exchange soil acidity and alkalinity; factors affecting the supply, fixation, and availability of nutrient elements. Prerequisite: Agronomy 211. References: Russell, Soil Conditions and Plant Growth, latest edition; assigned reading. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 416. Soil Genesis, Morphology, and Classification.—Factors of soil formation; principles underlying the classification of soils; soil surveying and soil maps. Special emphasis is given to the soils and soil maps of British Columbia. Analytical study of soil horizons. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. 1^2 units. 417. Soil Surveying.—Two to three months of field work under direction of an accredited soil surveyor. ■ IV2 units. Note. Second Class standing in Agronomy 416 must be obtained and an essay submitted on field work before credit will be granted in Agronomy 417. Field Crops and Soils 421. Biometry.—Studies in biological variation; graphs; machine calculation of central tendency and dispersion; elementary analysis of variance; simple linear correlation and regression; chi square tests. One lecture and fours hours laboratory a week. First Term. iy2 units. 423. Undergraduate Seminar.—Discussion of literature relative to student problems. 1 unit. 425. Undergraduate Essay.—The preparation of a report on an applied problem. 3 units. 430. Directed Studies.—Systematic work on an approved problem. 3 units. Courses for Graduate Students 500. Applied Plant Genetics. — The genetics of crop plants. Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 to 5 units. 510. Field Crops.—Special phases of field crop production, management, and improvement, with particular emphasis on the application of recent research findings.- Lectures, seminar periods, and research. 3 to 5 units. Field Crops and Soils 881 512. Advanced Soil Bacteriology. — Directed studies on an approved problem. 3 units. 515. Directed Studies.—'Research in problems related to chemical or physical properties of soils. 3 units. 518. Graduate Seminar. . 2 units. Department of Animal Husbandry General Animal Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture 100 in the First Year.) 215 [15]. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry.—An introductory course. The judging of livestock and a study of the origin, development, characteristics, and adaptations of the various breeds of cattle, horses, sheep, swine, and goats; principles of breeding, selection, feeding, management, and marketing; disease.problems. Students may be required to visit conveniently located farms. Reference: MacEwen, Breeds of Farm Livestock in Canada, Nelson. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 316. Fundamentals of Fur Production.—The development of fur farming in Canada, together with the origin and improvement under domestication of the various species suitable for fur production. Selection of ranch sites, suitable layouts, buildings, and equipment. Fur farm management practices, including: (a) breeding, rearing of young* feeding, priming, and pelting; (b) sanitation and hygiene as related to production. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 320 [20]. Comparative Anatomy and Physiology.—The gross anatomy of farm animals, with special laboratory dissection study of the respiratory, circulatory, digestivev and urogenital systems; the fetus and fetal membranes. Physiological functions of the body organs and systems, with special study of the fluid circulation, endocrine activity, growth, reproduction, nutrition, and the response of the body to injury and disease. Reference: Hadley, Principles of Veterinary Science, McAinsh. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 322 [22]. Animal Nutrition.—The elements and compounds important to animal nutrition and their relation to the animal organism; the digestive system; the digestion, absorption, assimilation, and disposition of food materials; the causes and effects of malnutrition. References: Morrison, Feeds and Feeding, 20th edition; May- nard, Animal Nutrition, 1947. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 882 Faculty of Agriculture 323 [23]. Animal Breeding.—A study of variation and inheritance in animals; selection and mating systems for the improvement of livestock; herd, flock, and pedigree studies; hereditary defects and lethals; methods of analyzing animal breeding data. Reference: Lush, Animal Breeding Plans, Collegiate Press Inc., Ames, Iowa. Three lectures a week. 3, units. 324. Advanced Livestock Judging.—Open only to Third Year students in Animal Husbandry. An intensive laboratory course in judging dairy cattle. Students will be required to make judging trips to near-by farms. Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 215. One laboratory period, 3-5 hours a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 406. Identification and Standards.—A study of the grades and definitions for animals and animal products. Open only to students taking the Food Technology Option, or with the approval of the Head of the Department. Reference. Readings on By-Products of the Meat Packing Industry, University of Chicago. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 416. Advanced Fur Production.—A study of fur farming, including comparative methods of management, feeding, and production. Laboratory and field studies on nutritional diseases, methods of parasite identification and control, and methods of disease prevention. Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 316. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 3 units. 418 [18]. Livestock Marketing and Management.—A study of the requirements of livestock markets, marketing livestock products, and breeding stock; the management of the range, ranch, and farm for the production of livestock. Reference: Dowell and Bjorka, Livestock Marketing, McGraw- Hill. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 419 [19]. Seminar.—Open to all students interested in animal husbandry. Research and experimental problems; preparation of reports and bulletins; private libraries of research reports, bulletins, and periodicals; livestock advertising and sales, exhibitions, field service, and promotion work. Conducted by staff in Animal Husbandry. Three periods a week. 3 units. Animal Husbandry 888 421 [21]. Animal Diseases, Hygiene, and Sanitation.—A microscopic study of organs and tissues, including histology, embryology, and pathology. Applied studies in the recognition of functional and nutritional disturbances in growth and reproduction, of parasitism, and of sporadic and infectious diseases. Outlines of programmes for eradication of diseases, control of parasites, health inspection and quarantine of livestock for export or import, animal hygiene, sanitation, and public health regulations. Reference: Hadley, Principles of Veterinary Science, MacAinsh. Prerequisite: 3 units of Animal Husbandry; Bacteriology 201. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 422 [17]. Animal Feeding.—A study of feeds and their suitability to the various kinds and classes of livestock; the importance of home-grown materials; the economic and other problems involved . in the feeding of all classes of livestock. ▲ References: Morrison,-Feeds and Feeding, 20th edition; Mac- Ewan, The Feeding of Farm Animals, 1945. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 425 [25]. Undergraduate Essay. 3 units. 430 [30]. Directed Studies. 3 units. 500 [50]. Research in production, management, and marketing of animals and animal products. 3 to 5 units. 501 [51]. Research in problems associated with physiological disturbances in animals. 3 to 5 units. 502. Research in Animal Nutrition.—Directed research in nutritional problems related to animal production. 3 to 5 units. 503. Research in Animal Breeding.—Directed research in problems associated with improving the hereditary worth of farm animals. 3 to 5 units. 504. Graduate Seminar. — A seminar period for all graduate students in Animal Husbandry. One hour a week. 1 unit. 522. Advanced Animal Nutrition.—A study of special phases of animal nutrition. The course includes a study of the nutritional deficiency state, bioenergetics, and growth. Reference: Brody, Bioenergetics and Growth, 1945. Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 322. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 384 Faculty of Agriculture Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine 201. Introductory Bacteriology.—As in Arts. (See page 157.) 3 units. 301. Immunology.—As in Arts. (See page 157.) 3 units. Department of Biology and Botany Biology 100. Introductory Biology.—As in Arts. (See page 160.) 3 units. 330. Principles of Genetics.—As in Arts. (See page 161.) 3 units. 400. General Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 161.) 3 units. 430. Seminar in Genetics.—As in Arts. (See page 161.) 3 units. 431. Problems in Genetics.—As in Arts. (See page 161.) 3 units. Botany 200. Botany (Introductory).—As in Arts. (See page 162.) 3 units. 304. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants.—As in Arts. (See page 163.) iy2 units. 310. Morphology.—As in Arts. (See page 163.) 2 units. 315. Mycology.—As in Arts. (See page 163.) 3 units. 316. Plant Pathology (Elementary).—As in Arts. ( See page 163.) 2 units. 330. Plant Physiology.—As in Arts. (See page 163.) 2 units. 340. Histology.—As in Arts. (See page 164.) 2 units. 516. Plant Pathology (Advanced).—As in Arts. (See page 166.) 3 units. Department of Chemistry 100. General Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 167.) 3 units. 200. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.—As in Arts. (See page 168.) 3 units. 300. Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 168.) 3 units. Chemistry 885 , 304.. Theoretical Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 169.) 3 units. 310. Advanced Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis.—As in Arts.—(See page 169.) 3 units. 409. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 170.) iy2 units. 425. Outlines of Biochemistry.—As in Arts. (See page 171.) 3 units. Department of Commerce 251. Fundamentals of Accounting.—As in Arts. (See page 180.) 3 units. 361. Marketing.—As in Arts. (See page 180.) 3 units. 453. Advanced Accounting.—As in Arts. (See page 181.) 3 units. 471. Business Finance.—As in Arts. (See page 182.) . 3 units. 481. Industrial Management.—As in Arts. (See page 182.) 3 units. 491. Commercial Law.—As in Arts. (See page 182.) 3 units. Department of Dairying General Dairying.— (Included in Agriculture 100 in the First Year.) 203. Fundamentals of Dairying.—An introductory course. Principles underlying the hygienic aspects of milk production; the processing, testing, and grading of market, milk and related products. Text-book: Sommer, Market Milk and Related Products, latest edition. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 301. Dairy Technology.—The principles and practices concerned with the manufacture of butter, cheese, ice cream, and concentrated milk products. References: Hunziker, The Butter Industry; Van Slyke and Price, Cheese, Orange Judd Pub. Co. Inc.; Turnbow, Tracy, and Raffetto, Ice Cream, Wiley. Prerequisites: Dairying 203; also Dairying 304 and 305, which may be taken concurrently. One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. 3 units. 386 Faculty of Agriculture 304 [4a]. Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk; sources of bacteria in milk, and quantitative and qualitative determinations of the bacterial content of milk; normal and abnormal fermentations of milk and a study of certain organisms responsible therefor. References: Orla-Jensen, Dairy Bacteriology, latest edition, Churchill; Hammer, Dairy Bacteriology, latest edition, Wiley. Prerequisite: Bacteriology 201. Four hours a week. First term. iy2 units. 305 [4b]. Dairy Bacteriology.—The physical and chemical properties of milk and their influence on the growth of bacteria in milk and in milk products; the handling and management of milk for city consumption; the grading of milk and milk products on bacterial standards. Reference: Rogers, Fundamentals of Dairy Science, latest edition, A. C. S. Monograph. Prerequisite: Bacteriology 201. Four hours a week. Second term. iy2 units. 406. Identification and Standards.—Laws and regulations relating to the production, manufacturing, and sale of dairy products; the scoring and grading of dairy products; standard methods of bacteriological and chemical analysis. References: Standard Methods for the Examination of Dairy Products, latest edition; Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists, latest edition. Open only to students taking the Food Technology Option, or with the approval of the Head of the Department. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. iy2 units. 407 [7]. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology.—The ripening of hard- pressed cheese and a systematic study of the lactic acid bacteria. Reference: Orla-Jensen, The Lactic Acid Bacteria, Copenhagen. Prerequisites: Bacteriology 201 and Dairying 304. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 3 units. 413. Dairy Mycology.—A study of the molds concerned with the ripening of cheese and the molds and yeasts associated with the spoilage of butter and other dairy products. References: Henrici, Molds^ Yeasts, and Actinomyces, Wiley, latest edition. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Second Term. 1% units. Dairying 387 425 [25]. Undergraduate Essay.—A written report on a prescribed laboratory study. Fourth Year. 3 units. 430 [30]. Directed Studies.—Systematic work on an approved problem. . 3 units. 500 [50]. Directed systematic studies of defined phases of the work introduced in Dairying 304 or 407. 3 to 5 units. (Open to graduates only.) Department of Economics 200. Principles of Economics.—As in Arts. (See page 188.) 3 units. 300. Money and Banking.—As in Arts. (See page 188.) 3 units. 310. International Trade.—As in Arts. (See page 188.) 3 units. 335. Statistics 1.—As in Arts. (See page 190.) 3 units. 400. Advanced Economic Theory.—As in Arts. (See page 190.) 3 units. 3 units; 3 units. 435. Statistics 2.—As in Arts. (See page 191.) Department of English 100. Literature.—As in Arts. (See page 200.) "1 101. Composition.—As in Arts. (See page 200.) J 200. Literature.—As in Arts. (See page 201.) 3 units. 205. Composition.—A course in composition especially designed to meet the. needs of students in the Faculty of Agriculture, offering training in economical and accurate objective writing. The work consists of (1) essays, class exercises, and selected reading, and (2) written examinations. Students will be required to make a passing mark in each of these two parts of the work. Text-book: To be announced. Three hours a week. Mr. Akrigg. 3 units. 388 Faculty of Agriculture Department of Geology and Geography Geology 201. General Geology.—As in Arts. (See page 209.) 2 units. 202. Laboratory Exercises.—As in Arts. (See page 210.) 1 unit. Department of German 90. Beginners' Course.—As in Arts. (See page 218.) 3 units. Department of History 101. Main Currents in Twentieth-Century History.—As in Arts. (See page 220.) ' 3 units. Department of Horticulture General Horticulture.—(Included in Agriculture 100 in the First Year.) 213 [13]. Practical Horticulture.—A detailed study of the principles involved in tree-fruit and small-fruit growing, in plant propagation, and in nursery and greenhouse management, supplemented by orchard, garden, laboratory, nursery, and greenhouse practice in the various horticultural operations. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 314 [14]. Commercial Horticulture.—A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables—harvesting, grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing and storage houses; costs of production and of marketing. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. iy2 units. 315 [15a]. Horticultural Products and By-Products.—A study of the principles and practices involved in canning of fruits and vegetables; preparation of fruit juices; vinegar making; preservation by freezing; dehydration; etc. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term, iy2 units. Note. Course 315 takes the same hours as Course 314 in the time table, to give a combined 3 units of work in the marketing and processing of horticultural crops. 316 [16]. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture.—The course aims to give the student a working knowledge of the selection, planting, and care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs, and flowers; with the principles for the improvement of home grounds, school grounds, Horticulture 889 city streets, and parks. The course includes practice in identification'of plant materials; also practice in making of planting plans. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. IV2 units. Note. For students who have had Horticulture 316'as described, further work may be given in the Second Term for an additional iy2 units of credit. 317 [17]. Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems connected with the commercial growing of vegetables, including the selection of a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and special cultural methods for the more important vegetables. This course also deals with the forcing of vegetable crops. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. IV2 units. 406. Identification and Standards.—A study of horticultural crops and products with particular emphasis on identification and on government grades for fruits and vegetables, both fresh and processed. Open only to students taking the Food Technology Option or with the approval of the Head of the Department. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. L^ iy2 units. 416. Landscape Hesign.—Historical and critical study of landscape design and architecture; economic, sociological, geographic, and climatic factors affecting design and selection of materials— lawns, walks, walls, rockeries, shrubs, and trees—for different locations. Visits to landscaped sites. Problems in conjunction with Architecture 350. One lecture, one one-hour laboratory a week. 2 units. (This course is the same as Architecture 371.) 418 [18]. Systematic Horticulture.—The description, identification, classification, displaying, and judging of horticultural crops— tree fruits, small fruits, and vegetables. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. First Term. IV2 units. 419 [15b]. Special Horticultural Crops.—A brief study of the origin of horticultural plants; horticultural history; plant exploration and introduction, together with a study of special horticultural crops, such as citrus fruits, bananas, pineapples, dates, avocadoes, various nut crops; other horticultural crops of world economic importance-but not commonly grown in Canada. Three lectures a week. Second Term. 1L£ units. 390 Faculty of Agriculture 420 [19]. Methods of Research.—A study of the methods of research, with special reference to problems in horticulture, including the breeding of horticultural crops and variety adaptations; and a review of horticultural and related investigational work in other institutions. There will also be practice in outlining investigations and in preparing reports. Three lectures a week. 3 units. 425 [25]. Undergraduate Essay.—A satisfactory report on some approved subject upon which the student has done special investigational work. 3 units. 430 [30]. Research in Horticulture.—Directed study on some special problem in the applied phases of horticulture. 3 units. 500 [50]. Research in Horticulture.—Directed study on some special problem in systematic horticulture, plant propagation, genetics as related to horticultural crops, etc. 3 to 5 units. 510 [60]. The Structure of Economic Plants.—A detailed study from growing material supplemented by microscopic slides of a number of important crop plants. (To be taken only with consent of instructor.) Three laboratory periods a week. First Term. iy2 units. Plant Nutrition 340. Food Values of Horticultural Crops.—A study of the food values of horticultural crops. This course comprises a consideration of factors which affect these values, such as variety, locality, climate, photoperiod, soil type, fertilizer, and cultural practice. Comparisons are made of local B. C. grown fruits and vegetables with similar imported competing produce; also crops ordinarily grown under glass as contrasted with field grown. Various methods of food assay, chemical and biological, vitamin determinations, etc. are studied in this course. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 3 units. 441 [41]. Plant Nutrition (a).—This course comprises a study of the organic constituents of plants and the physiological changes occurring during plant growth. (Same as Botany 331.) Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. First Term. 2 units. Two hours laboratory a week to be arranged with the consent of the instructor only. Second Term. 1 unit. Text-book: Onslow, Plant Biochemistry, latest edition, Cambridge. References: Haas & Hill, The Chemistry of Plant Products, vol. i, latest edition, Longmans; Harvey, Plant Physiological Chemistry, Appleton-Century. Plant Nutrition 891 442 [42]. Plant Nutrition (b).—Diagnosis and control of plant deficiency diseases; nutrient solutions; hydroponics (tank farms); photoperiodism; growth hormones; and the latest developments of such subjects as utilization of inorganic elements, nitrogen relations, plant buffer systems, permeability, photosynthesis, respiration, enzyme action, and growth rates. This course includes laboratory and greenhouse experiments, designed to train students of the plant sciences in an understanding of the interrelations of plants and soils. (Same as Botany 332.) Text-book: Hoagland, Inorganic Plant Nutrition, latest edition, Chronica Botanica. Reference: Miller, Plant Physiology, latest edition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. Second Term. 2 units. 443 [43]. Seminar in Plant Nutrition.—This course comprises a discussion of papers on modern views of plant nutrition, together with more recent papers on applied plant physiology. Two hours a week. 2 units. 545 [51]. Research in Plant Nutrition.—Directed study on some special problem in plant nutrition or applied plant physiology. 3 to 5 units. 547 [54]. Advanced Plant Nutrition.—An advanced study of the physiology and the organic constituents of plants and plant products. Special attention is given to specific problems in this Province which require a knowledge of the correlation of the various sciences to plants and plant products. Food values of horticultural crops, and factors which affect these, are emphasized. (Open to graduates or to others with the permission of the instructor. ) Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. 4 units! Department of Mathematics 100. Introductory Mathematics.—As in Arts. (See page 232.) 3 units. 200. Algebra and Geometry.—As in Arts. (See page 232.) 3 units. 201. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—As in Arts. (See page 232.) 3 units. 202. Calculus.—As in Arts. (See page 232.) 3 units. Department of Philosophy and Psychology 100. Introductory Psychology.—As in Arts. (See page 241.) 3 units. 892 Faculty of Agrigulture Department of Physics 100. Elementary Physics.—As in Arts. (See page 250.) 3 units. 200. Mechanics, Molecular Physics, and Heat.—As in Arts. (See page 251.) 3 units. Department of Poultry Husbandry General Poultry Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture 100 in the First Year.) 200 [12a]. Fundamentals of Poultry Husbandry.—Feeds, feeding management, poultry housing, sanitation, hygiene, and diseases. References: Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, sixth edition, 1939, Lea and Febiger; Winter and Funk, Poultry Science and Practice, Lippincott. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. V/2 units. 201 [12b]. Fundamentals of Poultry Husbandry.—Breeds, breeding, judging, selection, culling, incubation, brooding, egg grading, marketing, general management. References: American Standard of Perfection, 1942-1944; Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, seventh edition, 1946, Lea and Febiger; Jull, Poultry Husbandry, second edition, McGraw-. Hill. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. IV2 units. 300 [13a]. Markets and Marketing.—-Poultry products in British Columbia, the British Columbia market, inter-provincial trade, export trade, egg grading, Dominion and Provincial regulations, channels and functions of marketing, care and preparation of eggs and poultry for market, judging, culling, and selection for egg and meat production, killing, dressing, grading, packing, and storing of poultry meats, marketing baby chicks and breeding stock, cooperative marketing, prices. Reference: Benjamin and Pierce, Marketing Poultry Products, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. iy2 units. 301 [13b]. Advanced Marketing.—Organization in marketing, including the history and development of cooperative marketing of eggs and poultry; domestic and export trade. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. iy2 units. Poultry Husbandry 898 302. Turkey Production.—Principles and practice of breeding and management, modern methods of marketing. References: Marsden and Margin, Turkey Management, 1946, Interstate Printing Co.; Jull, Raising Turkeys, Ducks, Geese, and Game Birds, 1947, McGraw-Hill. IV2 units. (Given in 1948-49 and alternate years.) 306. Identification and Standards.—Standards used in grading eggs and poultry meat; laws and regulations applying to marketing; processing; trade practices. Reference: The Food and Drug Act. Open only to students taking the Food Technology Option, or with the approval of the Head of the Department.' Two lectures and one laboratory periqd a week. Second Term. iy2 units. 310 [14a]. Breeding and Judging.—The breeds of poultry, their history, origin, and economic qualities; judging and selection for egg and meat production. Reference:' Rice, Hall, and Marble, Judging Poultry for Production, Wiley. ^^g Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term. IV2 units. 311 [14b]. Advanced Breeding.—Theories of inheritance; study of progeny tests. Reference: Jull, Poultry Breeding, second edition, Wiley. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term. IV2 units. 400 [16a]. Poultry Farm Management.—Types of poultry farms and their respective problems; farm lay-outs; poultry-house construction ; investment of capital in land, buildings, stock, and equipment; efficiency in labour, housing, production, and personnel; farm income, labour income, and profit as based on farm surveys; costs of production. Visits to farms. References: Jull, Successful Poultry Management, McGraw-Hill; Charles and Stuart, Commercial Poultry Farming, fifth edition, Interstate' Printing Co.; Knandel, Profitable Poultry Keeping, Orange Judd. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term, Fourth Year. V/2 units. 401 [16b]. Incubation and Hatchery Management.—An advanced course dealing with the principles and practices of incubation. 894 Faculty of Agriculture Students will study and be required to operate different types of incubators and brooders. - Inspection of hatcheries and survey of hatchery business methods and costs. References: Hartman and Vickers, Hatchery Management; Lippincott and Card, Poultry Production, sixth edition, Lea and Febiger; Winter and Funk, Poultry Science and Practice, revised edition, 1946, Lippincott. One lecture and two laboratory periods, or one laboratory period of four hours' duration a week. Second Term, Third or Fourth Year. iy2 units. 405 [20]. Seminar.—Poultry literature; research and experimental problems; preparation of reports and bulletins; marketing problems; advertising poultry products; poultry services and organizations. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. 2 units. 410 [19a]. Poultry Nutrition.—A general study of the underlying principles and recent advances in the field of nutrition, involving a detailed examination of the nutrients, the physiology of digestion, and the requirements of the body for maintenance and production. Students are required to conduct personally or observe nutritional experiments. References: Sherman, Chemistry of Food and Nutrition, latest edition, Macmillan; Maynard, Animal Nutrition, McGraw-Hill. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term, Fourth Year. IV2 units. 411 [19b]. Feeding Management.—Study of feed-stuffs; compounding of rations for poultry; feeding practices and costs; feeding chicks, growing stock, laying hens, breeding males and females; turkeys, ducks, and geese; use of lights; study of standard methods of routine management. Problems and assigned reading. Survey of recent literature on poultry feeding. References: Jull, Poultry Husbandry, second edition, McGraw- Hill; Morrison, Feeds and Feeding (abridged), Morrison Publishing Co. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term, Fourth Year. iy2 units. 415 [18]. Diseases and Hygiene.—Anatomy and physiology of the fowl; poultry sanitation and hygiene; common ailments of poultry and their treatment; external and internal parasites; bacterial diseases of poultry, chicks, turkeys, geese, and ducks; virus diseases. Study of micro-organisms pathogenic for poultry. Practice in serological tests. Microbial content of eggs. Autopsies. Study of the literature. Inspection of farms. Poultry Husbandry 895 References: Barger and Card, Poultry Diseases, Lea and Febiger; Biester and Devries, Diseases of Poultry, Iowa State College. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Second Term, Fourth Year. IV2 units. 420 [17]. Physiology of Sex, Reproduction, and Endocrinology. —An advanced course dealing with the fundamentals of egg production and reproduction in the domestic fowl. Recent advances in the knowledge of endocrinology as affecting poultry. Study of recent literature. References to be assigned. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Second Term, Fourth Year. Credit for graduate work is given for this course. iy2 units. 425 [25], Undergraduate Essay. 3 units. 430 [30]. Research (Directed). 3 units. 500 [19c]. Seminar in Poultry Nutrition.—This course comprises a study of current problems and literature in poultry nutrition. Students will be required to conduct biological tests with chicks. Reference: Ewing, Handbook of Poultry Nutrition, revised edition, W. R. Ewing, South Pasadena, California. Laboratory work to be arranged. IV2 units. (Open to graduates only.) 540 [50]. Research (Directed). 3 to 5 units. (Open to graduates only.) Department of Spanish 90. Beginners' Course.—As in Arts. (See page 265.) 3 units. Department of Zoology 200. General Zoology.—As in Arts. (See page 267.) 3 units. 300. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates.—As in Arts. (See page 267.) 3 units. 302. Introduction to Entomology.—As in Arts. (See page 268.) 3 units. 303. Histology.—As in Arts. (See page 268.) 3 units. 304. Vertebrate Embryology.—As in Arts. (See page 268.) 3 Units. 305. Economic Entomology.—As in Arts. (See page 268.) 2 units. THE FACULTY OF LAW C 1948-1949 FACULTY OF LAW General The course in the Faculty of Law covers a period of three years and prepares students for admission to the practice of law and for business and government service. The curriculum is based on the standard curriculum adopted by the Canadian Bar Association for instruction in the common law system. The degree granted is that of Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) Admission The general requirements for admission to the University are given on pages 35-37 of the University Calendar. Candidates must present evidence of having (a) graduated from an approved university; or (b) successfully completed not less than the First and Second Years in the course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the University of British Columbia, or its equivalent at an approved university. Undergraduates in other faculties or schools of law may, upon application, be granted such standing as the Faculty may determine. General University Regulations General University regulations concerning discipline, health, and other matters as detailed on pages 30-35 of the University Calendar are applicable to students in the Faculty of Law. Registration Application for entrance to the Faculty of Law must be made to the Registrar of the University not later than September 19th. It is recommended that those planning to enter the Faculty interview the Dean as early as possible in their University course. Combined Course Students who have completed their matriculation requirements may take a combined course in the Faculties of Arts and Science and of Law consisting of three years in the course leading to the degree of B.A. at this University followed by three years in the Faculty of Law. The degree of Bachelor of Arts will be granted to such candidates on completion of the Second Year in the Faculty of Law, and the degree of Bachelor of Laws will be granted on completion of the Third Year in the Faculty of Law. Attendance and Examinations A student who fails to comply with the regulation in respect of attendance at lectures, except for reasons deemed satisfactory by the Faculty, may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be 400 Faculty of Law required by the Senate either to repeat the work of the year or to withdraw from the Faculty. Examinations will be held in April at the close of each session except in respect of those subjects which are given in the First Term only, when examinations will be held immediately prior to the Christmas vacation. A student, in order to pass, must obtain at least 50 per cent, in each subject. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. A student must pass in all subjects of his year before being admitted to the succeeding year. A student who has failed at the regular examinations in not more than two subjects but has made an average of at least 50 per cent, on the work of the year may be granted supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he has failed. Notice will be sent to students to whom such supplemental examinations have been granted. Supplemental examinations will be held in September. Applications for supplemental examinations must be in the hands of the Local Registrar on or before August 1st, and must be accompanied by the required fee. ^ A student who does not meet the above requirements in any year may, on the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate either to repeat the work of the year or to withdraw from the Faculty. Admission as Barristers and Solicitors Admission to. the Bar of the Province of British Columbia is governed by the provisions of "the Legal Professions Act and the regulations of the Law Society of British Columbia. Information concerning the requirements may be obtained on application to the Secretary of the Law Society, Court House, Vancouver, B. C. The examinations held in the Faculty are co-examined by examiners appointed by the Law Society, and applicants for admission to the Bar who hold the degree of LL.B. from the University are granted exemption by the Law Society from the professional examinations prescribed by the regulations of the Society. Prizes, Bursaries, Scholarships A number of University prizes, bursaries, and scholarships, are open to students in the Faculty of Law. See pages 45-103 of the University Calendar. Faculty of Law 401 Moot Court Students in the Faculty will be required to argue at least one case before the Moot Court in their First Year and ore in their Second Year. COURSES OF INSTRUCTION FIRST YEAR Contracts 101. References: Wright, Cases on the Law of Contracts; Cheshire and Fifoot, Law of Contracts; Anson, Law of Contract; Williston, Contracts; Pollock, Principles of Contracts; Salmond and Williams, Contracts. Three hours a week. Mr. Read. Criminal Law 104. References: Criminal Code; Tremeear; Crankshaw; Kenny, Outlines of Criminal Law. Two hours a week. Mr. Remnant. History of English Law 107. References: Potter, Historical Introduction to English Law; Maitland and Montague, Sketch of English Legal History; Wind- eyer, Legal History; MacRae, History of English Law; Holdsworth, History of English Law; Pollock and Maitland, History of English, Law. Two hours a week. Mr. Curtis. Procedure I 110. References: Supreme Court Act; County Court Act. Two hours a week. Mr. Kennedy. Property 113. References: Read and Macdonald, Cases on Personal Chattels; Williams, Personal Property; Goodeve, Personal Property; Brown, Personal Property; Cheshire, Modern Real Property; Megarry, Law of Real Property. Three hours a week. Mr. Read. Torts 116. References: Wright, Cases on the Law of Torts; Prosser, Torts; Salmond, The Law of Torts; Pollock, The Law of Torts; Winfield, Text-book on the Law. of Tort. Three hours a week. Mr. McAllister. 402 Faculty of Law SECOND YEAR Agency and Partnership 201. References: Wright, Cases on Agency; Pollock, Law of Partnership. Two hours a week. Mr. Kennedy. Bills and Notes 204. References: Russell, Bills of Exchange; Falconbridge, Banking and Bills of Exchange; Maclaren, Bills, Notes, and Cheques; Britton, Bills and Notes. Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Read. Company Law I 207. References: Palmer, Company Law; Stiebel, Company Law and Precedents; McRae, Material on Company Law; Companies Act of British Columbia. Two hours a week. Mr. Curtis. (^ Equity 210. References: Smith and Read, Selection of Cases on Equity; Ashburner, Equity; Hanbury, Modern Equity; Maitland, Equity. Two hours a week. Mr. Sheppard. i Insurance 213. Reference: Insurance Act of British Columbia. Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Curtis, Mr. Sheppard. Labour Law 216 References: To be announced. Two hours a week. Mr. McAllister. Landlord and Tenant 219. References: Williams, Canadian Law of Landlord and Tenant; Hill and Redman, Law of Landlord and Tenant. Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. McAllister. Procedure II 222. References: Odgers, Pleading and Practice; Supreme Court Rules. Two hours a week. Mr. Justice Wilson, Mr. Schultz. Faculty of Law 408 Public International Law 225. References: Oppenheim, International Law; Brierly, The Law of Nations; MacKenzie and Laing, Canada and the Law of Nations; Schuman, International Politics; Nussbaum, Concise History of the Law of Nations. > Two hours a week. Mr. MacKenzie. THIRD YEAR Administrative Law 301. References: To be announced. Three hours a week. Second Term. Mr. McAllister. Conflict of Laws 1 304. References: Cheshire, Private International Law; Falcon- bridge, Essays on the Conflict of Laws; Cook, Logical and Legal Bases of the Conflict of Laws. Three hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Kennedy. Constitutional Law 307. References: MacRae, Materials on Constitutional Law; O'Connor, Report on B.N.A. Act. Two hours a week. Mr. Kennedy. Domestic Relations 310. Reference: Eversley, Domestic Relations. Three hours a week. First Term. Mr. Read. Evidence 313. References: Phipson, Law of Evidence; Cockle, Leading Cases on Evidence; Wigmore, Evidence. Two hours a week. Mr. Justice Coady. Mortgages and Suretyship 316. References: Falconbridge, Mortgages; Hanbury and Wal- dock, Law of Mortgages; Turner, Equity of Redemption. Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Curtis. Procedure III 319. References: Court of Appeal Act and Rules; Supreme Court Act (Dom.) and Rules. Two hours a week. Mr. McFarlane. 404 Faculty of Law Shipping 322. References: Mayers, Admiralty Law and Practice; Roseoe, Admiralty Practice; Canada Shipping Act; Admiralty Act; Water Carriage of Goods Act. Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Bird. Taxation 325. References: Stikeman, Lectures on Taxation; Konstam, Income Tax; Ratcliffe and- MacGrath, Income Tax Law; Plaxton, Canadian Income Tax Law. Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Curtis, Mr. Ladner. Trusts 328. References: Keeton, Trusts; Hanbury, Modern Equity; Scott, Trusts; Trustee Act. Four hours a week. First Term. Mr. Kennedy. Wills 331. References: Bailey, Wills; Widdifield, Executors' Accounts; Administration Act; Wills Act. ^ Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Kennedy. DOUBLE COURSES DOUBLE DEGREES Students who intend to take two Bachelor's degrees are advised to spend the full time required for each. For those who are unable to do so, the following regulations have been made. Attention is drawn in all cases to notes (a) to (d) below. I. The Degree of B.A. combined with the Degree of B.A.Sc. (Engineering), B.Arch., B.Com., B.H.E., B.P.E., B.S-A., B.S.F., or B.S.P. A student taking a course of study leading to the degree of B.A.Sc. (Engineering), B.Arch., B.Com., B.H.E., B.P.E., B.S.A., B.S.F., or B.S.P. may obtain the B.A. degree in the General course by completing not less than 48 units in courses regularly offered for the B.A. degree. Of these 48 units, credit up to a maximum of 15 units may be granted for courses which are taken to meet the requirements for the other degree, but only in the case of subjects numbered under 300. The remaining units, 33 or more, must be chosen so that the student's combined course meets the requirements of the First and Second Years in Arts and Science, as outlined on pages 108-113. In addition, they must include at least 15 units of courses numbered 300 or higher. Courses involving a duplication of work required for the other degree will not be counted. II. The Degree of B.A. combined with the Degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) First, Second, and Third Years Students register in the Faculty of Arts and Science for three years' work as follows: English 100 and 101, Mathematics 100, a language course numbered 100-199, Chemistry 100, Biology 100, in the First Year; English 200, the second course in the language numbered 200-299, Bacteriology 201, in the Second Year; Physics 110, Zoology 200, Psychology 100, in the First, Second, or Third Year; Bacteriology 301, Nursing 151, Nursing 152, in the Third Year; nine additional units to be chosen from courses regularly offered for the B.A. degree, numbered 300 or higher. Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Years (Professional) Upon completion of the professional years the student is granted the degree of B.A. by the University and the diploma by the hospital school of nursing. Final Year As in Nursing A; i.e., a choice between the two courses, Nursing B 408 The University of British Columbia and Nursing C. The degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) is granted upon completion of the final year. The degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) may also be awarded to other candidates holding the degree of B.A. who have fulfilled all requirements for the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing). III. The Degree of B.A. combined with the Degree of LL.B. Satisfactory completion of at least 48 units in courses regularly offered in the Faculty of Arts and Science for the B.A. degree, followed by three complete years in Law, is required for the combined degrees of B.A., LL.B. The 48 units must be chosen to meet the requirements of the First and Second Years of Arts and Science, as outlined on pages 108-113, and in addition must include at least 15 units of courses numbered 300 or higher. Notes } (a) Courses for the degree of B.A. combined with the degree of B.Com., B.H.E., B.P.E., or B.S.P. must be approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science and the head of the department concerned. Courses for the degree of B.A. combined with the degree of B.A.Sc, B. Arch., B.S.A., B.S.F., or LL.B. must be approved by the deans of the faculties concerned. Application forms are available at the Registrar's office. Students who intend to study for a double degree are advised to obtain approval of their courses as early as possible. Failure to do so may mean that they are unable to qualify in the minimum time or with the minimum number of units. (b) The B.A. degree will not be conferred until the student has obtained full standing in all but the final year of his course for the other degree. (c) Students taking a combined-course who are fulfilling the language requirements as indicated in note 1, page 109, must complete the third course in the language, unless they qualify under note 6, page 110. (d) Credit toward the combined degrees for courses taken at other universities is limited to courses in the First Year. UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION, 1949 Seven Weeks—Dates to be Announced The Announcement of the courses to be offered in a Summer Session will be issued in January if possible. The regulations, etc., governing the Summer Session, the Directed Reading courses, and the Extra-sessional classes follow. COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A. 1. The degree of B.A. will be granted on completion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regulations. (See pages 107-128.) 2. Candidates for the degree are advised to attend at least one Winter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year. 3. The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any one calendar year is six units. ^ 4. Courses of private reading will be open to Summer Session students in the same way as to Winter Session students (see page 114), but only to those students who are proceeding to a B.A. degree at this University (except as at present to M.A. candidates). 5". Directed Reading courses will be offered mainly for students not in attendance. The following regulations pertain to these courses: (a) A minimum registration of twenty is required. (b) An applicant for a Directed Reading course (1) must be at least 18 years of age; (2) must qualify for registration at least as a Second Year student (full undergraduate or conditioned), or must hold a normal school diploma; and (3) must have completed the course prerequisite for the Directed Reading course. for which he is applying. (c) The final examinations will be held at the University. (d) If the Directed Reading course is one on which there is a sessional examination in April, the student may either write this sessional examination in April or the Directed Reading course examination at the opening of the Summer Session, otherwise only at the opening of the Summer Session. 410 The University of British Columbia (■e) No Directed Reading course may be taken for undergraduate credit concurrently with an Extra-sessional course, nor with a course of private reading as outlined on page 114, except by special permission of Faculty. (f) Not more than one Directed Reading course may be taken during the academic year. 6. Extra-sessional classes to be held at the University may be arranged, and, if so, may be taken for credit by students proceeding to the B.A. degree, who are at least 18 years of age, who are qualified for registration as Second Year students (full undergraduate or conditioned), or who hold*normal school diplomas, and who have the prerequisite standing. 7. The maximum credit for work other than that of the regular Summer and Winter Sessions may not exceed 15 units subsequent to Senior Matriculation or First Year Arts, nor 3 units in any one academic year. 8. Extra-mural work done at other universities prior to registration at this University may be accepted if approved by Faculty, but may not exceed the total number of units of credit obtainable at this University without attendance at either Winter or Summer Session. 9. If credit is granted for extra-ntural work taken elsewhere, the total amount of work which the student concerned may take at this University without attendance at a Winter or Summer Session will be correspondingly reduced. 10. No credit will be granted for extra-mural work done at other universities in the same academic year in which any work has been attempted at this University, whether in the Summer Session or in the Winter Session or by Reading courses or Extra- sessional classes. REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE 1. Students are required to register on or before the opening day of the session. A fee of two dollars ($2.00) will be charged for late registration. 2. All students desiring to obtain formal credit for work done in the Summer Session must, upon entrance, present evidence of University Entrance standing of this Province, or its equivalent. 3. Summer Session students shall be registered as follows: Students proceeding to a degree in due course whose full University Entrance standing has been approved shall register University Summer Session 411 as First Year students until they have completed the 15 units of work prescribed by the Calendar. Students proceeding to a degree in due course with full First Year standing shall register as Second Year students until they have completed the Second Year in conformity with Calendar regulations. Those students only may register as Third or Fourth Year students who have completed the work of the previous years in accordance with Calendar regulations. Students who do not come • under one of these classes shall register as Partial students. 4. Students must attend regularly the classes in a course for which they register. Those whose unexcused absences from such a course exceed one-eighth of its total number of meetings will not be credited with attendance in that course. FEES For statement of fees, see page 44. EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT 1. Summer Session examinations are held at the close of the Summer Session. Students attending Extra-sessional classes will be tested by the ordinary Winter Session examinations. 2. The passing mark on each paper is 50 per cent. Credit, however, will not be granted for any part of a course until the whole course has been completed. Part courses in different subjects may not be combined. 3. In any course which involves both laboratory work and written examinations, students may be debarred from examination if they fail to present satisfactory results in laboratory work, and they will be required to pass in both parts of the course. 4. Supplemental examinations may be granted by Faculty to students attending the Summer Session or the Extra-sessional classes in the subject or subjects in which they have failed, but a student obtaining less than 30 per cent, in a subject will not be granted a supplemental in that subject. Supplemental examinations on Summer Session courses are held in the first week of the Summer Session. If the course is given again in the current Summer Session, the candidate may write the final examination in this course as a supplemental. 412 The University of British Columbia Department of University Extension Under a grant from the British Dominions and Colonies Fund of the Carnegie Corporation of New York, the University of British Columbia organized early in 1936 a Department of University Extension. This department carries on a comprehensive and varied programme of adult education. The grant from the Carnegie Corporation enabled the University to collect much valuable information on the special requirements of adult education in British Columbia. Various experimental projects were tried and, in accordance with the experience gained, were rejected, modified, or accepted as the basis for a more permanent programme. As a result a practicable policy has been evolved —one adapted to local conditions, yet within the financial resources of the University. Through the activities of the Department of University Extension, the University is contributing enduring benefits to the educational, cultural, and economic life of the Province. The Dominion Provincial Youth Training Programme, which was carried on by the Department from 1938 to 1941, was resumed in January, 1947, with an eight-week Leadership Training Course held at the Acadia Camp. This programme is sponsored jointly by the Dominion Department of Labour and the Provincial Departments of Education and Agriculture. Since 1940 the Department of University Extension has been cooperating with the Dominion Department of Fisheries in providing an educational programme for British Columbia fishermen. The Department of University Extension, in .conjunction with the Dominion Department of Labour, has conducted a series of short courses in Personnel Management. The Department assists in the administration and supervision of rural film circuits for the National Film Board, and also acts as coordinating agency for the B. C. Circulating Film Exchange. The present activities of the Department include the following. (a) Extension Lectures. Through the Department arrangements are made for members of the University teaching staff to give lectures at various centres throughout the Province. (b) Evening Classes. Each year evening classes on various subjects are held in the city of Vancouver and adjacent centres. University Extension 413 (c) Discussion Groups. Discussion group courses are offered each year. These include: Child Psychology for Parents. Marriage and Family Life. Cooperative Play Groups for Children Under Six. Understanding Adolescents. Citizen's Forum. Farm Forum. Dominion-Provincial Relations. Know Your Government. Mainsprings of World Politics. The Changing Far East. East and West of Suez. The UN—How It Works—What It Has Done. The Economic Planning of the UN. Canadian Immigration Problems. Acting. Public Speaking. Modern Literature. A Art Appreciation. Music Appreciation. Special Music Courses. Home Decoration. Cooperatives. Credit Uuions. (d) Visual Instruction. (i) Lantern Slide and Film Strip Service. Approximately 1100 sets of lantern slides and film strips, many with lectures, are available for loan to schools, churches, and other organizations. A catalogue of these may be obtained upon request. (ii) Motion Picture Service. A Film Library of 825 educational subjects has been established. Films from the National Film Board and the National Film Society are distributed in British Columbia through the Extension Department. A catalogue listing the films may be obtained upon application. (e) Dramatics. The regular Summer School of the Theatre is held during the months of July and August. During certain seasons of the year the Department offers short courses in dramatics, as well as correspondence courses and general assistance to 414 The University of British Columbia drama groups throughout the Province. A large lending library of plays and books on the theatre has been established. (f) Agriculture. Through its agricultural division, the Department is helping to make available to groups and individuals throughout the Province the facilities of the Faculty of Agriculture of the University. Various short courses are arranged in cooperation with agricultural organizations, and an advisory service is maintained. An extensive pamphlet loan service is also available. (g) Home Economics. Short courses, lectures and advice on sewing, home management, foods and nutrition, handicrafts and other phases of home economics are now available through this division of the Department. (h) Parent Education. Lectures, short courses, help in forming cooperative play groups, and information concerning other aspects of child development and pre-school education are now available through this division of the Department. (i) Short Courses. Short courses and institutes in various subjects are offered by the Department during both the Winter and Summer Sessions. (j) Extension Library. The University Extension Library is maintained for the purpose of providing good books in fields of current interest for groups and individuals throughout the Province. Pamphlets on a wide variety of topics are available on request. (&) Radio. For the past seven years the Department has cooperated with the National Farm Radio Forum in organizing listening groups throughout the Province of British Columbia. During the past five years it has also cooperated with the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation and the Canadian Association for Adult Education in organizing groups for the programme "Citizens' Forum." The Department usually conducts a Summer School in Radio Script Writing. University Extension 415 (I) Art and Music. Courses in Music Appreciation and Art Appreciation have been specially prepared by well-known artist-teachers. Through the facilities provided by the Carnegie Music Set the Department is able to offer a phonograph record loan service, and, in cooperation with the Federation of Canadian Artists, B. C. Region, it sends out three travelling art exhibitions a year. These services are all available to groups throughout the Province. (m) Educational Programme for British Columbia Fishermen. Through assistance received from the Dominion Department of Fisheries, the University has been able to offer courses on Credit Unions and Cooperatives to British Columbia fishermen. (n) Public Relations. A regular news coverage of university activities is provided for newspapers, radio stations, and other news agencies. The Department of University Extension offers its services to any individual, group, or organization requiring information regarding the University. Full particulars regarding any of the above services will be furnished upon application to the Director, Department of University Extension. UNIVERSITY SERVICE TRAINING CORPS Students who can meet the physical requirements may take training in either the University Contingent of the Canadian Officers' Training Corps or the University Naval Training Division. All service training on the campus is under the jurisdiction of a Joint Services University Training Committee composed of the President of the University, the Commanding officers of the C.O.T.C. and U.N.T.D., the Deans of the Faculties of Arts and Science, Agriculture, and Applied Science, and representatives from the Navy and the Army. (a) Canadian Officers' Training Corps. The U. B. C. contingent of the C.O.T.C. was re-established in 1928 and has operated continuously since that time. At the outbreak of World War II it was the only military unit in British Columbia organized for the specific purpose of training and qualifying officers. Until Active Service Officer Training Centres were established, University graduates were permitted to join the C.O.T.C. and take the examina- 416 The University of British Columbia tions for officer candidates. Many took advantage of this opportunity and as a result in the early years of the war the supply of reinforcement officers for British Columbia units came largely from the C.O.T.C. The strength of the unit reached its greatest height in November, 1942, when there were 1,595 all ranks on strength. During World War II one thousand, four hundred, and fifty-two men left the C.O.T.C. to go on active service with the Navy, Army, and Air Force. There are many former members of the unit who joined the Services after leaving the University and, unfortunately, there is not, as yet, a complete record of these men. From 1928 to 1945 all ranks of the C.O.T.C. waived their local headquarters training pay. The total amount so waived exceeded $125,000.00. Approximately $100,000.00 of this was used to construct and furnish the University Armoury, the first unit of which was opened on November 22nd, 1941. The second unit was completed on September 22nd, 1943. The remainder of the funds has been placed in trust for the unit and for the promotion of military training at the University. Commencing in September, 1945, the practice of waiving pay was discontinued. With the return of peace, military training has been placed on a voluntary basis. The newly-revised programme governing training in the C.O.T.C. provides an opportunity for selected students to qualify for commissions in the Canadian Army, Active and Reserve. Prospective officer candidates are required to apply in writing for admission to the C.O.T.C. Upon acceptance, the candidate -is appointed as an Officer Cadet and is required to devote a minimum of three hours per week in Local Headquarters Training and from 3y2 to 4 months each Summer in Basic Training and Special to the Arm Summer Camps under Permanent Force officers and instructors. On the successful completion of his military training and upon graduating from the University, the Officer Cadet will emerge qualified for the rank of Captain in the Reserve Force and for the rank of Lieutenant in the Active Force. A limited number of these officers may be accepted into the Active Army each year. All inquiries for information should be directed to the Officer Commanding. Consultation with the Resident Staff Officer may be had at the C.O.T.C. Orderly Room situated in the University Armories. University Service Training Corps 417 (b) University Naval Training Division. On March 29th, 1943, the Board of Governors approved * the establishment of a University Naval Training Division on the campus. Lieut. H. M. Mcllroy of the C.O.T.C. was appointed by the Naval Service as Commanding Officer of the U.N.T.D. with the rank of Lieut. Commander (Special Branch). During the war the U.N.T.D. served as a preliminary training establishment for University students who intended to serve with the Navy. Since the close of the war the U.N.T.D. is functioning as a permanent peace-time Naval Training Unit for students who are interested in the Navy. In September, 1947, A/Lieut.-Commander (g) F. J. E. Turner, R.C.N. (R.) took over'command of the unit when Lieut-Commander Mcllroy, R.C.N. (R.) retired with the i rank of Commander. Members of the U.N.T.D. are attested as ratings in the R.C.N. (Reserve) on Divisional Strength at H.M.C.S. "Discovery". A four year syllabus of training has been put into effect and ratings who complete the course are eligible to appear before an Officer Selection Board for a commission in the R.C.N. (Reserve). Training involves twenty three-hour parades during the University session and two weeks sea duty during the vacation period. Provision is also made for those who desire additional sea duty during the summer. UNIVERSITY OF B. C. VETERANS' BUREAU The University provides an advisory and counselling service for student veterans. Full-time counsellors appointed to the University staff are available to confer with students regarding their admission, courses, and progress. Incoming students are advised to report to the bureau on arrival. Students requiring assistance with their courses are invited to consult the counsellors. Cheques for the payment of'rehabilitation benefits are distributed at the bureau and a close liaison is maintained with the Department of Veterans' Affairs on all matters affecting the rehabilitation of veterans. University Student Veteran Loan Fund This fund has been established by the Department of Veterans' Affairs for the assistance of ex-service students under allowances who are in need of financial assistance. It applies only to students who have, subsequent to discharge, completed at least one year's academic work in a university. It is limited to $500 per year and is repayable on January 1st next following completion of training. It is administered by the University. Information may be obtained by enquiring at the Veteran's Bureau, Hut M7. j»M 418 The University of British Columbia STUDENT ORGANIZATION Alma Mater Society President: Grant B. Livingstone. Secretary: Taddy Knapp. Treasurer: Bob Harwood. The Alma Mater Society with its governing executive, the Students' Council, handles all student activities. Each student on admittance to the University automatically becomes a member of the Society. The eleven members of Students' Council are elected every spring, to take office the following year. The.y control activities of the students and of the clubs and societies under the Alma Mater Society, and are responsible for student discipline. Funds for the Society are obtained from the compulsory fee of $7.00 per student, plus a compulsory levy of $5.00 for the War Memorial Gymnasium Fund and a fee of $3.00 for the Pass System, a total of $15.00. Students may take part in many sports, in debating and public speaking, and in other activities noted below. No student, however, will be allowed during the session to take part in athletic competition or games for any team or organization other than a University . team, without the consent in writing of the Men's or Women's Athletic Association duly approved by resolution of the Students' Council. Administrative Facilities For the use of the students, and to carry on the business of the Society, the Students' Council maintains an office in the Brock Memorial Building. The services offered at this office are outlined in the student handbook, the Tillicum, issued each year. Members of Council may be interviewed at the office. Book Exchange This bureau operates to exchange second-hand books between students in the most convenient manner possible. The office of the exchange will be located in a hut at the rear of the Brock Memorial Building. Publications Board The Publications Board has charge of the Ubyssey, the student newspaper published four times a week; of the Totem, the Society's yearbook; of the Thunderbird, the Society's quarterly magazine; of the Student Directory, which lists addresses and telephone numbers of all members of the Society; and of the Tillicum, the student handbook issued to all freshmen. Stubent ' Organization 419 The Literary and Scientific Executive The Literary and Scientific Executive coordinates the following campus clubs and its president represents those clubs on Students' Council. The Players' Club presents to the public four one-act plays at Christmas, one of which will be entered in the Inter-Varsity Drama Festival, and a full-length play in the spring which tours the province. Membership is granted after competitive tryouts. The Musical Society presents its annual operetta in the spring and maintains a strong Glee Club; the orchestra and chorus are under professional leadership. Membership in this ljkewise is granted after tryouts. The Radio Society broadcasts several weekly radio programmes. It has its own campus studio, for downtown and campus broadcasting. Membership is granted to persons able and interested in script writing, announcing, producing, or technical work. The University Amateur Radio Operator's Association" is constructing equipment for the reception and transmission of shortwave broadcasts. The public speaking and debating clubs are the Parliamentary Forum, open to all students, which is a member of the Western Universities Debating League; and the Women's Public Speaking Club and Men's Public Speaking Club. The engineering clubs are the Civil Engineering Club, the G. M. Dawson Club, the Forest Club, the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, the American Institute of Chemical Engineers, the Engineering Institute of Canada, the Chemical Institute of Canada, and the Engineering Physics Society. The Thunderbird Gliding and Soaring Club constructs gliders and instructs its members in flying operations. The Film Society trains its members in projection technique and presents films to the student body throughout the year. Clubs open to students in the upper years are the Economics Society, El Circulo Latino Americano, the Letters Club, the Russian Circle, the Historical Society, the International Relations Club, the Biological Discussion Club, the Mathematics Club, the Physics Society, the Physics Exchange, the Psychology Club, Le Cercle Francois, the B.C. Teachers Federation, the Architectural Club, Pre-Optometry, the Geography Club, the Pre-Dental Club, the Society of Microbiologists, and the Junior Agriculture Institute of Canada. "M 420 The University of British Columbia Clubs not restricted to any year are the Social Problems Club, the Student Socialist Club, the Student Liberal Club, the Student Progressive-Conseiwative Club, the Student L. P. P. Club, the Student Technocracy Study Group, the Student Civil Liberties Union, the United Nations Society, the Chess Club, the Jazz Society, the Music Appreciation Club, the Philatelic Society, the Girl Guide Club, the Pharmaceutical Society, the Chinese Students' Club, the Student Christian Movement, the Varsity Christian Fellowship, the B'nai B'rith Hillel Foundations, the Newman Club, the Lutheran Organization, and the Christian Science Organization. Instrumentalists may play in the Varsity Band, the Varsity Dance Band, the Musical Society Orchestra, the University Symphony Orchestra Society, or the Pipe Band Club. The Camera Club is equipped with dark room and facilities for all those interested in photography of any kind. The Mamooks is the campus service organization, participating in yell leading, ticket selling, decorating, etc. The Jokers participate in pepmeets and stunts in order to promote and to publicize student activities. Recognition of outstanding club members takes the form of election to the Literary and Scientific Honorary Society. A limited number of students, nominated by their respective clubs, are voted this award each year. Women's Undergraduate Society The Women's Undergraduate Society unites all the women of the University under a representative executive body. The object of the society is to consider and advance the interests of the women students through the promotion of extra-curricular activities. These activities include a welcome to the women of the freshman class, many social functions such as tea dances, mixers, a Coed Ball, Hi-Jinx, and various other functions throughout the year. Women's Athletics The Women's Athletic Association, under the jurisdiction of the Women's Athletic Directorate, includes all the women's athletic clubs of the University and is affiliated with the Women's Amateur Athletic Federation of Canada. The W. A. D., made up of the President of the W. A. A., the Director of Physical Education for Women, two faculty members, and seven students, cooperates in administering the athletic programme of the University. The Directorate is designed to carry out long-term policies by establishing a continuity in the personnel. Student Organization 421 The chief clubs in the Women's Athletic Association are the Women's Basketball Club, which enters two teams in the City Cagette League, and plays challenge games, and the Grass Hockey Club, which enters two teams in the Lower Mainland League and also plays challenge games. Women may also join the Badminton, Fencing, Archery, Swimming, Tennis, Golf, Outdoor Ski, and Fish and Game Clubs. Women's gymnasium classes meet during morning and afternoon hours under a physical instructor. Inter-class matches are arranged in basketball, badminton, archery, volley-ball, swimming, etc., for which points are awarded, the winning classes being the holders of the Chris Spencer Cup for the ensuing year. Individual awards are also given. Big Blocks are awarded to outstanding members of women's teams. The Women's Big Block Club was organized to maintain a high standard of awards. Detailed information may be obtained from the Student Handbook or from any of the executive of the Women's Athletic Directorate. Men's Athletics All men students in the Alma Mater Society are members of the Men's Athletic Association. The Association is a local board of the Amateur Athletic Union of Canada, and is affiliated with the Western Canadian Intercollegiate Rugby Union comprising the athletic associations of the Universities of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and British Columbia; and the Pacific Northwest Inter Collegiate Athletic Conference with American Colleges of the Pacific Northwest. Supervising the Association is the Men's Athletic Directorate, made up of the president of the Alma Mater Society, the president of the Men's Athletic Association,two faculty members, the Director of Physical Education, the four senior managers of the four major sports, namely, basketball, American football, English rugby, and soccer, a representative from minor sports, an Alumni Association representative, a treasurer, a secretary, and an ex-officio member of the Publications Board. A certain scholastic standing is required of students wishing to represent the University on any team, and this is sufficiently high to ensuTe that scholastic achievement is not subordinated to athletic prowess. By this means, athletics at the University are maintained on a sound and healthy level. Detailed information may be obtained from the Student Handbook and from any of the executive of the above sports or the Men's Athletic Directorate. 422 The Univeksity of British Columbia Fraternities Fraternities are officially recognized as active student organizations. They are governed by an Inter-fraternity Council composed of representatives of each of the fraternities and a member of the Faculty. Mutual friendship and interest in the University are stressed by the individual fraternities. Membership is by invitation. Sororities Sororities, also, are officially recognized by Senate as active student organizations. The Women's Panhellenic Association is established to regulate all matters of common interest to the sororities on the campus, and to advise and foster sorority and inter-sorority relations. Membership in sororities is by invitation. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS OF THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION President: Richard M. Bibbs, B.A.Sc. Secretary-Manager (Permanent): Frank J. E. Turner, B.A., B.Com. Chairman, Publications Board: Ormonde J. Hall, B.Com. The Alumni Association of the University of British Columbia is composed of Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary membership includes all members of the Board of Governors and any honorary life members appointed by the Association from time to time. Active membership includes all Association members who have paid their annual fee of $3.00 or the life membership fee. Associate membership includes all other graduates of the University or former students at University of British Columbia, Victoria College or old McGill College, who successfully completed fifteen units during attendance. The aims and objects of the Association are: (a) to bring about the unity of all graduates and former students at the University of British Columbia and to further among them the spirit of friendship of undergraduate days; (b) to instill in all graduates and former students at the University of British Columbia a feeling of loyalty to the University and a sense of responsibility for the continuance of the educational work of the University and for service to the public of British Columbia; (c) to support suitable undertakings for the facilitation of the work of the University or of education in general, and to cooperate with organizations with the same aims and objects; Student Organization 423 (d) to educate public opinion regarding the use and benefit of the' University of British Columbia, and education in general; (e) to adopt a definite policy on any question directly or indirectly affecting the University of British Columbia, education in the Province of British Columbia, graduates of the University of British Columbia, or persons engaged in educational work in the Province of British Columbia. The new constitution of the Alumni Association has provided for a system of branches to be organized in any place where there are a sufficient number of University of British Columbia alumni to make an active organization. The governing body of the Association is composed of a general executive elected at the annual meeting and the president of each organized branch. This body conducts the affairs of the Association and maintains contact with the branches, University of British Columbia alumni, and persons interested in education generally, through the Secretary-Manager. The latter is employed by the Association on a full-time basis. The Association magazine, called The Graduate Chronicle, is issued quarterly throughout the college term to paid-up members. Further information concerning the Association may be obtained through the Alumni Office, University. Notices of change of address and reports in regard to the activities of members should be sent to the Alumni Office. SUMMER SESSION STUDENTS' ASSOCIATION 1947-1948 EXECUTIVE President: D. G. Chamberlain. Secretary: D. A. Smith. Treasurer: W. E. Whatmough. The Summer Session Students' Association of the University of British Columbia is composed of all students in attendance at the Summer Session. All members are required to pay a fee of $2.00, payable at time of registration. This student organization originated as a body to care for the purely social requirements of the Summer Session. Growth and expansion down through the years have brought it to one of major importance on the summer campus. Dances, banquets, teas, musicales, lectures, variety programmes, athletic tournaments embracing golf, tennis, badminton, horseshoes, soft-ball, and table tennis, all fall within the Association executives' scope. On the more serious side the executive deals with student 424 The University of British Columbia resolutions, fees, matters of constitution; in reality, all matters pertaining to student life at the Summer Session. It serves as a liaison group between the student body and the various governing bodies of the University and helps to provide a proper balance between academic pursuit and recreation. The Summer Session Students' Association holds at least two general meetings each summer. The executive meets at least weekly during the summer and as often as is deemed necessary throughout the year. INTER-UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE OF UNDERGRADUATES Through this plan the National Federation of Canadian University Students offers to Canadian students the opportunity to study for one year at a university in another part of Canada. The favoured students, whose number must not exceed one per cent, of the total enrolment, are chosen by a selection committee from their own universities, and the university which the student selects for the year's study remits the fees for that year. The only prerequisite is that any student who desires to take advantage of this opportunity must have completed at least two years of study with at least second class standing in the second year, and must be an undergraduate below the final year. All applications must be in the hands of the Registrar on or before the first day of March. Further information may be obtained from the Registrar. Affiliated Colleges 425 VICTORIA COLLEGE VICTORIA, B. C. (In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia) Staff John M. Ewing, B.A. (Queen's), D.Paed. (Toronto), Principal, Professor of Philosophy and Psychology. Jeffree A. Cunningham, B. A. (Queen's), Vice-Principal, Associate Professor of Biology, Botany and Zoology. George P. Black, M.A., (Man.), Associate Professor of Classics. W. Harry Hickman, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Associate Professor of Modern Languages. James H. Attchison, B.A., B.Ed. (Sask.), B.Sc. (London), Associate Professor of Economics and Commerce. William H. Hughes, B.A. (Queen's), B.Sc. (Sask), Associate Professor of Physics. Robert T. D. Wallace, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Associate Professor of Mathematics. Sydney G. Pettit, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of History and Sociology. Roger J. Bishop, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of English. Edward J. Savannah, A.B., S.B. (Calif.), Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Lewis J. Clark, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Washington), Assistant Professor of Chemistry. Rodney P. D. Poisson, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of English. W. Gordon Fields, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of Biology. 'Miss Phyllis Baxendale, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor of German. Mas. O. Phoebe Noble, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in Mathematics. G. Grant McOrmond, M.A. (Sask.), Instructor in English. William H. Gaddes, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in Psychology. Miss Cecily Girvan, B.Sc. (Mt. Allison), Instructor in Physics. Miss Nellie Salamandick, B.A. (Alberta), Instructor in Home Economics. Donald W. Kirk, M.A. (Toronto), Instructor in Geography. •Miss Dorothy M. Cruickshank, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Registrar. Mrs. E Joyce McKay, B.A. (Man.), Assistant Registrar. Miss Marjorie Griffin, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Librarian. Miss Patricia Sullivan, B.A. (Sask.), Assistant to the Registrar. ' The College at Victoria, B. C, gives instruction in the first two years of the course in Arts and Science (including Commerce), and in Home Economics. The courses offered are as follows. First and Second Years The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15 of which must be taken in each year. —» 426 The University of British Columbia Bach student must take: Units (a). English 100 and 101 in the First Year and English 200 in the Second Year. 6 (6) The first two courses in a language offered for University Entrance, one course in each year 6 (c) Mathematics 100 in the First Year. 3 (d) Economics 100 or 200, or Geography 102, or History 101, 202, 203, or 304, or Psychology 100, or Philosophy 100, or Sociology 200 .'. 3 (e) Biology 100, or Chemistry 90 or 100, or Geography 101, or Physics 100 or 120 . , 3 (/) Three courses, not already chosen, selected from the following: Biology 100, Botany 200, Chemistry 90, Chemistry 100, Chemistry 200, Economics 100, Economics 200, French 101, French 202, Geography 101, Geography 102, Geography 202, German 90, German 100 or 101, Greek A, Greek 101, Greek 202, History 101, History 202, History 203, History 304, Latin 90, Latin 101, Latin 202, Mathematics 200, Mathematics 201, Mathematics 202, Philosophy 100, Philosophy 205, Physics 100, Physics 120, Physics 200, Psychology 100, Psychology 200, Sociology 200, Zoology 200 9 The rules and regulations governing the College are the same as those in force at the University. Information regarding Victoria College and calendars of tb* College may be obtained on application to the Registrar, Victoria College, Victoria, B. C. UNION COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA (United Church of Canada) VANCOUVER, B. C. (In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia) Principal Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A., D.D. Registrar Rev. Professor S. V. Fawcett, B.A., B.D. Union College offers courses of instruction in Theology leading to the degree of B.D., and for ordination to the Christian ministry, Affiliated Colleges 427 and, under the general regulations of the University with reference to affiliated Theological Colleges, provides Religious Knowledge options, for which credit is given in the course leading to the B.A. degree. (See page 108.) For further information in reference to Faculty, courses of study, etc., see Calendar of Union College. THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA VANCOUVER, B. C. (In Affiliation with the University of British Columbia) Principal Rev. K. E. Taylor, O.B.E., M.A., B.D. Registrar m4^ Rev. D. P. Watney, M.A., B.D. The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theology leading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology, the Diploma-of Scholar in Theology, and the degrees of B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of the University in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Religious Knowledge options, for which credit is given in the course leading to the B.A. degree. (See page 108.) For further information in reference to Faculty, courses of study, etc., see Calendar of the College. _J» 428 The University of British Columbia THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA Registration for 19 47-48 FACULTY OP ARTS AND SCIENCE Men First Year Arts First Year Home Economics First Year Physical Education Second Year Arts Second Year Commerce Second Year Home Economics Second Year Pharmacy Second Year Physical Education Third Year Arts Third Year Commerce Third Year Home Economics ' Third Year Pharmacy Third Year Physical Education Fourth Year Arts Fourth Year Commerce Fourth Year Home Economics Graduates 209 Bachelor of Social Work Master of Social Work Teacher Training Extra-Sessional Students Directed Reading Students 127 Less Double Registrations Women Total 1032 357 1389 57 57 8 5 13 894 296 1190 265 17 282 73 73 64 11 75 32 13 45 726 273 999 272 19 291 52 52 53 6 59 40 10 50 462 258 720 204 19 223 48 48 209 58 267 29 49 78 8 19 27 50 20 70 16 5 21 127 48 175 -44 -8 -52 4447 1705 6152 FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE ' First Year First Year Architecture First Year B.S.P w... Second Year Second Year Architecture Second Year B.S.F Third Year Third Year Architecture Third Year B.S.F Fourth Year Fourth Year B.S.F. Graduates NURSING First Year Second Year Third Year Fourth Year • Fifth Year Certificate Course 519 519 54 2 56 83 83 709 709 24 24 84 84 394 1 395 7 7 43 43 180 1 181 18 18 36 36 2151 4 2155 20 20 17 17 16 16 11 11 14 14 34 34 • 112 112 Registration 429 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE . First Year 78 Second Year 125 Third Year 130 Fourth Year lOff Graduates 27 Occupational Course 21 481 FACULTY OF LAW First Year 188 Second Year 139 Third Year 66 393 TOTALS 7472 Veterans—Men: 4085 Women: 254 Non Veterans—Men: 3386 Women: 1649 9374 SUMMER SESSION 1947 All Years 1291 BOTANY EVENING CLASS—1947-48 16 10 88 16 141 16 146 16 116 5 82 2 23 65 490 18 546 10 198 4 148 2 •68 16 409 i02 9374 1781 34 DEGREES CONFERRED May, 1947 The Degree cV Doctor of Laws Walter Sainsbury Woods, C.M.G. Deputy Minister of Veterans Affairs Bernard Heinze, F.R.C.M., Degr6 superieur of the Schola Cantorum of Paris Professor of Music, Melbourne University Conservatorium Faculty of Arts and Science . Conferring the Degree op Master of Arts (Names in Alphabetical Order) , Attree, Richard Willoughby Alec, B.A Major: Chemistry Minor: Mathematics Thesis: "Some Intermediates for the Synthesis of B-(3-Methoxy-4-Hy-, droxy-Phenyl)-B-Hydroxy-Ethylamine, Part II." Broadhead, Ronald Leslie, B.A Major: Chemistry Minor: Biology Thesis: "The Control of Molecular Size in Emulsion Polymerised Styrene" 430 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Master of Arts—(Continued) Colclough, John Reed, B.A Major: Chemistry Minor: Physics Thesis: "The Determination of the Rates of Attack of the Hydroxides of First Group Metals on 790 Vycor Glass" Cole, Kathleen Margaret, B.A Major: Biology and Botany Minor: Zoology Thesis: "The Study of a Possible New Mutation, Synpalpi, Occurring in Drosophila Melanogaster" Cottingham, Mollie Esther, B.A Major: History Minor: Education Thesis: "A History of the West Kooten'ay District in British Columbia" Embree, William Howard, B.A. Major: Chemistry ' Minor: Physics Thesis: "Surface Reaction with Cationic Collectors in Silica Flotation" Fisher, Harold Dean, B.A. Major: Zoology Minor:, Biology and Botany Thesis: "The Biology, Economic Status, and Control of the Harbour Seal (Phoca vitulina richardii) in British Columbia, with particular reference to the Skeena River Area" Hamilton, James Arthur Roy, B.A. Major: Zoology Minor: Biology and Botany Thesis: "Significance of Certain Scale Characters in the Recognition of Fraser River Sockeye Races" Hamilton, John Kelvin, B.A Major: Chemistry Minor: Bacteriology Thesis: "Some Intermediates for the Synthesis of JS-(3-Methoxy-4-Hy- droxy-PhenyI)-.B-Hydroxy-Ethylamine, Part I" Holroyd, Louis Vincent, B.A. .' Major: Physics Minor: Mathematics Thesis: "Investigations of Some Dielectric Properties of Natural Rubber" Howard, Gerald Vincent, B.A..., Major: Biology and Botany Minor: Zoology Thesis: "A Study of the Tagging Method in the Enumeration of Sockeye ' Salmon Populations" Hughes, Richard David, B.A Major: Geology Minor: Zoology Thesis: "A Revision of the Stratigraphy of the Lea Park Formation, West Central Saskatchewan" Johnson, Patricia Mary, B.A. Major: History Minor: Education Thesis: "John Foster McCreight; First Premier of British Columbia" Kenny, Douglas Timothy, B.A. Major: Psychology Minor: Political Science Thesis: "An Analysis of the California Test of Personality; Intermediate Series, Form A" Ketchen, Keith Stuart, B.A. Major: Zoology Minor: Biology and Botany Thesis: "The Age, Growth, and Mortality of the Lemon Sole, Parophrys vetulus Qirard, on the British Columbia Fishing Grounds" Degrees Conferred 431 The Degree of Master of Arts—(Continued) Makinen, Sadie, B.A. Major: French Minor: Education Thesis: "Diderot et sa Conception du 'Sublime'" Maunsell, Charles Dudley, B.A. Major: Physics Minor: Mathematics Thesis: "Line Intensities and Spectral Types in B Type Stars" Mayo, Eleanor Grace, B.A Major: Physics Minor: Mathematics Thesis: "The Ultraviolet Absorption of Stretched and Unstretched GR-S Latex Films" Metford, Lionel Jacques Seymour, B.A. Major: French Minor: English Thesis: "Le Langage de Rimbaud" McAulay, John David Ewen, B.A. (Alta.), B.Ed. (Alta.) Major: Education Minor: History Thesis: "An Evaluation of the Detroit Adjustment Inventory" McGechaen, John, B.A. Major: English Minor: Education Thesis: "Charles Reade: A Study of a Literary Reputation" Oldham, Ronald, B.A. Major: French * Minor: Education Thesis: "Le Dynamisme du Devenir chez Roger Martin du Gard" Shaw, Dorothy Anne, B.A. Major: Zoology Minor: Biology and Botany Thesis: "Skeletal and Muscular Adaptations to a Subterranean Environment of Microtus Oregani Serpens (Mammalia—Rodentia)" Taylor, Frederick Henry Carlyle; B.A. Major: Zoology q Minor: Biology and Botany Thesis: "A Study of the Principal Spawning Grounds and of the Spawning of the Lemon Sole, Parophrys vetulus Girard, in the Gulf of Georgia in relation to the Commercial Fishery" Wallace, Robert Thomas, B.A. Major: Education Minor: Mathematics Thesis: "The Effectiveness of the Methods of Selection for Admission to Victoria College" Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Arts With Honours (Names in Alphabetical Order) Archer, Douglas Harley First Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Ayers, John Douglas Large Second Class Honours in Mathematics Baker, Chester Hamilton Second Class Honours in Psychology 432 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Arts, Honours—(Continued) Black, Francis Lee First Class Honours in Chemistry Blais, Marie Andrde Second Class Honours in French Brockhouse, Bertram Neville First Class Honours in Mathematics and Physics Brough, Rosemary Joy Second Class Honours in Psychology and Sociology Brown, Donald George First Class Honours in Philosophy Burton, John Albert, B.A.Sc. Second Class Honours in Mathematics Capozzi, Harold Peter First Class Honours in Chemistry Carroll, Murray Norman First Class Honours in Chemistry Champion, William v Second Class Honours in Chemistry Chow, Richard Hing Second Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Clearihue, Joyce Golding Second Class Honours in Bacteriology and Zoology Cooper, John Brabazon Graham First Class Honours in French Darling, John Glyn First Class Honours in English Language and Literature Daykin, Philip Norman First Class Honours in Mathematics and Physics Dinwoody, William Henry...- First Class Honours in History Down, David Courtnay Second Class Honours in Chemistry Downman, Lorna Margaret Scarlett.First Class Honours in French and English Edwards, Thomas Harvey First Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Foster, Helen Grace (Mrs.) First Class Honours in.Economics Gregory, Mrs. Doris... First Class Honours in Psychology and Philosophy Gritten, Richard Alfred Second Class Honours in Mathematics Harkness, Allan Chisholm Second Class Honours in Chemistry Harris, Ian Wadmore Ernest Second Class Honours in Chemistry Henderson, James Neil First Class Honours in Chemistry Hick, William Bernard Martin First Class Honours in Zoology Hines, Ronald George First Class Honours in Chemistry Jutte, Audrey Doreen .Second Class Honours in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Keast, Russell Raymond ...Second Class Honours in Chemistry Kendall, Richard Arthur First Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Latta, Gordon Eric First Class Honours in Mathematics and Physics Lee, Gertrude First Class Honours in Mathematics Leiterman, Douglas Stone Second Class Honours in Economics and Political Science Degrees Conferred 433 The Degree of Bachelor of Arts, Honours—(Continued) Mallinson, Thomas John First Class Honours in Psychology and Philosophy Mehling, Agnes Edith First Class Honours in Bacteriology and t Preventive Medicine Mitchner, Morton First Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics Mugford, James Ashford Second Class Honours in Mathematics Munro, David Aird Second Class Honours in Zoology Macfarlane, Thomas George First Class Honours in Physics and Mathematics MacKirdy, Kenneth Alexander First Class Honours in History MacLean, Harold '. First Class Honours in Chemistry MacPhee, Craig First Class Honours in Zoology Ourom, Lorraine Ida .: ~ First Class Honours in Mathematics and Physics Peers, Arthur MacKenzie First Class Honours in Chemistry Quaite, Jack Second Class Honours in Biology and Botany (Forestry option) Reed, Thomas Gordon First Class Honours in Economic and Political Science Remnant, Peter First Class Honours in Philosophy Rosen, Linda Catherine First Class Honours in English Language and Literature Ross, John Douglas First Class Honours in Bacteriology and > Preventive Medicine Rudkin, Wilfred Arthur 1 Second Class Honurs in Chemistry Scagel, Robert Francis First Class Honours in Biology and Botany Scott, Anthony Dalton, B.Com First Class Honours in Economic and . Political Science Shaw, Gwendolyn Margaret First Class Honours in Chemistry Shirran, Alexander Forrester Second Class Honours in Psychology Salter, Patricia Margaret Second Class Honours in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Smith, Winsome Corry First Class Honours in Mathematics Sparling, George William First Class Honours in Mathematics Sultan, Paul Edward ...First Class Honours in Economics Widman, Charles Randolph Second Class Honours in Economics Wilson, David Arnold '. Second Class Honours in Biology and Botany (Forestry option) Wilson, Neil Leslie :. First Class Honours in Philosophy and Mathematics Worthington, Albert Edward Second Class Honours in Chemistry Yates, Douglas Everett Second Class Honours in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Young, Michael Gareth „..._ Second Class Honours in Economics ■Jt 434 The University of British Columbia Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Arts General Course (Names in Alphabetical Order in Each Class) Class I Beard, James Seymour Booth, Elizabeth Alice Burden,'Marjorie Duncan Cail, Robert Edgar Corbould, Shirley Maud Crapko, Onysia Farley, Dorothy Genevieve Hourston, William Roderick Johnston, May Swinton Kershaw, Dennis Laubach, Anna Louise Lidster, Freda Bruce Abear, Peter Triffley Adkin, Edmond York Amy, Peter Remon Anders, Benjamin Anderson, George Cameron Angus, Michael Forrest Ashford, Minnie Bampton, Diana Louise Bampton, Virginia Fox Barclay-Ross, Leslie Mignon Barker, James Fisher Barritt, Dorothy Elizabeth Bell, Gertrude Mary Bennie, James Roy Berringer, Donald Alexander Bethune, Winona Jean Billyeald, Joseph Blair, Gordon Harold Bobbitt, Walter Peter Boultbee, Helen Patricia Britten, Stanley Ernest Bruce, Charles Alfred Bullman, Terrence Bunting, Isobel Joan Gilflllan Butcher, Pamela Anne Byrnes, Loretta Marguerite Caster, Garnet Hiram Chapman, Edith Gertrude Chung, Lilian Bo-Ping Church, Edward John Maxwell Cole, Desmond William Coles, John Maurice Collins, June Vivian Vera Colls, David Geoffrey Costley, Lloyd Johnstone Cowan, John Lord, Muriel Helen Lundell, Frederick Waldemar Rowell, Dorothy Margaret Sutherland, Lawrence Meade Tener, Robert Hampton Vesterback, Carl Gustav Viau, Jeanne Viviane Washington, Emma Eugene Winter, Roger Courtenay Yates, Maureen Stuart Young, Margaret Maureen Class II Crook, Lois Muriel Cupples, James Freeland Brodie Curtis, Bertram Edward Dain, Doris Mary Rutherford Davidson, Ian Jocelyn Davie, Jessie Muriel (Mrs) Dawe, Alan Edward Dolmage, Mary Evelyn Donegani, Joyce Alice Pamela Driver, Margaret Winnifred Jean Dryburgh, Nora Averil Duncan, Dorothy Agnes Dunford, Frederick Arthur Eberlein, Edward George Evans, Alfred Earl Fagan, Mary Stewart Farr, Robin Marlatt Ferry, Jack Arnold Fleming, Robert Elman Ford, Margaret Jean Francis, Donald Ward Fuoco, John Raymond Fyfe, Margaret Noelle ' Gait, William Towers Gay, William George Gilbert, Shirley Elizabeth Gilmore, John William Gilmour, William Sharpe Goodwin, Gwendoline Faith Gowans, John Robert Grain, Charles Peter Granhold, Ella Mary Grant, Harold Kenneth Grant, Patrick Campbell Grant, Winifred Doris Gravlin, George Raymond Degrees Conferred 435 The Degree of Bachelor of Arts, General Course—(Continued) Grayston, Irene Hampton, Robert Walter Hartrick, Walter Johnston Hawkens, Lucill Hay, Norman MacKenzie Henderson, Robert Gordon Hill, Ernest David Orlo Hillier, Frances Catherine Holman, Thomas David Holmes, Kathleen Holmgren, Eric Joseph Holms, Donald Lindsay Holt, Margaret Clair Horwood, Bertram Ira Hovelaque, Josephine Yvonne Margaret Hudson, Jessie May Huston, Mavis Rowena Ironside, William James D'Arcy James, Frances Eileen Janzen, Wesley Harry Johnson, Gladys Margaret Johnston, Alexander Charles Jones, Harlo Lloyd Kelsberg, Barbara Jane Kennedy, Gerald Bruce Kitos, Helen Alice Lane, Mary Emily Leamy, Peter James Lee, Douglas Henry Taylor Lee, Henry Wai Chun Liddell, Constance Anne Lock, Gladys Marie Loft, Alfred Ernest Loucks, Harold George Loucks, John Edwin Lucas, Ronald Fairfax Martin, Deirdre Martin, Ruth Emeline Masson, Ren6 Joseph Napoleon Matheson, Joan Isobel Menzies, Dora Kathleen Miller, Hugh Standfield Mitchell, Ian Alastair Morris, Arthur Morris, Yvette Madeleine Morrison, Malcolm Craig Munn, Anne Cameron Mutter, Arthur Kenneth McCallum, Mary Freda McCusker, Thomas McDonald, Mary Frances McDonald, Roma Fay McDonnell, Charles Edward McDougall, Edna Marion McFarland, William Donald MacFarlane, Vida Jean McGlashan, Pamela Doreen McGregor, Jessie Grant Macintosh, Margaret Jane MacLeod, Norman Kenneth MacDonald MacLeod, William Kenneth MacMillan, Kathleen Rose McNaughton, Mary Margaret McVea, John Morrison Neilson, James Alexander Shepherd, B.S.A. Nicholson, Katherine Mary Nieuwdorp, John Leo Patrick Oliver, William Donald Olivier, Florence Ennis (Mrs.) Outerbridge, Henriette Elsie Paling, Freda Mary Parnell, Kenneth Charles Ross Paul, Francis Paul, Yvonne Lucinda Paulin, William Phillips Perrault, Raymond Joseph Perry, Francis Aloysius, B.Com. Phair, Harold Armit Eyre Phare, Stewart Phelan, Mary Ellen Phillips, Sydney Conrad Physick, Morris Chapman Plater, Roy Edward Plenderleith, Eileen Mavis Potter, William Sidney Prescott, Pauline Margaret Alice Pyrch, William John Radcliffe, Roland Wootton Raglin, Gordon Arnold Rampone, Alfred Joseph Ramsay, William Ferguson Reid, Dianne Evelyn Rennie, Jean Mary Riffer, Louise Helen Roach, Mark Robertshaw, Arthur Moorhouse Robertson, James Harold Rossetti, Hector Armand Sanderson, Joy Eleanor Sceats, Donald James Schofield, Frances Louise Scott, Kathleen Elizabeth Segur, Delphine Charlotte Selkirk, Daryl Ross Sewell, Vincent Norman Rockwell 436 The University op British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Arts, General Course—(Continued) Seymour, Jane Denniss Shaw, Eleanor June Sherritt, Norman Albert Smith, Fern Gloria Smith, Frederick Dabell Smith, Herbert Straiton Stuart, Walter Henry Talbot, Robert Thomas, Ethel Beryl Thomson, Alexander Thomson, Winnifred Audrey Trethewey, Helen Claire Vandrick, Sidney John Adler Vaughan, Margaret Kerr Vlag, Ann May Alexander Walker, John Ernest Wallace, Winnifred Nellie Wells, John Ramsey Hunter Welsh, Robert Leslie Westinghouse, Margaret Virginia Wilde, George Wilkinson, Margaret Christine Williams, Dorothy-Eva Drape Wilson, George Arthur Coleridge Winter, Walter Ernest Wood, William Samuel Woodman, Thomas Woodward, Mary Twigg Young, Albert Charles Young, Archibald Douglas Addems, Alhui Harold Arnold, Shirley June Baillie, Christine Mary Main Blundell, Heather Boyle, Frederick Allan Brown, Betty Berenice Burney, Ross Hudson Carrd, Hilary Mosher Clark, Beverley Margaret Cools, Adrienne Court, Reginald Arthur Dear, Wallace Ethelbert Dorrell, Douglas Rowlands Downey, Lawrence William Ellis, Dorothy Catherine Falconer, Sheila K. Frewing, Joan Minnie Frolic, Gordon Ennis, B.Com. Gillies, Mary Louise Grant, Gordon Beith Greatorex, Geoffrey Greenaway, Ellen M. Greenwood, Hazel Violet Ellen Grover, Frederick Wilson Heise, Jack Kenneth Henwood, Robert John Hillier, Chesley Robert Ho, Arthur Hughes, Hilda Winifrid James, Morton Samuel John, Thomas William Keith, Kenneth Lucile Kerr, Janet Michelle Koerner, Nicholas Thomas Kydd, John George Ponsford Kyle, Donald Lochias Passed Lamb, John Fredrick Leckie, Jean Frances Lee, Glenna Louise Lee, Sybil Lew, Anne Lieske, Ewald Albert Lighthall, William Douw Lowrie, David Andrew Miller, Constantine David Mitchell, Georgina Helen Moore, Dorothy Paterson Motherwell, Elizabeth Loudon McCahill, Michael James MacDonald, Donald Arthur Macdonald Nancy Kimball McKay, Anna Isabelle MacKenzie, David Munro MacKenzie, Verna Catherine MacKirdy, Daniel Harvey Nairne, Ronald Sinclair Newman, Russell George Nicholls, John William Page, Percival Edgar Parker, Mary Evelyn Parry Kenneth John Phillips Albert Homer Reid, William Charles Rice, Ernest Thomas Roberts, Gwendolyn Elizabeth Rowell, Hedley James Ruccius, Adalbert Paul Carl Smith, Malcolm Bruce Taylor, William Reginald White, Robert Duncan Wong, Vivian Marie Degrees Conferred 437 Conferring the Degree of B.A. in Double Courses for B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Engineering) Burnham, George Alan Hagen, John Christopher Jones, Cyril Peter McDill, William Alexander, B.E. (Colo. A.&M.) Nastich, Milan Smith, Thomas Frederick Conferring the Degree of B.A. in Double Courses for B.A. and B.A.Sc. (Nursing) Campbell, Margaret Amelia Leith, Mary Patricia Forbes, Margaret Louise Reston, Mary McDonald Conferring the Degree of B.A. in Double Courses for B.A. and LL.B. Carrothers, Alfred William Rooke Cobus, Anthony Lawrie,- Frank Drinkwater Marshall, Thomas Cathro Swinton, Anthony Hans Warner, William Lee Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce (Names in Alphabetical Order in Each Class) Bodie, Robert Thome Ferry, Jack Arnold • Frewer, Philip George Gburlay, Colin Campbell Hodgson, Elizabeth Jane McLeish, Glenna Gowan Anders, Benjamin Archer, John ^^ Argue, James Harvey Barnwell, John Alexander Bates, Elmer Wallace Bell, Doreen Catherine Birmingham, William Pattison Bishop, Lloyd George Booth, Richard Douglas Burch, Percy Thomas Carson, Douglas John Carter, Kenneth Albert Christopher, Charlotte Ruth Chew, Vernor Brian Chu, Jennie Clerihue, William Randolph Clifford, Richard Le Poer Trench Clucach, Moros Cohen, Jacob Wener Cowan, Peter Robert Crosby, Templer Boyd Dyke, Cecil David Latham Esson, William Brown Fleming, Thomas Kingston Class I McRae, Donald Anstie Rodin, Nicholas Weber Scott, John Charles Melvin Strang, Douglas Macaulay Thompson, Thomas Daryl Class II Goodwin, Gordon Vigurs Grant, Thomas Charles Greer, Frederick James Grigg, Naomi Isabel Harris, Kingsley Friend Harris, Percy Roderick Harrison, Paul Heidt, Anthony Andrew Hill, William McCulloch Howieson, Robert Donald James, Ralph Bernard Jauck, John Frederick Kendall, Gloria Elvia Kenmuir, John Alexander Kenny, Eric LaHy Kershaw, Stephen Church Kilbank, Alfred Cyril Kirk, Andrew Phillip Knutson, Alvin Leonard Kuebler, Frank Gustav' Lane, William Tierney, B.A. Langdale, Arthur Leslie Miller, Alexander Kennedy Miller, Donovan Francis jjjt 438 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Commerce—(Continued) Molson, David Hobart Mylett, Patrick Victor MacAskill, Barbara Jessie McCubbin, William Donald McDonald Ian Weir Macdonald William Ross MacDougall, John Frederick Fulton McKillop, Desmond Gerard McMillan, Alfred Clarke McRae, Norman Harry Newson, Donald Arthur, B.A.Sc. Nicolle, Wilson Raymond Oughtred, Aulay Munro Ouimette William Mewburn Paisley, John Kyle Parker, Albert Michael Leonard, B.A. Peach, Stewart Brenton Pratt, Frances Joan Price, Robert Shrewsbury, B.A. Rea, David Thompson Reed, Kenneth Wilfred Riddle, Robert William Robinson, Donald Arthur Robinson, Norman Amos Roff, Jack Watford Short, Peter William Simmons, Harry Robert Sloan, William MacDougall Somerville, William Robert Stanford, Stephen Earl Stimpson, William Arthur Stuart, Stanley Wellington Tailing, Robert Herbert Thornicroft, Stanway Edgar Vaughan, Margaret Ethel Wallace, Francis James Wardroper, Wilfrid Kenneth Webb, Terrance Gerald Welsh, Robert Leslie Williamson, Hugh John Wilson, William Laird Wyatt, Robert Clifford Passed Aird, William Jackson * Andrews, Ernest Hector Barlow, Douglas Wilson Bartle, John George Beamer, Gordon Henry Cribb, John Miles D'Andrea, Joseph Arthur Dear, Wallace Ethelbert Diether, Barbara Mary Doubleday, Douglas Corbin Erickson, Everett Russell Estey, Robert Miller Evans, Dan Sherman Fundy, Walter Gaffney, Richard Frank Galbraith, John Allison Boyd Goodman, Juanita Vivian Green, Arthur Richard Guman, Philip George Harford, Ian Montague Harms, Harold Franklin Lew, Anne Lightbody, Keith Martin Lockhart, Keith William Marshall, Warren Ernest Muir, Eric William Archibald Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Home Economics (Names in Alphabetical Order in Each Class) Class I Symonds, Ann Patricia Wilson, Marjorie Jean McConnell, Thomas William McGregor, Duncan William McKeen, George Beverly Noble, David Andrew O'Brien, Michael John Orton, Anthony Charles -Penson, Norman Hubert Peterson, Benjamin Lane Rhodes, John Alan Robinson, Grant Thomas, B.A. Scott, Margaret Claire Stewart, Jack Swistoon, Joseph Bazil Thomson, Douglas Talbot Townsley, William Ernest Usborne, Seton John Varcoe, John Basil Wakelynn, Morris Walker, Robert Eveleigh Watkinson, Arthur Peter W. Watt, James McLeod Weber, Ronald John West, James Thomas Wilson, Eric Percy Zahar, Franklin Anthony Degrees Conferred 439 The Degree of Bachelor of Home Economic*—(Continued) Class II Lewis, Mrs. Margaret Alice MacGillivray, Verda Ilene McRae, Mildred Doreen Norton, Mrs. Gloria Mae Rathlef, Lisbeth Irene Rosenberg, Netty Clarice Simpson, Agnes Barbara Voss, Helen Luise Wilson, Irene Wilson, Lorna Marion Passed Williams, Valerie Anne Marie Wilson, Helen Rosemary Allman, Mary Beatrice Anderson, Evelyn Margaret Barber, Gwendolyn Mary Clark, Catherine McRae Davids, Doreen Annette Dunlop, Audrey Margaret Dyson, Sylvea Eddy, Geraldine Muriel Gaff, Beryl Alice George, Catherine Bennett King, Kathleen Frances x Brody, Florence Vivian Irving, Lorna Edith Leach, Shirley Allison Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Education (Names in Alphabetical Order in Each Class) Class I Monk, John Lawrence, B.A. CUss II Ayers, John Douglas Large, B.A. Mitchell, William Harold, B.A. Douglas, George Thomas, B.A. (Sask.) MacDonald, John Duncan, B.A.(Alta.) Grant, William Hardy, B.S.A. (Ont. Agric. Coll.) ■ Jones, William John, B.A. (Sask.) Lorimer, Charles, B.A. (Man.) Marrion, Robert Francis Christopher, B.A. McLean, Harold William, B.A. Nelson, George Herbert, B.A. Parker, Hugh, B.A. Saunders, Henry Marshall, B.A. Tweed, Reginald Cyril Ralph, B.A. Whitlock, Charles Cecil, B.A. (Sask.) Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Social Work (Names in Alphabetical Order in Each Class) Class I Finlay, James Arthur Douglas, MacLeod, Margaret Helen, B.A. B.A. (Tor.) Gallagher, Mary Philomena, B.A. (Manchester) Proven, Nettie Isobel, B.A. Class II Barbour, Jean Muriel, B.A. (N.B.) Baxter, Jessie Mabel, B.A. (McGill) Bell-Irving, Elizabeth, B.A. Beveridge, Edna Isabel, B.A. Boond, Dorothy Laurella, B.A. Chapman, Edith Gertrude Chowne, Audrey May Johanne, B.A. Colquhoun, Janet Lenore, B.A. Cook, Francis Ward, B.A. Culham, Lottie Justina, B.A. (Sask.) Culter, Barbara Ann, B.A. Davidson, Charles Douglas, B.A. (Tor.) Davy, Isabel Sheila, B.A. DePencier, Elizabeth Audrey, B.A. Ellingham, Joan Catherine, B.A. Ewing, Frances Mary, B.A. Fowler, Rae Elizabeth Eleanore, B.A. Francis, Joseph, B.A. Gorby, Cecil William, B.A. (Sask.) 440 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Social Work—(Continued) Hamilton, Robert William Christie, Macfarlane, Mary Frank, B.Com. B.A. (Sask.) McGregor, Bernice Ruth, B.A. (Sask.) Kirkpatrick, John Andrew Houston, McLennan, Ann Harrington, B.A. B.A. Nichols, Dorothy Irene, B.A. LeBel, Yvette, B.A. (Alta.) Pritchard, Phyllis Eileen, B.A. Leydier, Bernice Rae, BA. (Man.) Rickaby, John Dockrill, B.A. Lind, Jessie Kathleen, B.A. (Alta.) Roberts, Evelyn Marie, B.A. Lipson, Peggy, B.A. Robson, Marita Honey, B.A. Martin, Muriel Elizabeth, B.A. Rose, Margaret Ann, B.A. Mathewson, Eleanor Weld, B.A. Sayard, Daisy Jean Isabel, B.A. (West. Ont.) Smart, Catherine Jean, B.A. Moe, Barbara Marion, B.A. Steiner, Irene Ruth, B.A. Moll, Joyce Eileen Myrtle, B.A. Thompson, Stella Elizabeth, B.A. Morrison, Archibald Oscar, B.A. Tuckey, Grace Dorothy, B.A. Morrow, HenlT McFarlane, B.A. Worth, Helen Cecille, B.A. McCallum, Mary Gretchen Anglin, B.A. (Sask.) ■ Passed Bruce, Charles Davidson, B.Com. Manson, Marion MacTavish, B.A. Bucknall, Margaret Alice Joy, B.A. Vantreight, Elsie Eileen, B.A. DeBeck, Betsy Anne, B.A. Faculty of Applied Science Conferring the Degree of Master of Applied Science Barrow, Gordon Milne, B.A.Sc. Chemical Engineering Thesis: "The Dielectric Constant and Molar Polarization of Dacalin" Buckland, John Alexander Channing, B.A.Sc Chemical Engineering Thesis: "Physical Constants of Some Long-chain Normal Paraffin Hydrocarbons" Hammersley, Robert Cameron, B.A.Sc Chemical Engineering Thesis: "A Reconsideration of the Vapour Pressure of Cis-Decalin" Hammond, Raymond, B.A. (Sask.), B.Sc. (Sask.) Chemical Engineering Thesis: "The Separation .of the Component Fatty Acids of Pilchard Oil as a Stage in the Manufacture of an Improved Drying Oil" Hoadley, John William, B.A.Sc. Geological Engineering Thesis: "The Metamorphosism of the Rocks of the Aldridge Formation, Kimberley, B. C." Irwin, Arthur Bonshaw, B.A.Sc. Geological Engineering Thesis: "Wallrock Alteration at Pioneer and Bralorne Mines, B. C." Johnston, William George, B.Sc. (Queen's) Geological Engineering Thesis: "A Petrographic Study of the Relationship of the Timiskaming to Grenville Subprovince" ' Lamb, John, B.A.Sc Geological Engineering Thesis: "The Geology and Mineralogy of the Brown McDade Mine" Manifold, Albert Hedley, B.Sc. (Alta.) Geological, Engineering Thesis: "The Mineralogy and Geology of the Akaitcho Area, Yellowknife, Northwest Territories" Miniato, Oswald Carl, BA.Sc :. Chemical Engineering Thesis: "Measurement of Stress Potentials" ki. Degrees Conferred 441 MacDonald, Ralph Crawford, B.Sc. (Alta.), B.A.Sc...Geological Engineering Thesis: "The Gossan of a Lead Deposit in Limestone, Yukon Territory" Perris, George, B.A.Sc Chemical Engineering Thesis: "The-Thermal Conductivities of Cyclic Hydrocarbons" Pyle, Robert Gordon, B.ASc Chemical Engineering Thesis: "The Latent Heat of Fusion of Cis and Trans Decahydronaph- thalene" Roots, Ernest Frederick, B.A.Sc Geological Engineering Thesis: "Geology of the Aiken Lake Map-Area, British Columbia" Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science Ames, Gordon William Larson, Nils Lawrence Allan, Michael Hugh Charles Wriothesley Bortolin, Lindo Gino Hughes, Roger Caudwell Machell, Eugene Franklin Milan, Albert Roy Murray, Gordon Sutherland, McCallum,'Thomas George McKendrick McLellan, Harold David Neilson, Allan Pat Ellison, Gordon Davey Hughes, James Henry Crossett Chemical Engineering Honours Levelton, Bruce Harding McDonnell, Basil Class I Seyer, Francis Henry Class II Newmarch, Thomas Francis Richard Osborne, William Muir, B.A. Pedersen, Chester Helge Reaville, Eric Thomas Ross, George Adderley Sherman, Deane Donald Simpson, John Dudley Woodside, Owen Warner Passed Lewis, Robert Arthur Polowy, Joseph Robinson, William George Civil Engineering Honours Tanner, Albert Gordon Andrew, Frederick John Bateman, William Arthur Berson, Morris Jacob, B.A. Coventry, William Vernon Gallon, Alan Vivian Greenaway, Norman Edward Kerr, Robert Gordon Manning, David John Class II Herring, Philip Sidney Hooley, Roy Francis Home,'Edgar Byron Quirk, Edwin Thomas Redmond, Howard Clifford Tinney, Edwy Roy Passed Wong, Kwong Jack ..*;~.*.a* 442 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science—(Continued) Evans, Donald John Gill, Lawrence Gill, William Daniel Beal, Evan Stevenson Bushfield, Roy Elmer Carter, Arnold Gordon Cook, Robert Ellis Cox, Robert Albert Davies, Llewelyn Bennett Gamble, George Hughes Genge, Gordon Melville Hannan, John Grant Hayes, John Hesla, Erling Casper Hill, Robert Henry Kirkpatrick, Guy Gordon Bartholomew, Ben Cooper, Ernest Edgar Glover, Nelles H. Hazlewood, David Alan Electrical Engineering Honours Naylor, Thomas Kipling Pavich, Michael Class II Lewchuk, Michael Lister, Robert William Marzocco, Edo Miller, Wallace Beverley Morrison, Edward Scott McCarthy, Albert Racine, Rejean Wilfrid Sainas, Constantine Seppala, Keijo Hannes Wilhelm Thomson, Stanley Guest Ward, George Albert Houlding Woods, Eric Jack Henry James, Rodney Arthur Neate Macdonald, Roderick Malcolm Ralston, Gordon Bertram Engineering Physics Honours Matheson, Willard Edward, B.A. Rose, David John Pitman, Duncan I.awson Forest Engineering Honours Slaney, Frederick Francis Class II Thomson, Thomas Moncrieff Webster, Alan Wallace Baker, Frederic Bruce Forrester, Andrew Glen Parnum, Ewart Adie, Lawrence Lea, Edgar Roger Lee, James William Allan, John- Dykes Klompas, Nicholas McLean, Fraser Alan Geological Engineering Honours Seraphim, Robert Henry Class II Wheeler, John Oliver Whitney, Gordon Eugene Mechanical Engineering Honours i Quan, Ben Ross, William John Degrees Conferred 44:? The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science—(Continued) Class I MacKay, James Warren Cains, Richard William Caldicott, Arthur Holt Campbell, Patrick David Clark, Robert John Douglas, Colin McKellar Dyck, Hubert Irvin Fenn, Raymond Anthony Kirkpatrick, Edward Thomson Layard, Camville Pellew Lockhart, Gerald Parkes Checko, Andrew Beveridge, James Andrew Greenius, Arnold William Class II McBean, William Arthur Oehlerking, Roy Frederick, B.A. Slingsby, John Charles Tukham, Godfred Wilhelm Tweed, William John Watson, Stapleton Arthur Watts, James Alfred Wilson, James Percy Douglas Wintemute, John Roberts Passed Thomas, John Wilson Metallurgical Engineering Class II John, John Gilbert McGinn, Alexander Passed Dickson, Peter Fyles, James Thomas Magee, James Buckham Mining Engineering Class II Robinson, John William Starck, Louis Philip Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry Class II Frith, Patrick Vincent, B.Com. Peacock, Robert Clarke, B.Com. McGhee, William Peter Tennent, B.A. Pearson, Donald Edward Thomas, Nordin, Vidar John, B.A. B.Com. Patterson, Glen Alexander, B.Com. Smith, Arthur Brett, B.Com. (Alta.) Passed Manzer, Nobel Rhodes, BA. Ritchie, David Macdonald, B.A. Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science in Nursing Class I Scoones, Ann Elizabeth Class II Jenkins, Margaret Ruth Murray, Bernice Veronica Plumer, Betty Gertrude Rae, Elizabeth Beatrix, B.A. Read, Joyce Mary Taylor, Mrs. Eva Margaret Tucker, Norma McCormick, B.A. Ogilvie, Sheila McDonald, B.A. Carruthers, Winona Laird Chang, Zoe Cochrane, Ruth Charlotte Davies, Frances Knight Gillies, Barbara Blair Harrison, Joyce Elia Suzanne Irwin, Isabel Eleanor _^* 444 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Agriculture Conferring the Degree of Master of Science in Agriculture (Names in Alphabetical Order) Burton, Margaret Olive, B.S.A Major: Dairy Bacteriology Minor: Agronomy Thesis: "The Taxonomy and Nutrition of the Genus Pseudomonas" Cook, Fred Delmer, B.S.A Major: Agronomy (Soils) Minor: Dairy Bacteriology Thesis: "A Study of the Organic Fraction of Some British Columbia Soils" Farstad, Laurence, B.S.A Major: Agronomy (Soils) Minor: Agronomy (Field Crops) Thesis: "A Comparative Study of the Physical and Chemical Properties of Vanderhoof, Pineview, and Nulki Soil Association" Gray, James Melrose, B.S.A. Major: Agricultural Econ-' omics Minor: Horticulture Thesis: "An Economic Study of the Small Fruit Industry in British Columbia" Logan, Harry Fitzgerald McCleery, B.S.A. Major: Animal Husbandry 9 Minor: Agronomy Thesis: "The Economic Soundness and Possibilities of Operating a Dairy Farm within the City Limits of Vancouver" Merryfield, Jack William, B.S.A Major: Agronomy Minor: Plant Nutrition Thesis: "Fish Waste in B. C. and its Conservation as Fertilizer" McMullan, Margaret Jean, B.S.A. Major: Plant Nutrition Minor: Horticulture Thesis: "The Evaluation of ,a New Fertilizer Derived from Fish Waste" Rush, George Edward, B.S.A Major: Agronomy Minor: Botany Thesis: "Sulphur and Selenium Determinations in B. C. Wheats" Teir, John Bertrand, B.S.A Major: Plant Nutrition Minor: Horticulture Thesis: "An Evaluation of the Fertilizing Properties of a Fish Waste Product" Turner, Stuard Wilfred, B.S.A. Major: Agronomy Minor: Plant Nutrition Thesis: "Fish Waste in B. C. and its Conservation as Fertilizer" Willis, Thomas Garnet, B.S.A Major: Agronomy Minor: Animal Husbandry Thesis: "Comparative Qualities of Pasture on Western Canadian Ranges" Degrees Conferred 445 Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (Names in Alphabetical Order in Each Class) Class I MacDonald, Malcolm Allan MacLeod, Dorothy Montgomery Oliver, Walter Johnson Richardson, William Bruce Thomson, Melville Gerald Borthwick, David Bulhak, Anthony George Gregory, Kenneth Fowler Heal, Ronald Rupert Kitts, Warren Dale Archibald, Robert David Barber, Louie Edward Baxter, Bernice Marguerite Bayfield, John Turner Butterworth, Earl McKenzie Carson, Douglas John Cottingham, Reginald Edward Cunningham, Charles Cleveland Cunningham, Frederick Merton Davidson, Kenneth Edward Day, John Howarth Gee, Wing Kuey Goodman, Charles Eric Goodwin, Donald fid ward Graham, Philip David Hadland, Richard Edward Hodgson, William, Robert Huff, Harry Lewis Lambert, Nona Christine Burdock, Robert Allan Lee, Jone Kim Dong Class II Larkin, Grant Blake Moyls, Charles Maurice Moyls, Walter Joseph MacDonald, Douglas Keith Mackay, Margaret Catherine Paulsen, Albert Rideout, Eldon Fowler Rose, Mark Willson Shortreed, James Findlay Smith, John Stephen Derward Smith, Frederick Dabell Stephenson, Lois Jacquelyn Taylor, James William Wakely, Walter John Wallace, Myron Thomas Walsh, Michael Joseph White, Mary Jacqueline Young, David Bryson Young, Howard Weir Passed Reagh, Dennis Henry Young, Soo Mee DEGREES CONFERRED October, 1947 The Honorary Degree of Doctor of Laws The Honorable John Hart Premier of the Province of British Columbia The Honorary Degree of Doctor of Science Lee Alvin DuBridge, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Sc.D., Ernest Orlando Lawrence, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Sc.D. Chalmers Jack Mackenzie, C.M.G., M.C., M.C.E., D.Eng., D.Sc, LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.C. Omond McKillop Solandt, B.A., M.A., B.Sc, M.D., M.A. ^# 446 The University of British Columbia Faculty of Arts and Science Conferring the Degree of Master of Arts Boyd, Alan William, B.A. Major: chemistry Minor: Physics Thesis: "The Surface Reaction of Chlorine and Activated Carbon at Low Pressures" Bulman, Norman, B.A. Major: Chemistry Minor: Physics Thesis: "A New Method for the Determination of Adsorption Isotherms" Chambers, Edward James Stewart, B.Com., BA....Major: Economics Minor: English • Thesis: "Should the Earnings of Cooperative Associations be Made Subject to the Federal Income Tax?" Fitch, Handly Freeman, B.A Major: Zoology Minor: Psychology Thesis: "The Amelioration of Experimental Hypertension by Histidine and Ascorbic Acid" Howatson, Charles Henry, B.A .'. Major: Geography Minor: Agronomy Thesis: "Botany in Relation to Sub-surface Geology" Jardine, Judith, B.A ' Major: French Minor: English Thesis: Vigny et l'Angleterre: Shakespeare, Milton, et Byron" Musfelt, Iola Wyndemere, B.A Major: Zoology Minor: Animal Husbandry Thesis: "The Significance of Diseases and Parasites of the Muskrat (Ondatra Zibethica) in British Columbia" McDonald, Margaret Lillooet, B.A Major: History Minor: Education Thesis: "New Westminster, 1859-1871" Thompson, William Bell, B.A Major: Physics Minor: Mathematics Thesis: "The Thermal Conductivity of Butyl Rubber at Low Temperatures" Walden, Phyllis Sarah, B.A. Major: History Minor: Psychology Thesis: "A History of West Vancouver" Walsh, Allan Frederick, B.A. Major: French Minor: Education Thesis: "Le Ian gage de Paul Valery" Conferring the Degree of Master of Social Work Chatwin, Mary Kathleen, B.A., B.S.W. Thesis: "Some Social Factors Contributing to the Prolonged Hospitalization of Chronic Disease Patients in a General Hospital" Clark, Richard James, B.A., B.S.W. Thesis: "Care of the Mentally 111 in British Columbia" Degrees Conferred 447 The Degree of Master of Social Work—(Continued) DuMoulin, Phyllis Anne, B.A. Thesis:- "The Intake Policies of Group Work Agencies" Hooper, Ronald Henry Clarke, B.A. (Man.) Thesis: "Custodial Care of Doukhobor Children in British Columbia, 1929 to 1933" McKenzie, Mrs. Kathleen Elizabeth, B.A. Thesis: "Community Centres and their. Leadership. A Study of British Columbia" Putnam, James Murray, B.A. (Dal.), M.A. in Ed. (Acadia) Thesis: "Less Eligibility and Modern Welfare Principles" Wanden, June Eva, B.A. (Alta.), B.S.W. Thesis: "Working with the Delinquent" Zuckerberg, Asta, B.A. (Alta.), B.S.W. Thesis: "Social Problems of a Group of Patients with Psychogenic Illness" Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Arts Honours Andrews, John Hobart Maclean Second Class Honours in Physics Burnett, Alastair Second Class Honours in Psychology Foerster, Darryl Kemp Second Class Honours in Zoology Graham, John Finlayson First Class Honours in Economics Holder, Clinton Ernest .Second Class Honours in Economics Holt, Bernard George First Class Honours in Economics Jones, Barbara Marion First Class Honours in History Kilbank, Alfred Cyril, B.Com First Class Honours in Economics Leddy, Joseph Leland Second Class Honours in History MacKay, Dean Reginald Second Class Honours in Economics Prittie, Robert William Second Class Honours in History Robinson, Frederick William First Class Honours in English and Psychology Rodin, Nicholas Weber, B.Com First Class Honours in Economics Shepherd, Ethel Beatrice Second Class Honours in French Soward, Maurice Millington First Class Honours in History Stewart, John Ray Second Class Honours in History Tamblyn, John Price Second Class Honours in Mathematics Thomas, George Philip Second Class Honours in Biology and Botany (Forestry Option) Wilson, Robert George First Class Honours in Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Arts General Course (Names in Alphabetical Order in Each Class) Class I Hamilton, Glen Francis McKeague, Justin Klenman, Norman Herbert Scott, John Charles Melvin, B.Com. Mill, Mary Margaret Vernon-Jackson, Hugh Owen Har- Millar, Thomas Palmer dinge, B.Com. 448 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Arts, General Course—(Continued) Class II Allester, William Vernon Appleby, Kenneth George Arthur, John William Stewart Ball, Ernest Richard Barlow, Joseph Barrett, Izadore Bartholomew, Marion Yvonne Bateman, Gwendoline Mary Bentley, William Frederick Birmingham, William Pattison, B.Com. Birney, William Jack Blewett, Duncan Bassett Bower, Francis John- Boyle, Mrs. Joan Mary Brightwell, Mrs. Helen Elizabeth Bulger, Thomas David Clement Burke, Harold Holton Cameron, Margaret Chambers, Mrs. Ada Elizabeth Coghill, Joy Dorothy Congreve, Mrs. Louisa Maud Craig, Margaret Helen Crellin, William Sanders Dashwood-Jones, Donald Disher, Irwin Scott Dorchester, John Edmund Carleton Drummond, Jack Murray ' Elliott, Edward Dawson English, Earl Thomas Esler, Robert McKay Farina, Mrs. Margaret Foxcroft, Joseph Drayson Gilmour, Donald Allan Gilmour, Douglas Hodge Gooding, Alfred Henry Granberg, Ingrid Helen Gray, Duncan Stanley Henderson, James Scott Ho, Henry Junkit Jeffery, Ivan Hartland Ryerson Jenvey, Gerald James Jeune, Ronald Frederick Jones, Robert Harry Lee, Horace Stanley Leung, Elizabeth Rochelle Logan, June Ruby Mickelson, Harvey Paul Mitton, James Raymond Monahan, Arthur Ronald, B.Com. Moore, John Henry McHallam, Ena Gertrude MacKinnon, Kenneth Ballantine McNabb, John Campbell Nightingale, Jacob Abram Paisley, John Kyle, B.Com. Payne, Raymond Ashelford Pearson, Ethel Madeline Petrie, Marie Catherine Phillipson, Johann Pollock, John Orr Pritchard, Frederick Charles Raine, Nancy Irene Rasmussen, Wilfred Rogers, Lloyd Pryce Schuthe, George MacDonald, B.Com. Sendall, George Edward Shantz, Cecil Roy Sivertz, Elinor Mary Steiman, Marcelyn Mary Sutherland, Mrs. Winifred Park Sweeny, Dorothea Moira Taylor, William Layne Travis, Phyllis Talbot Turyk, Mrs. Isabel Estelle Usborne, John Seton, B.Com. Vajda, Mrs. Frances Beatrice Vogt, John West, James Thomas, B.Com. Wiebe, John Geoffrey Wiles, Gordon Austin, B.Com. Williams, Douglas Bruce Wilson, Barbara Ruth Woodrow, Alexander Passed Beamer, Gordon Henry, B.Com. Bourns, Thomas Kenneth Richard Burns, Margaret Mary Castillou, Harry Greer Clark, Mary Eleanor Cormier, Beverley Marie Creelman, Claude William Dilworth, Joseph Gerald Dobbin, Mildred Mary Drope, Patricia Jean Easier, Percy Alexander Epstein, Rochelle Heeney, Denis Allen Hertig, Lucienne Bernadette Hunter, Allan Joseph Mason, Gerard Laurie Mayne, Patricia Ellen Millard, Gloria Inez Degrees Conferred 449 The Degree of Bachelor of Arts, General Course—(Continued) Murray, Katherine Isobel MacLeod, John Kempton McNally, Edward Elliott McPherson, Kenneth Fredrick McTavish, Mary Eleanor Poyser, Olive Carolyn Priestly, Diana Mary Purvis, Audrey Bernice Rinaldi, Reno Ryan, James Eugene Bernard Ryan, Ruth Constance Schinbein, John Edward . Schwabe, Miriam Frederika Scott, William Graeme Skipsey, Joseph Leslie Stewart, Rosa Theresa Turner, John James Twizell, Barbara Mary Vosper, Catherine Ellen Wasylkow, Walter Clarence Williams, Clayton Keyes Completed B.A. in Double Course B.A. and LL.B. Fleishman, Neil Monte Completed B.A. in Double Course B.A. and B.A.Sc. Cote, Paul Thomas Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Commerce Class II Bafcer, John Edward Carmichael, Donald Brouse Carson, John Kitson Cotton, Roy George Deane, Kenneth Howard Emerson, Elliott Gluska, William Hackett, Thomas Lett Henderson, Philip Hoad, Frederick Albert Howard, Edward Ian Hudson, William Harold King, Elsie Ilene Norman, B.A. Loiselle, Harold Albert Lawrence Low, Courtland Bruce Banning, Stanley Edwin Belyea, Arthur Douglas Bosdet, John Davis Boucher, Douglas Anderson Brown, Alan William Brown, George Stuart Brown, Gordon Murray Carter, Stewart MacMordie Collen, William Daniel Coutts, James Waldon Dakin, Frederick Wilkinson Davis, Douglas Arthur Estok, Joseph James Filberg, Robert McCormack Fleming, John Blair Freudiger, Ronald Minty, John Robert Moreton, Grant Kenneth McGeer, Dudley Manfred McGowan, Edwin Sanford Pennington, Eric Thomas Phillips, Francis Alan Riddell, William Gillespie Robinson, Wilbert Leslie Rose, Thomas Frederick Tate, Wilson William Thorn, Henry Gilbert Whitta.ll, William Edwin Young, Robert Morgan Zlotnik, Sidney Percy Passed Gracey, William Henry Graham, Peter William Hanson, Albert Ludvig Hare, William Arthur David Hetherington, Ronald Malcolm Hill, Joseph Roberts Hilsden, John Isaac, James Edward Jeffery, Frederick Emmett Lloyd, Robert Everton Mill, Ronald McDonald Moon, David Angus, Murray, James Ingraham Macaulay, Archibald Roderick McDonald, Harold Martyn McGratten, Ross Chambers Norman J 450 The University of British Columbia The Degree of Bachelor of Commerce—(Continued) McLennan, John Martin Smith, James Henry Naftel, Cecil Oakley Stuart, James Duff Pappajohn, James Peter Tai, Lan Sun Paterson, Herbert Forster Teagle, Ernest Edmund Redpath, William Ernest Treen, Gerald Belden Ross, Bruce Daniel Underhill, Kenneth William Rush, William Lome Walker, John Allan Saba, Albert Haddad Wallace, Charles Hugh Scott, William Graeme Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Home Economics Class II Torrance, Ethel Evelyn Passed Gadbois, Lorraine Marie Walton, Vivian Mary Hayes, Dorothy Winnifred White, Leslie Ann Hamilton Russell, Ethel May Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Education Class I ^ Alsbury, Albert Thomas, B.A. Lucas, Ronald Fairfax, B.A. Cameron, Ralph King B.A.Sc. Taylor, Christopher Ilott, B.A. Clark, Norman, M.A. ^BVmter, Roger Courtenay, B.A. Class II Atwater, Donald Borden, B.A. Raglin, Gordon Arnold, B.A. Bell, Ralph Rogers, B.S.A. 1 Ramsay, William Ferguson, B.A. Bobbitt, Walter Peter, BA. 1 Roberts, Leslie Wilson, B.A. (Man.) Bruce, Charles Alfred, B.A. Sale, Thomas Donald, B.A. Cail, Robert Edgar, BA. Smith, Denis Charles, B.A. Elliot, Ottowell Blake, M.A. Stroh, Carl Rossland, B.S.A. (Ont. Forster, Eric, B.A. Agric. Coll.) Gilmour, William Sharpe, B.A. ' Stuart, Walter Henry, B.A. Grodzki, Leonard; B.A. Thompson, Albert Brian, B.A. Kirk, Robert Bruce, B.A. (Sask.) (Queen's) Klinkhamer, Maurice Gregory, B.A. Todd, Harold James, B.A. Mayne, Thomas Walter, B.A. Truax, Clarence Windsor, B.A. McAdam, Lome Kerr, B.A. Vesterback, Carl Gustav, B.A. Potter, William Sydney, B.A. ! Passed Walmsley, Thomas Edward, B.A. Whitaker, Alice Geraldine, B.A. Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Social Work Class II Torrance, Robert Joseph, B.Com. (Alta.) Faculty of Applied Science Conferring the Degree of Master of Applied Science Cochrane, James Alton, B.A.Sc. Chemical Engineering Thesis: "Some Dyes and Intermediates from Vanillin" a.... Degrees Conferred 451 The Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science—(Continued) HaliburtOn, James, B.Sc. (Queen's) Chemical Engineering Thesis: "Liquid Diffusion in Porous Media, with Specific Reference to the Athabasca Tar Sands" Leitch, Henry Cedric Browning, B.Sc. (Queen's)...Geological Engineering Thesis: "Contributions to the Geology of Bowen Island, B. C." Mearns, Alan Norman, B.A.Sc. Chemical Engineering Thesis: "The Solubility of Hexacosane in 2 Ethyl N Butyric Acid, Propionic Acid, and Acetic Acid" Nalos, Ervin Joseph, B.A.Sc Electrical Engineering Thesis: "High Frequency Method of Locating Power Cable Faults" Robinson, Michael Dennis Edward, B.A.Sc Metallurgical Engineering Thesis: "The Characteristics of the Formation of Austenite in Eutectoid Steel" Scott, Donald Alexander, B.A.Sc Metallurgical Engineering Thesis: "The Effect of Nickel on the Beginning of Transformation of Austenite in a 0.55 Carbon, 0.35 Molybdenum Steel" Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science Chemical Engineering Class II Cowie, Alexander* Geological Engineering Passed Bapty, Harry, B.Sc. (Idaho) Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science in Nursing Class I Williamson," Eva Moody Class II Ross, Ruth Roland Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Forestry Low, Courtland Bruce Faculty of Agriculture Conferring the Degree of Master of Science in Agriculture Fennell, Edwin John, B.S.A Major: Agronomy (Soils) Minor: Dairying Thesis: "The Boron Content of British Columbia Soils and the Boron Fertilizer Value of Tourmaline Rock" Hill, Arthur Thomas, B.S.A. (Man.) Major: Poultry Husbandry Minor: Biology Thesis: "Colour Pattern in Auto-sexing Redbar Chicks" Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture Class II Holmes, Alexander Ross Taper, Charles Daniel Richardson, John Henry Passed Maxwell, James Stewart 452 The University of British Columbia MEDALS, FELLOWSHIPS, SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, AND BURSARIES (October 30th, 1946, to December 31st, 1947) Heads of the Graduating Classes, May, 1947 The Governor-General's Gold Medal (Head of the Graduating Class for the B.A. Degree) Harold MacLean Honourable Mention and Special University Prize, $50.00 Gordon Eric Latta The University Medal for Arts and Science (Head of the Humanities and Social Science Group in the Graduating Class for the B.A. Degree) Donald George Brown The Wilfrid Sadler Memorial Gold Medal (Head of the Graduating Class for the B.S.A. Degree) Dorothy Montgomery MacLeod The Convocation Prize, $50.00 (Head of the Graduating Classes for the B.A.Sc. and B.S.F. Degrees) David John Rose The Kiwanis Club Gold Medal (Head of the Graduating Class for the B.Com. Degree) Douglas Macaulay Strang The Home Economics Prize, $50.00 (Head of the Graduating Class for the B.H.E. Degree) Marjorie Jean Wilson Other Awards MEDALS The Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship, $150.00 approximately, for Chemistry Harold MacLean The United Empire Loyalists' Association Medal and Prize, books, $25.00 » Hubert D'Arz^ Dendy SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GRADUATES The University Graduate Scholarship, $200.00 Reliquished by Dorothy Margaret Rowell to Gwendolyn M. Shaw The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $125.00 Morton Mitchner The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarships 1. For Chemistry, $500.00 Murray Norman Carroll 2. For Geology, $500.00 Robert Henry Seraphim The John and Annie Southcott Memorial Scholarship, $100.00 (B. C. History) Kenneth Alexander MacKirdy The Native Daughters of British Columbia Scholarship, $50.00 (B. C. History) Patricia Mary Johnson, B.A. The B'nai B'rith District No. 4 Hillel Foundation Scholarships, $125.00 each 1. Relinquished by James Neil Henderson (Arts and Science) to David John Rose (Applied Science) 2. Earl McKenzie Butterworth (Agriculture) The Standard Oil Company of British Columbia Limited Fellowship, $950.00 Bruce Harding Levelton The Powell River Company Limited Scholarship, $700.00 Gordon Richard Harris, B.A. The British Columbia Electric Railway Limited Research Scholarship, $500.00 Thomas Kipling Naylor Medals, Fellowships, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries 453 Scholarships for Graduates—(Continued) The Cominco Fellowship, $750.00 Relinquished by Gordon William Ames to Basil McDonnell The Canadian Industries' Limited Fellowship, $750.00 Harold MacLean The Shell Oil Fellowship for Research, $750.00 and fees Roy Selby, B.A.Sc. The Shanahan's Limited Scholarship, $500.00 Arthur MacKenzie Peers The Edith Ashton Memorial Scholarship, $250.00 Robert Francis Scagel The General Construction Company Limited Scholarship, $300.00 Edwy Roy Tinney The British Columbia Sugar Refining Company Limited Scholarships 1. Francis Lee Black—Biochemistry, $380.00 2. Donald Francis Alderdice, B.A— Zoology, $380.00 3. William Roderick Hourston—Fisheries, $380.00 / 4. Relinquished by Alan Walter Shore, B.S.A., to Albert Edwin Worthington—Chemistry, $380.00 5. Morley Richard Kare, B.S.A. (Man.)—Poultry Husbandry, $380.00 6. John Douglas Ross—Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine, $300.00 7. Blanche-Petite Clayton, B.A.—Zoology, $300.00 The Lions Club Fellowship, $1200.00 John Douglas Ross The Canadian Pulp and Paper Association, Western Branch, Fellowship- No award. i The Britannia Mining and Smelting Company Limited Scholarship, $250.00 (awarded in December, 1947) James Thomas Fyles, B.A.Sc. The British Columbia Telephone Company Scholarships (names in alphabetical order) 1. Thomas LeGear Collins, M.A.—Physics, $750.00 2. Donald John Evans—Electrical Engineering," $500.00 3. Richard Kendall—Physics, $625.00 4. Morton Mitchner—Physics, $625.00 The Swift Canadian Company Limited Fellowship, $1000.00 James Graham Mowatt, B.S.A. The Alaska Pine Scholarship in Forestry, $150.00. David Arnold Wilson The British Columbia Packers Limited Fellowship in Fisheries, $1200.00 Awarded to Keith S. Ketchen, B.A., but later relinquished The Sherritt-Gordon Fellowship in Metallurgy, $1600.00 Val Kudryk, B.Sc. (Alberta) The Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited Scholarship, $100.00 (awarded in December, 1947) James William Lee, B.A.Sc. SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATES I. In All Faculties University Great War Scholarships (First Year, high- standing) $200.00 each 1. John Alfred Augustus Scott 2. Stanley Maurer. The Players' Club Alumni Scholarship, $50.00 (Dramatics) Beverley Wilson The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire Scott Memorial Scholarship, $100.00 (Biology) : $50.00 each to Alfred James Butler (Arts & Science), and Herbert Lloyd Rhodes (Agriculture) The T. E. and M. E. Ladner Memorial Scholarship, $300.00 (proficiency) Eva Reynolds 454 The University of British Columbia , Scholarships for Undergraduates—(Continued) II. In Arts and Science Third Year University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), $200.00 each Group I. Elizabeth May Charnley Group 2. Dorothy May Tubbs The N. Leo Klein Memorial Scholarship (general proficiency, Commerce), $50.00. Gordon Forbes Alexander The Canadian Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation Scholarship (general proficiency), Physical Education, $50.00 Nora June H. McDermott The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship in Home Economics (general proficiency), $100.00 Elizabeth Jean Bigsby The Alaska Pine Company Scholarship (Chemistry), $150.00 Elizabeth May Charnley, by reversion to William LeBreton Ross The Vancouver Daily Province Scholarship (Political Science), $250.00 Elizabeth Jean Lang The Alaska Pine Company Scholarship (Economics), $150.00 David Ian William Braide, by reversion to Douglas Harvey Clark The Burbidge Scholarships (Mathematics and Physics), $125.00 each 1. James Stuart Stone. 2. John Thomas Sample. "^ The Woodward Scholarships in Commerce, $125.00 each 1. Charles John West (Marketing) 2. Donald Brouse Carmichael (Advertising) The J. W. Dafoe Foundation Scholarship (Social Sciences), $200.00 David Ian William Braide The Edwin Waterhouse Scholarship (high standing, Commerce), $250.00 Frederick Gordon Blake The R. J. Pop Scholarship in Zoology, $150.00 Allan Cecil Brooks Second Year University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), $200.00 each 1. Pamela Isabella Elliott Christy 2. Harry Bernard Wolfe The B. C. Drugs Limited Scholarship (highest standing, Pharmacy), $100.00^ Hubert Joseph McCue The Canadian Foundation for the Advancement of Pharmacy Scholarship (general proficiency), $100i00 Sidney Shelton The Alaska Pine Company Scholarship (Commerce, general proficiency), $150.00 Norman Andrew Thompson The Shaw Memorial Scholarship .(highest in any two of English, Greek, and Latin), $125.00 J. Robert Lenardon The McGill Graduates Scholarship (highest in English and French), $125.00 J. D. Laird Johnson The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship (first in Economics and English), $100.00 Noel John Parker-Jervis The Pharmaceutical Association of the Province of British Columbia Entrance Scholarship, $100.00 Richard Gordon Linburg Medals, Fellowships, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries 455 t Scholarships for Undergraduates—(Continued) The Canadian Association for the Advancement of Pharmacy Entrance Scholarship, $100.00 Norman Cornelius Zacharias The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship (highest in Canadian History), $100.00. Leslie John Creery First Year Royal Institution Scholarship in Arts and Science (highest standing), $200.00 ' Stanley Elmer Graham Tench University Scholarships in Arts and Science (general proficiency), $200.00 each 1. "Gilbert Charles Eugene Semail 2. Gilbert Cecil Power Gray The Beverley Cayley Scholarship (male student standing highest in English), $100.00 Samuel Hector Connery III. In Applied Science Fourth Year The Canadian Forest Industries Entoihological Scholarships, $200.00 each (awarded in October, 1947)—(names in alphabetical order): 1. Eric David Dyer 2. James MyleS Kinghorn Third Year The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship, (Nursing, general proficiency), $100.00 : ^Kf.. Nancy Joan Montgomery The Boultbee-Bosustow Scholarship in Mining and Metallurgy (proficiency), $250.00 .'. Ralph Carter The Dunsmuir Scholarship (Mining, proficiency), $150.00 John Christopher Hagen, by reversion to Donald Henry James The R. Randolph Bruce Scholarship (Metallurgy, general proficiency), $200.00 "Ralph Carter, with reversion of the monetary value to John Christopher Hagen ¥ . The G. M. Dawson Scholarship (highest in Geological Engineering), $50.00 Malcolm C. Robinson The B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 Scholarship (highest in Chemical Engineering), $50.00 _.. Mervin Allan Schoening The British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited Scholarships, $200.00 each 1. James Sanford Stevenson Kerr (highest in Electrical Engineering) 2. George Winslowe Hobson (highest in Mechanical Engineering) The Canadian Forest Products Limited Scholarships (highest in Forest Engineering), $150.00 each 1. David Charles Holmes 2. No award The Lambert Scholarship (highest in Civil Engineering), $200.00 Cyril Peter Jones Second Year University Scholarship in Applied Science (general proficiency), $200.00 John Peter Hobson University Scholarship in Nursing and Health (proficiency) (awarded December, 1947) Marney J. McLellan gj) 456 The University of British Columbia Scholarships for Undergraduates—(Continued) The General Construction Company Limited Scholarship (high standing) $200.00 Frederick Raymond Riddell The John Inglis Company Limited Scholarships (Mining and Metallurgy), $125.00 each 1. Alexander C. Ritchie 2. James F. Stenhouse First Year The Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied Science (general proficiency), $200.00 John Wallace Colbert IV. In Agriculture University Scholarship in Agriculture (general proficiency in the First Year), $200.00 Hans Christian Fisher The David Thom Scholarship (general proficiency in the Second Year), $100.00 David Livingston Mcintosh The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Golden Jubilee Scholarship (proficiency in Horticultural options of the Third Year), $125.00 Peter Laurence Dodwell (deceased) re-awarded to John Leslie Mason The Hogarth Scholarships (general proficiency, Third Year), $125.00 each 1. Edward Roger Smith 2. Douglas Knott The Nabob Scholarship in Food Technology, $300.00...Ian Frederick Greenwood V. In Law The Hon. R. L. Maitland Memorial Scholarship (highest in the Second Year), $150.00 George Buchan Mcintosh The Norgan Scholarships, $150.00 each.: (a) for general proficiency in the Second Year 1. George Buchan Mcintosh, by reversion to Anthony Edward Cobus 2. Ernest Archibald Alexander 3. Alfred William Rooke Carrothers (b) for general proficiency in the First Year 1. Arnold Tennyson Abbott 2. Walter Kirke Smith 3. Andrew John McCabe VI. In Summer Session, 1947 The British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship, $100.00 (proficiency, completion of Third Year) „ Walter John Kitley The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship, $75.00 (proficiency, completion of Second Year) James Goldie THE ROYAL INSTITUTION SCHOLARSHIPS FOR SENIOR MATRICULATION Seven awards, as follows: $200.00 '..Anna Maria Attfleld (Victoria College) $200.00 '.. Walter T. Janicki (award deferred until session 1948-49) $200.00 Allan Hamberg $200.00 _ Nick Paul Fofonoff Medals, Fellowships, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries 457 Royal Institution Scholarships for Senior Matriculation—(Continued) $200.00 Raymond Perry $200.00... relinquished by June Elizabeth Fraser to David Harry Piekthall Smith $200.00 T relinquished by Clifford Bruce Bigham to William Richardson Brown . UNIVERSITY ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS The Vancouver Sun Scholarships for Carriers 1. Johann Erickson, $200.00 2. Christopher James Hill, $200.00 3. Denis R. T. White, $100.00 The Pacific Mills Limited Scholarship, $250.00 Margaret Anne Welch University Scholarships for University Entrance: Sixteen awards as follows: $175.00 Geraldine Fitzmaurice Dobbin (Victoria College) $175.00. Margaret Marion Moodie $175.00. Kikuye Kosaka $175.00 relinquished by Joan Bernice Brown to ' Leroy Campbell to Stanley Alfred Endersby $175.00 „ relinquished by Dorothy May Spowart to John MacD. Beddome $175.00 John Carling Ward $175.00 „ , .....Douglas George Routley $175.00 Richard Ernest Azuma $175.00. ...Dorothy Marilyn Hodgson $175.00 „ Kathleen Lenore McEwen $175.00 relinquished by Dorothy Gwendolyn Lambe (o Mary Barbara Finlay and Charles Andrew Swanson (equal) and in turn relinquished to Charles Andrew Swanson $175.00 Robert Sydney Vincent $175.00 _ Jean MacLean $175.00., Sally Anne Woods (Victoria College) $175.00 Dennis Roand Bailey $175.00 _ Ina Anne Treene PRIZES I. In All Faculties The University Essay Prize, $25.00, books Patricia Grahame Thomson The News-Herald Awards in Journalism Senior Award, $200.00 Peter Remnant Junior Award, $150.00 Harold Wesley Tennant The Penfield Prize, $100.00 Edward Thomson Kirkpatrick The Essay Prize in International Relations, $15.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. William Tierney Lane, B.A. 2. Anthony Dalton Scott The J. W. Dafoe Foundation Essay Prize, two prizes of $100.00 each No awards The Chemical Institute of Canada Book Prizes, $25.00 each Elizabeth May Charnley (Faculty of Arts and Science) Mervin Allan Schoening (Faculty of Applied Science) <J 458 The University of British Columbia Phizes—(Continued) II. In Arts and Science The David Bolocan Memorial Prize (Philosophy and Psychology), $25.00 Donald George Brown The Armstead Prize in Biology and Botany, $50.00 Jack Quaite The Transportation and Customs Bureau of the Vancouver Board of Trade Prizes: John Archer, $75.00 Report on Ocean Transportation Robert Donald Howieson, $75.00 Report on Railway Transportation William Laird Wilson, $75.00 Report on Highway Transportation John David Bosdet, Denis Kirkpatrick-Crockett $50.00 each Reports on Air Transportation The French Government Book Prizes (names in alphabetical order) Sadie Makinen, BA. Lionel Jacques Seymour Metford, B.A. Ronald George Oldham, B.A. The Entomological Society of British Columbia Prize, books, $15.00 Harold George Loucks The B. C. Tree Fruits Limited Prizes, $100.00 each (names in alphabetical order) Henry Newton Barraclough y Gordon Kenneth Goundry Douglas Rex Hundleby The Frosst Proficiency Awards in Pharmacy (a) Prizes of $50.00 each (names in alphabetical order) Nicolas Brodoway • Peter Alexander Ponich (b) Prizes of $25.00 each (names in alphabetical order)- Bryan Renouf Baal Rex Kite Bennett Arthur R. Mann Allan Forsythe McArthur Ross Harvie Sinclare The Frances Willard Prize, $50.00 i No award The Llewellyn Jones Prize in Zoology, $50.00 No award The Ahepa Prize, $100.00, Greek No award Special Mathematics Prize, books, $50.00 Gordon Eric Latta III. In Applied Science The Engineering Institute of Canada (Vancouver Branch) Walter Moberly Memorial Prize, books, $25.00 '. John Dykes Allan The Timber Preservers Limited Prizes • 1. Philip Sidney Herring $65.00 2. Frederick John Andrew ~ $45.00 3. Albert Gordon Tanner .$25.00 The Ingledow Prize (Senior), $50.00 (Electrical Engineering) Donald John Evans The Canadian Forest Products Limited Prizes, $100.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Frederick Francis Slaney 2. Alan Wallace Webster Medals, Fellowships, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries 459 Prizes— (Continued) The Northern Electric Company Limited Prize, $100.00 (Electrical Engineering)..... _ _ _.- Thomas Kipling Naylor The Provincial Department of Health and Welfare (Health Branch) Prizes (Nursing and Health) First Prize, $50.00. Elin Vigdis Johnston Second Prize, $50.00 Sheila McDonald Ogilvie, B.A. The Engineering Institute of Canada Prize, $25.00 (Third Year) Malcolm C. Robinsoh The British Columbia Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association Prizes, total $175.00 Awards to be announced later The Association of Professional Engineers' Book Prizes (for outstanding essays in the Third Year), $25.00 each 1. Roy William Archibald (Chemical Engineering) 2. Cyril Peter Jones (Civil Engineering) 3. William Hodan Humble (Electrical Engineering) 4. William Alexander McDill, B.E. (Colo. A. & M.), B.A. (Mechanical Engineering) 5. William Sinclair Adams (Mining and Metallurgy) The Ingledow Prize (proficiency laboratory work, Third Year Electrical Engineering), $50.00 Evan Thomas Davis The William N. Kelly Prize (proficiency in Machine Shop Practice, Third Year), $15.00 John Robert Keller The H. R. MacMillan Export Company Limited Prizes for Forestry, total $750.00 No awards IV. In Agriculture The Dr. D. A. McKee Memorial Prize (highest standing in the Third Year), $30.00 Edward Roger Smith V. In Law The Carswell Company Limited Prizes (books), $20.00 each 1. Arnold Tennyson Abbott (highest standing in First Year) 2. George Buchan Mcintosh (highest standing in Second Year) The Norgan Essay Prize (Best Essay in Second Year), $100.00 Hugh E. Botterell and Perry Simington Millar, equal The Toronto General Trusts Corporation Book Prize (highest standing in the. Second Year in the subject of Wills), $30.00. Roderick Alfred Pilkington The Canada Law Book Company Book Prize (highest standing in the Second Year in the subject of Company Law) David Wilson Hibbert Tupper The Vancouver Bar Association Prizes (for Comments), total $100.00 Awards to be made later Special Book Prize (high standing, Second Year), $25.00 Thomas Cathro Marshall BURSARIES (In All Faculties) The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association Memorial Fund Bursaries, $100.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Ursula H. Knight 2. Alexander F. Mandeville 3. Andrew Motherwell 4. James T. Rothwell B. Marie E. Stanley 460 The University of British Columbia B ursaries— (Continued ) The Gamma Phi Beta Bursary, $50.00 Elizabeth Jean Bigsby The Co-operative Seed Growers' Bursary, $100.00 Clifford J. Bate The William MacKenzie Swan Memorial Bursary, $250.00 John L. Cowan The Jack Cohen Bursary, $150.00 Robert M. Wilson The Pacific Meat Company Bursary, $200.00 $100.00 each to Gordon Dudley and Gordon A. Murray The Alberta Meat Company Bursary, $50.00 Rodney Pringle The Rotary Bursary for Social Work, $300.00 Bernice Leydier, B.A. (Man.) B.S.W. The American Women's Club Bursary for Social Work, $100.00 Elizabeth Rochelle Leung The Lauder Mercer and Company Limited Bursary, $250.00 Richard Maltby The Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary, $150.00 Stanley Melrose Ball The Rotary Memorial Bursaries, $200.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Peter F. Bargen ' 2. Parzival Coops 3. John G. Holland 1 ^ 4. Arthur Lee Johnson 5. Norman Robinson The R. G. Cole Bursaries, $150.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Andre Charles Beguin 2. W. Scott Douglas \ The Vancouver Panhellenic Alumnae Bursary, $200.00 Edith Marion Benson The Kiwassa Club of Vancouver Bursaries, $150.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Sophie Birch 2. Alice Mary Grace, B.A. 3. Bernice Rae Leydier, B.A. (Man.) B.S.W. 4. Marguerite Vincent The Vancouver Bar Association Bursaries, $100.00 each 1. John Campbell Blewett (Third Year Law) . 2. John Caldwell Cowan (Second Year Law) The R.C.A.F. Veterans' 'Bursary Fund, $100.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Darroch Duncan Campbell 2. Leslie Alexander Garvie 3. Victor' Emmanuel Hansen The Pattison Bursaries, $100 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Anne Marie Furness, B.A. (McGill) 2. John Wiebe, B.A. The Provincial Council of Women, Canadian Daughters' League Bursaries, $100.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Ingrid Granberg 2. Linda C. Rosen, B.A. The Ellen Ethel McHattie Memorial Bursary, $300.00 Mary Philomena Gallagher, B.A. (Manchester) B.S.W. The Geldart Riadore Bursary, $150.00 Ian Frederick Greenwood Medals, Fellowships, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries 461 Bursaries—(Continued) Bursary for Proficiency, $250.00 a year for four years Rodney Elliott (receiving first instalment) The Alumni Association Bursary, $50.00. Thomas Barr Greenfield The France's Milburn P.E.O. Bursary, $150.00 Barbro E. Grunlund The Mildred Brock Memorial Bursary, $75.00 Jean M. Grunlund The Robert S. Day and Son Bursary, $150.00. Robert S. Harwood The Phil Wilson Bursary in Forestry, $225.00 David Charles Holmes The Delta Gamma Bursary for the Blind, $100.00 No award The McLean Bursaries (names in alphabetical order) 1. $250.00 .Victor Isfeld 2. $250.00 Herbert L. Knappett 3. $250.00 Elizabeth L. Petrie 4. $125.00, Donald P. Seraphim 5. $125.00 David H. P. Smith The Louis Toban Bursary, $100.00 Kenneth Henry Medland The University Women's Club Bursary, $100.00 Irene Thelma Nelson The University Women's Club General Bursary, $100.00 Shirley E. Newsoni The Vancouver Section National Council of Jewish Women Bursary, $100.00 Wa Marion H. Nyholm The Nat Bell Bursary, $150.00 Douglas Sallis The Teamsters' Joint Council No. 36 Bursary, $250.00 Floyd C. Wartnow The American Woman's Club Bursary, $100.00 Viola C. Whyte The Faculty Women's Club Bursary, $75.00 Beverley Ann Widman The Mary C Lipsett Bursary, $300.00 Clarence Walkem The Lady Laurier Club Bursary, $100.00 Mary V. Plaskett The Allied Officers' Auxiliary Bursary, $75.00 Stewart R. Forrest The Allied Officers' Auxiliary Bursary Fund, $100.00 Ralph D. Johnson (Additional awards) Leonard Fitchett, $75.00 Arnold Hean, $75.00 Victor E. Hansen, $50.00 Ernest L. Greenwood, $75.00 G. Cameron Fielding, $75.00 The W. D. Shaffer Bursaries, $100.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. Gerald James Jenvey 2. Dennis Kershaw The Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle Memorial Bursary, $200.00 Edward Reynolds Larsen The David Thorn Bursary No. 1, $150.00 Richard Melville Brown The David Thorn Bursary No. 2, $75.00 .William Henry D. Ladner The David Thorn Bursary No. 3, $75.00 Betty Eileen Milan The Alliance Francaise Bursary, $25.00 Muriel Connolly The Canadian Foundation for the Advancement of Pharmacy Teaching Bursaries, $300.00 each 1. Marymargaret McAllister 2. Hubert J. McCue 462 The University of British Columbia AWARDS MADE BY OTHER INSTITUTIONS BUT ANNOUNCED BY THE UNIVERSITY The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire War Memorial Scholarship (Overseas), $1500.00 each Harold Gordon Brandreth, B.A.; Patrick C. T. White, B.A. The Crofton House Alumnae Scholarship, $175.00 Patricia Ann Dowzard and Joan Margaret Scoby—equal The Summerland Scholarship, $250.00 Shirley Palmer Harvey The Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire (Dawson, Yukon Territory, Chapter) University Entrance Scholarship Esther Ewing The French Government Silver Medal Ruth Elizabeth McDonald, M.A. The French Government Scholarships (names in alphabetical order) 1. W. Harry Hickman, M.A. 2. Ronald Oldham, M.A. 3. Allan F. Walsh, B.A. The French Government Scholarships (1946, not previously announced) 1. Jack T. Rush, M.A. 2. Lionel Jacques Seymour Metford, B.A. a The Brirish Council Scholarships Anna Caroline Fulton, B.A.; Robert Trelford McKenzie, B.A. The Impe ial Oil Graduate Research Fellowship, $1000.00 a year for three years , Geoffrey V. Parkinson, B.A.Sc. The United Odd Fellows Bursaries, $200.00 each (names in alphabetical order) 1. William James Bell 2. Orma Ethela Bray 3. Gerald E. G. Harrison 4. John Stuart P. Johnson 5. Evan Owen Price 6. Marilyn Betty Anne Gray The French Government Bronze Medal Allan F. Walsh, BA. Endowments and Donations 463 GIFTS, GRANTS, AND BEQUESTS The following list acknowledges gifts, grants, and bequests received during the period September 1st, 1946 to August 81st, 1947. Grants and Gifts for Research and Research Equipment Atomic Energy Commission—to the Department of Physics for construction of Van de Graaf Generator. _ $32,500 B. C. Forest Products, Limited—for expenses of research work in forest entomology 1,000 British Columbia Electric Railway Company, Limited—to the Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering for special research equipment 600 British Columbia Research Council—to the Department of Physics for research on air conditioners and the electrical analogue calculator 1,000 British Columbia Telephone Company Limited—for special equipment in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering and Engineering Physics 1,900 Canadian Fishing Company Limited—supplementary donation for continuation of research on fish oils „ 1,000 Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited, Trail, B. C.— (a) for scientific research 50,000 (b) 4,060 lbs. of lead to be used for the protection of investigators in nuclear physics. Value 406 Geological Society of America—to the Department of Geology and Geography— (a) for an investigation of the relations of plants to ore deposits 2,000 (b) for special research on fossal pleospongia 400 National Cancer Institute—to the Department of Physics for research on the effects of radiation from tracers on tissue 1,500 National Research Council—to the Department of Physics— (a) Synthetic Rubber Programme: continuation of present work 6,750 (b) Chalk River Atomic Energy Research Programme: (i) ion source development „ 1,750 (ii) disintegration schemes and energy levels of radioactive isotopes 2,279 <c) General Research Programme: (i) biophysical research on amino acids 2,000 (ii) Raman and infra-red spectrum 2,800 (iii) nuclear magnetic moments 1,275 (d) Geophysics: distortion of audio frequency electromagnetic fields by electrical conductor ..../.. 1,000 National Research Council—to the Department of Chemistry from Chalk River Laboratories: (a) for rubber investigation 2,000 (b) apparatus valued at 2.000 Safeway Stores Limited, in cooperation with the Empress Manufacturing Company, Vancouver? and the Fraser Valley Growers, Mission B. C.—for study of the small fruits industry 2,000 Vancouver Milk Distributors Association—for milk cost survey 1,600 Victoria Pasteurized Milk Distributors—for milk cost survey 400 Gifts for University Buildings, Lands, and Forest Areas Hillel Foundation, Vancouver Lodge No. 668, B'nai B'rith—for a study hut on the Campus .., $4,000 H. R, MacMillan Export Company, Limited—for the development of the Forest Research Area at Haney, B. C 5,000 Ogilvie Flour Mills Limited—for the Poultry Mortality Buildings supplementing a previous gift of $5,000 from various feed companies 1,000 Pharmaceutical Association of the Province of British Columbia—for equipment in the proposed Pharmacy Building 5,000 Estate of the late Hugo Brash—bequest to the Faculty of Agriculture and the Department of Animal Husbandry 1,000 464 The University of British Columbia Gifts for Chairs of Instruction, Lectureships, and Special Courses B. C. Forest Products Limited—$4,000' a year for five years to establish a Professorship in Forest Entomology. First instalment $4,000 Canadian Foundation for the Advancement of Pharmacy—for assistantships in Pharmacy. Total 600 Dominion Department of Fisheries—increase in grant for the Adult Education Programme for Fishermen directed by the Department of University Extension _ 5,000 Dominion Government Grant—for the Department of Social Work (1.947-48) 10,166.40 Mr. Robert Fiddes—$5,000 a year for 10 years for a Chair of Music. Second instalment i. 5,000 Junior League of Vancouver—for the Department of Social work. Third instalment 8,000 Mr. H. R. MacMillan, C.B.E.— (a) $5,000 a year for 5 years for work in Silviculture. First instalment 5,000 (b) $500 a year for 5 years to provide special lecturers in Forestry. Second instalment - 500 H. R. MacMillan Export Company Limited—$4,000 a year for 5 years to establish a Professorship in Forest Mensuration. First instalment _ 4,000 Vancouver Board of Trade, Advertising and Sales Bureau—for the course in Advertising conducted by the Department of Commerce. Second annual instalment 1,000 Special Trust Funds Alaska Pine Sales Limited, through Mr. Walter J. Koerner—to establish the "Otto Koerner Memorial Trust Fund", the interest on which is to be used for the purchase of books and materials for music and fine arts $25,000.00 Class of Arts '22—to be held in trust for some special purpose _. 807.28 University Chapter, I.O.D.E.—transfer of funds from the "University Chapter, I.O.D.E. Loan Fund for Women" to a new account for the establishment and operation of a University Art Centre ., 2,500 Miscellaneous Gifts Mrs. J. W. deB. Farris—for the Art Loan Fund _ $10 Mr. C. D. Houghland—for equipment in Pharmacy .._ 55 Mr. B. Knowlton—for equipment in Pharmacy 55 Mr. C. Lightbody—for books or equipment in Pharmacy 55 Marwell Construction Company—for special journals and technical books in Architecture .; 600 Mrs. Charles Milne, California—to the Department of Home Economics, in memory of her sister, Mrs. Peter McNaughton, a damask tablecloth and a cash donation of. 100 Mr. and Mrs. Leon Koerner and Mr. and Mrs. Walter Koerner—for the Art Loan Fund _ 100 Mr. A. W. Scott—for equipment in Pharmacy :. 55 Social Work Students—for the Social Work Department — 150 Mrs. Douglas Stewart—for the President's Fund 200 Veterans' Land Act, Mr. 1. T. Barnet, District Supervisor—to assist in some phase of work under the Act 250 Vancouver Island Canadian Association for Social Workers—for the Social Work Students' Fund 20 Anonymous—for the purchase of totem poles for the University 5,000 Anonymous—for the President's Fund 50 Dr. George S. Allen—books (24 vols.) for Botany and Biology. Aluminum Company of Canada Limited—25 pounds of aluminum casting alloys for Mining and Metallurgy. Bond Dealers' Association—industrial manual, supplements thereto, and binder. Botanic Garden, Basel, Switzerland—seeds and herbarium specimens. British Columbia Telephone Company Limited—length of 600 pair telephone cables for the Communications Laboratory. Cave and Company Limited—mineralite collection: mounted specimens of fluorescent minerals. Copper Development Association, London, England—collection of publications on copper metallurgy. L_ Endowments and Donations 465 Crossman Machinery Company Limited—early type of bipolar electric generator. Dominion Arboretum and Botanic Gardens, Ottawa—seeds and herbarium specimens. Dominion Oxygen Company Limited—complete series of welding instructions and process literature. Electro Metallurgical Company of Canada, Limited, Welland, Ontario—samples of pure ferro-alloys and inoculants. Professor G. A. Gillies—valuable specimen of telluride gold ore from Calgoorlle, Australia. Miss Jane Hailing—a dentalium necklace from anglndian grave, Alaska. International Nickel Company of Canada Limited—material for class-room purposes. Marshall-Wells Limited—collection of alloy steels. Morton Arboretum, Lisle, Illinois—seeds and herbarium specimens. Mr. R. C. MeCrossan, Dr. A. Lawson, and associates of the former "World Museum"— pleistocene horse skull, Alaska. Mr. Neil MacGregor, Chilliwack, B.C.—herbarium of the late Mr. H. B. MacGregor. Mrs. R. E. McKechnie—billiard table for student veterans. National Pressure Cooker Company Limited—Presto Cooker and pressure cooker. Northland Automatic Appliances Limited (B.C. Distributors)—Bendix Automatic Home Laundry. Pharmaceutical Association of the Province of British Columbia—equipment and supplies for Pharmacy. Provincial Division of Child Welfare—books for Social Work. Pumps and Power Limited—hydraulic turbine. Robinson Electric Company Limited—steam pressure regulating Leslie valve for demonstration purposes. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew—seeds and herbarium specimens. Royal Botanic Gardens, Edinburgh—seeds and herbarium specimens. Dr. Gustav Schilder, Vancouver—mercury vapor quartz lamp with transformer and stand. Professor G. Spencer—fruit of Kigelia africana, Africa. Hon. H. H. Stevens—complete set of "The Report and Evidence of the Royal Commission on Price Spreads." Survey Map Store, Iveagh Estate, London, England—maps for Geography and Geology. Union Steamship Company Limited—complete radar set for the Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. University Women's Club of Vancouver—brass plaque in memory of the late Judge Helen Gregory McGill, LL.D., to be placed in the Library. Westland Iron and Steel Foundries Limited—specimens of pig-iron and ferro-alloys. Mrs. G. E. Whitner—Indian artifacts from Lytton and Lillooet, B.C. Wilkinson's Limited—length of inconel tubing for special application in Mining and Metallurgy laboratories. Mrs. Wallace 0. Wright—mounted mule-deer head. Mr. A. C. R. Yuill—section of hollow copper conductor of the Boulder Dam transmission line type. LL.D. cap, gown, and hood of the late Judge Helen Gregory McGill. Gifts to the Library Dr. Annie H. Abel Anderson, Aberdeen, Washington—427 volumes and a large collection of pamphlets, offprints, etc. Mrs. Percy Bengough—file of the Trades and Labor Congress Journal 1937-46, and a gift subscription to keep the set up to date. Miss E. J. Bostock, Monte Creek, B.C.—large collection of Dominion Government publications. British Council—gift subscriptions to the Sphere, Army Quarterly, Journal of the Royal United Services Institution, Syren and Shipping, and Marine Engineer. Mr. J. R. Browning—set of 54 mounted photographs of various scenes and historic buildings in Great Britain. Mr. Isaac Burpee, Portland, Oregon—set of Lockley's Columbia River Valley, and a set of Clark's History of the Willamette Valley, and photostat copies of a number of rare pamphlets. Canadian Embassy, Paris—set of Mortier's edition of La Chanson de Roland, consisting of an introductory monograph and ten volumes of text, printed in Paris 1989-40. Custodian of Enemy Property—large collection of miscellaneous literature in German, most of which came originally from the German Embassy in Ottawa. Mr. Henry Doyle—collection of books and magazines, including rare early volumes of the National Geographic. Mr. J. W. Eastham, Provincial Pathologist—large collection of pamphlets, bulletins, periodicals, numbering 4000 items in all. Dr. Lachlan Gilchrist, Department of Physics, University of Toronto—Third edition of Newton's Principia (1726), and a copy of the Elements of Euclid (1714). . 466 The University of British Columbia Government of Great Britain—various military maps. Mrs. Don Haet (Kira Bounina)—16 folders of music scores, mainly arrangements for small orchestras. Mr. W. E. Ireland, Provincial Librarian and Archivist—nearly complete set of the British Columbia Sessional Papers, 1875-1936. Mr. W. F. Maxwell (member of Arts '16)—official -publications from the House of Commons Debates, Senate Debates, and British Columbia Sessional Papers for most of the years from 1896 to 1902. Mr. Winfleld Matheson, North Stan» Alberta—eight books for the William and Mary Forbes Contribution. Mrs. Denis Murphy—copy of The Trial between James Annesley and Richard, Earl of Anglesey, from the library of the late Mr. Justice Murphy. Mr. H. R. MacMillan—a gift to the total of $10,000 for the purpose of establishing a comprehensive collection in Forestry and related fields important to the forest industries in British Columbia. Mr. H. R. MacMillan—collection of old maps (Pacific Northwest). Provincial Library, Victoria—55 volumes of yearbooks, almanacs, etc. Vancouver Daily Province—complete file of the Vancouver Daily Province from 1898. Any necessary binding done by the Vancouver Daily Province. Also current issues of the Province. Mr. Henry Wearne, Quick, B.C.—six of the eight parts of Bowdler Sharpe's Monograph of the Birds of Paradise and G. P. Baker's Calico Painting and Printing in the East Indies in the 17th and 18th Centuries; together with a portfolio containing 82 coloured plates. Vancouver Sun, through Mr. Charles Bailey, business manager—a model C Recordak microfilm reader costing about $479. Vancouver Women's Musical Society—collection of scores and sheet music. Mr. A. S. Wootton—nearly complete set of the Proceedings of the Institute of Civil Engineers, 1909-1985; and the Journal, 1985-46. I Miscellaneous—other useful and generous gifts from: Dr. F. J. Belinfante; Dr. Lloyd Bolton of Santa Clara University; Dr. C. Borden; Mr. Frank Buckland of Kelowna; Dr. W. A. Clemens; Dr. Dorothy Dallas; Mr. J. DufT of Sidney, B.C.; Mrs. Mildred Fahrni; Mr. John Helders; Dr. G. Hooley; Mrs. Gordon D. Herbert of Kelowna; Mr. A. Hotson; Mr. and Mrs. W. H. Hudson; Mrs. J. G. A. Hutcheson; Judge J. A. Jackson; Miss Dallas Johnson; Dr. L. S. Klinck; Mr. D. H. LePage; Major F. V. Longstaff of Victoria; President N. A. M. MacKenzie; Mr. D. W. Oswald; Dr. Lome Pierce of Toronto; Dr. William Proctor; Mrs. Jonathan Rogers; Mr. A. T. Ruffle; Dr. W. A. Seyer; Professor F. H. Soward; Mrs. Nelson Spencer; Miss Julia Stockett; Dr. W. H. Taylor (Arts '28) of Washington, D.C.; Dr. H. V. Warren; the Canadian Medical Association; the Canadian Pharmaceutical Associa- ton; the Canadian Palestine Committee; the Library of the College of Puget Sound; the Swedish Consulate; the Vancouver Poetry Society; the Vancouver Public Library. Gifts to the Law Library Attorney General for Ontario—Statutes. Mr. H. E. Bond—Canadian Bar Review and B.C. Reports. Messrs. Bourne and Desbrisay—B.C. Reports. Mr. H. R. Bray—English Reports Annotated 1866-1900'. Mrs. N. P. Buckingham—textbooks and reports. Messrs. Campney, Owen, and Murphy—textbooks. Canada Law Book Company—Notable British Trials. Mr. J. Chalmers—Hansard (Can.). Mr. George C. Crux—miscellaneous and Canada Law Reports. Dean George F. Curtis—textbooks. Mr. Thomas Elliott, B.C. Yukon Chamber of Mines—miscellaneous. Mr. C. T. Hamilton—textbooks and statutes of Canada and British Columbia. Messrs. Holgate and Summerfleld—miscellaneous. Mr. Gilbert D. Kennedy—textbooks. Mr. Garfield A. King—Canadian Bar Review and miscellaneous. Messrs. Ladner, Carmichael, and Downes—textbooks. Mrs. A. P. Luxton—Halsbury (1st ed.) and textbooks. Mr. J. A. Macdonald—reports. Mr. R. M. Macdonald—rare old Nominate Report. Messrs. McDougall, Morrison, and Jestley—Canada Bar Review and Supreme Court Reports. Mrs. Jessie McGill—Corpus Juris. Mr. M. A. McPherson, K.C.—Hansard (Can.) 1917-34. Mr. Elmore Meredith—Revised Reports. Mr. T. G. Norris, K.C—textbooks. Endowments and Donations 467 The Minister of Labour, Ottawa—Labour Gazette. Powell River Corp., Powell River, B.C. (R. H. Scanton)—Statutes of B.C., Statutes of Canada, etc. Mr. S. Ji Remnant—textbooks. <• Mr. H. Richmond—Canadian Bar Review and miscellaneous. Mr. Bruce Robertson—Common Law Reports. Mr.. Henry Smilie—textbooks. Mr. David Spencer—case books and reports. Dr. C. W. Topping—textbooks. Mr. R. H. Tupper—boxes of books and papers. Mr. George H. R. Turner—textbook. Mr. R. K. Walkem—reports. His Honour Judge D. Whiteside—reports and texts. Mr. A. M. Whiteside, K.C.—sets of All England Reports, and miscellaneous. Anonymous—British Columbia Reports and Canada Bar Review. New Fellowships, Scholarships, Prizes, and Bursaries (List also includes awards offered under revised terms. Unless otherwise stated, the amount given is the total annual value.) Fellowships British Columbia Packers Limited—for research and study tn fisheries, session 1947-48 $1,200 Swift Canadian Company Limited—for research in food products and nutrition 1,000 Scholarships British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship—scholarship for teachers in the Summer Session increased from $50 to $100 annually. _. 100 British Columbia Telephone Company Limited—graduate scholarships for Physics and Engineering in the session 1947-48 to the total of 2,500 Canadian Foundation for the Advancement of Pharmacy—two awards for students in Pharmacy to the annual total of 200 Canadian Association for Health, Physical Education, and Recreation—annual scholarship for Physical Education _ 50 Dafoe Foundation—a scholarship awarded in May, 1947, to a student in Social Sciences , a. .' 200 Estate of the late Alan Boag—a scholarship awarded annually by the trustees of the Estate for an essay on Socialism _ 250 International Brotherhood of Pulp, Sulphite, and Paper Mill Workers' Local 812, Ocean Falls—scholarship increased from $200 to $250 annually 250 Kelly Douglas and Company Limited—the Nabob Scholarship in Food Technology. Given annually _ 800 Mr. 1. J. Klein—gift of a trust fund of $8,500 to establish the N. Leo Klein Memorial Scholarship on a permanent basis. An annual scholarship in Commerce 100 Mr. Leon J. Ladner and family—an annual scholarship to be called the T. E. and M. E. Ladner Memorial Scholarship—donation of $2,500 towards a trust fund and $800 for the first scholarship __ 800 Players' Club Alumni—an annual scholarship for members of the Players' Club 50 Summer Session Students' Association—original scholarship Increased from $40 to $75 annually : 75 Second scholarship also provided (annual amount indefinite at present) Mr. Austin C. Taylor—Boultbee-Bosustow Memorial Scholarship in Mining and Metallurgy. An annual award _ _ 250 Vancouver Primrose League—an annual scholarship named the Hon. R. L. Maitland Memorial Scholarship, for students in Law. Contribution of $450 to a trust fund and $150 for the first award , 150 Winspear, Hamilton, Anderson and Company—scholarship for Commerce (Arst awards to be made in September, 1948) - - 800 ' - "■' r^^J 468 The University of British Columbia Bursaries Allied Officers' Club Auxiliary—$2,500 to provide emergency assistance from time to time for veterans. Also a trust fund of $2,500 to establish a bursary for veterans of annual value $75 75 American Women's Club—annual bursary for students in Social Work 100 Mr. R. G. Cole, Hamilton, Ontario—bursaries in Mining and Metallurgy, session 1947-48 800 Mr. W. J. H. Dicks, Sidney, B.C.—trust fund of $5,000 now established to provide Geldhart Riadore Bursary - 150 Mr. C. T. McHattie—the Ellen Ethel McHattie Bursary for Social Work 800 Mr. and Mrs. J. S. McLean, Toronto—bursaries for the session 1947-48 1,000 Rotary Club of Vancouver—bursary for Social Work, session 1947-48 800 Nursery School Association of Victoria—bursaries for students proceeding to Nursery School Work elsewhere—session 1947-48 500 Mr. Louis Toban—annual bursary for students in Pharmacy 100 University Women's Club of Vancouver—an annual bursary for women students 100 Vancouver Bar Association—annual bursaries for students in Law 200 Anonymous—the sum of $1,000 to be awarded to a worthy student in instalments over his undergraduate course. Total amount 1,000 Prizes B. C. Tree Fruits Limited, Kelowna—special prizes awarded in August, 1947, to students in Commerce - 800 Hewitt Bostock Memorial Lecture Prize—for the best essay on the Bostock Lecture 25 Canada Law Book Company—annual book prize for students in Law 25 Chemical Institute of Canada—annual book prizes for students in Chemistry 50 J. W. Dafoe Foundation Prizes—prizes open to students in Economics or History in the session 1946-47 200 Entomological Society of the Province of British Columbia—annual book prize for Zoology 15 Frosst Proficiency Awards—prizes offered annually through the Pharmaceutical Association of Canada by the Charles E. Frosst Company, Montreal. Total 225 Mr. H. R. MacMillan, C.B.E.—second instalment of $750 to provide a fund of $2,250 for prizes in Forestry 750 Northern Peat Moss Company, Limited—prizes for Agriculture in the session 1947-48 , 100 Dr. Wilder Penfield—special prize for 1916-47 100 Toronto General Trusts Corporation—annual book prize for Law 25 Trail Board of Trade Prizes—awards for Architecture. Total donation 75 Transportation and Customs Bureau, Vancouver Board of Trade—prizes in Commerce for the session 1946-47 to the total of 825 Vancouver Bar Association—prize for students in Law, session 1946-47 100 Anonymous—prize for Home Economics, session 1946-47 50 Anonymous—special book prize for Law, session 1946-47 25 Anonymous—prize for Mathematics, session 1946-47 50 Medals French Government—re-establishment of silver and bronze medal awards, scholarships, and book prizes discontinued during the War. Frank W. Horner, Limited, Montreal—gold medal for Pharmacy. Law Society of British Columbia—gold medal for Law. Board of Governors—silver medal for Arts and Science. Student Loan Funds Mr. H. R. MacMillan, C.B.E.—fourth instalment of a loan fund of $2,000 for Forestry students... $ 500 Spring Session Students' Association, 1946—emergency loan fund for veterans 2,054.60 Summer Session Students' Association—loan fund for teacher-students 800 Anonymous—loan fund for Home Economics students 875 Anonymous—loan fund, at preseht for the use of student veterans 1,500 Endowments and Donations 469 Previously Established Awards Maintained in the Session 1946-47 (Unless otherwise stated the amount given is the total annual value) Alaska Pine Company Limited—scholarships Alberta Meat Company Limited—bursary Alliance Francaise—bursary... Alumni Association, University of B.C.—bursary _ - American Woman's Club—bursary Mr. and Mrs. Daniel M. Armstead—scholarship and prize... Association of Professional Engineers—book prizes B. C. Drugs Limited—scholarship Mrs. Angela Bell—bursary (trust fund) Beverley Cayley Scholarship (provided under the will of the late Mrs. Cayley) B'nai B'rith District No. 4 Hillel Foundation—scholarship B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77—scholarship Mr. and' Mrs. J. L. Bolocan—prize - Britannia Mining and Smelting Company, Limited—scholarship -. British Columbia Co-Operative Seed Growers' Association—bursary British Columbia Electric Railway Company Limited—scholarships British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association—scholarship British Columbia Loggers' Association—bursary British Columbia Lumber Manufacturers' Association—prizes British Columbia Sugar Refining Company Limited—scholarships Mr. P. W. Burbidge—scholarships - - - Canadian Forest Products Limited—scholarships and prizes Canadian Industries Limited—fellowship Canadian Pulp and Paper Association, Western Branch—fellowship Cariboo Gold Quartz Mining Company Limited—scholarship Carswell Company Limited, Toronto—book prizes Mr. S. J. Cohen—bursary (trust fund) Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited—fellowship Convocation, University of British Columbia—prize ' Crofton House Alumnae—scholarship Robert S. Day and Son Limited—bursary Delta Gamma Fraternity—bursary Delta Gamma Fraternity—bursary for blind student Mr. Wnliam Dorbils—scholarship (contribution of $500 a year for four years to provide a scholarship of $2,000 to be awarded in 1950) Dunsmuir Scholarship (provided by a trust fund) Engineering Institute of Canada—prize Engineering Institute of Canada (Vancouver Branch)—book prize Faculty Women's Club—bursary and scholarship Gamma Phi Beta Sorority, Alpha Lambda Chapter—bursary General Construction Company Limited—scholarships Gladstone Chapter No. 6 C.J. Order of Ahepa—prize Major General D. M. Hogarth, Toronto—scholarships Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire—scholarship (trust fund) Mr. T. Ingledow—prizes John Inglis Company Limited, Toronto—scholarships I.O.O.F. Grand Lodge, B.C bursaries Mr. J. R. J. Llewellyn Jones—prize Khaki University and Y.M.C.A. Bursaries (trust fund) Mr. William N. Kelly—prize Mrs. Thomas H. Kirk—scholarship Kiwassa Club of Vancouver—bursaries Brigadier Noel D. Lambert—scholarship _ Lady Laurier Clut)—bursary Lauder Mercer and Company Limited—bursary Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship (provided by a trust fund established by the late Mrs. Lefevre) Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship (trust fund established by Universities Service Club) _ Lions Service Club—fellowship... Mrs. Mary C. Lipsett—bursary McGill Graduates (trust fund established by the McGill Graduates Society of British Columbia) :. Mrs. D. A. McKee—prize (provided by trust fund) Native Daughters of British Columbia—scholarship _. _ News-Herald—prizes _ Nicholson Scholarships (trust fund established by the late Dr. F. J. Nicholson) 600 50 50 50 100 800 125 150 150 100 250 50 25 250 100 1,000 125 225 175 2,500 250 500 750 1,000 200 40 150 1,200 50 175 150 75 100 500 150 25 25 200 50 500 100 250 100 100 250 1,200 50 500 15 100 600 200 100 250 150 150 1,500 800 125 80 50 850 1,000 470 The University of British Columbia Mr. G. W. Norgan—scholarships and prizes 1,000 Northern Electric Company Limited prize _ 100 Pacific Mills Limited—scholarship 250 Pacific Meat Company Limited—bursary 200 P.E.O. Sisterhood, Vancouver Chapters—bursary _ 150 Mr. J. W. Pattison—bursaries ._ _ 200 Pharmaceutical Association of the Province of British Columbia—scholarship and prize 150 Mr. R. J. Pop—scholarship - 150 Powell River Company Limited—scholarship 700 Price Waterhouse & Co.—scholarship 250 Flying Officer Reverend George Robert Pringle Memorial Bursary (trust fund endowed by friends and associates) 200 Provincial Department of Health and Welfare (Health Branch)—prizes 100 Provincial Council of British Columbia Canadian Daughters' League—bursaries 200 R.C.A.F. Veterans' Fund (established by the Wartime Convalescent Homes, War Charity Fund, Inc.) 800 Rotary Club of Vancouver—bursaries 1,000 R. Randolph Bruce Scholarships (trust fund established by the late Honourable R. Randolph Bruce) , 200 Royal Institution (trust funds)—scholarships 1,600 Miss Marion A. Shaffer—bursary 200 Shanahan's Limited—scholarship _. 500 Shaw Memorial Scholarship (trust fund established by the friends of the late James Curtis Shaw) - - 125 Shell Oil Company of Canada Limited—fellowship _. 1,075 Standard Oil Company British Columbia Limited—fellowship 1,100 Summerland Scholarship 250 Col. and Mrs. W. G. Swan—bursary 250 Teamster's Joint Council No. 86—bursary -_ 250 Terminal City Club (trust fund established by members of the club).... 100 David Thorn Bursaries and Scholarships (provided by trust funds from the David Thorn Estate) 400 Timber Preservers' Limited—prizes ■ 185 United Empire Loyalists Association—silver medal and cash prize 250 University Women's Club—bursary 100 Woman's Christian Temperance Union of British Columbia—prize 50 Vancouver Daily Province—scholarship _ 250 Vancouver Panhellenic Alumnae Association—bursary :■... 200 Vancouver Sun—scholarships 600 Vancouver Section National Council of Jewish Women—bursary loo Vancouver Women's Canadian Club—scholarships (partly maintained by trust fund) 300 Hon. W. C. Woodward—scholarships 250 Anonymous—G. M. Dawson Scholarship 50 Anonymous—International Studies Prize (provided from a trust fund) 30 Special Awards His Excellency the Governor-General of Canada—gold medal. Kiwanis Club of Vancouver—gold medal. Sigma Tau Upsllon Honorary Agricultural Fraternity—gold medal. Acknowledgements Contributors to the Dean of Women's Fund— Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority, Kappa Kappa Gamma Mothers' Club, Alumnae of University of Toronto (Marion McElhaney Memorial Bursary). Dominion-Provincial Student Aid Fund and Provincial Loan Fund— approximately $40,000 in bursaries and loans awarded to 200 students in attendance at the University of British Columbia. French Government Medals, book prizes, and scholarships—awarded to graduates of the University of British Columbia. Imperial Oil Limited—scholarship of $3000 awarded to a graduate of the University of British Columbia. Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire—overseas scholarships awarded to two graduates of the University of British Columbia. Rhodes Scholarship Trust. Vancouver Men's Canadian Club—because of whose efforts many of the scholarships available for students were obtained. city of vancouver (formerly west point srey) PERHAHEKT BUILOINtt SEMI<P£RMANEHT BUILDINGS
Titles in chronological order: Annual Calendar of the McGill University College of British Columbia (1909 - 1914) ; Calendar of the University of British Columbia (1915 - 1919) ; Calendar University of British Columbia (1920 - 1922) ; The University of British Columbia Calendar (1923 - 1964) ; UBC Calendar (1963 - 1968) ; The University of British Columbia 69/70 Fifty-Fifth Session ; The University of British Columbia 70/71 Fifty-Sixth Session ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Seventh Session Calendar 1971/72 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Eighth Session Calendar 1972/73 ; The University of British Columbia Fifty-Ninth Session Calendar 1973-4 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada Sixtieth Session Calendar 1974/5 ; The University of British Columbia Vancouver/Canada Sixty-First Session Calendar 1975-76 ; 1976-1977 The University of British Columbia Sixty-Second Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1977/78 Sixty-Third Session Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 64th Session 1978/1979 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 65th Session 1979/1980 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1980-1981 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 66th Session 1981-82 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 68th Session 1982-83 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 69th Session 1983-84 Calendar ; UBC 1984/85 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 71st Session 1985-86 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 72nd Session 1986-87 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 73rd Session 1987-88 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 74th Session 1988-89 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 75th Session 1989-90 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 76th Session 1990-91 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 77th Session 1991-92 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 78th Session 1992-93 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 79th Session 1993-94 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1994/95 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1995/96 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1997/98 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1998/99 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 1999/2000 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia 2000/2001 Calendar ; 2001/2002 Calendar ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2003/04 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2004/2005 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2005/2006 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2006/07 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2007/08 ; The University of British Columbia Calendar 2008/09.
Periodicals
Vancouver (B.C.)
LE3 .B8
English
Vancouver : University of British Columbia Library
Vancouver : University of British Columbia
Images provided for research and reference use only. Permission to publish, copy, or otherwise use these images must be obtained from The University of British Columbia Enrolment Services: direct inquiries to www.students.ubc.ca/calendar
Original Format: University of British Columbia. Archives
University of British Columbia
The University of British Columbia Calendar
Text